QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K



ý

ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007

or

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                to                .

Commission File Number 001-32141


Assured Guaranty Ltd.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Bermuda
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  98-0429991
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM 08 Bermuda
(441) 299-9375
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrant's principal executive office)
None
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
  Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 per share   New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ý  No  o

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o  No  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý No o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "accelerated filer," "large accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ý   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o  No  ý

         The aggregate market value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of the close of business on June 30, 2007 was $1,420,379,852 (based upon the closing price of the Registrant's shares of the New York Stock Exchange on that date, which was $29.56). For purposes of this information, the outstanding shares of Common Stock which were owned by all directors and executive officers of the Registrant and by ACE Limited were deemed to be shares of Common Stock held by affiliates.

         As of February 15, 2008, 80,106,317 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         Certain portions of Registrant's definitive proxy statement relating to its 2008 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference to Part III of this report.





FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Some of the statements under "Business," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and elsewhere in this Form 10-K may include forward-looking statements which reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. These statements include forward looking statements both with respect to us specifically and the insurance and reinsurance industries in general. Statements which include the words "expect," "intend," "plan," "believe," "project," "anticipate," "may," "will," "continue," "further," "seek," and similar words or statements of a future or forward looking nature identify forward looking statements for purposes of the federal securities laws or otherwise.

        All forward-looking statements address matters that involve risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe that these factors include the following:

i


        The foregoing review of important factors should not be construed as exhaustive, and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update publicly or review any forward looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

        If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may vary materially from what we projected. Any forward looking statements you read in this Form 10-K reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, results of operations, growth strategy and liquidity.

        For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

ii



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page
PART I        
Item 1.   Business   1
Item 1A.   Risk Factors   44
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments   60
Item 2.   Properties   60
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings   60
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   60

PART II

 

 

 

 
Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   62
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data   64
Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   66
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   116
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   117
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   192
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures   192
Item 9B.   Other Information   192

PART III

 

 

 

 
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   195
Item 11.   Executive Compensation   195
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   195
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   196
Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services   196

PART IV

 

 

 

 
Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules   197

iii



PART I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

Overview

        Assured Guaranty Ltd. (hereafter "Assured Guaranty," "we," "us," "our" or the "Company") is a Bermuda based holding company that provides, through its operating subsidiaries, credit enhancement products to the public finance, structured finance and mortgage markets. Credit enhancement products are financial guaranty or other types of financial support, including credit derivatives, that improve the credit of underlying debt obligations. A derivative is a financial instrument whose characteristics and value depend upon the characteristics and value of an underlying security or commodity. We apply our credit expertise, risk management skills and capital markets experience to develop insurance, reinsurance and derivative products that meet the credit enhancement needs of our customers. We market our products directly and through financial institutions, serving the U.S. and international markets.

        Assured Guaranty Ltd. was incorporated in Bermuda in August 2003. We operate through wholly owned subsidiaries including Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. ("AG Re"), and Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. ("AGFOL"). Our principal operating subsidiaries are Assured Guaranty Corp. ("AGC") and AG Re.

    Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., a Delaware holding company, owns 100% of AG Financial Products Inc., a Delaware corporation, and AGC. AGC, a Maryland-domiciled insurance company, was organized in 1985 and commenced operations in January 1988. It provides insurance and reinsurance of investment-grade financial guaranty exposures and credit default swap transactions. AGC owns 100% of Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., a United Kingdom ("UK") incorporated company licensed as a UK insurance company.

    AG Re is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and is licensed as a Class 3 Insurer and a Long-Term Insurer under the Insurance Act 1978 and related regulations of Bermuda. AG Re owns Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, which owns the entire share capital of a Bermuda reinsurer, Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. ("AGRO"). AGRO, in turn, owns Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company ("Assured Guaranty Mortgage"), a New York corporation. AG Re and AGRO underwrite financial guaranty and residential mortgage reinsurance. AG Re and AGRO write business as direct reinsurers of third-party primary insurers and as reinsurers/retrocessionaires of certain affiliated companies. Under a reinsurance agreement, the reinsurer, in consideration of a premium paid to it, agrees to indemnify another insurer, called the ceding company, for part or all of the liability of the ceding company under one or more insurance policies that the ceding company has issued.

    AGFOL, based in the UK, is regulated by the Financial Services Authority as an Arranger that markets and sources derivative transactions. AGFOL does not take risk in the transactions it arranges or places, and may not hold funds on behalf of its customers.

Our Operating Segments

        Our financial results include four principal business segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance, mortgage guaranty and other. We primarily conduct our business in the United

1



States, Bermuda and the European community. The following table sets forth our gross written premiums by segment for the periods presented:

Gross Written Premiums By Segment

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  ($ in millions)

Financial guaranty direct:                  
  Structured finance   $ 122.6   $ 88.8   $ 75.1
  Public finance     126.0     100.4     21.1
   
 
 
    Total financial guaranty direct     248.6     189.2     96.2
   
 
 
Financial guaranty reinsurance:                  
  Structured finance     43.2     31.7     35.1
  Public finance     207.8     92.2     62.9
   
 
 
    Total financial guaranty reinsurance     251.0     123.9     98.0
   
 
 
Mortgage guaranty     2.7     8.4     25.7
   
 
 
    Total financial guaranty gross written premiums     502.4     321.6     219.9
Other     3.5     4.1     32.2
   
 
 
    Total   $ 505.9   $ 325.7   $ 252.1
   
 
 

    Financial Guaranty Direct

        Financial guaranty direct insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due. Financial guaranty insurance may be issued to the holders of the insured obligations at the time of issuance of those obligations, or may be issued in the secondary market to holders of public bonds and structured securities. Both issuers of and investors in financial instruments may benefit from financial guaranty insurance. Issuers benefit because the insurance may have the effect of lowering an issuer's cost of borrowing to the extent that the insurance premium is less than the value of the difference between the yield on the insured obligation (which carries the credit rating of the insurer) and the yield on the obligation if sold on the basis of its uninsured credit rating. Financial guaranty insurance also improves the marketability of obligations issued by infrequent or unknown issuers, as well as obligations with complex structures or backed by asset classes new to the market. Investors benefit from increased liquidity in the secondary market, added protection against loss in the event of the obligor's default on its obligation, and reduced exposure to price volatility caused by changes in the credit quality of the underlying issue.

        As an alternative to traditional financial guaranty insurance, credit protection relating to a particular security or issuer can be provided through a credit derivative, such as a credit default swap. Under the terms of a credit default swap, the seller of credit protection makes a specified payment to the buyer of credit protection upon the occurrence of one or more specified credit events with respect to a reference obligation or entity. Credit derivatives typically provide protection to a buyer rather than credit enhancement of an issue as in traditional financial guaranty insurance. Credit derivatives may be preferred by some customers because they generally offer ease of execution and standardized terms.

        Financial guaranty direct products are generally provided for structured finance and public finance obligations in the U.S. and international markets.

        Structured Finance —Structured finance obligations in both the U.S. and international markets are generally backed by pools of assets, such as residential mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables, securities or other assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value, which are generally held by a special purpose issuing entity. Structured finance obligations can be "funded" or "synthetic." Funded structured finance obligations generally have the benefit of one or more forms of credit enhancement,

2



such as over-collateralization and excess cash flow, to cover credit risks associated with the related assets. Synthetic structured finance obligations generally take the form of credit derivatives or credit linked notes that reference a pool of securities or loans, with a defined deductible to cover credit risks associated with the referenced securities or loans.

        Public Finance —Public finance obligations in both the U.S. and international markets consist primarily of debt obligations issued by or on behalf of states or their political subdivisions (counties, cities, towns and villages, utility districts, public universities and hospitals, public housing and transportation authorities), other public and quasi public entities, private universities and hospitals, and investor owned utilities. These obligations generally are supported by the taxing authority of the issuer, the issuer's or underlying obligor's ability to collect fees or assessments for certain projects or public services or revenues from operations. This market also includes project finance obligations, as well as other structured obligations supporting infrastructure and other public works projects.

    Financial Guaranty Reinsurance

        Financial guaranty reinsurance indemnifies a primary insurance company against part of a loss that the latter may sustain under a policy that it has issued. The reinsurer may itself purchase reinsurance protection ("retrocessions") from other reinsurers, thereby reducing its own exposure.

        Reinsurance agreements take two major forms: "treaty" and "facultative." Treaty reinsurance requires the reinsured to cede, and the reinsurer to assume, specific classes of risk underwritten by the ceding company over a specified period of time, typically one year. Facultative reinsurance is the reinsurance of part of one or more specified policies, and is subject to separate negotiation for each cession.

    Financial Guaranty Portfolio

        The principal types of obligations covered on a global basis by our financial guaranty direct and our financial guaranty reinsurance businesses are structured finance and public finance obligations. Because both businesses involve similar risks, we analyze and monitor our financial guaranty direct portfolio and our financial guaranty reinsurance portfolio on a unified process and procedure basis. In the tables that follow, our reinsurance par outstanding on treaty business is reported on a one-quarter lag due to the timing of receipt of reports prepared by our ceding companies. Our 2007 and 2006 reinsurance par outstanding on facultative business is reported on a current quarter basis while 2005 is reported on a one-quarter lag. The following table sets forth our financial guaranty net par outstanding by product line:

Net Par Outstanding By Product Line

 
  As of December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  ($ in billions)

U.S. Public Finance:                  
  Direct   $ 7.5   $ 3.5   $ 3.0
  Reinsurance     74.4     48.8     47.7
   
 
 
    Total U.S. public finance     81.9     52.3     50.8
   
 
 
U.S. Structured Finance:                  
  Direct     65.0     44.5     28.9
  Reinsurance     8.9     7.1     9.7
   
 
 
    Total U.S. structured finance     73.8     51.6     38.6
   
 
 
International:                  
  Direct     30.6     19.9     6.4
  Reinsurance     14.0     8.5     6.7
   
 
 
    Total international     44.5     28.4     13.1
   
 
 
    Total net par outstanding(1)   $ 200.3   $ 132.3   $ 102.5
   
 
 

      (1)
      Some amounts may not add due to rounding.

3


        U.S. Structured Finance Obligations —We insure and reinsure a number of different types of U.S. structured finance obligations, including the following:

             Pooled Corporate Obligations —These include securities primarily backed by various types of corporate debt obligations, such as secured or unsecured bonds, bank loans or loan participations and trust preferred securities. These securities are often issued in "tranches," with subordinated tranches providing credit support to the more senior tranches. Our financial guaranty exposures generally are to the more senior tranches of these issues.

             Prime Mortgage-Backed and Home Equity —These include obligations backed by closed-end first mortgage loans and closed- and open-end second mortgage loans or home equity loans on one-to-four family residential properties, including condominiums and cooperative apartments.

             Consumer Receivables —These include obligations backed by non-mortgage consumer receivables, such as automobile loans and leases, credit card receivables and other consumer receivables. Credit support is generally derived from the cash flows generated by the underlying obligations, as well as property, automobile or equipment values as applicable. Additional credit protection for our exposure may be in the form of over-collateralization, excess spread, cash reserves, first loss letters of credit, subordinated securities or a combination of the foregoing.

             Commercial Receivables —These include obligations backed by equipment loans or leases, fleet auto financings, business loans and trade receivables. Credit support is derived from the cash flows generated by the underlying obligations, as well as property or equipment values as applicable. Additional credit protection for our exposure may be in the form of over-collateralization, excess spread, cash reserves, first loss letters of credit, subordinated securities or a combination of the foregoing.

             Subprime Mortgage-Backed and Home Equity —These include obligations backed by closed-end first mortgage loans and closed- and open-end second mortgage loans or home equity loans on one-to-four family residential properties, including condominiums and cooperative apartments, made to subprime borrowers. A subprime borrower is a borrower with higher risk characteristics, usually as determined by credit score and/or credit history. Subprime mortgage-backed and home equity transactions benefit from higher levels of structured credit protection through subordination and/or excess spread.

             Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities —These include debt instruments that are backed by pools of commercial mortgages. The collateral supporting commercial mortgage-backed securities include hotel properties, retail properties, office buildings and industrial properties.

             Structured Credit —These include whole business securitizations and intellectual property securitizations. Whole business securitizations are obligations backed by revenue-producing assets sold to a limited-purpose company by an operating company, including franchise agreements, lease agreements, intellectual property and real property.

             Insurance Securitizations —These include bonds secured by the future earnings from pools of various types of insurance/reinsurance policies and income produced by invested assets.

             Other Structured Finance —Other structured finance exposures in our portfolio include bonds or other securities backed by assets not generally described in any of the other described categories.

4


        The following table sets forth our U.S. structured finance direct and reinsurance gross par written by asset type (stated as a percentage of total U.S. structured finance direct and reinsurance gross par) for the periods presented:

U.S. Structured Finance Gross Par Written by Asset Type

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Pooled corporate obligations     40.9 %   49.2 %   53.9 %
Prime mortgage-backed and home equity     24.0 %   5.7 %   24.5 %
Consumer receivables     13.9 %   5.9 %   3.0 %
Commercial receivables     6.8 %   2.1 %   4.5 %
Subprime mortgage-backed and home equity     4.8 %   16.4 %   5.6 %
Commercial mortgage-backed securities     4.1 %   14.1 %   3.8 %
Structured credit     2.9 %   4.2 %   1.7 %
Insurance securitizations     2.2 %   2.1 %    
Other structured finance     0.4 %   0.3 %   3.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Total     100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Total U.S. structured finance gross par written   $ 36.0   $ 28.2   $ 15.8  
   
 
 
 

        The following table sets forth our U.S. structured finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding by asset type (stated as a percentage of total U.S. structured finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding) as of the dates indicated:

U.S. Structured Finance Net Par Outstanding by Asset Type

 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Pooled corporate obligations     45.8 %   49.6 %   49.7 %
Prime mortgage-backed and home equity     15.2 %   9.4 %   14.1 %
Subprime mortgage-backed and home equity     9.5 %   12.4 %   10.9 %
Consumer receivables     8.9 %   5.2 %   6.3 %
Commercial mortgage-backed securities     8.1 %   10.5 %   6.1 %
Commercial receivables     7.1 %   4.7 %   5.2 %
Structured credit     2.1 %   3.0 %   2.9 %
Insurance securitizations     1.6 %   1.5 %    
Other structured finance     1.7 %   3.7 %   4.8 %
   
 
 
 
  Total     100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Total U.S. structured finance par outstanding   $ 73.8   $ 51.6   $ 38.6  
   
 
 
 

5


        The table below shows our ten largest financial guaranty U.S. structured finance direct and reinsurance exposures by revenue source as a percentage of total financial guaranty net par outstanding as of December 31, 2007:

Ten Largest U.S. Structured Finance Exposures

 
  Net Par Outstanding
  Percent of Total Net Par Outstanding
  Rating(1)
 
  ($ in millions)

Discover Card Master Trust I Series A   $ 1,200   0.6 % AAA
Deutsche Alt-A Securities Mortgage Loan 2007-2     1,130   0.6 % AAA
Field Point III & IV, Limited     912   0.5 % AA-
Field Point I & II, Limited     805   0.4 % AA-
Countrywide Home Equity Loan Trust 2007-D     757   0.4 % BB
Private—Pooled Corporate Obligations     747   0.4 % AAA
MortgageIt Securities Corp. Mortgage Loan 2007-2     728   0.4 % AAA / Super senior
Private—Pooled Corporate Obligations     713   0.4 % AAA
Ares Enhanced Credit Opportunities Fund     664   0.3 % AAA
Private—Pooled Corporate Obligations     660   0.3 % AAA
   
 
   
  Total of top ten U.S. structured finance exposures   $ 8,316   4.3 %  
   
 
   

      (1)
      The Company's internal rating. The Company's scale is comparable to that of the nationally recognized rating agencies. The super senior category, which is not generally used by rating agencies, is used by the Company in instances where the Company's AAA-rated exposure has additional credit enhancement due to either (1) the existence of another security rated AAA that is subordinated to the Company's exposure or (2) the Company's exposure benefits from a different form of credit enhancement that would pay any claims first in the event that any of the exposures incurs a loss, and such credit enhancement, in management's opinion, causes the Company's attachment point to be materially above the AAA attachment point.

6


        U.S. Public Finance Obligations —We insure and reinsure a number of different types of U.S. public obligations, including the following:

             General Obligation Bonds —These include full faith and credit bonds that are issued by states, their political subdivisions and other municipal issuers, and are supported by the general obligation of the issuer to pay from available funds and by a pledge of the issuer to levy ad valorem taxes in an amount sufficient to provide for the full payment of the bonds.

             Tax-Backed Bonds —These include a variety of obligations that are supported by the issuer from specific and discrete sources of taxation and include tax-backed revenue bonds, general fund obligations and lease revenue bonds. Tax-backed obligations may be secured by a lien on specific pledged tax revenues, such as a gasoline or excise tax, or incrementally from growth in property tax revenue associated with growth in property values. These obligations also include obligations secured by special assessments levied against property owners and often benefit from issuer covenants to enforce collections of such assessments and to foreclose on delinquent properties. Lease revenue bonds typically are general fund obligations of a municipality or other governmental authority that are subject to annual appropriation or abatement; projects financed and subject to such lease payments ordinarily include real estate or equipment serving an essential public purpose. Bonds in this category also include moral obligations of municipalities or governmental authorities.

             Healthcare Bonds —These include obligations of healthcare facilities including community based hospitals and systems. In addition to healthcare facilities, obligors in this category include a small number of health maintenance organizations and long-term care facilities.

             Transportation Bonds —These include a wide variety of revenue-supported bonds, such as bonds for airports, ports, tunnels, municipal parking facilities, toll roads and toll bridges.

             Municipal Utility Bonds —These include the obligations of all forms of municipal utilities, including electric, water and sewer utilities and resource recovery revenue bonds. These utilities may be organized in various forms, including municipal enterprise systems, authorities or joint action agencies.

             Higher Education Bonds —These include obligations secured by revenue collected by either public or private secondary schools, colleges and universities. Such revenue can encompass all of an institution's revenue, including tuition and fees, or in other cases, can be specifically restricted to certain auxiliary sources of revenue.

             Housing Revenue Bonds —These include obligations relating to both single and multi-family housing, issued by states and localities, supported by cash flow and, in some cases, insurance from such entities as the Federal Housing Administration.

             Investor-Owned Utility Bonds —These include obligations primarily backed by investor-owned utilities, first mortgage bond obligations of for-profit electric or water utilities providing retail, industrial and commercial service, and also include sale-leaseback obligation bonds supported by such entities.

             Other Public Bonds —These include other debt issued, guaranteed or otherwise supported by U.S. national or local governmental authorities, as well as student loans, revenue bonds, and obligations of some not-for-profit organizations.

7


        The following table sets forth our U.S. public finance direct and reinsurance gross par written by bond type (stated as a percentage of total U.S. public finance direct and reinsurance gross par written) for the years presented:


U.S. Public Finance Gross Par Written by Asset Type

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  ($ in billions)
 
General obligation     25.1 %   28.3 %   26.0 %
Tax-backed     22.9 %   28.3 %   32.2 %
Healthcare     13.1 %   20.1 %   3.0 %
Transportation     10.4 %   5.3 %   17.2 %
Municipal utilities     8.9 %   10.9 %   9.9 %
Higher education     7.3 %   3.0 %   5.3 %
Housing     3.1 %   0.4 %   1.4 %
Investor-owned utilities     2.2 %   3.2 %   3.6 %
Other public finance     7.0 %   0.5 %   1.4 %
   
 
 
 
  Total     100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Total U.S. public finance gross par written   $ 34.8   $ 6.9   $ 6.0  
   
 
 
 

        The following table sets forth our U.S. public finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding by bond type (stated as a percentage of total U.S. public finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding) as of the dates indicated:

U.S. Public Finance Net Par Outstanding by Asset Type

 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  ($ in billions)
 
General obligation     24.8 %   24.3 %   23.6 %
Tax-backed     21.7 %   22.6 %   21.0 %
Municipal utilities     14.2 %   18.5 %   20.4 %
Healthcare     12.7 %   12.6 %   11.8 %
Transportation     12.2 %   12.0 %   12.6 %
Higher education     4.5 %   2.4 %   2.3 %
Investor-owned utilities     2.8 %   3.0 %   2.8 %
Housing     2.5 %   2.1 %   2.3 %
Other public finance     4.6 %   2.5 %   3.2 %
   
 
 
 
  Total     100. %   100.0 %   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Total U.S. public finance net par outstanding   $ 81.9   $ 52.3   $ 50.8  
   
 
 
 

8


        The table below shows our ten largest financial guaranty U.S. public finance direct and reinsurance exposures by revenue source as a percentage of total financial guaranty net par outstanding as of December 31, 2007:

Ten Largest U.S. Public Finance Exposures

 
  Net Par Outstanding
  Percent of Total
Net Par
Outstanding

  Rating(1)
 
   
  ($ in millions)
   
State of California General Obligation & Leases   $ 1,311   0.7 % A+
City of Chicago General Obligation & Leases     913   0.5 % AA-
New York City General Obligation & Leases     894   0.4 % A+
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico General Obligation & Leases     822   0.4 % BBB-
State of Washington General Obligation     803   0.4 % AA
Denver International Airport System     765   0.4 % A+
Los Angeles Unified School District     749   0.4 % AA
State of New Jersey General Obligation & Leases     687   0.3 % AA-
Commonwealth of Massachusetts General Obligation & Bay Transportation     685   0.3 % AA-
State of New York General Obligation & Leases     676   0.3 % AA
   
 
   
Total of top ten U.S. public finance exposures   $ 8,305   4.1 %  
   
 
   

      (1)
      The Company's internal rating. The Company's scale is comparable to that of the nationally recognized rating agencies. The super senior category, which is not generally used by rating agencies, is used by the Company in instances where the Company's AAA-rated exposure has additional credit enhancement due to either (1) the existence of another security rated AAA that is subordinated to the Company's exposure or (2) the Company's exposure benefits from a different form of credit enhancement that would pay any claims first in the event that any of the exposures incurs a loss, and such credit enhancement, in management's opinion, causes the Company's attachment point to be materially above the AAA attachment point.

        International Obligations —We insure and reinsure a number of different types of international public and structured obligations, including the following:

             Infrastructure and pooled infrastructure —These include obligations issued by a variety of entities engaged in the financing of international infrastructure projects, such as roads, airports, ports, social infrastructure, and other physical assets delivering essential services supported either by long-term concession arrangements with a public sector entity or a regulatory regime. The majority of our international infrastructure business is conducted in the UK.

             Pooled Corporate Obligations —These include securities primarily backed by pooled corporate debt obligations, such as corporate bonds, bank loans or loan participations and trust preferred securities. These securities are often issued in "tranches," with subordinated tranches providing credit support to the more senior tranches. Our financial guaranty exposures generally are to the more senior tranches of these issues.

9


             Regulated Utilities —These include obligations issued by government-regulated providers of essential services and commodities, including electric, water and gas utilities. The majority of our international regulated utility business is conducted in the UK.

             Mortgage-Backed and Home Equity —These include obligations backed by closed-end first mortgage loans and closed- and open-end second mortgage loans or home equity loans on residential properties. The mortgage loans supporting international mortgage-backed transactions insured by us are primarily made to prime borrowers.

             Public Finance —These include obligations of local, municipal, regional or national governmental authorities or agencies.

             Commercial Receivables —These include obligations backed by equipment loans or leases, fleet auto financings, business loans and trade receivables. Credit support is derived from cash flows generated by the underlying obligations as well as property and equipment values as applicable. Additional credit protection for our exposure may be in the form of over-collateralization, excess spread, cash reserves, first loss letters of credit, subordinated securities or a combination of the foregoing.

             Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities —These include debt instruments that are backed by pools of commercial mortgages. The properties backing commercial mortgage-backed securities include hotel properties, retail properties, office buildings and industrial properties.

             Future Flow —These include obligations supported by future receivables generated by financial flows (foreign remittances and foreign credit card flows), and by future receivables generated by commodity flows (future oil and gas, minerals, or refined product production). Such receivables are typically generated in emerging market countries. Payments due to the issuer are made in the United States or other developed countries and deposited into accounts in such countries. The issuer assigns such receivables to an offshore special purpose vehicle that issues notes backed by such flows.

             Insurance Securitizations —These include bonds secured by the future earnings from pools of various types of insurance/reinsurance policies and income produced by invested assets.

             Structured Credit —These include whole business securitizations and intellectual property securitizations. Whole business securitizations are obligations backed by revenue-producing assets sold to a limited-purpose company by an operating company, including franchise agreements, lease agreements, intellectual property and real property.

             Consumer receivables —These include obligations backed by non-mortgage consumer receivables, such as automobile loans and leases, credit card receivables and other consumer receivables. Credit support is generally derived from the cash flows generated by the underlying obligations, as well as property, automobile or equipment values as applicable. Additional credit protection for our exposure may be in the form of over-collateralization, excess spread, cash reserves, first loss letters of credit, subordinated securities or a combination of the foregoing.

             Other International Structured Finance —Other international structured finance exposures in our portfolio include bonds or other securities backed by assets not generally described in any of the other described categories.

10


        The following table sets forth our international direct and reinsurance gross par written by bond type (stated as a percentage of total international direct and reinsurance gross par written) for the years presented:

International Gross Par Written by Asset Type

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  ($ in billions)
 
Pooled corporate obligations     31.0 %   16.6 %   17.8 %
Infrastructure and pooled infrastructure     19.3 %   34.1 %   19.2 %
Regulated utilities     18.2 %   17.5 %    
Mortgage-backed and home equity     15.9 %   17.5 %   25.8 %
Commercial receivables     5.0 %   2.2 %   5.5 %
Public finance     4.3 %   2.6 %   6.9 %
Consumer receivables     2.0 %        
Commercial mortgage-backed securities     1.8 %   4.2 %    
Future flow     1.5 %   1.8 %   7.9 %
Structured credit     0.6 %       18.7 %
Insurance securitizations         3.2 %    
Other international structured finance     0.4 %   0.3 %   (1.8 )%
   
 
 
 
  Total     100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Total international gross par written   $ 17.3   $ 15.9   $ 4.4  
   
 
 
 

        The following table sets forth our international direct and reinsurance net par outstanding by bond type (stated as a percentage of total international direct and reinsurance net par outstanding) as of the dates indicated:

International Net Par Outstanding by Asset Type

 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  ($ in billions)
 
Infrastructure and pooled infrastructure     26.0 %   29.1 %   26.4 %
Pooled corporate obligations     19.0 %   12.6 %   16.1 %
Regulated utilities     18.7 %   16.8 %    
Mortgage-backed and home equity     16.5 %   17.6 %   16.3 %
Public finance     4.5 %   4.2 %   11.1 %
Commercial receivables     4.3 %   3.8 %   7.0 %
Commercial mortgage-backed securities     2.8 %   3.8 %   0.9 %
Future flow     2.5 %   3.6 %   7.1 %
Insurance securitizations     1.9 %   3.3 %    
Structured credit     1.3 %   2.1 %   8.8 %
Consumer receivables     0.8 %   0.4 %   1.1 %
Other international structured finance     1.7 %   2.7 %   5.2 %
   
 
 
 
  Total     100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Total international net par outstanding   $ 44.5   $ 28.4   $ 13.1  
   
 
 
 

11


        The table below shows our ten largest financial guaranty international direct and reinsurance exposures by revenue source as a percentage of total financial guaranty net par outstanding as of December 31, 2007:

Ten Largest International Exposures

 
  Net Par Outstanding
  Percent of Total
Net Par
Outstanding

  Rating(1)
 
   
  ($ in millions)
   
Private—Prime European RMBS   $ 1,561   0.8 % AAA / Super senior
Graphite Mortgages PLC Provide Graphite 2005-2     1,277   0.6 % AAA / Super senior
Permanent Master Issuer PLC     1,157   0.6 % AAA
Essential Public Infrastructure Capital III     1,153   0.6 % AAA / Super senior
Essential Public Infrastructure Capital II     1,122   0.6 % AAA / Super senior
Paragon Mortgages (No.13) PLC     960   0.5 % AAA
Granite Master Issuer PLC     910   0.5 % AAA
International Infrastructure Pool     873   0.4 % AAA / Super senior
International Infrastructure Pool     873   0.4 % AAA / Super senior
International Infrastructure Pool     813   0.4 % AAA / Super senior
   
 
   
Total of top ten international exposures   $ 10,699   5.4 %  
   
 
   

      (1)
      The Company's internal rating. The Company's scale is comparable to that of the nationally recognized rating agencies. The super senior category, which is not generally used by rating agencies, is used by the Company in instances where the Company's AAA-rated exposure has additional credit enhancement due to either (1) the existence of another security rated AAA that is subordinated to the Company's exposure or (2) the Company's exposure benefits from a different form of credit enhancement that would pay any claims first in the event that any of the exposures incurs a loss, and such credit enhancement, in management's opinion, causes the Company's attachment point to be materially above the AAA attachment point.

    Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating

        The following table sets forth our financial guaranty portfolio as of December 31, 2007 by internal rating:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating

Rating Category(1)
  Net Par Outstanding
  Percent of Total
Net Par
Outstanding

 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Super senior   $ 36.4   18.2 %
AAA     47.3   23.6 %
AA     38.4   19.2 %
A     49.2   24.6 %
BBB     26.9   13.4 %
Below investment grade     2.1   1.1 %
   
 
 
  Total(2)   $ 200.3   100.0 %
   
 
 

      (1)
      The Company's internal rating. The Company's scale is comparable to that of the nationally recognized rating agencies. The super senior category, which is not generally used by rating agencies, is used by the Company in instances where the Company's AAA-rated exposure has additional credit enhancement due to either (1) the existence of another security rated AAA that is subordinated to the Company's exposure or (2) the Company's exposure benefits from a different form of credit enhancement that would pay any claims first in the event that any of the exposures incurs a loss, and such credit enhancement, in management's opinion, causes the Company's attachment point to be materially above the AAA attachment point.

      (2)
      Percent total does not add due to rounding.

12


    Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Geographic Area

        The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of our financial guaranty portfolio as of December 31, 2007:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Geographic Area

 
  Net Par Outstanding
  Percent of Total
Net Par
Outstanding

 
 
  ($ in billions)
 
United States:            
  California   $ 13,068   6.5 %
  New York     7,351   3.7 %
  Florida     6,403   3.2 %
  Texas     4,718   2.4 %
  Illinois     4,243   2.1 %
  Massachusetts     3,763   1.9 %
  Pennsylvania     3,509   1.8 %
  New Jersey     2,613   1.3 %
  Washington     2,540   1.3 %
  Michigan     2,300   1.1 %
  Other states     31,405   15.7 %
  Mortgage and structured (multiple states)     73,820   36.9 %
   
 
 
    Total U.S.(1)     155,733   77.8 %
  International     44,546   22.2 %
   
 
 
      Total   $ 200,279   100.0 %
   
 
 

      (1)
      Percent total does not add due to rounding.

    Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Issue Size

        We seek broad coverage of the market by insuring and reinsuring small and large issues alike. The following table sets forth the distribution of our portfolio as of December 31, 2007 by original size of our exposure:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Issue Size

Original Par Amount Per Issue
  Number of
Issues

  Percent of Total
Number of
Issues

  Net Par
Outstanding

  % of Total
Net Par
Outstanding

 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Less than $10.0 million   5,565   67.0 % $ 6.2   3.1 %
$10.0 through $24.9 million   879   10.6 %   9.3   4.6 %
$25.0 through $49.9 million   672   8.1 %   17.4   8.7 %
$50.0 million and above   1,187   14.3 %   167.4   83.6 %
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   8,303   100.0 % $ 200.3   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 

13


    Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Source

        The following table sets forth our financial guaranty portfolio as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 by source:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Source

 
  Gross Par
Written

  Gross Par
In Force

 
  ($ in billions)

Direct   $ 156.9   $ 107.4
Reinsurance:            
  Financial Security Assurance Inc     57.1     29.8
  Ambac Assurance Corporation     53.8     40.1
  MBIA Insurance Corporation     45.5     10.3
  Financial Guaranty Insurance Company     35.6     13.8
  Other ceding companies     10.9     3.5
   
 
Total Reinsurance     202.9     97.5
   
 
  Total   $ 359.8   $ 204.9
   
 

    Mortgage Guaranty Insurance/Reinsurance

        Mortgage guaranty insurance is a specialized class of credit insurance that provides protection to mortgage lending institutions against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans that, at the time of the advance, had a loan-to-value ("LTV") in excess of a specified ratio. In the United States, governmental agencies and private mortgage guaranty insurance compete in this market, while some lending institutions choose to self insure against the risk of loss on high LTV mortgage loans.

        Reinsurance in the mortgage guaranty insurance industry is used to increase the insurance capacity of the ceding company, to assist the ceding company in meeting applicable regulatory and rating agency requirements, to augment the financial strength of the ceding company, and to manage the ceding company's risk profile.

        The U.S. private mortgage guaranty insurance industry, composed of only monoline insurance companies as required by law, provides two basic types of coverage: primary insurance, which protects lenders against default on individual residential mortgage loans by covering losses on such loans to a stated percentage, and pool insurance, which protects lenders against loss on an underlying pool of individual mortgages by covering the full amount of the loss (less the proceeds from any applicable primary coverage) on individual residential mortgage loans in the pool, with an aggregate limit usually expressed as a percentage of the initial loan balances in the pool. Primary and pool insurance are used to facilitate the sale of mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market, principally to the Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae") and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac"). Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac provide indirect funding for approximately half of all mortgage loans originated in the United States. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are prohibited by their charters from purchasing mortgage loans with LTV's of greater than 80% unless the loans are insured by a designated mortgage guaranty insurer or some other form of credit enhancement is provided. In addition, pool insurance is often used to provide credit support for mortgage-backed securities and other secondary mortgage market transactions.

        Mortgage guaranty reinsurance comprises the bulk of our in force mortgage business. We have provided reinsurance of primary mortgage insurance and pool insurance in the United States on a quota share and excess of loss basis. Quota share reinsurance describes all forms of reinsurance in which the reinsurer shares in a proportional part of the original premiums and losses of the business

14



ceded by the primary company (subject to a ceding commission). Excess of loss reinsurance refers to reinsurance which indemnifies the ceding company for that portion of the loss that exceeds an agreed upon "retention." There has been a decrease in demand for our quota share mortgage guaranty reinsurance products over the last five years, as primary mortgage insurers have expanded their capital bases.

        We have been a leading provider of excess of loss reinsurance to lender captives and third party insurers in the United Kingdom. There is not a consistent demand for mortgage insurance guaranty ("MIG") reinsurance in the United Kingdom although business opportunities may arise from time to time. We have entered into multi year reinsurance arrangements with several lenders and third party insurers.

        We have also participated in the mortgage reinsurance markets in Ireland, Hong Kong and Australia. We have participated in these markets on an excess of loss basis with high attachment points and believe that our risk of loss on these transactions is remote.

        The mortgage guaranty segment has a decreasing portfolio and is opportunistic with limited possibilities for new business due to our change in business strategy and the overall market for mortgage insurance. New business in this segment will be generated at irregular intervals.

    Mortgage Portfolio

        The following table sets forth our mortgage insurance and reinsurance risk in force by geographic region as of December 31, 2007:

Mortgage Guaranty Risk In Force By Geographic Region

 
  Risk In Force
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)
 
United Kingdom   $ 865.0   77.5 %
Ireland     152.9   13.7 %
United States     98.3   8.8 %
   
 
 
  Total   $ 1,116.2   100.0 %
   
 
 

        The following table sets forth our mortgage guaranty risk in force by treaty type as of December 31, 2007:

Mortgage Guaranty Risk In Force By Treaty Type

 
  Risk In Force
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)
 
Excess of loss   $ 1,112.9   99.7 %
Quota share     3.3   0.3 %
   
 
 
  Total   $ 1,116.2   100.0 %
   
 
 

    Other

        We have participated in several lines of business that are reflected in our historical financial statements, but that we exited, including equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, and auto residual value reinsurance.

15


    Underwriting

        The underwriting, operations and risk management guidelines, policies and procedures of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are tailored to their respective businesses, providing multiple levels of credit review and analysis.

        Exposure limits and underwriting criteria are established, as appropriate, for sectors, countries, single risks and in the case of structured finance obligations, servicers. Single risk limits are established in relation to the Company's capital base and are based on our assessment of potential severity of loss as well as other factors. Sector limits are based on our assessment of intra sector correlation, as well as other factors. Country limits are based on long term foreign currency ratings, history of political stability, size and stability of the economy and other factors.

        Critical risk factors for proposed public finance exposures include, for example, the credit quality of the issuer, the type of issue, the repayment source, security pledged, the presence of restrictive covenants, and the issue's maturity. Underwriting consideration for exposures include (1) class, reflecting economic and social factors affecting that bond type, including the importance of the proposed project, (2) the financial management of the project and of the issuer, and (3) various legal and administrative factors. In cases where the primary source of repayment is the taxing or rate setting authority of a public entity, such as general obligation bonds, transportation bonds and municipal utility bonds, emphasis is placed on the overall financial strength of the issuer, the economic and demographic characteristics of the taxpayer or ratepayer base and the strength of the legal obligation to repay the debt. In cases of quasi- public entities such as healthcare bonds and private higher education bonds, emphasis is placed on the financial stability of the institution, its competitive position and its management.

        Structured finance obligations generally present three distinct forms of risk: (1) asset risk, pertaining to the amount and quality of assets underlying an issue; (2) structural risk, pertaining to the extent to which an issue's legal structure provides protection from loss; and (3) execution risk, which is the risk that poor performance by a servicer contributes to a decline in the cash flow available to the transaction. Each risk is addressed in turn through our underwriting process. Generally, the amount and quality of asset coverage required with respect to a structured finance exposure is dependent upon the historic performance of the subject asset class, or those assets actually underlying the risk proposed to be insured or reinsured. Future performance expectations are developed from this history, taking into account economic, social and political factors affecting that asset class as well as, to the extent feasible, the subject assets themselves. Conclusions are then drawn about the amount of over-collateralization or other credit enhancement necessary in a particular transaction in order to protect investors (and therefore the insurer or reinsurer) against poor asset performance. In addition, structured securities usually are designed to protect investors (and therefore the guarantor) from the bankruptcy or insolvency of the entity which originated the underlying assets, as well as the bankruptcy or insolvency of the servicer of those assets.

        For international transactions, an analysis of the country or countries in which the risk resides is performed. Such analysis includes as assessment of the political risk as well as the economic and demographic characteristics of the country or countries. For each transaction, we perform an assessment of the legal regime governing the transaction and the laws affecting the underlying assets supporting the obligations.

    Underwriting Procedures

        The Risk Oversight Committee of the Board of Directors oversees our credit underwriting process. Subject to limits established by the Risk Oversight Committee, the Portfolio Risk Management Committee implements specific underwriting procedures and limits for the Company. The Portfolio Risk Management Committee also allocates underwriting capacity among the Company's subsidiaries.

16


The Portfolio Risk Management Committee focuses on the measurement and management of credit, market and liquidity risk for the overall company and its main operating subsidiaries. It has established and maintains underwriting limits, policies and procedures and meets at least quarterly to review and set policy.

        Each insurance, facultative reinsurance and credit derivative transaction after passing an initial assessment intended to consider the desirability of the proposed exposure, is assigned to a team including relevant underwriting and legal personnel. Finance personnel review the proposed exposure for compliance with applicable accounting standards and investment guidelines. The team reviews the structure of the transaction, and the underwriter reviews credit issues pertinent to the particular line of business. In our structured financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty lines, underwriters generally apply computer models to stress cash flows in their assessment of the risk inherent in a particular transaction. For reinsurance transactions, stress model results may be provided by the primary insurer. Stress models may also be developed internally by our underwriting department and reflect both empirical research as well as information gathered from third parties, such as rating agencies, investment banks or servicers. Where warranted to assess a particular credit risk properly, we may perform a due diligence review in connection with a transaction. A due diligence review may include, among other things, meetings with issuer management, review of underwriting and operational procedures, file reviews, and review of financial procedures and computer systems. The structure of a transaction is also scrutinized from a legal perspective by in house and, where appropriate, external counsel, and specialty legal expertise is consulted when our legal staff deems it appropriate.

        Upon completion of underwriting analysis, the underwriter prepares a formal credit report that is submitted to a credit committee for review. An oral presentation is usually made to the committee, followed by questions from committee members and discussion among the committee members and the underwriters. In some cases, additional information may be presented at the meeting or required to be submitted prior to approval. Signatures of committee members are received and any further requirements, such as specific terms or evidence of due diligence, are noted. At the discretion of the Chief Credit Officer, for submissions that are of a relatively low-risk nature or where the transaction is substantially similar to others that have been submitted in the past, a formal meeting may be foregone. A formal submission and signatures of the committee members are required whether a formal meeting is held or not. U.S. direct business is submitted to AGC's Credit Committee, which consists of senior professionals including underwriting officers, the President and Chief Credit Officer and other senior officers of AGC. Certain public finance and residential mortgage-backed securities transactions that meet specific criteria with respect to size, rating and type of risk, may be eligible for an expedited approval process, in which the submission may be approved by two of four designated senior officers of AGC, one of whom must be either the President or Chief Credit Officer. Transactions submitted by Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. must be approved by Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd.'s Underwriting Committee, consisting of senior officers of Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., and by a Supervisory Underwriting Committee consisting of the AGC Credit Committee. Transactions submitted for execution in AGRO must be recommended by the AG Intermediary Credit Committee, consisting substantially of senior officers of AGC including the President and Chief Credit Officer, and approved by AGRO's underwriting managers in Bermuda. Transactions submitted for approval within AG Re must be approved by the AG Re Underwriting Committee, containing senior officers of AG Re, including the President and Chief Operating Officer. Certain transactions submitted for approval within AG Re that meet specific criteria with respect to size, rating and type of risk, require further approval of one of four designated officers of Assured Guaranty Ltd.

    Treaty Underwriting

        The procedures for underwriting treaty business differ somewhat from those for facultative reinsurance, as we make a forward commitment to reinsure business from a ceding company for a

17


specified period of time. Although we have the ability to exclude certain classes or categories of risk from a treaty, we have a limited ability to control the individual risks ceded pursuant to the terms of the treaty. As a result, we enter into reinsurance treaties only with ceding companies with proven track records and after extensive underwriting due diligence with respect to the proposed cedant. Prior to entering into a reinsurance treaty, we meet with senior management, underwriters, risk managers, and accounting and systems personnel of the proposed cedant. We evaluate the ceding company's underwriting expertise and experience, capital position, in-force book of business, reserves, cash flow, profitability and financial strength. We actively monitor ceded treaty exposures. Collected data is evaluated regularly to detect ceded risks that are inconsistent with our expectations. If appropriate and permitted under the terms of the treaty, we add exclusions in response to risks identified during our evaluations. Our surveillance department conducts periodic audits of each ceding company. The audits entail review of underwriting and surveillance files, as well as meetings with management. Information gathered during these audits is used to re-evaluate treaties at the time of renewal.

Risk Management

        The Risk Oversight and Audit Committees of the Board of Directors oversees our risk management policies and procedures. Within the limits established by the board committees, specific risk policies and limits are set by the Portfolio Risk Management Committee, which includes members of senior management and senior Credit and Surveillance officers. As part of its risk management strategy, the Company may seek to obtain third party reinsurance or retrocessions and may also periodically enter into other arrangements to alleviate all or a portion of this risk.

        Our Risk Management and Surveillance personnel are responsible for monitoring and reporting on all transactions in the insured portfolio, including exposures in both the Direct and Reinsurance segments. The primary objective of the surveillance process is to monitor trends and changes in transaction credit quality, detect any deterioration in credit quality, and take such remedial actions as may be necessary or appropriate. All transactions in the insured portfolio are risk rated, and surveillance personnel are responsible for adjusting those ratings to reflect changes in transaction credit quality. Surveillance personnel are also responsible for managing work-out and loss situations when necessary. For transactions where a loss is considered probable, surveillance personnel make recommendations on case loss reserves to a reserve committee. The reserve committee is made up of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Surveillance Officer, General Counsel and Chief Accounting Officer. The reserve committee considers the recommendations of the surveillance personnel when reviewing reserve recommendations of our operating subsidiaries.

    Direct Businesses

        We conduct surveillance procedures to track risk aggregations and monitor performance of each risk. The review cycle and scope vary based upon transaction type and credit quality. In general, the review process includes the collection and analysis of information from various sources, including trustee and servicer reports, financial statements and reports, general industry or sector news and analyses, and rating agency reports. For Public Finance risks, the surveillance process includes monitoring general economic trends, developments with respect to state and municipal finances, and the financial situation of the issuers. For Structured Finance transactions, the surveillance process can include monitoring transaction performance data and cash flows, compliance with transaction terms and conditions, and evaluation of servicer or collateral manager performance and financial condition. Additionally, the Company uses various quantitative tools and models to assess transaction performance and identify situations where there may have been a change in credit quality. For all transactions, surveillance activities may include discussions with or site visits to issuers, servicers or other parties to a transaction.

18


    Reinsurance Businesses

        For transactions in our Reinsurance segment, the primary insurers are responsible for conducting ongoing surveillance, and our surveillance personnel monitor the activities of the primary insurers through a variety of means, such as review of surveillance reports provided by the primary insurers, and meetings and discussions with their analysts. Our surveillance personnel take steps to ensure that the primary insurer is managing risk pursuant to the terms of the applicable reinsurance agreement. To this end, we conduct periodic reviews of ceding companies' surveillance activities and capabilities. That process may include the review of the primary insurer's underwriting, surveillance, and claim files for certain transactions. In the event of credit deterioration of a particular exposure, more frequent reviews of the ceding company's risk mitigation activities are conducted. Our surveillance personnel also monitor general news and information, industry trends, and rating agency reports to help focus surveillance activities on sectors or credits of particular concern. For certain exposures, we also will undertake an independent analysis and remodeling of the transaction.

    Closely Monitored Credits

        Our surveillance department is responsible for monitoring our portfolio of credits and maintains a list of closely monitored credits ("CMC"). The closely monitored credits are divided into four categories: Category 1 (low priority; fundamentally sound, greater than normal risk); Category 2 (medium priority; weakening credit profile, may result in loss); Category 3 (high priority; claim/default probable, case reserve established); Category 4 (claim paid, case reserve established for future payments). The closely monitored credits include all below investment grade ("BIG") exposures where there is a material amount of exposure (generally greater than $10.0 million) or a material risk of the Company incurring a loss greater than $0.5 million. The closely monitored credits also include investment grade ("IG") risks where credit quality is deteriorating and where, in the view of the Company, there is significant potential that the risk quality will fall below investment grade. As of December 31, 2007, the closely monitored credits include approximately 99% of our BIG exposure, and the remaining BIG exposure of $19.8 million is distributed across 46 different credits. Other than those excluded BIG credits, credits that are not included in the closely monitored credit list are categorized as fundamentally sound risks. The following table provides financial guaranty net par outstanding by credit monitoring category as of December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 
  As of December 31, 2007
  As of December 31, 2006
Description:
  Net Par
Outstanding

  % of Net
Par
Outstanding

  # of Credits
in Category

  Net Par
Outstanding

  % of Net
Par
Outstanding

  # of Credits
in Category

 
  ($ in millions)
Fundamentally sound risk   $ 198,133   98.9 %     $ 130,944   99.0 %  
Closely monitored credits:                            
  Category 1     1,288   0.6 % 36     855   0.6 % 43
  Category 2     743   0.4 % 12     318   0.2 % 13
  Category 3     71     16     123   0.1 % 18
  Category 4     24     16     22     13
   
 
 
 
 
 
    CMC total(1)     2,126   1.1 % 80     1,318   1.0 % 87
   
 
     
 
   
Other below investment grade risk     20     46     34     68
   
 
     
 
   
Total   $ 200,279   100.0 %     $ 132,296   100.0 %  
   
 
     
 
   

(1)
Percent total does not add due to rounding.

19


        The increase of $808 million in financial guaranty CMC net par outstanding during 2007 is mainly attributable to the addition of $1,754 million of U.S. home equity line of credit ("HELOC") exposures. This increase was partially offset by $382 million of amortization of exposure and $613 million of credit rating improvements for certain transactions.

Losses and Reserves

        Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses for non-derivative transactions in our financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty assumed reinsurance and mortgage guaranty business include case reserves and portfolio reserves. See the "Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments" of the Critical Accounting Estimates section for more information on our derivative transactions. Case reserves are established when there is significant credit deterioration on specific insured obligations and the obligations are in default or default is probable, not necessarily upon non-payment of principal or interest by an insured. Case reserves represent the present value of expected future loss payments and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE"), net of estimated recoveries, but before considering ceded reinsurance. This reserving method is different from case reserves established by traditional property and casualty insurance companies, which establish case reserves upon notification of a claim and establish incurred but not reported ("IBNR") reserves for the difference between actuarially estimated ultimate losses and recorded case reserves. Financial guaranty direct and assumed reinsurance case reserves and related salvage and subrogation, if any, are discounted at the taxable equivalent yield on our investment portfolio, which is approximately 6%, in all periods presented. When the Company becomes entitled to the underlying collateral of an insured credit under salvage and subrogation rights as a result of a claim payment, it records salvage and subrogation as an asset, based on the expected level of recovery. Such amounts are included in the Company's balance sheet within "Other assets."

        We record portfolio reserves in our financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty assumed reinsurance and mortgage guaranty business. Portfolio reserves are established with respect to the portion of our business for which case reserves have not been established.

        Portfolio reserves are not established based on a specific event, rather they are calculated by aggregating the portfolio reserve calculated for each individual transaction. Individual transaction reserves are calculated on a quarterly basis by multiplying the par in-force by the product of the ultimate loss and earning factors without regard to discounting. The ultimate loss factor is defined as the frequency of loss multiplied by the severity of loss, where the frequency is defined as the probability of default for each individual issue. The earning factor is inception to date earned premium divided by the estimated ultimate written premium for each transaction. The probability of default is estimated from rating agency data and is based on the transaction's credit rating, industry sector and time until maturity. The severity is defined as the complement of recovery/salvage rates gathered by the rating agencies of defaulting issues and is based on the industry sector.

        Portfolio reserves are recorded gross of reinsurance. We have not ceded any amounts under these reinsurance contracts, as our recorded portfolio reserves have not exceeded our contractual retentions, required by said contracts.

        The Company records an incurred loss that is reflected in the statement of operations upon the establishment of portfolio reserves. When we initially record a case reserve, we reclassify the corresponding portfolio reserve already recorded for that credit within the balance sheet. The difference between the initially recorded case reserve and the reclassified portfolio reserve is recorded as a charge in our statement of operations. Any subsequent change in portfolio reserves or initial case reserves are recorded quarterly as a charge or credit in our statement of operations in the period such estimates change. Due to the inherent uncertainties of estimating loss and LAE reserves, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in our consolidated financial statements, and the differences may be material.

20


        We also record IBNR reserves for our other segment. IBNR is an estimate of losses for which the insured event has occurred but the claim has not yet been reported to us. In establishing IBNR, we use traditional actuarial methods to estimate the reporting lag of such claims based on historical experience, claim reviews and information reported by ceding companies. We record IBNR for trade credit reinsurance within our other segment, which is 100% reinsured to ACE. The other segment represents lines of business that we exited or sold as part of our 2004 initial public offering ("IPO").

        For mortgage guaranty transactions we record portfolio reserves in a manner consistent with our financial guaranty business. While other mortgage guaranty insurance companies do not record portfolio reserves, rather just case and IBNR reserves, we record portfolio reserves because we write business on an excess of loss basis, while other industry participants write quota share or first layer loss business. We manage and underwrite this business in the same manner as our financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance business because they have similar characteristics as insured obligations of mortgage-backed securities.

        FAS No. 60, "Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises" ("FAS 60") is the authoritative guidance for an insurance enterprise. FAS 60 prescribes differing reserving methodologies depending on whether a contract fits within its definition of a short-duration contract or a long-duration contract. Financial guaranty contracts have elements of long-duration insurance contracts in that they are irrevocable and extend over a period that may exceed 30 years or more, but for regulatory purposes are reported as property and liability insurance, which are normally considered short-duration contracts. The short-duration and long-duration classifications have different methods of accounting for premium revenue and contract liability recognition. Additionally, the accounting for deferred acquisition costs ("DAC") could be different under the two methods.

        We believe the guidance of FAS 60 does not expressly address the distinctive characteristics of financial guaranty insurance, so we also apply the analogous guidance of Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue No. 85-20, "Recognition of Fees for Guaranteeing a Loan" ("EITF 85-20"), which provides guidance relating to the recognition of fees for guaranteeing a loan, which has similarities to financial guaranty insurance contracts. Under the guidance in EITF 85-20, the guarantor should assess the probability of loss on an ongoing basis to determine if a liability should be recognized under FAS No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies" ("FAS 5"). FAS 5 requires that a loss be recognized where it is probable that one or more future events will occur confirming that a liability has been incurred as of the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

        The Company is aware that there are certain differences regarding the measurement of portfolio loss liabilities among companies in the financial guaranty industry. In January and February 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") staff had discussions concerning these differences with a number of industry participants. Based on these discussions, in June 2005 the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") staff decided additional guidance is necessary regarding financial guaranty contracts. On April 18, 2007, the FASB issued an exposure draft "Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts-an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 60" ("Exposure Draft"). This Exposure Draft would clarify how FAS 60 applies to financial guarantee insurance contracts, including the methodology to be used to account for premium revenue and claim liabilities. The scope of this Exposure Draft is limited to financial guarantee insurance (and reinsurance) contracts issued by insurance enterprises included within the scope of FAS 60. Responses to the Exposure Draft were required by June 18, 2007. We and the Association of Financial Guaranty Insurers have separately submitted responses before the required date and additionally, participated in a FASB sponsored roundtable discussion. If this Exposure Draft is adopted as written, the effect on the consolidated financial statements, particularly with respect to revenue recognition and claims liability, could be material to the Company's financial statements. A final Exposure Draft is expected to be issued by the end of the first quarter 2008, with an anticipated effective date of January 1, 2009. Until a final pronouncement is issued, the Company intends to continue to apply its existing policy with respect to premium revenue and the establishment of both case and portfolio reserves.

21


        The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of reserves for losses and LAE:

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Balance as of January 1   $ 120,600   $ 128,421   $ 236,202  
Less reinsurance recoverable     (10,889 )   (12,350 )   (120,220 )
   
 
 
 
Net balance as of January 1     109,711     116,071     115,982  
Transfers to case reserves from portfolio reserves     11,008     733     13,747  
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses pertaining to case and IBNR reserves(1):                    
  Current year     9,456     772     10,609  
  Prior years     (18,281 )   (13,028 )   (76,683 )
   
 
 
 
      (8,825 )   (12,256 )   (66,074 )
Transfers to case reserves from portfolio reserves     (11,008 )   (733 )   (13,747 )
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses pertaining to portfolio reserves     16,790     5,500     (3,490 )
   
 
 
 
Total incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)     7,965     (6,756 )   (69,564 )
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (paid) and recovered pertaining to:                    
  Current year     (2,637 )   (20 )   (143 )
  Prior years(1)     8,695     355     77,340  
   
 
 
 
Total incurred loss and loss adjustment expenses recovered     6,058     335     77,197  
Change in salvage recoverable     1,295     42     (2,497 )
Foreign exchange (gain) loss on reserves     (33 )   19     (5,047 )
   
 
 
 
Net balance as of December 31     124,996     109,711     116,071  
Plus reinsurance recoverable     8,849     10,889     12,350  
   
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31   $ 133,845   $ 120,600   $ 128,421  
   
 
 
 

      (1)
      The loss recovery of $6.1 million in 2007 is mainly a result of loss recoveries of $8.6 million from two aircraft-related transactions in which claims were paid in 2002 and 2006. These recoveries were partially offset by loss payments related to assumed U.S. home equity line of credit exposures. The prior year loss recovery of $0.3 million in 2006 is due to $13.5 million of net recoveries from third party litigation settlements. These recoveries were primarily offset by loss payments, of which two of the largest were made on a U.S. Infrastructure transaction and a European Infrastructure transaction. The prior year loss recovery of $77.3 million in 2005 is primarily due to $71.0 million in loss recoveries from a third party litigation settlement agreement, with two parties, relating to a reinsurance claim incurred in 1998 and 1999 as well as a $2.4 million recovery related to the equity layer credit protection business.

Investments

        Our principal objectives in managing our investment portfolio are: (1) to preserve our subsidiaries' financial strength ratings; (2) to maximize total after-tax net investment income while generating a competitive total rate of return; (3) to maintain sufficient liquidity to cover unexpected stress in the

22



insurance portfolio; (4) to manage investment risk within the context of the underlying portfolio of insurance risk; and (5) to meet applicable regulatory requirements.

        We have a formal review process for all securities in our investment portfolio, including a review for impairment losses. Factors considered when assessing impairment include: (1) securities whose market values have declined by 20% or more below amortized cost for a continuous period of at least six months; (2) recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by rating agencies; (3) the financial condition of the applicable issuer; (4) whether scheduled interest payments are past due; and (5) whether we have the ability and intent to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for anticipated recoveries in fair value. If we believe a decline in the value of a particular investment is temporary, we record the decline as an unrealized loss in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity on our consolidated balance sheets. If we believe the decline is "other than temporary," we write down the carrying value of the investment and record a loss on our statements of operations. Our assessment of a decline in value includes management's current judgment of the factors noted above. If that judgment changes in the future, we may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

        As of December 31, 2007, we had no below investment grade securities or non-rated securities in our investment portfolio. For additional information regarding our investments, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Investment Portfolio."

        As of January 1, 2005, we retained BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. to manage our investment portfolio. Our investment managers have discretionary authority over our investment portfolio within the limits of our investment guidelines approved by our Board of Directors. We compensate each of these managers based upon a fixed percentage of the market value of our portfolio. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, we paid aggregate investment management fees of $1.9 million, $1.8 million and $1.7 million, respectively, to these managers.

Competition

        Our principal competitors in the financial guaranty direct market are Ambac Assurance Corporation ("Ambac"), Financial Guaranty Insurance Company ("FGIC"), Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA"), MBIA Insurance Corporation ("MBIA"), XL Capital Assurance Inc. ("XLCA") and CIFG Assurance NA ("CIFG"). All of these companies have ratings from Standard & Poor's Inc., a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P"), Fitch Ratings ("Fitch") and Moody's Investors Service ("Moody's"), and a number of these companies are on negative outlook or credit watch for possible downgrade. Banks, smaller and lower-rated financial guaranty insurance companies and multiline insurers and reinsurers also participate in the broader credit enhancement market. The principal competitive factors are: (1) premium rates; (2) conditions precedent to the issuance of a policy related to the structure and security features of a proposed bond issue; (3) the financial strength ratings of the guarantor; (4) the quality of service and execution provided to issuers, investors and other clients of the issuer and (5) secondary market trading values of bonds insured by the financial guarantor. Financial guaranty insurance also competes domestically and internationally with other forms of credit enhancement, including the use of senior and subordinated tranches of a proposed structured finance obligation and/or overcollateralization or cash collateral accounts, as well as more traditional forms of credit support.

        Our principal competitors in the financial guaranty reinsurance market are Radian Asset Assurance Inc., RAM Reinsurance Company Ltd., XL Financial Assurance Ltd. ("XLFA"), Channel Reinsurance Ltd. and BluePoint Re Ltd. Competition in the financial guaranty reinsurance business is based upon many factors, including financial strength ratings from the major rating agencies' pricing, service, size and underwriting criteria. A number of our principal competitors are on negative outlook or credit watch for possible downgrade by one or more of the major rating agencies. Assured Guaranty

23



Re Ltd. ("AG Re") is the largest financial guaranty reinsurer in terms of size and par insured and is rated AA by S&P and Fitch and is rated Aa2 by Moody's.

Regulation

    General

        The business of insurance and reinsurance is regulated in most countries, although the degree and type of regulation varies significantly from one jurisdiction to another. Reinsurers are generally subject to less direct regulation than primary insurers. We are subject to regulation under applicable statutes in the United States, the United Kingdom and Bermuda.

    United States

        Assured Guaranty Ltd. has two operating insurance subsidiaries domiciled in the United States, which we refer to collectively as the "Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries."

        AGC is a Maryland domiciled insurance company licensed to write financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance (and in some states casualty, surety and other lines) in 50 U.S. states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. AGC is also licensed as a Class 3 insurer in Bermuda. It is registered as a foreign company in Australia and operates through a representative office in Sydney. AGC currently intends for the representative office to conduct activities so that it does not have a permanent establishment in Australia.

        Assured Guaranty Mortgage, a wholly-owned subsidiary of AGRO, is a New York corporation licensed as a mortgage guaranty insurer in the State of New York and in the District of Columbia and thereby is authorized solely to transact the business of mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance. Assured Guaranty Mortgage is an approved or accredited reinsurer in the States of California, Illinois and Wisconsin.

    Insurance Holding Company Regulation

        Assured Guaranty and the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries are subject to the insurance holding company laws of Maryland and New York. These laws generally require each of the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries to register with its respective domestic state insurance department and annually to furnish financial and other information about the operations of companies within their holding company system. Generally, all transactions among companies in the holding company system to which any of the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries is a party (including sales, loans, reinsurance agreements and service agreements) must be fair and, if material or of a specified category, such as service agreements, require prior notice and approval or non-disapproval by the insurance department where the applicable subsidiary is domiciled.

    Change of Control

        Before a person can acquire control of a U.S. domestic insurance company, prior written approval must be obtained from the insurance commissioner of the state where the domestic insurer is domiciled. Generally, state statutes provide that control over a domestic insurer is presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, 10% or more of the voting securities of the domestic insurer. Prior to granting approval of an application to acquire control of a domestic insurer, the state insurance commissioner will consider such factors as the financial strength of the applicant, the integrity and management of the applicant's Board of Directors and executive officers, the acquirer's plans for the management of the applicant's Board of Directors and executive officers, the acquirer's plans for the future operations of the domestic insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation of the acquisition of control. These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter

24


or prevent a change of control involving us that some or all of our stockholders might consider to be desirable, including in particular unsolicited transactions.

    State Insurance Regulation

        State insurance authorities have broad regulatory powers with respect to various aspects of the business of U.S. insurance companies, including licensing these companies to transact business, accreditation of reinsurers, admittance of assets to statutory surplus, regulating unfair trade and claims practices, establishing reserve requirements and solvency standards, regulating investments and dividends, and, in certain instances, approving policy forms and related materials and approving premium rates. State insurance laws and regulations require the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries to file financial statements with insurance departments everywhere they are licensed, authorized or accredited to conduct insurance business, and their operations are subject to examination by those departments at any time. The Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with Statutory Accounting Practices, or SAP, and procedures prescribed or permitted by these departments. State insurance departments also conduct periodic examinations of the books and records, financial reporting, policy filings and market conduct of insurance companies domiciled in their states, generally once every three to five years. Market conduct examinations by regulators other than the domestic regulator are generally carried out in cooperation with the insurance departments of other states under guidelines promulgated by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

        The Maryland Insurance Administration conducts a periodic examination of insurance companies domiciled in Maryland every five years. The last such Report on Financial Examination, issued by the Maryland Insurance Administration on October 10, 2003 in connection with such examination, did not contain any materially adverse findings. Field work began in June of 2007 for the Maryland Insurance Administration's examination of AGC for the five-year period ending December 31, 2006. We anticipate that the Maryland Insurance Administration will issue their Report on Financial Examination during 2008. The New York Insurance Department, the regulatory authority of the domiciliary jurisdiction of Assured Guaranty Mortgage, conducts a periodic examination of insurance companies domiciled in New York, also at five-year intervals. During 2003, the New York Insurance Department completed its field work in connection with its examination of Assured Guaranty Mortgage for the period from 1997 though 2002. The report on the examination, issued July 11, 2003 by the New York Insurance Department, does not contain any materially adverse findings.

        The terms and conditions of reinsurance agreements generally are not subject to regulation by any U.S. state insurance department with respect to rates. As a practical matter, however, the rates charged by primary insurers do have an effect on the rates that can be charged by reinsurers.

    State Dividend Limitations

        Maryland.     One of the primary sources of cash for the payment of debt service and dividends by Assured Guaranty is the receipt of dividends from AGC. If a dividend or distribution is an "extraordinary dividend," it must be reported to, and approved by, the Insurance Commissioner prior to payment. An "extraordinary dividend" is defined to be any dividend or distribution to stockholders, such as Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., which together with dividends paid during the preceding twelve months exceeds the lesser of 10% of an insurance company's policyholders' surplus at the preceding December 31 or 100% of AGC's adjusted net investment income during that period. Further, an insurer may not pay any dividend or make any distribution to its shareholders unless the insurer notifies the Insurance Commissioner of the proposed payment within five business days following declaration and at least ten days before payment. The Insurance Commissioner may declare that such dividend not be paid if the Commissioner finds that the insurer's policyholders' surplus would be inadequate after payment of the dividend or could lead the insurer to a hazardous financial condition.

25


AGC declared and paid dividends of $12.1 million, $13.8 million and $4.3 million during 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, to Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. The maximum amount available during 2008 for the payment of dividends by AGC which would not be characterized as "extraordinary dividends" is approximately $40.0 million.

        New York.     Under the New York Insurance Law, Assured Guaranty Mortgage may declare or pay any dividend only out of "earned surplus," which is defined as that portion of the company's surplus that represents the net earnings, gains or profits (after deduction of all losses) that have not been distributed to shareholders as dividends or transferred to stated capital, capital surplus or contingency reserves, or applied to other purposes permitted by law, but does not include unrealized appreciation of assets. Additionally, no dividend may be declared or distributed in an amount which, together with all dividends declared or distributed by it during the preceding twelve months, exceeds the lesser of 10% of Assured Guaranty Mortgage's statutory surplus as shown on its latest statutory financial statement on file with the New York Superintendent of Insurance, or 100% of Assured Guaranty Mortgage's adjusted net investment income during that period, unless, upon prior application, the Superintendent approves a greater dividend or distribution after finding that the company will retain sufficient surplus to support its obligations and writings. Assured Guaranty Mortgage did not declare or pay dividends during 2007. As of December 31, 2007, Assured Guaranty Mortgage had negative unassigned funds and therefore cannot pay dividends during 2008.

    Contingency Reserves

        In accordance with Maryland insurance law and regulations, AGC maintains a statutory contingency reserve for the protection of policyholders against the effect of adverse economic cycles. The contingency reserve is maintained for each obligation and is equal to the greater of 50% of the premiums written or a percentage of principal guaranteed (which percentage varies from 0.55% to 2.5% depending on the nature of the asset). The contingency reserve is put up over a period of either 15 or 20 years, depending on the nature of the obligation, and then taken down over the same period of time. The contingency reserve may be maintained net of reinsurance. AGC's contingency reserve as of December 31, 2007 was in compliance with these insurance laws and regulations.

        Under the New York Insurance Law, Assured Guaranty Mortgage must establish a contingency reserve to protect policyholders against the effect of adverse economic cycles. This reserve is established out of net premiums (gross premiums less premiums returned to policyholders) remaining after the statutory unearned premium reserve is established. Contributions to the contingency reserve must equal 50% of remaining earned premiums and, except as otherwise approved by the Superintendent of Insurance, must be maintained in the contingency reserve for a period of 120 months. Reinsurers are required to establish a contingency reserve equal to their proportionate share of the reserve established by the ceding company. Assured Guaranty Mortgage's contingency reserve as of December 31, 2007 was in compliance with these insurance laws and regulations.

    Risk-to-Capital Requirements

        Under the New York Insurance Law, Assured Guaranty Mortgage's total liability, net of applicable reinsurance, under its aggregate insurance policies may not exceed 25 times its total policyholders' surplus, commonly known as the "risk-to-capital" requirement. As of December 31, 2007, the consolidated risk-to-capital ratio for Assured Guaranty Mortgage was below the limit.

    Investments

        The Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries are subject to laws and regulations that require diversification of their investment portfolio and limit the amount of investments in certain asset categories, such as below investment grade fixed maturity securities, equity real estate, other equity investments, and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause investments

26


exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus, and, in some instances, would require divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. We believe that the investments made by the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries complied with such regulations as of December 31, 2007. In addition, any investment must be approved by the insurance company's Board of Directors or a committee thereof that is responsible for supervising or making such investment.

    Operations of Our Non-U.S. Insurance Subsidiaries

        The insurance laws of each state of the United States and of many other countries regulate or prohibit the sale of insurance and reinsurance within their jurisdictions by unlicensed or non-accredited insurers and reinsurers. Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., AG Re and AGRO are not admitted to do business in the United States. We do not intend that Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., AG Re or AGRO will maintain offices or solicit, advertise, settle claims or conduct other insurance activities in any jurisdiction in the United States where the conduct of such activities would require it to be admitted or authorized.

        In addition to the regulatory requirements imposed by the jurisdictions in which they are licensed, reinsurers' business operations are affected by regulatory requirements in various states of the United States governing "credit for reinsurance" which are imposed on their ceding companies. In general, a ceding company which obtains reinsurance from a reinsurer that is licensed, accredited or approved by the ceding company's state of domicile is permitted to reflect in its statutory financial statements a credit in an aggregate amount equal to the ceding company's liability for unearned premiums (which are that portion of premiums written which applies to the unexpired portion of the policy period), loss reserves and loss expense reserves ceded to the reinsurer. The great majority of states, however, permit a credit on the statutory financial statement of a ceding insurer for reinsurance obtained from a non-licensed or non-accredited reinsurer to the extent that the reinsurer secures its reinsurance obligations to the ceding insurer by providing a letter of credit, trust fund or other acceptable security arrangement. A few states do not allow credit for reinsurance ceded to non-licensed reinsurers except in certain limited circumstances and others impose additional requirements that make it difficult to become accredited.

    Bermuda

        Each of AG Re and AGRO, our "Bermuda Subsidiaries," is an insurance company registered and licensed as a "Class 3 insurer" and a "long term insurer" under the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda. AGC is permitted under a revocable permit granted under the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (the "Companies Act") to engage in and carry on trade and business limited to engaging in certain non U.S. financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda, subject to compliance with the conditions attached to the permit and relevant provisions of the Companies Act (including having a Bermuda principal representative for the Companies Act purposes, restrictions on activities in Bermuda, publication and filing of prospectuses on public offerings of securities, registration of charges against its assets and certain winding up provisions). AGC is also licensed as a Class 3 insurer in Bermuda. The Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda, amendments thereto and related regulations (collectively, the "Insurance Act") impose on insurance companies certain solvency and liquidity standards; certain restrictions on the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions; certain restrictions on the reduction of statutory capital; certain restrictions on the winding up of long term insurers; and certain auditing and reporting requirements and also the need to have a principal representative and a principal office (as understood under the Insurance Act) in Bermuda. The Insurance Act grants to the Bermuda Monetary Authority the power to cancel insurance licenses, supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies and in certain circumstances share information with foreign regulators. Class 3 insurers are authorized to carry on general insurance business (as understood under the Insurance Act), subject to conditions attached to the license and to compliance with minimum capital and surplus requirements, solvency margin,

27


liquidity ratio and other requirements imposed by the Insurance Act. Long term insurers are permitted to carry on long term business (as understood under the Insurance Act) subject to conditions attached to the license and to similar compliance requirements and the requirement to maintain its long term business fund (a segregated fund). Each of AG Re and AGRO is required annually to file statutorily mandated financial statements and returns, audited by an auditor approved by the Bermuda Monetary Authority (no approved auditor of an insurer may have an interest in that insurer, other than as an insured, and no officer, servant or agent of an insurer shall be eligible for appointment as an insurer's approved auditor), together with an annual loss reserve opinion of a Bermuda Monetary Authority approved loss reserve specialist and the required actuary's certificate with respect to the long term business. AGC has an exemption from such filings, subject to certain conditions.

        In addition, pursuant to provisions under the Insurance Act, any person who becomes a holder of at least 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% of our common shares must notify the Bermuda Monetary Authority in writing within 45 days of becoming such a holder or 30 days from the date they have knowledge of having become such a holder, whichever is later. The Bermuda Monetary Authority has the power to object to a person holding 10% or more of our common shares if it appears to the Authority that the person is not fit and proper to be such a holder. In such a case, the Bermuda Monetary may require the holder to reduce their shareholding in us and may direct, among other things, that the voting rights attaching to their common shares shall not be exercisable. A person that does not comply with such a notice or direction from the Bermuda Monetary Authority will be guilty of an offence.

        Under a condition to its permit granted under the Companies Act, AGC must inform the Minister of Finance of any change in its beneficial ownership within 14 days of the occurrence of such change.

    Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions

        The Insurance Act limits the declaration and payment of dividends and other distributions by AG Re, AGRO and AGC.

        Under the Insurance Act:

    The minimum share capital must be always issued and outstanding and cannot be reduced (for a company registered both as a Class 3 insurer and a long-term insurer the minimum share capital is US$370,000 and for a company registered as a Class 3 insurer only, the minimum share capital is US$120,000).

    With respect to the distribution (including repurchase of shares) of any share capital, contributed surplus or other statutory capital, certain restrictions under the Insurance Act 1978 may apply if the proposal is to reduce its total statutory capital. Before reducing its total statutory capital by 15% or more of the insurer's total statutory capital as set out in its previous year's financial statements, a Class 3 insurer or a long-term insurer must obtain the prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

    With respect to the declaration and payment of dividends:

      (a) the insurer may not declare or pay any dividends during any financial year if it would cause the insurer to fail the applicable solvency margin or liquidity ratio (the "relevant margins");

      (b) if the insurer failed to meet any of its relevant margins on the last day of any financial year the insurer may not, without the prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority, declare or pay any dividends during the next financial year; and

      (c) a Class 3 insurer which at any time fails to meet its general business solvency margin may not declare or pay any dividend until the failure is rectified, and also in such circumstances the Class 3 insurer must report, within 30 days after becoming aware of its failure or having reason to believe that such failure has occurred, to the Bermuda Monetary Authority giving

28



      particulars of the circumstances leading to the failure and the manner and time in which the Class 3 insurer intends to rectify the failure.

    A long-term insurer may not:

      (a) use the funds allocated to its long-term business fund, directly or indirectly, for any purpose other than a purpose of its long-term business except in so far as such payment can be made out of any surplus certified by the insurer's approved actuary to be available for distribution otherwise than to policyholders; and

      (b) declare or pay a dividend to any person other than a policyholder unless the value of the assets of its long-term business fund, as certified by the insurer's approved actuary, exceeds the extent (as so certified) of the liabilities of the insurer's long-term business, and the amount of any such dividend shall not exceed the aggregate of (1) that excess; and (2) any other funds properly available for the payment of dividends being funds arising out of the business of the insurer other than its long-term business.

        Under the Companies Act, a Bermuda company (such as Assured Guaranty, AG Re and AGRO) may only declare and pay a dividend or make a distribution out of contributed surplus (as understood under the Companies Act) if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is and after the payment will be able to meet and pay its liabilities as they become due and the realizable value of the company's assets will not be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. The Companies Act also regulates and restricts the reduction and return of capital and paid in share premium, including the repurchase of shares and imposes minimum issued and outstanding share capital requirements.

    Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations

        Although Assured Guaranty Ltd. is incorporated in Bermuda, it is classified as a non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes by the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Pursuant to its non-resident status, Assured Guaranty may engage in transactions in currencies other than Bermuda dollars and there are no restrictions on its ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of its common shares.

        Under Bermuda law, "exempted" companies are companies formed for the purpose of conducting business outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda. As an "exempted" company, Assured Guaranty (as well as each of AG Re and AGRO) may not, without the express authorization of the Bermuda legislature or under a license or consent granted by the Minister of Finance, participate in certain business and other transactions, including: (1) the acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda (except that held by way of lease or tenancy agreement which is required for its business and held for a term not exceeding 50 years, or which is used to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees and held with the consent of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, for a term not exceeding 21 years), (2) the taking of mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure a principal amount in excess of $50,000 unless the Minister of Finance consents to a higher amount, and (3) the carrying on of business of any kind or type for which it is not duly licensed in Bermuda, except in certain limited circumstances, such as doing business with another exempted undertaking in furtherance of Assured Guaranty's business carried on outside Bermuda.

        The Bermuda government actively encourages foreign investment in "exempted" entities like Assured Guaranty that are based in Bermuda, but which do not operate in competition with local businesses. Assured Guaranty is not currently subject to taxes computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation. Bermuda companies and permit companies, such as AGC, pay, as applicable, annual government fees, business fees, payroll tax and other taxes and duties. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—Bermuda."

29


        Special considerations apply to our Bermuda operations. Under Bermuda law, non Bermudians, other than spouses of Bermudians and individuals holding permanent resident certificates or working resident certificates, are not permitted to engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without a work permit issued by the Bermuda government. A work permit is only granted or extended if the employer can show that, after a proper public advertisement, no Bermudian, spouse of a Bermudian or individual holding a permanent resident certificate is available who meets the minimum standards for the position. The Bermuda government has a policy that places a six-year term limit on individuals with work permits, subject to specified exemptions for persons deemed to be key employees. Currently, all of our Bermuda based professional employees who require work permits have been granted work permits by the Bermuda government. This includes the following key employees: Messrs. Frederico, Mills, Michener, Albert, Pickering and Bailenson and Ms. Purtill each of whom has received a work permit.

    United Kingdom

    General

        Since December 1, 2001, the regulation of the financial services industry in the United Kingdom has been consolidated under the Financial Services Authority ("FSA UK"). In addition, the regulatory regime in the United Kingdom must comply with certain European Union ("EU") directives binding on all EU member states and notably the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive ("MiFID") which came into effect on November 1, 2007, replacing the Investments Services Directive, largely for the purposes of harmonising the regulatory regime for investment services and activities across the EEA (see definition of "EEA" under "Passporting" below).

        The FSA UK is the single statutory regulator responsible for regulating the financial services industry in the UK, having the authority to oversee the carrying on of "regulated activities" (including deposit taking, insurance and reinsurance, investment management and most other financial services), with the purpose of maintaining confidence in the UK financial system, providing public understanding of the system, securing the proper degree of protection for consumers and helping to reduce financial crime. It is a criminal offense for any person to carry on a regulated activity in the UK unless that person is authorized by the FSA UK and has been granted permission to carry on that regulated activity, or otherwise falls under an exemption to such regulation.

        Insurance business in the United Kingdom falls into two main categories: long-term insurance (which is primarily investment related) and general insurance. Subject to limited exceptions, it is not possible for a new insurance company to be authorized in both long-term and general insurance business unless the long-term insurance business is restricted to reinsurance business. These two categories are both divided into "classes" (for example: permanent health and pension fund management are two classes of long-term insurance; damage to property and motor vehicle liability are two classes of general insurance). Under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 ("FSMA"), effecting or carrying out contracts of insurance, within a class of general or long-term insurance, by way of business in the UK, constitutes a "regulated activity" requiring authorization. An authorized insurance company must have permission for each class of insurance business it intends to write.

        Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. is authorized to effect and carry out certain classes of non-life insurance, specifically: classes 14 (credit), 15 (suretyship) and 16 (miscellaneous financial loss). This scope of permission is sufficient to enable Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. to effect and carry out financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance. The insurance and reinsurance businesses of Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. are subject to close supervision by the FSA UK. In addition to its requirements for senior management arrangements, systems and controls of insurance and reinsurance companies under its jurisdiction, the FSA UK now regards itself as a principles-based regulator and is placing an increased emphasis on risk identification and management in relation to the prudential regulation of insurance and reinsurance business in the United Kingdom. In recent years, there have been a number of changes to the FSA UK's rules that affect insurance and reinsurance companies authorized in the UK. For

30



example, the FSA UK introduced rules on the sale of general insurance, known as insurance mediation, and introduced the General Prudential Sourcebook (GENPRU); the Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers (INSPRU); and the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers (IPRU-INS), together the "Prudential Sourcebooks" which include measures such as risk-based capital adequacy rules, including individual capital assessments which are intended to align capital requirements with the risk profile of each insurance company and proposals aimed at ensuring adequate diversification of an insurer's or reinsurer's exposures to any credit risks of its reinsurers. Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. has calculated its minimum required capital according to the FSA's individual capital adequacy criteria and is in compliance.

        As a consequence of the new insurance mediation rules, Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. now also has permission to arrange and advise on deals in financial guaranties which it underwrites.

        Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, Ltd. is not authorized as an insurer. It is authorized by the FSA UK as a "Category D" company to carry out designated investment business activities in that it may "advise on investments (except on pension transfers and pension opt outs)" relating to most investment instruments. In addition, it may arrange or bring about transactions in investments and make "arrangements with a view to transactions in investments." It should be noted that Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, Ltd. does not itself take risk in the transactions it arranges or places, and may not hold funds on behalf of its customers.

    Supervision

        The FSA UK carries out the prudential supervision of insurance companies through a variety of methods, including the collection of information from statistical returns, review of accountants' reports, visits to insurance companies and regular formal interviews.

        The FSA UK has adopted a principles-based and risk-based approach to the supervision of insurance companies. Under this approach, the FSA UK periodically performs a formal risk assessment of insurance companies or groups carrying on business in the UK which varies in scope according to the risk profile of the insurer. The FSA UK performs its risk assessment broadly, by analyzing information which it receives during the normal course of its supervision, such as regular prudential returns on the financial position of the insurance company, or which it acquires through a series of meetings with senior management of the insurance company and by making use of its thematic work. After each risk assessment, the FSA UK will inform the insurer of its views on the insurer's risk profile. This will include details of any remedial action that the FSA UK requires and the likely consequences if this action is not taken.

    Solvency Requirements

        GENPRU and INSPRU require that non-life insurance companies such as Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. maintain a margin of solvency at all times in respect of the liabilities of the insurance company, the calculation of which depends on the type and amount of insurance business a company writes. The method of calculation of the solvency margin (known as the minimum capital requirement) is set out in the Prudential Sourcebooks, and for these purposes, the insurer's assets and liabilities are subject to specified valuation rules. The Prudential Sourcebooks also requires that Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. calculates and shares with the FSA UK its "enhanced capital requirement" based on risk-weightings applied to assets held and lines of business written. This enhanced capital requirement is not yet a legally-binding requirement but is required to form the basis of Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd.'s individual capital assessment which is then discussed with the FSA UK. Failure to maintain capital at least equal to the higher of the minimum capital requirement and the individual capital assessment is one of the grounds on which the wide powers of intervention conferred upon the FSA UK may be exercised.

31


        To the extent that the amount of premiums for such classes exceed certain specified minimum thresholds, each insurance company writing property, credit and other specified categories of insurance or reinsurance business is required by the Prudential Sourcebooks to maintain an equalization reserve calculated in accordance with the provisions of IPRU.

        These solvency requirements came into force on January 1, 2005. They may need to be amended in order to implement the European Union's proposed "Solvency II" directive on risk-based capital but that is not expected to be implemented until 2012.

        In addition, an insurer [(which as of December 10, 2007 includes a company conducting only reinsurance business)] is required to perform and submit to the FSA UK a group capital adequacy return in respect of its ultimate parent and, if different, its ultimate EEA parent. The calculation at the level of the ultimate EEA parent is required to show a positive result from December 31, 2006. There is no such requirement in relation to the report at the level of the ultimate parent, although if the report at that level raises concerns the FSA may take regulatory action. Public disclosure of the EEA group calculation is also required. The purpose of this rule is to prevent leveraging of capital arising from involvements in other group insurance firms. Given the current structure of the Company, the main aspects of the Company's capital regime will not apply to Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd.'s ultimate parent, because it is incorporated in Bermuda, nor to the intermediate holding companies, because they are incorporated in the United States, but reporting will be required to the FSA UK up to the ultimate parent.

        Further, an insurer is required to report in its annual returns to the FSA UK all material related party transactions (e.g., intragroup reinsurance, whose value is more than 5% of the insurer's general insurance business amount).

    Restrictions on Dividend Payments

        UK company law prohibits Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. from declaring a dividend to its shareholders unless it has "profits available for distribution." The determination of whether a company has profits available for distribution is based on its accumulated realized profits less its accumulated realized losses. While the UK insurance regulatory laws impose no statutory restrictions on a general insurer's ability to declare a dividend, the FSA UK's capital requirements may in practice act as a restriction on dividends.

    Reporting Requirements

        UK insurance companies must prepare their financial statements under the Companies Act of 1985 - 2006 (as amended), which requires the filing with Companies House of audited financial statements and related reports. In addition, UK insurance companies are required to file regulatory returns with the FSA UK, which include a revenue account, a profit and loss account and a balance sheet in prescribed forms. Under sections of IPRU-INS, audited regulatory returns must be filed with the FSA UK within two months and 15 days of the financial year end (or three months where the delivery of the return is made electronically).

    Supervision of Management

        The FSA UK closely supervises the management of insurance companies through the approved persons regime, by which any appointment of persons to perform certain specified "controlled functions" within a regulated entity must be approved by the FSA UK.

32


    Change of Control

        FSMA regulates the acquisition of "control" of any UK insurance company authorized under FSMA. Any company or individual that (together with its or his associates) directly or indirectly acquires 10% or more of the shares in a UK authorized insurance company or its parent company, or is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power in such authorized insurance company or its parent company, would be considered to have acquired "control" for the purposes of the relevant legislation, as would a person who had significant influence over the management of such authorized insurance company or its parent company by virtue of his shareholding or voting power in either.

        Under FSMA, any person proposing to acquire "control" of a UK authorized insurance company must give prior notification to the FSA UK of its intention to do so. The FSA UK then has three months to consider that person's application to acquire "control." In considering whether to approve such application, the FSA UK must be satisfied that both the acquirer is a "fit and proper" person to have "control" and that the interests of consumers would not be threatened by such acquisition of "control." "Consumers" in this context includes all persons who may use the services of the authorized insurance company. Failure to make the relevant prior application could result in action being taken by the FSA UK.

    Intervention and Enforcement

        The FSA UK has extensive powers to intervene in the affairs of an authorized person, culminating in the ultimate sanction of the removal of authorization to carry on a regulated activity. FSMA imposes on the FSA UK statutory obligations to monitor compliance with the requirements imposed by FSMA, and to investigate and enforce the provisions of FSMA related rules made by the FSA UK such as the Prudential Sourcebooks and breaches of the New Conduct of Business Sourcebook generally applicable to authorized persons as a result of the implementation of MiFID.

        The FSA UK also has the power to prosecute criminal offenses arising under FSMA, and to prosecute insider dealing under Part V of the Criminal Justice Act of 1993, and breaches of money laundering regulations. The FSA UK's stated policy is to pursue criminal prosecution in all appropriate cases.

    "Passporting"

        EU directives allow Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, Ltd. and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. to conduct business in EU states other than the United Kingdom in compliance with the scope of permission granted these companies by FSA UK without the necessity of additional licensing or authorization in other EU jurisdictions. This ability to operate in other jurisdictions of the EU on the basis of home state authorization and supervision is sometimes referred to as "passporting." Insurers may operate outside their home member state either on a "services" basis or on an "establishment" basis. Operating on a "services" basis means that the company conducts permitted businesses in the host state without having a physical presence there, while operating on an establishment basis means the company has a branch or physical presence in the host state. In both cases, a company remains subject to regulation by its home regulator although the company nonetheless may have to comply with certain local rules, such as where the company is operating on an "establishment" basis in which case, the local conduct of business (and other related) rules apply since the host state is regarded as better placed to detect and intervene in respect of suspected breaches relating to the branch within its territory. In such cases, the home state rules apply in respect of "organisational" and "prudential" obligations. In addition to EU member states, Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein (members of the broader European Economic Area or "EEA") are jurisdictions in which this passporting framework applies. Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. is permitted to operate on a passport basis in various countries

33


throughout the EEA; Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, Ltd. is permitted to operate on a services basis in Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, the Republic of Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain and Sweden.

    Fees and Levies

        Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. is subject to FSA UK fees and levies based on Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd.'s gross written premiums. The FSA UK also requires authorized insurers to participate in an investors' protection fund, known as the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (the "FSCS"). The FSCS was established to compensate consumers of financial services, including the buyers of insurance, against failures in the financial services industry. Individual policyholders and small businesses may be compensated by the FSCS when an authorized insurer is unable, or likely to be unable, to satisfy policyholder claims. Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. does not expect to write any insurance business that is protected by the FSCS.

Tax Matters

Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries

    Bermuda

        Under current Bermuda law, there is no Bermuda income, corporate or profits tax or withholding tax, capital gains tax or capital transfer tax payable by us. Assured Guaranty, AGC, and the Bermuda Subsidiaries have each obtained from the Minister of Finance under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, an assurance that, in the event that Bermuda enacts legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to Assured Guaranty, AGC or the Bermuda Subsidiaries or to any of their operations or their shares, debentures or other obligations, until March 28, 2016. This assurance is subject to the proviso that it is not to be construed so as to prevent the application of any tax or duty to such persons as are ordinarily resident in Bermuda, or to prevent the application of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of the Land Tax Act 1967 or otherwise payable in relation to any land leased to Assured Guaranty, AGC or the Bermuda Subsidiaries. Assured Guaranty, AGC and the Bermuda Subsidiaries each pay annual Bermuda government fees, and the Bermuda Subsidiaries and AGC pay annual insurance license fees. In addition, all entities employing individuals in Bermuda are required to pay a payroll tax and there are other sundry taxes payable, directly or indirectly, to the Bermuda government.

    United States

        We have conducted and intend to conduct substantially all of our foreign operations outside the United States and to limit the U.S. contacts of Assured Guaranty and its foreign subsidiaries (except AGRO, which has elected to be taxed as a U.S. corporation) so that they should not be engaged in a trade or business in the United States. A foreign corporation, such as AG Re deemed to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States would be subject to U.S. income tax at regular corporate rates, as well as the branch profits tax, on its income which is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, unless the corporation is entitled to relief under the permanent establishment provision of an applicable tax treaty, as discussed below. Such income tax, if imposed, would be based on effectively connected income computed in a manner generally analogous to that applied to the income of a U.S. corporation, except that a foreign corporation may generally be entitled to deductions and credits only if it timely files a U.S. federal income tax return. Assured Guaranty and AG Re have and will continue to file protective U.S. federal income tax returns on a timely basis in order to preserve the right to claim income tax deductions and credits if it is ever determined that they are subject to U.S. federal income tax. The highest marginal federal income tax

34


rates currently are 35% for a corporation's effectively connected income and 30% for the "branch profits" tax.

        Under the income tax treaty between Bermuda and the United States (the "Bermuda Treaty"), a Bermuda insurance company would not be subject to U.S. income tax on any insurance income found to be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business unless that trade or business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the United States. AG Re currently intends to conduct its activities so that it does not have a permanent establishment in the United States.

        An insurance enterprise resident in Bermuda generally will be entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty if (i) more than 50% of its shares are owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by individual residents of the United States or Bermuda or U.S. citizens and (ii) its income is not used in substantial part, directly or indirectly, to make disproportionate distributions to, or to meet certain liabilities of, persons who are neither residents of either the United States or Bermuda nor U.S. citizens. We believe AG Re qualifies for Bermuda treaty benefits. Assured Guaranty is not eligible for treaty benefits because it is not an insurance company.

        Foreign insurance companies carrying on an insurance business within the United States have a certain minimum amount of effectively connected net investment income, determined in accordance with a formula that depends, in part, on the amount of U.S. risk insured or reinsured by such companies. If AG Re is considered to be engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the United States and is not entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty in general (because it fails to satisfy one of the limitations on treaty benefits discussed above), the Code could subject a significant portion of AG Re's investment income to U.S. income tax.

        The United States also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums paid to foreign insurers or reinsurers with respect to risks located in the United States. The rates of tax applicable to premiums paid to AG Re and Assured Guaranty UK are 4% for casualty insurance premiums and 1% for reinsurance premium on life insurance premiums, subject to reduction to 0% under the U.K. Treaty with respect to premiums paid to Assured Guaranty UK.

        Assured Guaranty US Holdings is a Delaware holding company. Its direct subsidiaries are AGC, a Maryland corporation and AG Financial Products, a Delaware corporation. Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings is a Delaware corporation and its subsidiary, AGRO, is a Bermuda company which has elected under the Code to be taxed as a U.S. corporation. AGRO's subsidiary is Assured Guaranty Mortgage, which is a New York corporation. As such, each corporation is subject to taxation in the United States at regular corporate rates. Dividends paid, if any, by Assured Guaranty US Holdings to Assured Guaranty will be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax.

Taxation of Shareholders

    Bermuda Taxation

        Currently, there is no Bermuda withholding or other tax payable on principal, interests or dividends paid to the holders of the common shares of Assured Guaranty.

    United States Taxation

        This discussion is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder and any relevant administrative rulings or pronouncements or judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof and as currently interpreted, and does not take into account possible changes in such tax laws or interpretations thereof, which may apply retroactively. This discussion does not include any description of the tax laws of any state or local governments within the United States.

35


        The following summary sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of common shares. Unless otherwise stated, this summary deals only with holders that are U.S. Persons (as defined below) who purchase their common shares and who hold their common shares as capital assets within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code. The following discussion is only a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax matters as described herein and does not purport to address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular shareholder in light of such shareholder's specific circumstances. For example, special rules apply to certain shareholders, such as partnerships, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, financial asset securitization investment trusts, dealers or traders in securities, tax exempt organizations, expatriates, persons who are considered with respect to any of us as "United States shareholders" for purposes of the controlled foreign corporation ("CFC") rules of the Code (generally, a U.S. Person, as defined below, who owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of Assured Guaranty or the stock of any of our foreign subsidiaries entitled to vote (i.e., 10% U.S. Shareholders)), or persons who hold the common shares as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or as part of a short-sale or straddle. Any such shareholder should consult their tax advisor.

        For purposes of this discussion, the term "U.S. Person" means: (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a partnership or corporation, or entity treated as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, (iv) a trust if either (x) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. Persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (y) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. Person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (v) any other person or entity that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if it were one of the foregoing.

        Taxation of Dividends.     Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the CFC, related person insurance income ("RPII"), passive foreign investment company ("PFIC") and foreign personal holding company ("FPHC") rules, cash distributions, if any, made with respect to the common shares will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits of Assured Guaranty (as computed using U.S. tax principles). Under current legislation, certain dividends paid to individual shareholders before 2009 are eligible for reduced rates of tax. Dividends paid by Assured Guaranty to corporate shareholders will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction. To the extent such distributions exceed Assured Guaranty's earnings and profits, they will be treated first as a return of the shareholder's basis in the common shares to the extent thereof, and then as gain from the sale of a capital asset.

        Classification of Assured Guaranty or its Foreign Subsidiaries as a Controlled Foreign Corporation.     Each 10% U.S. Shareholder (as defined below) of a foreign corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year, and who owns shares in the CFC, directly or indirectly through foreign entities, on the last day of the CFC's taxable year, must include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFC's "subpart F income," even if the subpart F income is not distributed. A foreign corporation is considered a CFC if 10% U.S. Shareholders own (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or by attribution by application of the constructive ownership rules of section 958(b) of the Code (i.e., "constructively")) more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of such foreign corporation, or more than 50% of the total value of all stock of such corporation on any day during the taxable year of such corporation. For purposes of taking into account insurance income, a CFC also includes a foreign insurance company in which more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock (or more than 25% of the total value of the stock) is owned by 10% U.S. Shareholders, on any day during the taxable year of such corporation. A "10% U.S. Shareholder" is a U.S. Person who owns

36



(directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of the foreign corporation. We believe that because of the dispersion of our share ownership, provisions in our organizational documents that limit voting power (these provisions are described in "Description of Share Capital") and other factors, no U.S. Person who owns shares of Assured Guaranty directly or indirectly through one or more foreign entities should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities, or constructively), 10% or more of the total voting power of all classes of shares of Assured Guaranty or any of its foreign subsidiaries. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge.

        The RPII CFC Provisions.     The following discussion generally is applicable only if the RPII of AG Re determined on a gross basis, is 20% or more of AG Re's gross insurance income for the taxable year and the 20% Ownership Exception (as defined below) is not met. The following discussion generally would not apply for any fiscal year in which AG Re's gross RPII falls below the 20% threshold or the 20% Ownership Exception is met. Although we cannot be certain, Assured Guaranty believes that AG Re was in prior years of operations and will be for the foreseeable future below either the 20% threshold or 20% Ownership Exception for each tax year.

        RPII is any "insurance income" (as defined below) attributable to policies of insurance or reinsurance with respect to which the person (directly or indirectly) insured is a "RPII shareholder" (as defined below) or a "related person" (as defined below) to such RPII shareholder. In general, and subject to certain limitations, "insurance income" is income (including premium and investment income) attributable to the issuing of any insurance or reinsurance contract which would be taxed under the portions of the Code relating to insurance companies if the income were the income of a domestic insurance company. For purposes of inclusion of the RPII of AG Re in the income of RPII shareholders, unless an exception applies, the term "RPII shareholder" means any U.S. Person who owns (directly or indirectly through foreign entities) any amount of Assured Guaranty's common shares. Generally, the term "related person" for this purpose means someone who controls or is controlled by the RPII shareholder or someone who is controlled by the same person or persons which control the RPII shareholder. Control is measured by either more than 50% in value or more than 50% in voting power of stock applying certain constructive ownership principles. AG Re will be treated as a CFC under the RPII provisions if RPII shareholders are treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) 25% or more of the shares of Assured Guaranty by vote or value.

        RPII Exceptions. The special RPII rules do not apply if (i) at all times during the taxable year less than 20% of the voting power and less than 20% of the value of the stock of Assured Guaranty (the "20% Ownership Exception") is owned (directly or indirectly) by persons whose (directly or indirectly) insured under any policy of insurance or reinsurance issued by AG Re or related persons to any such person, (ii) RPII, determined on a gross basis, is less than 20% of AG Re's gross insurance income for the taxable year (the "20% Gross Income Exception), (iii) AG Re elects to be taxed on its RPII as if the RPII were effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and to waive all treaty benefits with respect to RPII and meet certain other requirements or (iv) AG Re elects to be treated as a U.S. corporation and waive all treaty benefits and meet certain other requirements. Where none of these exceptions applies, each U.S. Person owning or treated as owning any shares in Assured Guaranty (and therefore, indirectly, in AG Re) on the last day of Assured Guaranty's taxable year will be required to include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its share of the RPII for the portion of the taxable year during which AG Re was a CFC under the RPII provisions, determined as if all such RPII were distributed proportionately only to such U.S. Persons at that date, but limited by each such U.S. Person's share of AG Re's current-year earnings and profits as reduced by the U.S. Person's share, if any, of certain prior-year deficits in earnings and profits. AG Re intends to operate in a manner that is intended to ensure that each qualifies for either the 20% Gross Income Exception or 20% Ownership Exception.

37


        Computation of RPII. For any year in which AG Re's gross RPII is 20% or more of its gross insurance income for the year and AG Re does not meet the 20% Ownership Exception, Assured Guaranty may also seek information from its shareholders as to whether beneficial owners of common shares at the end of the year are U.S. Persons so that the RPII may be determined and apportioned among such persons; to the extent Assured Guaranty is unable to determine whether a beneficial owner of common shares is a U.S. Person, Assured Guaranty may assume that such owner is not a U.S. Person, thereby increasing the per share RPII amount for all known RPII shareholders. The amount of RPII includable in the income of a RPII shareholder is based upon the net RPII income for the year after deducting related expenses such as losses, loss reserves and operating expenses.

        If gross RPII is less than 20% of gross insurance income or AG Re meets the 20% Ownership Exception, RPII shareholders will not be required to include RPII in their taxable income. The amount of RPII includable in the income of a RPII shareholder is based upon the net RPII income for the year after deducting related expenses such as losses, loss reserves and operating expenses.

        Apportionment of RPII to U.S. Holders. Every RPII shareholder who owns common shares on the last day of any taxable year of Assured Guaranty in which AG Re's gross insurance income constituting RPII for that year equals or exceeds 20% of AG Re's gross insurance income and AG Re does not meet the 20% Ownership Exception should expect that for such year it will be required to include in gross income its share of AG Re's RPII for the portion of the taxable year during which AG Re was a CFC under the RPII provisions, whether or not distributed, even though it may not have owned the shares throughout such period. A RPII shareholder who owns common shares during such taxable year but not on the last day of the taxable year is not required to include in gross income any part of AG Re's RPII.

        Uncertainty as to Application of RPII. The RPII provisions are complex have never been interpreted by the courts or the Treasury Department in final regulations, and regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form or what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made thereto or whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of RPII by the IRS, the courts or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. These provisions include the grant of authority to the Treasury Department to prescribe "such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purpose of this subsection including regulations preventing the avoidance of this subsection through cross insurance arrangements or otherwise." Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof to AG Re is uncertain. In addition, we cannot be certain that the amount of RPII or the amounts of the RPII inclusions for any particular RPII shareholder, if any, will not be subject to adjustment based upon subsequent IRS examination. Any prospective investor which does business with AG Re and is considering an investment in common shares should consult his tax advisor as to the effects of these uncertainties.

        Tax-Exempt Shareholders.     Tax-exempt entities will be required to treat certain subpart F insurance income, including RPII, that is includible in income by the tax-exempt entity as unrelated business taxable income. Prospective investors that are tax exempt entities are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the potential impact of the unrelated business taxable income provisions of the Code. A tax-exempt organization that is treated as a 10% U.S. Shareholder or a RPII Shareholder also must file IRS Form 5471 in certain circumstances.

        Dispositions of Common Shares.     Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the Code section 1248 and PFIC rules, holders of common shares generally should recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares in the same manner as on the sale, exchange or other disposition of any other shares held as capital assets. If the holding period for these common shares exceeds one year,

38



any gain will be subject to tax at a current maximum marginal tax rate of 15% for individuals and 35% for corporations. Moreover, gain, if any, generally will be a U.S. source gain and generally will constitute "passive income" for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

        Code section 1248 provides that if a U.S. Person sells or exchanges stock in a foreign corporation and such person owned, directly, indirectly through certain foreign entities or constructively, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition when the corporation was a CFC, any gain from the sale or exchange of the shares will be treated as a dividend to the extent of the CFC's earnings and profits (determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) during the period that the shareholder held the shares and while the corporation was a CFC (with certain adjustments). We believe that because of the dispersion of our share ownership, provisions in our organizational documents that limit voting power and other factors that no U.S. shareholder of Assured Guaranty should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) 10% of more of the total voting power of Assured Guaranty; to the extent this is the case this application of Code Section 1248 under the regular CFC rules should not apply to dispositions of our common shares. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge. A 10% U.S. Shareholder may in certain circumstances be required to report a disposition of shares of a CFC by attaching IRS Form 5471 to the U.S. federal income tax or information return that it would normally file for the taxable year in which the disposition occurs. In the event this is determined necessary, Assured Guaranty will provide a completed IRS Form 5471 or the relevant information necessary to complete the Form. Code section 1248 also applies to the sale or exchange of shares in a foreign corporation if the foreign corporation would be treated as a CFC for RPII purposes regardless of whether the shareholder is a 10% U.S. Shareholder or whether RPII constitutes 20% or more of the corporation's gross insurance income or the 20% Ownership Exception applies. Existing proposed regulations do not address whether Code section 1248 would apply if a foreign corporation is not a CFC but the foreign corporation has a subsidiary that is a CFC and that would be taxed as an insurance company if it were a domestic corporation. We believe, however, that this application of Code section 1248 under the RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of common shares because Assured Guaranty will not be directly engaged in the insurance business. We cannot be certain, however, that the IRS will not interpret the proposed regulations in a contrary manner or that the Treasury Department will not amend the proposed regulations to provide that these rules will apply to dispositions of common shares. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effects of these rules on a disposition of common shares.

        Passive Foreign Investment Companies.     In general, a foreign corporation will be a PFIC during a given year if (i) 75% or more of its gross income constitutes "passive income" (the "75% test") or (ii) 50% or more of its assets produce passive income (the "50% test").

        If Assured Guaranty were characterized as a PFIC during a given year, each U.S. Person holding common shares would be subject to a penalty tax at the time of the sale at a gain of, or receipt of an "excess distribution" with respect to, their common shares, unless such person is a 10% U.S. Shareholder or made a "qualified electing fund election" or "mark-to-market" election. It is uncertain that Assured Guaranty would be able to provide its shareholders with the information necessary for a U.S. Person to make these elections. In addition, if Assured Guaranty were considered a PFIC, upon the death of any U.S. individual owning common shares, such individual's heirs or estate would not be entitled to a "step-up" in the basis of the common shares that might otherwise be available under U.S. federal income tax laws. In general, a shareholder receives an "excess distribution" if the amount of the distribution is more than 125% of the average distribution with respect to the common shares during the three preceding taxable years (or shorter period during which the taxpayer held common shares). In general, the penalty tax is equivalent to an interest charge on taxes that are deemed due during the period the shareholder owned the common shares, computed by assuming that the excess distribution

39



or gain (in the case of a sale) with respect to the common shares was taken in equal portion at the highest applicable tax rate on ordinary income throughout the shareholder's period of ownership. The interest charge is equal to the applicable rate imposed on underpayments of U.S. federal income tax for such period. In addition, a distribution paid by Assured Guaranty to U.S. shareholders that is characterized as a dividend and is not characterized as an excess distribution would not be eligible for reduced rates of tax as qualified dividend income with respect to dividends paid before 2011.

        For the above purposes, passive income generally includes interest, dividends, annuities and other investment income. The PFIC rules provide that income "derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a corporation which is predominantly engaged in an insurance business... is not treated as passive income." The PFIC provisions also contain a look-through rule under which a foreign corporation shall be treated as if it "received directly its proportionate share of the income..." and as if it "held its proportionate share of the assets..." of any other corporation in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the stock.

        The insurance income exception is intended to ensure that income derived by a bona fide insurance company is not treated as passive income, except to the extent such income is attributable to financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of the insurance business. We expect, for purposes of the PFIC rules, that each of our insurance subsidiaries will be predominantly engaged in an insurance business and is unlikely to have financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of its insurance business in each year of operations. Accordingly, none of the income or assets of our insurance subsidiaries should be treated as passive. Additionally, we expect that in each year of operations the passive income and assets of our non-insurance subsidiaries will be de minimis in each year of operations with respect to the overall income and assets of Assured Guaranty and its subsidiaries. Under the look-through rule Assured Guaranty should be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets and to have received its proportionate share of the income of its direct and indirect subsidiaries for purposes of the 75% test and the 50% test. As a result, we believe that Assured Guaranty was not and should not be treated as a PFIC. We cannot be certain, however, as there are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to an insurance company and new regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying these rules may be forthcoming, that the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") will not successfully challenge this position. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisor as to the effects of the PFIC rules.

        Foreign tax credit.     If U.S. Persons own a majority of our common shares, only a portion of the current income inclusions, if any, under the CFC, RPII and PFIC rules and of dividends paid by us (including any gain from the sale of common shares that is treated as a dividend under section 1248 of the Code) will be treated as foreign source income for purposes of computing a shareholder's U.S. foreign tax credit limitations. We will consider providing shareholders with information regarding the portion of such amounts constituting foreign source income to the extent such information is reasonably available. It is also likely that substantially all of the "subpart F income," RPII and dividends that are foreign source income will constitute either either "passive" or "general" income. Thus, it may not be possible for most shareholders to utilize excess foreign tax credits to reduce U.S. tax on such income.

        Information Reporting and Backup Withholding on Distributions and Disposition Proceeds.     Information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with distributions on our common shares and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common shares unless the holder of our common shares establishes an exemption from the information reporting rules. A holder of common shares that does not establish such an exemption may be subject to U.S. backup withholding tax on these payments if the holder is not a corporation or non-U.S. Person or fails to provide its taxpayer identification number or otherwise comply with the backup withholding rules. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Person will be allowed as a credit against the U.S.

40



Person's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Person to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

Description of Share Capital

        The following summary of our share capital is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of Bermuda law, our memorandum of association and Bye-Laws, copies of which are incorporated by reference as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In this section, the "Company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Assured Guaranty Ltd. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

General

        We have an authorized share capital of $5,000,000 divided into 500,000,000 shares, par value U.S. $0.01 per share, of which 80,106,317 common shares were issued and outstanding as of February 15, 2008. Except as described below, our common shares have no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional common shares, no rights of redemption, conversion or exchange and no sinking fund rights. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common shares are entitled to share equally, in proportion to the number of common shares held by such holder, in our assets, if any remain after the payment of all our debts and liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares. Under certain circumstances, we have the right to purchase all or a portion of the shares held by a shareholder. See "—Acquisition of Common Shares by Us" below.

Voting Rights and Adjustments

        In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one vote for each common share held by them and are entitled to vote with respect to their fully paid shares at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and so long as, the common shares (and other of our shares) of a shareholder are treated as "controlled shares" (as determined pursuant to section 958 of the Code) of any "United States person" as defined in the Code (a "U.S. Person") and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by our issued and outstanding shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares owned by such U.S. Person shall be limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5% of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares, under a formula specified in our Bye-laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until there is no U.S. Person whose controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares and who generally would be required to recognize income with respect to us under the Code if we were a controlled foreign corporation as defined in the Code and if the ownership threshold under the Code were 9.5% (as defined in our Bye-Laws as a "9.5% U.S. Shareholder"). In addition, our Board of Directors may determine that shares held carry different voting rights when it deems it appropriate to do so to (i) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder; and (ii) avoid adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its affiliates. "Controlled shares" includes, among other things, all shares of Assured Guaranty that such U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code). The foregoing provision does not apply to ACE because it is not a U.S. Shareholder. Further, these provisions do not apply in the event one shareholder owns greater than 75% of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares.

        Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership. Our

41



Bye-laws provide that we will use our best efforts to notify shareholders of their voting interests prior to any vote to be taken by them.

        Our Board of Directors is authorized to require any shareholder to provide information for purposes of determining whether any holder's voting rights are to be adjusted, which may be information on beneficial share ownership, the names of persons having beneficial ownership of the shareholder's shares, relationships with other shareholders or any other facts our Board of Directors may deem relevant. If any holder fails to respond to this request or submits incomplete or inaccurate information, our Board of Directors may eliminate the shareholder's voting rights. All information provided by the shareholder will be treated by us as confidential information and shall be used by us solely for the purpose of establishing whether any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder exists and applying the adjustments to voting power (except as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation).

Restrictions on Transfer of Common Shares

        Our Board of Directors may decline to register a transfer of any common shares under certain circumstances, including if they have reason to believe that any adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders or indirect holders of shares or its Affiliates may occur as a result of such transfer (other than such as our Board of Directors considers de minimis). Transfers must be by instrument unless otherwise permitted by the Companies Act.

        The restrictions on transfer and voting restrictions described above may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Assured Guaranty.

Acquisition of Common Shares by Us

        Under our Bye-Laws and subject to Bermuda law, if our Board of Directors determines that any ownership of our shares may result in adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders or indirect holders of shares or its Affiliates (other than such as our Board of Directors considers de minimis), we have the option, but not the obligation, to require such shareholder to sell to us or to a third party to whom we assign the repurchase right the minimum number of common shares necessary to avoid or cure any such adverse consequences at a price determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors to represent the shares' fair market value (as defined in our Bye-Laws).

Other Provisions of Our Bye-Laws

        Our Board of Directors and Corporate Action.     Our Bye-Laws provide that our Board of Directors shall consist of not less than three and not more than 21 directors, the exact number as determined by the Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors consists of ten persons, and is divided into three classes. Each elected director generally will serve a three year term, with termination staggered according to class. Shareholders may only remove a director for cause (as defined in our Bye-Laws) at a general meeting, provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a director shall contain a statement of the intention to do so and shall be provided to that director at least two weeks before the meeting. Vacancies on the Board of Directors can be filled by the Board of Directors if the vacancy occurs in those events set out in our Bye-Laws as a result of death, disability, disqualification or resignation of a director, or from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors.

        Generally under our Bye-Laws, the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast at any meeting at which a quorum is present is required to authorize a resolution put to vote at a meeting of the Board of Directors. Corporate action may also be taken by a unanimous written resolution of the

42



Board of Directors without a meeting. A quorum shall be at least one-half of directors then in office present in person or represented by a duly authorized representative, provided that at least two directors are present in person.

        Shareholder Action.     At the commencement of any general meeting, two or more persons present in person and representing, in person or by proxy, more than 50% of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In general, any questions proposed for the consideration of the shareholders at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with the Bye-Laws.

        The Bye-Laws contain advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and nominations for directors, including when proposals and nominations must be received and the information to be included.

        Amendment.     The Bye-Laws may be amended only by a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors and by resolution of the shareholders.

        Voting of Non-U.S. Subsidiary Shares.     If we are required or entitled to vote at a general meeting of any of AG Re, AGFOL or any other directly held non-U.S. subsidiary of ours, our Board of Directors shall refer the subject matter of the vote to our shareholders and seek direction from such shareholders as to how they should vote on the resolution proposed by the non-U.S. subsidiary. Our Board of Directors in its discretion shall require substantially similar provisions are or will be contained in the bye-laws (or equivalent governing documents) of any direct or indirect non-U.S. subsidiaries other than UK and AGRO.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2007, we had 147 employees. None of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements. We believe that employee relations are satisfactory.

Available Information

        We maintain an Internet web site at www.assuredguaranty.com. We make available, free of charge, on our web site (under Investor Information / SEC Filings) our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 (a) or 15 (d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m (a) or 78o(d)) as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        We also make available free of charge through our web site (under Investor Information / Corporate Governance) links to our Corporate Governance Guidelines, our Code of Conduct and Charters for our Board Committees. These documents are also available in print to any shareholder who requests them from our secretary by:

    telephone (441) 278-6679
    facsimile (441) 296-1083
    e-mail jmichener@assuredguaranty.com

Nothing on our website should be considered incorporated by reference in this report.

43


ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

         You should carefully consider the following information, together with the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. However, these are the risks our management believes are material. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business or results of operations. Any of the risks described below could result in a significant or material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Company

A downgrade of the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of any of our insurance subsidiaries could adversely affect our business and prospects and, consequently, our results of operations and financial condition.

        Financial strength ratings have become an increasingly important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance and reinsurance companies. The objective of these ratings is to provide an opinion of an insurer's financial strength and ability to meet ongoing obligations to its policyholders. Ratings reflect the rating agencies' opinions of our financial strength, and are neither evaluations directed to investors in our common shares nor recommendations to buy, sell or hold our common shares.

        As of the date of this Form 10-K, our insurance company subsidiaries have been assigned the following insurance financial strength ratings:

 
  Moody's
  S&P
  Fitch
AGC   Aaa(Exceptional)   AAA(Extremely Strong)   AAA(Extremely Strong)
AG Re   Aa2(Excellent)   AA(Very Strong)   AA(Very Strong)
AGRO   Aa2(Excellent)   AA(Very Strong)   AA(Very Strong)
Assured Guaranty Mortgage   Aa2(Excellent)   AA(Very Strong)   AA(Very Strong)
Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd   Aaa(Exceptional)   AAA(Extremely Strong)   AAA(Extremely Strong)

        "Aaa" (Exceptional) is the highest ranking, which AGC and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. achieved in July 2007, and "Aa2" (Excellent) is the third highest ranking of 21 ratings categories used by Moody's Investors Service ("Moody's"). A "AAA" (Extremely Strong) rating is the highest ranking and "AA" (Very Strong) is the third highest ranking of the 21 ratings categories used by Standard & Poor's Inc. ("S&P"). "AAA" (Extremely Strong) is the highest ranking and "AA" (Very Strong) is the third highest ranking of the 24 ratings categories used by Fitch Ratings ("Fitch"). An insurance financial strength rating is an opinion with respect to an insurer's ability to pay under its insurance policies and contracts in accordance with their terms. The opinion is not specific to any particular policy or contract. Insurance financial strength ratings do not refer to an insurer's ability to meet non insurance obligations and are not a recommendation to purchase or discontinue any policy or contract issued by an insurer or to buy, hold, or sell any security issued by an insurer, including our common shares.

        The major rating agencies have developed and published rating guidelines for rating financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty insurers and reinsurers. The insurance financial strength ratings assigned by S&P, Moody's and Fitch are based upon factors relevant to policyholders and are not directed toward the protection of investors in our common shares. The rating criteria used by the rating agencies in establishing these ratings include consideration of the sufficiency of capital resources to meet projected growth (as well as access to such additional capital as may be necessary to continue to meet applicable capital adequacy standards), the company's overall financial strength, and demonstrated management expertise in financial guaranty and traditional reinsurance, credit analysis, systems

44



development, marketing, capital markets and investment operations. Obligations insured by AGC generally are rated Aaa, AAA and AAA by Moody's, S&P and Fitch, respectively, by virtue of such insurance. These ratings reflect only the views of the respective rating agencies and are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time.

        The rating agencies grant credit to primary companies in their calculations of required capital and single risk limits for reinsurance ceded. The amount of credit is a function of the financial strength rating of the reinsurer. For example, S&P has established the following reinsurance credit for business ceded to a monoline reinsurer, including AG Re and AGRO:

 
  Monoline Reinsurer Rating
 
Ceding Company Rating

 
  AAA
  AA
  A
  BBB
 
AAA   100 % 70 % 50 % n/a  
AA   100 % 75 % 70 % 50 %
A   100 % 80 % 75 % 70 %
Below A: Not applicable.                  

        For reinsurance ceded to a multiline reinsurer, S&P has re-examined its methodology for the determination of reinsurance credit. In the course of its examination, S&P considered the effect of having both monoline and multiline companies in the industry, determining that multiline reinsurers had not demonstrated sufficient commitment to participation in the industry and occasionally had handled claims for financial guaranty reinsurance as they handle claims in their other business lines. S&P therefore determined that no rating agency reinsurance credit would be accorded cessions to multiline reinsurance companies that had not demonstrated their willingness and ability to make timely payment, which willingness and ability is measured by a financial enhancement rating ("FER") from S&P. A financial enhancement rating reflects not only an insurer's perceived ability to pay claims, but also its perceived willingness to pay claims. FERs are assigned by S&P to multiline insurers requesting the rating who meet stringent criteria identifying the company's capacity and willingness to pay claims on a timely basis. S&P has established the following reinsurance credit for business ceded to a multiline reinsurer carrying an FER:

 
  Multiline Reinsurer Rating
 
Ceding Company Rating

 
  AAA
  AA
  A
  BBB
 
AAA   95 % 65 % 45 % n/a  
AA   95 % 70 % 65 % 45 %
A   95 % 75 % 70 % 65 %
Below A: Not applicable.                  

        The ratings of AGRO, Assured Guaranty Mortgage and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. are dependent upon support in the form of keepwell agreements. AG Re provides a keepwell to its subsidiary, AGRO. AGRO provides a keepwell to its subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Mortgage. AGC provides a keepwell to its subsidiary, Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. Pursuant to the terms of these agreements, each of AG Re, AGRO and AGC agrees to provide funds to their respective subsidiaries sufficient for those subsidiaries to meet their obligations.

        The ratings assigned by S&P, Moody's and Fitch to our insurance subsidiaries are subject to periodic review and may be downgraded by one or more of the rating agencies as a result of changes in the views of the rating agencies or adverse developments in our subsidiaries' financial conditions or results of operations due to underwriting or investment losses or other factors. As a result, the ratings assigned to our insurance subsidiaries by any of the rating agencies may change at any time. If the ratings of any of our insurance subsidiaries were reduced below current levels by any of the rating

45



agencies, it could have an adverse effect on the affected subsidiary's competitive position and its prospects for future business opportunities. A downgrade may also reduce the value of the reinsurance we offer, which may no longer be of sufficient economic value for our customers to continue to cede to our subsidiaries at economically viable rates.

        With respect to a significant portion of our in-force financial guaranty reinsurance business, in the event of certain downgrades, the ceding company has the right to recapture business ceded to the affected subsidiary and assets representing substantially all of the statutory unearned premium and loss reserves (if any) associated with that business, with a corresponding negative impact to earnings, which could be significant. Alternatively, the ceding company can increase the commissions it charges us for cessions. Any such increase may be retroactive to the date of the cession, requiring the affected subsidiary to refund a portion of related premium previously earned, with a corresponding negative impact to earnings, which could be significant. In the event of a downgrade of any of our subsidiaries that write or insure exposures relating to contracts that allow for the use of derivative instruments to transfer credit risk, or credit derivatives, a downgrade below negotiated levels may allow a counterparty to terminate its agreements, resulting in the possible payment of a settlement amount. A downgrade also will increase the possibility that we may have to pledge collateral for the benefit of a counterparty.

        A downgrade may also negatively impact the affected company's ability to write new business or negotiate favorable terms on new business.

We are dependent on a small number of ceding companies to provide us with a substantial part of our reinsurance business.

        We have derived a substantial portion of our revenues from financial guaranty reinsurance premiums. A significant reduction in the amount of reinsurance ceded by one or more of our principal ceding companies would have an adverse effect upon our reinsurance business. A number of factors could cause such a reduction, such as, reluctance among our principal ceding companies to cede business to us as a result of competition with them in the direct financial guaranty business. In addition, primary insurers may retain higher levels of risk than in the past. Also, the volume of municipal bond and structured securities new issuances, together with the levels of and changes in interest rates and investor demand, may significantly affect the new business activities of primary financial guaranty insurers and, consequently, their use of reinsurance.

        Additionally, our ability to receive profitable pricing for our reinsurance depends largely on prices charged by the primary insurers for their insurance coverage and the amount of ceding commissions paid by us to these primary insurers.

Recent adverse developments in the credit and financial guaranty markets have substantially increased uncertainty in our business.

        Since mid-2007 there have been adverse developments in the credit and financial guaranty markets. U.S. RMBS transactions issued in recent years are now expected to absorb mortgage losses far higher than originally expected by purchasers of these securities and financial guarantors which guaranteed such securities. This poor performance has led to price declines for RMBS securities and the rating agencies downgrading thousands of such transactions. Except for AGC and one other financial guaranty insurer, the leading monoline financial guaranty insurers have either been downgraded or put on credit watch for downgrade or negative outlook by one or more of the rating agencies. While these market conditions have allowed the Company to expand its market share in recent months, they may also adversely affect the Company in a number of ways, including requiring us to raise and hold more capital, reduce the demand for our direct guaranties or reinsurance, limit the types of guaranties we

46



offer, encourage new competitors, make losses harder to estimate, make our results more volatile and make it harder to raise new capital.

Recent adverse developments in the credit markets and any potential negative impact on our insured portfolio may materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and future business.

        Individual credits in our insured portfolio (including potential new credits) are assessed a rating agency "capital charge" based on a variety of factors, including the nature of the credits, their underlying ratings, their tenor and their expected and actual performance. In the event of an actual or perceived deterioration in creditworthiness, a reduction in the underlying rating or a change in the rating agency capital methodology, the rating agencies may require us to increase the amount of capital allocated to support the affected credits, regardless of whether losses actually occur, or against potential new business. Significant reductions in underlying ratings of credits in our insured portfolio can produce significant increases in assessed "capital charges", which may require us to seek additional capital. There can be no assurance that our capital position will be adequate to meet such increased reserve requirements or that we will be able to secure additional capital, especially at a time of actual or perceived deterioration in creditworthiness of new or existing credits. Unless we are able to increase its amount of available capital, an increase in capital charges could reduce the amount of capital available to support our triple-A ratings and could have an adverse effect on our ability to write new business.

        In recent months Fitch, Moody's and S&P have announced the downgrade of, or other negative ratings actions with respect to, a large number of structured finance transactions, including certain transactions that we insure. There can be no assurance that additional securities in our insured portfolio will not be reviewed and downgraded in the future. Moreover, we do not know what portion of the securities in our insured portfolio already have been reviewed by the rating agencies and if, and when, the rating agencies might review additional securities in our insured portfolio or review again securities that have already been reviewed and/or downgraded. Downgrades of credits that we insure will result in higher capital charges to us under the relevant rating agency model or models. If the additional amount of capital required to support such exposures is significant, we could be required to raise additional capital, if available, on terms and conditions that may not be favorable to us, curtail current business writings, or pay to transfer a portion of our in-force business to generate capital for ratings purposes with the goal of maintaining our triple-A ratings. Such events or actions could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, ability to write new business or competitive positioning.

Changes in the rating agencies' capital models and rating methodology with respect to financial guaranty insurers may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Changes in the rating agencies' capital models and rating methodology with respect to financial guaranty insurers and the risks in our investment portfolio and insured portfolio could require us to hold more capital against specified credit risks in the insured portfolio. For example, the rating agencies have recently made changes to their capital models and rating methodology in response to the deterioration in the performance of certain securities. There can be no assurance that capital will be available to us on favorable terms and conditions or at all, and the failure to raise such capital could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. The rating agencies may also decide to change their rating scale for financial guaranty insurers or for the obligations that we insure. A change in the ratings methodology for financial guaranty insurers could mean that AGC and AG Re could have lower ratings even if there was no adverse change in their

47



financial conditions. A change in the ratings methodology for the credits that we insure could result in us requiring more capital to maintain our current ratings levels.

Loss reserve estimates are subject to uncertainties and loss reserves may not be adequate to cover potential paid claims.

        The financial guaranties issued by us insure the financial performance of the obligations guaranteed over an extended period of time, in some cases over 30 years, under policies that we have, in most circumstances, no right to cancel. As a result of the lack of statistical paid loss data due to the low level of paid claims in our financial guaranty business and in the financial guaranty industry in general, particularly, until recently, in the structured asset-backed area, we do not use traditional actuarial approaches to determine loss reserves. The establishment of the appropriate level of loss reserves is an inherently subjective process involving numerous estimates, assumptions and judgments by management, using both internal and external data sources with regard to frequency and severity of loss. Actual losses will ultimately depend on events or transaction performance that will occur in the future. Therefore, there can be no assurance that actual paid claims in our insured portfolio will not exceed our loss reserves. This uncertainty has substantially increased in recent months, especially for RMBS transactions. Current expected losses in subprime and HELOC RMBS transactions are far worse than originally expected and in many cases far worse than the worst historical losses. As a result, historical loss data may have limited value in predicting future RMBS losses. There can be no assurance that current estimates of probable and estimable losses reflect the actual losses that we may ultimately incur. Actual paid claims could exceed our estimate and could significantly exceed our loss reserves, which may result in adverse effects on our financial condition, ratings and ability to raise needed capital.

Adverse selection by ceding companies may adversely affect our financial results.

        A portion of our reinsurance business is written under treaties, which generally give the ceding company some ability to select the risks ceded to us as long as they are covered by the terms of the treaty. There is a risk under these treaties that the ceding companies will adversely select the risks ceded to us by ceding those exposures that have higher rating agency capital charges or that the ceding companies expect to be less profitable. We attempt to mitigate this risk in a number of ways, including requiring ceding companies to retain a specified amount, which varies by treaty, of the ceded business. If we are unsuccessful in mitigating this risk, our financial results may be adversely affected.

Our reinsurance business could be harmed by the perceived declines in the financial strength of other financial guaranty insurers.

        The perceived decline in the financial strength of many of our ceding companies may reduce their ability to write substantial amounts of new business. This may in turn reduce the ceding companies' need for our financial guaranty reinsurance.

Our direct and reinsurance businesses may be harmed by recent adverse developments in the credit markets which have substantially lowered the issuance of new securities.

        Recent adverse developments in the credit markets have substantially reduced the issuance of new securities of the types guaranteed by our businesses. The Company is unable to predict when, if ever, new securities issuance will return to the level during the first half of 2007. If the lower issuance of securities continues for an extended time it may reduce the demand for our guaranties.

48


Our financial guaranty products may subject us to significant risks from individual or correlated credits.

        We could be exposed to corporate credit risk if the credit's securities are contained in a portfolio of collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs") we insure, or if it is the originator or servicer of loans or other assets backing structured securities that we have insured. A CDO is a debt security backed by a pool of debt obligations. While we track our aggregate exposure to single names in our various lines of business and have established underwriting criteria to manage risk aggregations, there can be no assurance that our ultimate exposure to a single name will not exceed our underwriting guidelines, or that an event with respect to a single name will not cause a significant loss. In addition, because we insure or reinsure municipal bonds, we can have significant exposures to single municipal risks. While the risk of a complete loss, where we pay the entire principal amount of an issue of bonds and interest thereon with no recovery, is generally lower than for corporate credits as most municipal bonds are backed by tax or other revenues, there can be no assurance that a single default by a municipality would not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Some of our direct financial guaranty products may be riskier than traditional financial guaranty insurance.

        A substantial portion of our financial guaranty direct exposures have been assumed as credit derivatives. Traditional financial guaranty insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a municipal finance or structured finance obligation against non payment of principal and interest, while credit derivatives provide protection from the occurrence of specified credit events, including non payment of principal and interest. In general, the Company structures derivative transactions such that the method for making loss payments is similar to that for financial guaranty policies and only occurs as losses are realized on the underlying reference obligation. Nonetheless, credit derivative transactions are governed by International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. ("ISDA") documentation and may operate differently from financial guaranty policies. For example, our control rights with respect to a reference obligation under a credit derivative may be more limited than when we issue a financial guaranty policy. In addition, while our exposure under credit derivatives, like our exposure under financial guaranty policies, have been generally for as long as the reference obligation remains outstanding, unlike financial guaranty policies, a credit derivative may be terminated for a breach of the ISDA documentation or other specific events. In some older credit derivative transactions, one such specified event is the failure of AGC or AG Re to maintain specified financial strength ratings ranging from BBB- to AA-. If a credit derivative is terminated we could be required to make a mark-to-market payment as determined under the ISDA documentation. For example, if AGC's rating were downgraded to A, under market conditions at December 31, 2007, if the counterparties exercised their right to terminate their credit derivatives, AGC would have been required to make mark-to-market payments of approximately $70 million.

Competition in our industry may adversely affect our revenues.

        We face significant competition in our business, and our revenues and profitability could decline as a result of competition.

        The financial guaranty industry is highly competitive. The principal sources of direct and indirect competition are other financial guaranty insurance companies. We also face competition from other forms of credit enhancement, including structural enhancement incorporated in structured and other obligations and letters of credit, guaranties and credit derivatives provided primarily by foreign and domestic banks and other financial institutions, some of which are governmental enterprises or have been assigned the highest ratings awarded by one or more of the major rating agencies.

49


        There are also a relatively limited number of financial guaranty reinsurance companies. As a result, the industry is particularly vulnerable to swings in capacity based on the entry or exit of one or a small number of financial guaranty reinsurers.

New entrants into the financial guaranty industry could have an adverse effect on our prospects either by furthering price competition or by reducing the aggregate demand for our reinsurance as a result of additional insurance capacity.

        Recently a new financial guaranty insurer has been licensed to operate in New York and the New York State Insurance Superintendent is encouraging other insurance regulators to rapidly license this new financial guaranty insurer. Increased competition, either in terms of price, alternative structures, or the emergence of new providers of credit enhancement, could have an adverse effect on our business.

We are dependent on key executives and the loss of any of these executives, or our inability to retain other key personnel, could adversely affect our business.

        Our success substantially depends upon our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and upon the ability of our senior management and other key employees to implement our business strategy. We believe there are only a limited number of available qualified executives in the business lines in which we compete. Although we are not aware of any planned departures, we rely substantially upon the services of Dominic J. Frederico, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and other executives. Although Mr. Frederico and certain other executives have employment agreements with us, we cannot assure you that we will be able to retain their services. The loss of the services of any of these individuals or other key members of our management team could adversely affect the implementation of our business strategy.

50


Our business could be adversely affected by Bermuda employment restrictions.

        Our location in Bermuda may serve as an impediment to attracting and retaining experienced personnel. Under Bermuda law, non Bermudians, other than spouses of Bermudians and individuals holding permanent resident certificates or working resident certificates, are not permitted to engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without a work permit issued by the Bermuda government. A work permit is only granted or extended if the employer can show that, after a proper public advertisement, no Bermudian, spouse of a Bermudian or individual holding a permanent resident certificate or working resident certificates is available who meets the minimum standards for the position. The Bermuda government's policy places a six year term limit on individuals with work permits, subject to specified exemptions for persons deemed to be key employees. All of our Bermuda based employees who require work permits have been granted permits by the Bermuda government, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel and Secretary, Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Credit Officer, Chief Surveillance Officer and President of AG Re. It is possible that we could lose the services of one or more of our key employees if we are unable to obtain or renew their work permits.

We may be adversely affected by interest rate changes affecting the performance of our investment portfolio.

        Our operating results are affected, in part, by the performance of our investment portfolio. Changes in interest rates could also have an adverse effect on our investment income. For example, if interest rates decline, funds reinvested will earn less than expected. Our investment portfolio contains interest rate-sensitive instruments, such as bonds, which may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. Increases in interest rates will reduce the value of these securities, resulting in unrealized losses that we are required to include in shareholder's equity as a change in accumulated other comprehensive income. Accordingly, interest rate increases could reduce our shareholder's equity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Investments."

        In addition, our investment portfolio includes mortgage-backed securities. As of December 31, 2007, mortgage-backed securities constituted approximately 28% of our invested assets. As with other fixed maturity investments, the fair market value of these securities fluctuates depending on market and other general economic conditions and the interest rate environment. Changes in interest rates can expose us to significant prepayment risks on these investments. In periods of declining interest rates, mortgage prepayments generally increase and mortgage-backed securities are prepaid more quickly, requiring us to reinvest the proceeds at then-current market rates. During periods of rising interest rates, the frequency of prepayments generally decreases. Mortgage-backed securities having an amortized value less than par (i.e., purchased at a discount) may incur a decrease in yield or a loss as a result of slower prepayment.

        Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. We do not engage in active management, or hedging, of interest rate risk, and may not be able to mitigate interest rate sensitivity effectively.

The performance of our invested assets affects our results of operations and cash flows.

        Income from our investment portfolio is one of the primary sources of cash flows supporting our operations and claim payments. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, our net investment income was $128.1 million, $111.5 million and $96.8 million, respectively, in each case exclusive of net realized gains (losses) and unrealized gains (losses) on investments. If our calculations with respect to our policy liabilities are incorrect, or if we improperly structure our investments to meet

51



these liabilities, we could have unexpected losses, including losses resulting from forced liquidation of investments before their maturity. The investment policies of our insurance subsidiaries are subject to insurance law requirements, and may change depending upon regulatory, economic and market conditions and the existing or anticipated financial condition and operating requirements, including the tax position, of our businesses.

        We have retained BlackRock Financial Management ("BlackRock") to manage our investment portfolio. The performance of our invested assets is subject to their performance in selecting and managing appropriate investments. BlackRock has discretionary authority over our investment portfolio within the limits of our investment guidelines.

Our net income may be volatile because a portion of the credit risk we assume is in the form of credit derivatives that are accounted for under FAS 133/149/155, which requires that these instruments be marked-to-market quarterly.

        Any event causing credit spreads (i.e., the difference in interest rates between comparable securities having different credit risk) on an underlying security referenced in a credit derivative in our portfolio either to widen or to tighten will affect the fair value of the credit derivative and may increase the volatility of our earnings. Derivatives must be accounted for either as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and measured at fair market value. Although there is no cash flow effect from this "marking to market," net changes in the fair market value of the derivative are reported in our statement of operations and therefore will affect our reported earnings. If the derivative is held to maturity and no credit loss is incurred, any gains or losses previously reported would be offset by corresponding gains or losses at maturity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments." Due to the complexity of fair value accounting and the application of FAS 133/149/155, future amendments or interpretations of these accounting standards may cause us to modify our accounting methodology in a manner which may have an adverse impact on our financial results.

        Common events that may cause credit spreads on an underlying municipal or corporate security referenced in a credit derivative to fluctuate include changes in the state of national or regional economic conditions, industry cyclicality, changes to a company's competitive position within an industry, management changes, changes in the ratings of the underlying security, movements in interest rates, default or failure to pay interest, or any other factor leading investors to revise expectations about the issuer's ability to pay principal and interest on its debt obligations. Similarly, common events that may cause credit spreads on an underlying structured security referenced in a credit derivative to fluctuate may include the occurrence and severity of collateral defaults, changes in demographic trends and their impact on the levels of credit enhancement, rating changes, changes in interest rates or prepayment speeds, or any other factor leading investors to revise expectations about the risk of the collateral or the ability of the servicer to collect payments on the underlying assets sufficient to pay principal and interest.

An increase in our subsidiaries' risk-to-capital ratio or leverage ratio may prevent them from writing new insurance.

        Rating agencies and insurance regulatory authorities impose capital requirements on our insurance subsidiaries. These capital requirements, which include risk-to-capital ratios, leverage ratios and surplus requirements, limit the amount of insurance that our subsidiaries may write. Our insurance subsidiaries have several alternatives available to control their risk-to-capital ratios and leverage ratios, including obtaining capital contributions from us, purchasing reinsurance or entering into other loss mitigation agreements, or reducing the amount of new business written. However, a material reduction in the statutory capital and surplus of a subsidiary, whether resulting from underwriting or investment losses or otherwise, or a disproportionate increase in the amount of risk in force, could increase a subsidiary's

52



risk-to-capital ratio or leverage ratio. This in turn could require that subsidiary to obtain reinsurance for existing business (which may not be available, or may be available on terms that we consider unfavorable), or add to its capital base to maintain its financial strength ratings. Failure to maintain such ratings could limit that subsidiary's ability to write new business.

We may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms.

        Our capital requirements depend on many factors, including our in force book of business and rating agency capital requirements. To the extent that our existing capital is insufficient to meet these requirements and/or cover losses, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or curtail our growth and reduce our assets. The Company's access to external sources of financing, as well as the cost of such financing, is dependent on various factors, including market supply of such financing, the long term debt ratings of the Company and our the insurance financial strength ratings and the perceptions of the financial strength of the Company and its insurance subsidiaries. Our debt ratings are influenced by numerous factors, either in absolute terms or relative to our peer group, such as financial leverage, balance sheet strength, capital structure and earnings trends. The current adverse conditions in the credit markets have generally restricted the supply of external sources of financing and increased the cost of such financing when it is available. Equity financings could result in dilution to our shareholders and the securities may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our common shares. If our need for capital arises because of significant losses, the occurrence of these losses may make it more difficult for us to raise the necessary capital.

Adequate soft capital support may not be available.

        Financial guaranty insurers and reinsurers typically rely on providers of lines of credit, credit swap facilities and similar capital support mechanisms (often referred to as "soft capital") to supplement their "hard capital." The ratings of soft capital providers directly affect the level of capital credit which the rating agencies attribute to the financial guaranty insurer or reinsurer when rating its financial strength. We intend to maintain soft capital facilities with providers having ratings adequate to provide the desired capital credit, although no assurance can be given that one or more of the rating agencies will not downgrade or withdraw the applicable ratings of such providers in the future. In addition, we cannot assure you that an acceptable replacement provider would be available in that event.

        If we cannot obtain adequate capital on favorable terms or at all, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected. AGC's current committed capital securities facility matures in April 2008. If this facility cannot be renewed it will continue at a higher annual cost, which is an increase in the annualized rate of One-Month LIBOR plus 110 basis points to One-Month LIBOR plus 250 basis points. We have entered also into credit facilities with third-party providers in order to supplement our capital position. When evaluating the Company's overall capital position, the rating agencies evaluate the financial strength of these providers, as well as their perceived willingness to fund these facilities if drawn. In the event that the ratings of these capital providers are reduced or withdrawn, the amount of capital credit the Company receives for these facilities would decline. There can be no assurance that the ratings of such providers will not decline in the future, that replacement providers will be available or, in the absence of a rating decline, that the rating agencies would not decrease the amount of capital credit they assign to the Company for such "soft capital" facilities. The inability to obtain adequate replacement capital on favorable terms or at all could have an adverse impact on the Company's business and financial condition.

53


We may require additional liquidity in the future, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms.

        We require liquidity in order to pay our operating expenses, interest on our debt and dividends on our common shares, and to make capital investments in our operating subsidiaries. We anticipate that our need for liquidity will be met by (1) the ability of our operating subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments to us, (2) external financings and (3) investment income from our invested assets. Some of our subsidiaries are subject to legal and rating agency restrictions on their ability to pay dividends and make other permitted payments, and external financing may or may not be available to us in the future on satisfactory terms. Our other subsidiaries are subject to legal restrictions on their ability to pay dividends and distributions. See "Business—Regulation." While we believe that we will have sufficient liquidity to satisfy our needs over the next 12 months, there can be no assurance that adverse market conditions, changes in insurance regulatory law or changes in general economic condition that adversely affect our liquidity will not occur. Similarly, there can be no assurance that adequate liquidity will be available to us on favorable terms in the future.

        Liquidity at our operating subsidiaries is used to pay operating expenses, claims, payment obligations with respect to credit derivatives, reinsurance premiums and dividends to Assured Guaranty US Holding for debt service and dividends to us, as well as, where appropriate, to make capital investments in their own subsidiaries. While we believe that the operating cash flows of our subsidiaries will be sufficient to meet their needs, we cannot assure you that this will be the case, nor can we assure you that existing liquidity facilities will prove adequate to their needs, or be available to them on favorable terms in the future.

Changes in tax laws could reduce the demand or profitability of financial guaranty insurance, or negatively impact our investment portfolio.

        Any material change in the U.S. tax treatment of municipal securities, the imposition of a "flat tax," the imposition of a national sales tax in lieu of the current federal income tax structure in the United States, or changes in the treatment of dividends, could adversely affect the market for municipal obligations and, consequently, reduce the demand for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance of such obligations.

        Changes in U.S. federal, state or local laws that materially adversely affect the tax treatment of municipal securities or the market for those securities, or other changes negatively affecting the municipal securities market, also may adversely impact our investment portfolio, a significant portion of which is invested in tax-exempt instruments. These adverse changes may adversely affect the value of our tax-exempt portfolio, or its liquidity.

Regulatory change could adversely affect our ability to enter into future business.

        The perceived decline in the financial strength of many financial guaranty insurers has caused a number of government officials to question the breadth and complexity of some of the securities guaranteed by financial guaranty insurers. For example, the New York State Insurance Department has announced that it is working to develop new rules and regulations for the financial guaranty industry. At this time it is not possible to predict if any such new rules will be implemented or, if implemented, the content of the new rules. Future legislative, regulatory or judicial changes in the jurisdictions regulating the entity may adversely affect our ability to pursue our current mix of business, materially impacting our financial results.

Our ability to meet our obligations may be constrained by our holding company structure.

        Assured Guaranty is a holding company and, as such, has no direct operations of its own. We do not expect to have any significant operations or assets other than our ownership of the shares of our

54



subsidiaries. Dividends and other permitted payments from our operating subsidiaries are expected to be our primary source of funds to meet ongoing cash requirements, including any future debt service payments and other expenses, and to pay dividends to our shareholders. Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulatory and rating agency restrictions limiting their ability to declare and to pay dividends and make other payments to us. In addition, to the extent that dividends are paid from our U.S. subsidiaries, they presently would be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30%. The inability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay sufficient dividends and make other permitted payments to us would have an adverse effect on our ability to satisfy our ongoing cash requirements and on our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders. If we do not pay dividends, the only return on your investment in our Company, if at all, would come from any appreciation in the price of our common shares. For more information regarding these limitations, see "Business—Regulation."

Our ability to pay dividends may be constrained by certain regulatory requirements and restrictions.

        We are subject to Bermuda regulatory constraints that will affect our ability to pay dividends on our common shares and to make other payments. Under the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended (the "Companies Act"), we may declare or pay a dividend out of distributable reserves only (1) if we have reasonable grounds for believing that we are, and after the payment would be, able to pay our liabilities as they become due and (2) if the realizable value of our assets would not be less than the aggregate of our liabilities and issued share capital and share premium accounts. While we currently intend to pay dividends, if you require dividend income you should carefully consider these risks before investing in our company. For more information regarding restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, see "Business—Regulation."

There are provisions in our Bye Laws that may reduce or increase the voting rights of our common shares.

        If, and so long as, the common shares of a shareholder are treated as "controlled shares" (as determined under section 958 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")) of any U.S. Person (as defined in "Tax Matters—Taxation of Shareholders") and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by our issued shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares of such U.S. Person (a "9.5% U.S. Shareholder") shall be limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5%, under a formula specified in our Bye-Laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until the voting power of all 9.5% U.S. Shareholders has been reduced to less than 9.5%. In addition, our Board of Directors may limit a shareholder's voting rights where it deems appropriate to do so to (1) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholders, and (2) avoid certain material adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to us or any of our subsidiaries or any shareholder or its affiliates. "Controlled shares" include, among other things, all shares of Assured Guaranty that such U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code).

        Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership. Our Bye-Laws provide that shareholders will be notified of their voting interests prior to any vote taken by them.

        As a result of any reallocation of votes, your voting rights might increase above 5% of the aggregate voting power of the outstanding common shares, thereby possibly resulting in your becoming a reporting person subject to Schedule 13D or 13G filing requirements under the Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"). In addition, the reallocation of your votes could result in your becoming subject to the short swing profit recovery and filing requirements under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

55


        We also have the authority under our Bye-Laws to request information from any shareholder for the purpose of determining whether a shareholder's voting rights are to be reallocated under the Bye-Laws. If a shareholder fails to respond to our request for information or submits incomplete or inaccurate information in response to a request by us, we may, in our sole discretion, eliminate such shareholder's voting rights.

There are provisions in our Bye-Laws that may restrict the ability to transfer common shares, and that may require shareholders to sell their common shares.

        Our Board of Directors may decline to approve or register a transfer of any common shares (1) if it appears to the Board of Directors, after taking into account the limitations on voting rights contained in our Bye-Laws, that any adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders may occur as a result of such transfer (other than such as the Board of Directors considers to be de minimis), or (2) subject to any applicable requirements of or commitments to the New York Stock Exchange, if a written opinion from counsel supporting the legality of the transaction under U.S. securities laws has not been provided or if any required governmental approvals have not been obtained.

        Our Bye-Laws also provide that if our Board of Directors determines that share ownership by a person may result in adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders (other than such as the Board of Directors considers to be de minimis), then we have the option, but not the obligation, to require that shareholder to sell to us or to third parties to whom we assign the repurchase right for fair market value the minimum number of common shares held by such person which is necessary to eliminate such adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences. See "Description of Share Capital."

Applicable insurance laws may make it difficult to effect a change of control of the Company.

        Before a person can acquire control of a U.S. insurance company, prior written approval must be obtained from the insurance commissioner of the state where the domestic insurer is domiciled. See "Regulation—Change of Control." Because a person acquiring 10% or more of our common shares would indirectly control the same percentage of the stock of our U.S. insurance company subsidiaries, the insurance change of control laws of Maryland and New York would likely apply to such a transaction.

        These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of our company, including through transactions, and in particular unsolicited transactions, that some or all of our shareholders might consider to be desirable.

        While our Bye-Laws limit the voting power of any shareholder (other than ACE) to less than 10%, there can be no assurance that the applicable regulatory body would agree that a shareholder who owned 10% or more of our common shares did not, notwithstanding the limitation on the voting power of such shares, control the applicable insurance company subsidiary.

Some reinsurance agreement terms may make it difficult to effect a change of control of the Company

        Some of our reinsurance agreements have change of control provisions that are triggered if a third party acquires a designated percentage of our shares. If these change of control provisions are triggered, the ceding company may recapture some or all of the reinsurance business ceded to us in the past. Any such recapture could adversely affect our future income or ratings. These provisions may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of our Company, including through transactions that some or all of our shareholders might consider to be desirable.

56


Anti-takeover provisions in our Bye-Laws could impede an attempt to replace or remove our directors, which could diminish the value of our common shares.

        Our Bye-Laws contain provisions that may make it more difficult for shareholders to replace directors even if the shareholders consider it beneficial to do so. In addition, these provisions could delay or prevent a change of control that a shareholder might consider favorable. For example, these provisions may prevent a shareholder from receiving the benefit from any premium over the market price of our common shares offered by a bidder in a potential takeover. Even in the absence of an attempt to effect a change in management or a takeover attempt, these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common shares if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

Our non-U.S. companies other than AGRO may be subject to U.S. tax.

        We intend to manage our business so that Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re, Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, and Assured Guaranty (UK) will operate in such a manner that none of them will be subject to U.S. tax (other than U.S. excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premium income attributable to insuring or reinsuring U.S. risks, and U.S. withholding tax on certain U.S. source investment income). However, because there is considerable uncertainty as to the activities which constitute being engaged in a trade or business within the United States, we cannot be certain that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") will not contend successfully that Assured Guaranty or any of our foreign subsidiaries is/are engaged in a trade or business in the United States. If Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re, Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, or Assured Guaranty (UK) were considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States, each such company could be subject to U.S. corporate income and branch profits taxes on the portion of its earnings effectively connected to such U.S. business. See "Tax Matters—Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—United States."

We may become subject to taxes in Bermuda after 2016, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and on your investment.

        The Bermuda Minister of Finance, under Bermuda's Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, has given Assured Guaranty, AGC, AG Re and AGRO an assurance that if any legislation is enacted in Bermuda that would impose tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then subject to certain limitations the imposition of any such tax will not be applicable to Assured Guaranty, AGC or our Bermuda subsidiaries, or any of our or their operations, shares, debentures or other obligations until 2016. See "Tax Matters—Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—Bermuda." Given the limited duration of the Minister of Finance's assurance, we cannot be certain that we will not be subject to Bermuda tax after 2016.

U.S. Persons who hold common shares will be subject to adverse tax consequences if we or any of our Subsidiaries are considered to be a Personal Holding Company ("PHC").

        Assured Guaranty or a subsidiary might be subject to U.S. tax on a portion of its income (which in the case of a foreign subsidiary would only include income from U.S. sources and foreign source income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business) if Assured Guaranty or such subsidiary is considered a personal holding company ("PHC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This status will depend on whether 50% or more of our shares could be deemed to be owned (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) by five or fewer individuals and whether 60% or more of Assured Guaranty's income, or the income of any of its subsidiaries, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, consists of "personal holding company income." We believe that neither Assured Guaranty nor any of its subsidiaries should be considered a PHC. Additionally, we intend to manage our business

57



to minimize the possibility that we will meet the 60% income threshold. However, because of the lack of complete information regarding our ultimate share ownership (i.e., as determined by the constructive ownership rules for PHCs), we cannot be certain that Assured Guaranty and/or any of its subsidiaries will not be considered a PHC.

U.S. Persons who acquire 10% or more of our common shares may be subject to taxation under the "controlled foreign corporation" ("CFC") rules.

        Each "10% U.S. Shareholder" of a foreign corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year, and who owns shares in the CFC directly or indirectly through foreign entities on the last day of the CFC's taxable year, must include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFC's "subpart F income," even if the subpart F income is not distributed. See "Tax Matters—Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation."

        We believe that because of the dispersion of our share ownership, provisions in our Bye Laws that limit voting power and other factors, no U.S. Person who owns our common shares directly or indirectly through one or more foreign entities should be treated as a 10% U.S. Shareholder of us or of any of our foreign subsidiaries. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge.

U.S. Persons who hold common shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income rates on their proportionate share of our "related person insurance income" ("RPII").

        If the gross RPII of AG Re was to equal or exceed 20% of AG Re's gross insurance income in any taxable year and direct or indirect insureds (and persons related to such insureds) own (or are treated as owning directly or indirectly through entities) 20% or more of the voting power or value of our common shares, then a U.S. Person who owns our common shares (directly or indirectly through foreign entities) on the last day of the taxable year would be required to include in its income for U.S. federal income tax purposes such person's pro rata share of AG Re's RPII for the entire taxable year, determined as if such RPII were distributed proportionately only to U.S. Persons at that date, regardless of whether such income is distributed. In addition, any RPII that is includible in the income of a U.S. tax-exempt organization may be treated as unrelated business taxable income. The amount of RPII earned by AG Re (generally, premium and related investment income from the direct or indirect insurance or reinsurance of any direct or indirect U.S. holder of common shares or any person related to such holder) will depend on a number of factors, including the geographic distribution of AG Re's business and the identity of persons directly or indirectly insured or reinsured by AG Re. We believe AG Re did not in prior years of operation and will not in the foreseeable future have either RPII income which equals or exceeds 20% of gross insurance income or have direct or indirect insureds, as provided for by RIIP rules, of AG Re (and related persons) directly or indirectly own 20% or more of either the voting power or value of our common shares. However, we cannot be certain that this will be the case because some of the factors which determine the extent of RPII may be beyond our control.

U.S. Persons who dispose of our common shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income tax rates in a portion of their gain, if any.

        The RPII rules provide that if a U.S. Person disposes of shares in a foreign insurance corporation in which U.S. Persons own 25% or more of the shares (even if the amount of gross RPII is less than 20% of the corporation's gross insurance income and the ownership of its shares by direct or indirect insureds and related persons is less than the 20% threshold), any gain from the disposition will generally be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the holder's share of the corporation's undistributed earnings and profits that were accumulated during the period that the holder owned the shares (whether or not such earnings and profits are attributable to RPII). In addition, such a holder

58



will be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, regardless of the amount of shares owned by the holder. These RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of common shares because we will not ourselves be directly engaged in the insurance business; however, the RPII provisions have never been interpreted by the courts or the U.S. Treasury Department in final regulations, and regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form, what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made thereto, or whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of RPII by the IRS, the courts, or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. The U.S. Treasury Department has authority to impose, among other things, additional reporting requirements with respect to RPII. Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof to Assured Guaranty and AG Re is uncertain.

U.S. Persons who hold common shares will be subject to adverse tax consequences if we are considered to be a Passive Foreign Investment Company ("PFIC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        If Assured Guaranty is considered a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. person who owns any shares of Assured Guaranty will be subject to adverse tax consequences, including subjecting the investor to greater tax liability than might otherwise apply and subjecting the investor to tax on amounts in advance of when tax would otherwise be imposed, which could materially adversely affect your investment. We believe that Assured Guaranty is not, and we currently do not expect Assured Guaranty to become, a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes; however, we cannot assure you that Assured Guaranty will not be deemed a PFIC by the IRS. There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to an insurance company. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying these rules may be forthcoming. We cannot predict what impact, if any, such guidance would have on an investor that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation.

Changes in U.S. federal income tax law could materially adversely affect an investment in our common shares.

        U.S. federal income tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a trade or business within the United States, is a PFIC, or whether U.S. Persons would be required to include in their gross income the "subpart F income" of a CFC or RPII are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There currently are no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC rules to insurance companies, and the regulations regarding RPII are still in proposed form. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. We cannot be certain if, when, or in what form such regulations or pronouncements may be implemented or made, or whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect.

The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development and the European Union are considering measures that might increase our taxes and reduce our net income.

        The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (the "OECD") has published reports and launched a global dialogue among member and non-member countries on measures to limit harmful tax competition. These measures are largely directed at counteracting the effects of tax havens and preferential tax regimes in countries around the world. In the OECD's report dated April 18, 2002 and updated as of June 2004, November 2005, September 2006 and October 2007 via a "Global Forum," Bermuda was not listed as an uncooperative tax haven jurisdiction because it had previously committed to eliminate harmful tax practices and to embrace international tax standards for transparency, exchange of information and the elimination of any aspects of the regimes for financial and other services that attract business with no substantial domestic activity. We are not able to predict what changes will arise from the commitment or whether such changes will subject us to additional taxes.

59


ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        None.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

        We and our subsidiaries currently occupy approximately over 62,000 square feet of leased office space in Bermuda, New York, London and Sydney. Management believes that the office space is adequate for its current and anticipated needs.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        Lawsuits arise in the ordinary course of the Company's business. It is the opinion of the Company's management, based upon the information available, that the expected outcome of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or liquidity, although an adverse resolution of a number of these items could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or liquidity in a particular quarter or fiscal year.

        In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of our subsidiaries assert claims in legal proceedings against third parties to recover losses paid in prior periods. The amounts, if any, the Company will recover in these proceedings are uncertain, although recoveries in any one or more of these proceedings during any quarter or fiscal year could be material to the Company's results of operations in that particular quarter or fiscal year.

        During 2007, the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. ("AGRO"), and a number of other parties, completed various settlements with defendants in the In re: National Century Financial Enterprises Inc. Investment Litigation now pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio—Eastern District. AGRO received approximately $1.3 million (pre-tax) in 2007, from the settlements. AGRO originally paid claims in 2003 of approximately $41.7 million (pre-tax) related to National Century Financial Enterprises Inc. To date, including the settlements described above, the Company has recovered $20.1 million (pre-tax). These are a partial settlement of the litigation, and the litigation will continue against other parties.

ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

        No matters were submitted to a vote of stockholders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.

Executive Officers of the Company

        The table below sets forth the names, ages, positions and business experience of the executive officers of Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Name
  Age
  Position(s)
Dominic J. Frederico   55   President and Chief Executive Officer; Deputy Chairman
Michael J. Schozer   50   President of Assured Guaranty Corp.
Robert B. Mills   58   Chief Financial Officer
James M. Michener   55   General Counsel and Secretary
Robert A. Bailenson   41   Chief Accounting Officer

         Dominic J. Frederico has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Assured Guaranty since December 2003. Mr. Frederico served as Vice Chairman of ACE from June 2003 until April 2004 and served as President and Chief Operating Officer of ACE and Chairman of ACE INA Holdings, Inc.

60



("ACE INA") from November 1999 to June 2003. Mr. Frederico was a director of ACE since 2001, but retired from that board when his term expired on May 26, 2005. Mr. Frederico has also served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of ACE INA from May 1999 through November 1999. Mr. Frederico previously served as President of ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. ("ACE Bermuda") from July 1997 to May 1999, Executive Vice President, Underwriting from December 1996 to July 1997, and as Executive Vice President, Financial Lines from January 1995 to December 1996. Prior to joining ACE, Mr. Frederico spent 13 years working for various subsidiaries of American International Group ("AIG"). Mr. Frederico completed his employment at AIG after serving as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of AIG Risk Management. Before that, Mr. Frederico was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of UNAT, a wholly owned subsidiary of AIG headquartered in Paris, France.

         Michael J. Schozer has been President of Assured Guaranty Corp. since December 2003. Mr. Schozer was Managing Director—Structured Finance and Credit Derivatives of Ambac Assurance Corporation from 1996 to December 2003 where he was also a member of Ambac's senior credit committee.

         Robert B. Mills has been Chief Financial Officer of Assured Guaranty since January 2004. Mr. Mills was Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer—Americas of UBS AG and UBS Investment Bank from April 1994 to January 2004 where he was also a member of the Investment Bank Board of Directors. Previously, Mr. Mills was with KPMG from 1971 to 1994 where his responsibilities included being partner-in-charge of the Investment Banking and Capital Markets practice.

         James M. Michener has been General Counsel and Secretary of Assured Guaranty since February 2004. Mr. Michener was General Counsel and Secretary of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. from January 2002 to February 2004. From April 2001 to January 2002, Mr. Michener served as general counsel of Citigroup's Emerging Markets business. Prior to joining Citigroup's Emerging Markets business, Mr. Michener was General Counsel of Travelers Insurance from April 2000 to April 2001 and General Counsel of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. from May 1996 to April 2000.

         Robert A. Bailenson has been Chief Accounting Officer of Assured Guaranty since May 2005 and has been with Assured Guaranty and its predecessor companies since 1990. In addition to this position, Mr. Bailenson serves as the Chief Accounting Officer of the Company's subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Corp; a position he has held since 2003. He was Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. from 1999 until 2003 and was previously the Assistant Controller of Capital Re Corp., which was acquired by ACE Limited in 1999.

        Information pertaining to this item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled "Proposal No. 1:Election of Directors", "Corporate Governance-Did our Officers and Directors Comply with Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting in 2007?", "Corporate Governance- How are Directors Nominated?", "Corporate Governance- The Committees of the Board—The Audit Committee" of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which involves the election of directors and will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

61



PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

        Our Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under symbol "AGO." The table below sets forth, for the calendar quarters indicated, the reported high and low sales prices and amount of any cash dividends declared:

 
  2007
  2006
 
  Sales Price
   
  Sales Price
   
 
  Cash Dividends
  Cash Dividends
 
  High
  Low
  High
  Low
First Quarter   $ 28.40   $ 25.90   $ 0.04   $ 27.45   $ 24.64   $ 0.035
Second Quarter     31.99     26.65     0.04     26.03     23.50     0.035
Third Quarter     30.22     21.32     0.04     27.40     24.40     0.035
Fourth Quarter     29.46     13.34     0.04     27.43     24.40     0.035

        On February 15, 2008, the closing price for our common stock on NYSE was $23.17, and the approximate number of shareholders of record at the close of business on that date was 11,974.

        The Company is a holding company whose principal source of income is net investment income and dividends from its operating subsidiaries. The ability of the operating subsidiaries to pay dividends to us and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders, are each subject to legal and regulatory restrictions. The declaration and payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will be dependent upon the profits and financial requirements of Assured Guaranty Ltd. and other factors, including legal restrictions on the payment of dividends and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant. For more information concerning our dividends, please refer to Item 7 under caption "Liquidity and Capital Resources" and Note 14 "Insurance Regulations" to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

        On May 4, 2006, the Company's Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for 1.0 million common shares. Share repurchases took place at management's discretion depending on market conditions. In August 2007 the Company completed this share repurchase program. During 2007 and 2006 we repurchased 1.0 million common shares at an average price of $24.81.

        On November 8, 2007, the Company's Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase program for up to 2.0 million common shares. Share repurchases will take place at management's discretion depending on market conditions. During 2007 we repurchased 0.3 million common shares at an average price of $19.82.

        The following table reflects the Company share repurchase activity during the three months ended December 31, 2007.

Period
  (a) Total
Number of
Shares Purchased

  (b) Average
Price Paid
Per Share

  (c) Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Program

  (d) Maximum Number
of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Program

October 1–October 31   664 (1) $ 28.04    
November 1–November 30   283,107 (2) $ 19.81   282,600   1,717,400
December 1–December 31   254 (1) $ 24.55     1,717,400
   
       
   
  Total   284,025   $ 19.83   282,600    
   
       
   

(1)
664 and 254 shares were repurchased from employees in connection with the payment of withholding taxes due in connection with the vesting of restricted stock awards.

62


(2)
507 shares were repurchased from employees in connection with the payment of withholding taxes due in connection with the vesting of restricted stock awards.

        Set forth below are a line graph and a table comparing the dollar change in the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company's Common Shares from April 22, 2004 through December 31, 2007 as compared to the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index and the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor's 500 Financials Index. The chart and table depict the value on April 22, 2004, December 31, 2004, December 31, 2005, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2007 of a $100 investment made on April 22, 2004, with all dividends reinvested.

GRAPHIC

 
  Assured Guaranty
  S&P 500 Index
  S&P 500 Financial Index
04/22/04   $ 100.00   $ 100.00   $ 100.00
12/31/04   $ 109.67   $ 107.65   $ 108.25
12/31/05   $ 142.36   $ 112.93   $ 115.29
12/31/06   $ 149.98   $ 130.77   $ 137.45
12/31/07   $ 150.57   $ 137.95   $ 111.99

Source: Bloomberg

63


ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following selected financial data should be read together with the other information contained in this Form 10-K, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
  ($ in millions, except per share amounts)
Statement of operations data: *                              
  Gross written premiums   $ 505.9   $ 325.7   $ 252.1   $ 190.9   $ 349.2
  Net written premiums(1)     486.3     318.7     217.3     79.6     491.5
  Net earned premiums     232.0     206.7     198.7     187.9     310.9
  Net investment income     128.1     111.5     96.8     94.8     96.3
  Net realized investment (losses) gains     (1.3 )   (2.0 )   2.2     12.0     5.5
  Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments     (658.5 )   5.5     (3.5 )   52.5     98.4
  Other income     0.5     0.4     0.2     0.8     1.2
   
 
 
 
 
  Total revenues     (299.3 )   322.1     294.5     347.9     512.3
   
 
 
 
 
  Loss and loss adjustment expenses     8.0     (6.8 )   (69.6 )   (32.0 )   144.6
  Profit commission expense     6.5     9.5     12.9     15.5     9.8
  Acquisition costs     43.2     45.0     45.3     50.9     64.9
  Operating expenses     79.9     68.0     59.0     67.8     41.0
  Interest expense     23.5     13.8     13.5     10.7     5.7
  Other expense(2)     2.6     2.5     3.7     1.6    
   
 
 
 
 
  Total expenses     163.7     132.1     64.9     114.6     266.1
   
 
 
 
 
  (Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes     (463.0 )   190.0     229.6     233.3     246.2
  (Benefit) provision for income taxes     (159.8 )   30.2     41.2     50.5     31.7
   
 
 
 
 
  Net (loss) income   $ (303.3 ) $ 159.7   $ 188.4   $ 182.8   $ 214.5
   
 
 
 
 
  (Loss) earnings per share:(3)                              
    Basic   $ (4.46 ) $ 2.18   $ 2.55   $ 2.44   $ 2.86
    Diluted   $ (4.46 ) $ 2.15   $ 2.53   $ 2.44   $ 2.86
  Dividends per share   $ 0.16   $ 0.14   $ 0.12   $ 0.06   $

*
Some amounts may not add due to rounding.

64


 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
 
  ($ in millions, except per share amounts)
 
Balance sheet data (end of period):                                
  Investments and cash   $ 3,147.9   $ 2,469.9   $ 2,256.0   $ 2,157.9   $ 2,222.1  
  Prepaid reinsurance premiums     17.0     7.5     12.5     15.2     11.0  
  Total assets     3,800.4     2,935.3     2,696.3     2,703.7     2,879.4  
  Unearned premium reserves     908.3     644.5     537.1     521.3     625.4  
  Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses     133.8     120.6     128.4     236.2     544.2  
  Unrealized losses (gains) on derivative financial instruments, net     612.6     (45.9 )   (40.4 )   (43.9 )   8.6  
  Long-term debt     347.1     347.1     197.3     197.4     75.0  
  Total liabilities     2,133.8     1,284.6     1,034.8     1,176.1     1,441.8  
  Accumulated other comprehensive income     56.6     41.9     45.8     79.0     81.2  
  Shareholders' equity     1,666.6     1,650.8     1,661.5     1,527.6     1,437.6  
  Book value per share(3)     20.85     24.44     22.22     20.19     19.17  
GAAP financial information:                                
  Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio(4)     3.4 %   (3.3 )%   (35.0 )%   (17.0 )%   46.5 %
  Expense ratio(5)     55.8 %   59.2 %   58.9 %   65.4 %   37.2 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Combined ratio     59.2 %   55.9 %   23.9 %   48.4 %   83.7 %
   
 
 
 
 
 

Combined statutory financial information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Contingency reserve(6)   $ 598.5   $ 645.8   $ 572.9   $ 491.8   $ 410.5  
  Policyholders' surplus(7)     1,489.9     1,010.0     977.3     906.2     911.3  

Additional financial guaranty information (end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Net in-force business (principal and interest)(8)   $ 302,413   $ 180,174   $ 145,694   $ 136,120   $ 130,047  
  Net in-force business (principal only)(8)     200,279     132,296     102,465     95,592     87,524  

(1)
Net written premiums exceeded gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2003 due to $154.8 million of return premium from two terminated ceded reinsurance contracts.

(2)
Amounts for 2005 represent investment banking fees and put option premiums associated with Assured Guaranty Corp.'s $200.0 million committed capital securities, while 2006 includes put option premiums. During 2004, a goodwill impairment of $1.6 million was recognized for the trade credit business which the Company exited as part of its IPO strategy. The goodwill arose from ACE's acquisition of Capital Re Corporation as of December 31, 1999. Beginning January 1, 2002, goodwill is no longer amortized, but rather is evaluated for impairment at least annually in accordance with FAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." No such impairment was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2003.

(3)
Per share data for 2003 are based on 75,000,000 shares outstanding prior to the IPO.

(4)
The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses by net earned premiums.

(5)
The expense ratio is calculated by dividing the sum of profit commission expense, acquisition costs and operating expenses by net earned premiums.

(6)
Under U.S. statutory accounting principles, financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty insurers are required to establish contingency reserves based on a specified percentage of premiums. A contingency reserve is an additional liability established to protect policyholders against the effects of adverse economic developments or cycles or other unforeseen circumstances.

(7)
Combined policyholders' surplus represents the addition of our combined U.S. based statutory surplus and our Bermuda based statutory surplus.

(8)
The Company's 2007 and 2006 reinsurance par outstanding on facultative business are reported on a current quarter basis while 2005 and prior years are reported on a one-quarter lag.

65


ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION

         The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes which appear elsewhere in this Form 10-K. It contains forward looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see "Forward Looking Statements" for more information. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this Form 10-K, particularly under the headings "Risk Factors" and "Forward Looking Statements."

Executive Summary

        Assured Guaranty Ltd. is a Bermuda based holding company which provides, through its operating subsidiaries, credit enhancement products to the public finance, structured finance and mortgage markets. We apply our credit expertise, risk management skills and capital markets experience to develop insurance, reinsurance and credit derivative products that meet the credit enhancement needs of our customers. We market our products directly and through financial institutions. We serve the U.S. and international markets.

        In July 2007, the Company's direct financial guaranty subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty Corp. ("AGC") and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., received a financial strength rating of Aaa (stable) from Moody's Investor Services. The Company continues to be rated AAA (stable) by Standard & Poor's Inc. and Fitch Ratings. This has resulted in increased market share in the U.S. public finance market, and consequently an increase in gross written premiums.

        On December 21, 2007, the Company completed the sale of 12,483,960 of its common shares at a price of $25.50 per share. The net proceeds of the sale totaled approximately $303.8 million. The Company has contributed the net proceeds of the offering to its reinsurance subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. ("AG Re"). AG Re has used the proceeds to provide capital support in the form of a reinsurance portfolio transaction with Ambac Assurance Corp. for approximately $29 billion of net par outstanding, as well as to support the growth of AGC, the Company's direct financial guaranty subsidiary, by providing reinsurance. AG Re is AGC's principal financial guaranty reinsurer.

        The financial guaranty industry, along with many other financial institutions, continues to be threatened by deterioration of the credit performance of securities collateralized by U.S. residential mortgages. There is significant uncertainty surrounding general economic factors, including interest rates and housing prices, which may adversely affect our loss experience. The Company continues to monitor these exposures and update our loss estimates as new information is received. Additionally, scrutiny from state and federal regulatory agencies could result in changes that limit our business.

        Our financial results include four principal business segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance, mortgage guaranty and other. The other segment represents lines of business that we exited or sold as part of our 2004 initial public offering ("IPO").

        We derive our revenues principally from premiums from our insurance, reinsurance and credit derivative businesses, net investment income, net realized gains and losses from our investment portfolio and unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments. Our premiums are a function of the amount and type of contracts we write as well as prevailing market prices. We receive premiums on an upfront basis when the policy is issued or the contract is executed and/or on an installment basis over the life of the applicable transaction.

        Investment income is a function of invested assets and the yield that we earn on those assets. The investment yield is a function of market interest rates at the time of investment as well as the type, credit quality and maturity of our invested assets. In addition, we could realize capital losses on

66



securities in our investment portfolio from other than temporary declines in market value as a result of changing market conditions, including changes in market interest rates, and changes in the credit quality of our invested assets.

        Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are a function of changes in the estimated fair value of our credit derivative contracts. We enter into credit derivative contracts which require us to make payments upon the occurrence of certain defined credit events relating to an underlying obligation (generally a fixed income obligation). We expect these unrealized gains and losses to fluctuate primarily based on changes in credit spreads and the credit quality of the referenced entities. The Company's credit derivative exposures are substantially similar to its financial guaranty insurance contracts and provide for credit protection against payment default. They are contracts that are generally held to maturity and principally not subject to collateral calls due to changes in market value. The unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments will amortize to zero as the exposure approaches its maturity date, unless there is a payment default on the exposure. In 2007 the Company also recorded a fair value gain of $8.3 million, pre-tax, related to Assured Guaranty Corp.'s committed capital securities.

        Our expenses consist primarily of losses and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE"), profit commission expense, acquisition costs, operating expenses, interest expense, put-option premium expense associated with our committed capital securities (the "CCS Securities") and income taxes. Losses and LAE are a function of the amount and types of business we write. Losses and LAE are based upon estimates of the ultimate aggregate losses inherent in the portfolio. The risks we take have a low expected frequency of loss and are investment grade at the time we accept the risk. Profit commission expense represents payments made to ceding companies generally based on the profitability of the business reinsured by us. Acquisition costs are related to the production of new business. Certain acquisition costs that vary with and are directly attributable to the production of new business are deferred and recognized over the period in which the related premiums are earned. Operating expenses consist primarily of salaries and other employee-related costs, including share-based compensation, various outside service providers, rent and related costs and other expenses related to maintaining a holding company structure. These costs do not vary with the amount of premiums written. Interest expense is a function of outstanding debt and the contractual interest rate related to that debt. Put-option premium expense, which is included in "other expenses" on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income, is a function of the outstanding amount of the CCS Securities and the applicable distribution rate. Income taxes are a function of our profitability and the applicable tax rate in the various jurisdictions in which we do business.

    Critical Accounting Estimates

        Our consolidated financial statements include amounts that, either by their nature or due to requirements of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"), are determined using estimates and assumptions. The actual amounts realized could ultimately be materially different from the amounts currently provided for in our consolidated financial statements. We believe the items requiring the most inherently subjective and complex estimates to be reserves for losses and LAE, valuation of derivative financial instruments, valuation of investments, other than temporary impairments of investments, premium revenue recognition, deferred acquisition costs, deferred income taxes and accounting for share-based compensation. An understanding of our accounting policies for these items is of critical importance to understanding our consolidated financial statements. The following discussion provides more information regarding the estimates and assumptions used for these items and should be read in conjunction with the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

67


    Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

        Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses for non-derivative transactions in our financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty assumed reinsurance and mortgage guaranty business include case reserves and portfolio reserves. See the "Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments" of the Critical Accounting Estimates section for more information on our derivative transactions. Case reserves are established when there is significant credit deterioration on specific insured obligations and the obligations are in default or default is probable, not necessarily upon non-payment of principal or interest by an insured. Case reserves represent the present value of expected future loss payments and LAE, net of estimated recoveries, but before considering ceded reinsurance. This reserving method is different from case reserves established by traditional property and casualty insurance companies, which establish case reserves upon notification of a claim and establish incurred but not reported ("IBNR") reserves for the difference between actuarially estimated ultimate losses and recorded case reserves. Financial guaranty insurance and assumed reinsurance case reserves and related salvage and subrogation, if any, are discounted at the taxable equivalent yield on our investment portfolio, which is approximately 6%, in all periods presented. When the Company becomes entitled to the underlying collateral of an insured credit under salvage and subrogation rights as a result of a claim payment, it records salvage and subrogation as an asset, based on the expected level of recovery. Such amounts are included in the Company's balance sheet within "Other assets."

        We record portfolio reserves in our financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty assumed reinsurance and mortgage guaranty business. Portfolio reserves are established with respect to the portion of our business for which case reserves have not been established.

        Portfolio reserves are not established based on a specific event, rather they are calculated by aggregating the portfolio reserve calculated for each individual transaction. Individual transaction reserves are calculated on a quarterly basis by multiplying the par in-force by the product of the ultimate loss and earning factors without regard to discounting. The ultimate loss factor is defined as the frequency of loss multiplied by the severity of loss, where the frequency is defined as the probability of default for each individual issue. The earning factor is inception to date earned premium divided by the estimated ultimate written premium for each transaction. The probability of default is estimated from rating agency data and is based on the transaction's credit rating, industry sector and time until maturity. The severity is defined as the complement of recovery/salvage rates gathered by the rating agencies of defaulting issues and is based on the industry sector.

        Portfolio reserves are recorded gross of reinsurance. We have not ceded any amounts under these reinsurance contracts, as our recorded portfolio reserves have not exceeded our contractual retentions, required by said contracts.

        The Company records an incurred loss that is reflected in the statement of operations upon the establishment of portfolio reserves. When we initially record a case reserve, we reclassify the corresponding portfolio reserve already recorded for that credit within the balance sheet. The difference between the initially recorded case reserve and the reclassified portfolio reserve is recorded as a charge in our statement of operations. Any subsequent change in portfolio reserves or the initial case reserves are recorded quarterly as a charge or credit in our statement of operations in the period such estimates change. Due to the inherent uncertainties of estimating loss and LAE reserves, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in our consolidated financial statements, and the differences may be material.

        The chart below demonstrates the portfolio reserve's sensitivity to frequency and severity assumptions. The change in these estimates represent management's estimate of reasonably possible material changes and are based upon our analysis of historical experience. Portfolio reserves were recalculated with changes made to the default and severity assumptions. In all scenarios, the starting point used to test the portfolio reserve's sensitivity to the changes in the frequency and severity

68



assumptions was the weighted average frequency and severity by rating and asset class of our insured portfolio. Overall the weighted average default frequency was 0.58% and the weighted average severity was 26.5% at December 31, 2007. For example, in the first scenario where the frequency was increased by 5.0%, each transaction's contribution to the portfolio reserve was recalculated by adding 0.03% (i.e., 5.0% multiplied by 0.58%) to the individual transaction's default frequency.

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
  Portfolio Reserve
  Reserve Increase
  Percentage Change
 
Portfolio reserve as of December 31, 2007   $ 86,069   $    
5% Frequency Increase     89,824     3,755   4.36 %
10% Frequency Increase     93,574     7,505   8.72 %
5% Severity Increase     90,207     4,138   4.81 %
10% Severity Increase     94,344     8,275   9.61 %
5% Frequency and Severity Increase     94,171     8,102   9.41 %

        In addition to analyzing the sensitivity of our portfolio reserves to possible changes in frequency and severity, we have also considered the affect of changes in assumptions on our financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty case reserves. At December 31, 2007 case reserves are $38.9 million. Case reserves may change from our original estimate due to changes in assumptions including, but not limited to, severity factors, credit deterioration of underlying obligations and salvage estimates. Specifically with respect to reserves related to our U.S. home equity line of credit ("HELOC") and other U.S. residential mortgage exposures, there exists significant uncertainty as to the ultimate performance of these transactions. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had net par outstanding of $2.4 billion related to HELOC securitizations, of which $2.1 billion are transactions with Countrywide. Countrywide's HELOC servicer ratings were recently downgraded by Moody's Investor Services from SQ1 to SQ1- ("strong") and by Fitch from RPS1 to RPS1- ("fully acceptable") and placed on watch negative by Standard & Poors. As of December 31, 2007, the Company has recorded portfolio reserves of $17.6 million and case reserves of $2.5 million for its HELOC exposures. Based on the evidence available at December 31, 2007 the Company does not believe loss related to its direct Countrywide HELOCs is probable and, therefore, has not recorded a case reserve. The performance of our HELOC exposures deteriorated during 2007 and transactions, particularly those originated in the period from 2005 through 2007, continue to perform below our original underwriting expectations. The ultimate performance of these transactions will depend on many factors, such as the level and timing of loan defaults, interest proceeds generated by the securitized loans, repayment speeds and changes in home prices, as well as the levels of credit support built into each transaction. Other factors also may have a material impact upon the ultimate performance of each transaction, including the ability of the seller and servicer to fulfill all of their contractual obligations including its obligation to fund future draws on lines of credit. The variables affecting transaction performance are interrelated, difficult to predict and subject to considerable volatility. Consequently, the range of potential outcomes is wide and subject to significant uncertainty. Based on currently available information, the Company believes the possible range of case loss is $0-$100 million after-tax. If actual results differ materially from any of our assumptions, the losses incurred could be material to our operating results and financial position. The Company continues to update its evaluation of these exposures as new information becomes available.

        As of December 31, 2007, the Company had net par outstanding of $7.0 billion related to subprime residential mortgage-backed securitizations ("Subprime RMBS"). Of that amount, $6.3 billion is from transactions issued in the period from 2005 through 2007 and written in our direct financial guaranty segment. The majority of the Company's Subprime RMBS exposure is rated triple-A by all major rating agencies, and by the Company, at December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had portfolio reserves of $3.8 million and case reserves of $9.0 million related to its $7.0 billion U.S. Subprime RMBS exposure, of which $2.2 million were portfolio reserves related to its

69



$6.3 billion exposure in the direct financial guaranty segment for transactions issued from 2005 through 2007.

        The problems affecting the subprime mortgage market have been widely reported, with rising delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures negatively impacting the performance of Subprime RMBS transactions. Those concerns relate primarily to Subprime RMBS issued in the period from 2005 through 2007. The $6.3 billion exposure that the Company has to such transactions in its direct financial guaranty segment benefits from various structural protections, including credit enhancement that on average currently equals approximately 39.4% of the remaining principal balance of the transactions. The ultimate performance of these transactions remains highly uncertain and may be subject to considerable volatility due to the influence of many factors, including the level and timing of loan defaults, changes in housing prices and other variables. The Company's current estimate of loss reserves related to its Subprime RMBS exposures represent management's best estimate of loss based on the current information, however, actual results may differ materially from current estimates. The Company will continue to monitor the performance of its Subprime RMBS exposures and will adjust the risk ratings of those transactions based on actual performance and management's estimates of future performance. Significant deterioration in the performance of these transactions may necessitate a change in the Company's assumptions or may result in loses incurred. Either circumstance could result in increases to our case reserves, and such increases could be material to our statement of operations and comprehensive income.

        A sensitivity analysis is not appropriate for our other segment reserves since the amounts are 100% reinsured.

        We also record IBNR reserves for our other segment. IBNR is an estimate of losses for which the insured event has occurred but the claim has not yet been reported to us. In establishing IBNR, we use traditional actuarial methods to estimate the reporting lag of such claims based on historical experience, claim reviews and information reported by ceding companies. We record IBNR for trade credit reinsurance within our other segment, which is 100% reinsured. The other segment represents lines of business that we exited or sold as part of our 2004 IPO.

        For mortgage guaranty transactions we record portfolio reserves in a manner consistent with our financial guaranty business. While other mortgage guaranty insurance companies do not record portfolio reserves, rather just case and IBNR reserves, we record portfolio reserves because we write business on an excess of loss basis, while other industry participants write quota share or first layer loss business. We manage and underwrite this business in the same manner as our financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance business because they have similar characteristics as insured obligations of mortgage-backed securities.

        Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("FAS") No. 60, "Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises" ("FAS 60") is the authoritative guidance for an insurance enterprise. FAS 60 prescribes differing reserving methodologies depending on whether a contract fits within its definition of a short-duration contract or a long-duration contract. Financial guaranty contracts have elements of long-duration insurance contracts in that they are irrevocable and extend over a period that may exceed 30 years or more, but for regulatory purposes are reported as property and liability insurance, which are normally considered short-duration contracts. The short-duration and long-duration classifications have different methods of accounting for premium revenue and contract liability recognition. Additionally, the accounting for deferred acquisition costs ("DAC") could be different under the two methods.

        We believe the guidance of FAS 60 does not expressly address the distinctive characteristics of financial guaranty insurance, so we also apply the analogous guidance of Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue No. 85-20, "Recognition of Fees for Guaranteeing a Loan" ("EITF 85-20"), which provides guidance relating to the recognition of fees for guaranteeing a loan, which has similarities to

70



financial guaranty insurance contracts. Under the guidance in EITF 85-20, the guarantor should assess the probability of loss on an ongoing basis to determine if a liability should be recognized under FAS No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies" ("FAS 5"). FAS 5 requires that a loss be recognized where it is probable that one or more future events will occur confirming that a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

        The following tables summarize our reserves for losses and LAE by segment and type of reserve as of the dates presented. For an explanation of changes in these reserves see "—Consolidated Results of Operations."

 
  As of December 31, 2007
 
  Financial Guaranty Direct
  Financial Guaranty Reinsurance
  Mortgage Guaranty
  Other
  Total
 
  ($ in millions)
By segment and type of reserve:                              
Case   $ 3.2   $ 35.6   $ 0.1   $ 2.4   $ 41.3
IBNR                 6.4     6.4
Portfolio     38.6     44.7     2.8         86.1
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 41.8   $ 80.3   $ 2.9   $ 8.8   $ 133.8
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  As of December 31, 2006
 
  Financial Guaranty Direct
  Financial Guaranty Reinsurance
  Mortgage Guaranty
  Other
  Total
 
  ($ in millions)
By segment and type of reserve:                              
Case   $ 1.0   $ 36.1   $ 0.1   $ 6.8   $ 44.0
IBNR                 7.4     7.4
Portfolio     8.3     58.7     2.2         69.2
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 9.3   $ 94.8   $ 2.3   $ 14.2   $ 120.6
   
 
 
 
 

        The following table sets forth the financial guaranty in-force portfolio by underlying rating:

 
  As of December 31, 2007
  As of December 31, 2006
 
Ratings(1)
  Net par outstanding
  % of Net par outstanding
  Net par outstanding
  % of Net par outstanding
 
 
  (in billions of U.S. dollars)
 
Super senior   $ 36.4   18.2 % $ 16.2   12.3 %
AAA     47.3   23.6 %   40.8   30.9 %
AA     38.4   19.2 %   23.0   17.4 %
A     49.2   24.6 %   32.8   24.9 %
BBB     26.9   13.4 %   18.2   13.7 %
Below investment grade     2.1   1.1 %   1.3   0.9 %
   
 
 
 
 
  Total exposures(2)   $ 200.3   100.0 % $ 132.3   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
The Company's internal rating. The Company's scale is comparable to that of the nationally recognized rating agencies. The super senior category, which is not generally used by rating agencies, is used by the Company in instances where the Company's AAA-rated exposure has additional credit enhancement due to either (1) the existence of another security rated AAA that is subordinated to the Company's exposure or (2) the Company's exposure benefits from a different form of credit enhancement that would pay any claims first in the event that any of the

71


    exposures incurs a loss, and such credit enhancement, in management's opinion, causes the Company's attachment point to be materially above the AAA attachment point.

(2)
Percent total does not add due to rounding.

        Our surveillance department is responsible for monitoring our portfolio of credits and maintains a list of closely monitored credits ("CMC"). The closely monitored credits are divided into four categories: Category 1 (low priority; fundamentally sound, greater than normal risk); Category 2 (medium priority; weakening credit profile, may result in loss); Category 3 (high priority; claim/default probable, case reserve established); Category 4 (claim paid, case reserve established for future payments). The closely monitored credits include all below investment grade ("BIG") exposures where there is a material amount of exposure (generally greater than $10.0 million) or a material risk of the Company incurring a loss greater than $0.5 million. The closely monitored credits also include investment grade ("IG") risks where credit quality is deteriorating and where, in the view of the Company, there is significant potential that the risk quality will fall below investment grade. As of December 31, 2007, the closely monitored credits include approximately 99% of our BIG exposure, and the remaining BIG exposure of $19.8 million was distributed across 46 different credits. As of December 31, 2006, the closely monitored credits include approximately 97% of our BIG exposure, and the remaining BIG exposure of $34.4 million was distributed across 68 different credits. Other than those excluded BIG credits, credits that are not included in the closely monitored credit list are categorized as fundamentally sound risks.

        The following table provides financial guaranty net par outstanding by credit monitoring category as of December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 
  As of December 31, 2007
Description:

  Net Par
Outstanding

  % of
Net Par
Outstanding

  # of Credits
in Category

  Case
Reserves

 
  ($ in millions)

Fundamentally sound risk   $ 198,133   98.9 %        
Closely monitored credits:                    
  Category 1     1,288   0.6 % 36   $
  Category 2     743   0.4 % 12    
  Category 3     71     16     14
  Category 4     24     16     22
   
 
 
 
    CMC total(1)     2,126   1.1 % 80     36
   
 
     
Other below investment grade risk     20     46    
   
 
     
Total   $ 200,279   100.0 %     $ 36
   
 
     

72


 
 
  As of December 31, 2006
Description:

  Net Par
Outstanding

  % of
Net Par
Outstanding

  # of Credits
in Category

  Case
Reserves

 
  ($ in millions)

Fundamentally sound risk   $ 130,944   99.0 %        
Closely monitored credits:                    
  Category 1     855   0.6 % 43   $
  Category 2     318   0.2 % 13    
  Category 3     123   0.1 % 18     18
  Category 4     22     13     14
   
 
 
 
    CMC total(1)     1,318   1.0 % 87     32
   
 
     
Other below investment grade risk     34     68    
   
 
     
Total   $ 132,296   100.0 %     $ 32
   
 
     

      (1)
      Percent total does not add due to rounding.

        The following table summarizes movements in CMC exposure by risk category:

Net Par Outstanding

  Category 1
  Category 2
  Category 3
  Category 4
  Total
CMC

 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Balance, December 31, 2006   $ 855   $ 318   $ 123   $ 22   $ 1,318  
Less: amortization     158     193     30     1     382  
Additions from first time on CMC     1,099     703     4         1,806  
Deletions—Upgraded and removed     507     73     33         613  
Category movement     (1 )   (12 )   7     3     (3 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net change     433     425     (52 )   2     808  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2007   $ 1,288   $ 743   $ 71   $ 24   $ 2,126  
   
 
 
 
 
 

        The increase of $808 million in financial guaranty CMC net par outstanding during 2007 is mainly attributable to the addition of $1,754 million of HELOC exposures. This increase was partially offset by $382 million of amortization of exposure and $613 million of credit rating improvements for certain transactions, as presented in the table above.

    Industry Methodology

        The Company's is aware that there are certain differences regarding the measurement of portfolio loss liabilities among companies in the financial guaranty industry. In January and February 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") staff had discussions concerning these differences with a number of industry participants. Based on those discussions, in June 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") staff decided additional guidance is necessary regarding financial guaranty contracts. On April 18, 2007, the FASB issued an exposure draft "Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts-an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 60" ("Exposure Draft"). This Exposure Draft would clarify how FAS 60 applies to financial guarantee insurance contracts, including the methodology to be used to account for premium revenue and claim liabilities. The scope of this Exposure Draft is limited to financial guarantee insurance (and reinsurance) contracts issued by insurance enterprises included within the scope of FAS 60. Responses to the Exposure Draft were required by June 18, 2007. We and the Association of Financial Guaranty Insurers have separately submitted responses before the required date and additionally, participated in a FASB sponsored roundtable discussion. While certain provisions of the Exposure Draft are still being analyzed,

73


management believes that the cumulative effect of initially applying the Exposure Draft, particularly with respect to revenue recognition and claims liability, could be material to the Company's financial statements. A final Exposure Draft is expected to be issued by the end of the first quarter 2008, with an anticipated effective date of January 1, 2009. Until a final pronouncement is issued, the Company intends to continue to apply its existing policy with respect to premium revenue and the establishment of both case and portfolio reserves.

    Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company follows FAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("FAS 133"), FAS No. 149, "Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("FAS 149") and FAS No. 155, "Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments" ("FAS 155"), which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments. FAS 133 and FAS 149 require recognition of all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value, defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

        On January 1, 2007 the Company adopted FAS 155. The primary objectives of FAS 155 are: (i) with respect to FAS 133, to address the accounting for beneficial interests in securitized financial assets and (ii) with respect to FAS 140, eliminate a restriction on the passive derivative instruments that a qualifying special purpose entity may hold. In particular, FAS 155 affects the Company's determination of which transactions are derivative or non-derivative in nature.

        We issue credit derivative financial instruments that we view as an extension of our financial guaranty business but that do not qualify for the financial guaranty insurance scope exception under FAS 133 and FAS 149 and therefore are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value included in our earnings.

        Since we view these derivative contracts as an extension of our financial guaranty business, we believe that the most meaningful presentation of these derivatives is to reflect revenue as earned premium, to record estimates of losses and LAE on specific credit events as incurred and to record changes in fair value as incurred. Reserves for losses and LAE are established on a similar basis as our insurance policies. Other changes in fair value are included in unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments. We generally hold derivative contracts to maturity. However, in certain circumstances such as for risk management purposes or as a result of a decision to exit a line of business, we may decide to terminate a derivative contract prior to maturity. The unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments will amortize to zero as the exposure approaches its maturity date, unless there is a payment default on the exposure. However, in the event that we terminate a derivative contract prior to maturity the unrealized gain or loss will be realized through premiums earned and losses incurred. Changes in the fair value of our derivative contracts do not reflect actual claims or credit losses, and have no impact on the Company's claims-paying resources, rating agency capital or regulatory capital positions.

        The fair value of these instruments depends on a number of factors including credit spreads, changes in interest rates, recovery rates and the credit ratings of referenced entities. Where available, we use market prices to determine the fair value of these credit derivatives. If the market prices are not available, the fair value is estimated using a combination of observable market data and valuation models that specifically relate to each type of credit protection. Market conditions at December 31, 2007 were such that market prices were generally not available. Where market prices were not available, we used a combination of observable market data and valuation models, including various market indexes to estimate the fair value of the Company's credit derivatives. These models are primarily developed internally based on market conventions for similar transactions. Management considers the non-standard terms of its credit derivative contracts in determining the fair value of these

74



contracts. These terms differ from credit derivatives sold by companies outside of the financial guaranty industry. The non-standard terms include the absence of collateral support agreements or immediate settlement provisions, relatively high attachment points and the fact that the Company does not typically exit derivatives it sells for credit protection purposes, except under specific circumstances such as exiting a line of business. Because of these terms and conditions, the fair value of the Company's credit derivatives may not reflect the same prices observed in an actively traded market of credit default swaps that do not contain terms and conditions similar to those observed in the financial guaranty market. These models and the related assumptions are continuously reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based upon improvements in modeling techniques and availability of more timely market information.

        Valuation models include the use of management estimates and current market information. Management is also required to make assumptions on how the fair value of derivative instruments is affected by current market conditions. Management considers factors such as current prices charged for similar agreements, performance of underlying assets, life of the instrument, and the extent of credit default swaps exposure the Company ceded under reinsurance agreements, and the nature and extent of activity in the financial guaranty credit derivative marketplace. The assumptions that management uses to determine its fair value may change in the future due to market conditions. Due to the inherent uncertainties of the assumptions used in the valuation models to determine the fair value of these derivative products, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in the Company's consolidated financial statements, and the differences may be material.

        During the first quarter 2005 review of its valuation models, management identified a limitation in its valuation models highlighted by the then widening credit spread environment. Management adjusted its valuation models for this limitation in the first quarter 2005 resulting in an adjustment to unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments of $4.3 million, net of income taxes. Management continues to perform additional analysis, as necessary, to address market anomalies and their effect on its valuation models.

        The fair value adjustment recognized in our statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 was a $658.5 million loss compared with a $5.5 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2006 and a $3.5 million loss for the year ended December 31, 2005. The 2007 loss of $658.5 million primarily relates to spreads widening and includes no credit losses, the 2006 gain of $5.5 million primarily relates to the run-off of transactions and changes in credit spreads, and the 2005 loss of $3.5 million primarily relates to the run-off of transactions and a slight widening in investment grade corporate spreads over that period. For the year ended 2007, approximately 45% of the Company's unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments is due to a decline in the market value of high yield and investment grade corporate collateralized loan obligation transactions, with the balance generated by lower market values principally in the residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities markets. With considerable volatility continuing in the market, the fair value adjustment amount will fluctuate significantly in future periods. The 2007 amount also included a fair value gain of $8.3 million, pre-tax, related to Assured Guaranty Corp.'s committed capital securities.

    Valuation of Investments

        As of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, we had total investments of $3.1 billion, $2.5 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively. The fair values of all of our investments are calculated from independent market valuations. The fair values of the Company's U.S. Treasury securities are primarily determined based upon broker dealer quotes obtained from several independent active market makers. The fair values of the Company's portfolio other than U.S. Treasury securities are determined primarily using matrix-pricing models. The matrix-pricing models incorporate factors such as tranche type, collateral coupons, average life, payment speeds, and spreads, in order to calculate the fair values of specific securities owned by the Company.

75


        As of December 31, 2007, approximately 82% of our investments were long-term fixed maturity securities, and our portfolio had an average duration of 3.9 years, compared with 95% and 3.9 years as of December 31, 2006. Changes in interest rates affect the value of our fixed maturity portfolio. As interest rates fall, the fair value of fixed maturity securities increases and as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed maturity securities decreases. The Company's portfolio is comprised primarily of high-quality, liquid instruments. We continue to receive sufficient information to value our investments and have not had to modify our approach due to the current market conditions.

        The following table summarizes the estimated change in fair value net of related income taxes on our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2007 based upon an assumed parallel shift in interest rates across the entire yield curve:

Change in Interest Rates

  Estimated
Increase
(Decrease) in
Fair Value

 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
300 basis point rise   $ (386.2 )
200 basis point rise     (251.9 )
100 basis point rise     (122.2 )
100 basis point decline     111.4  
200 basis point decline     212.6  
300 basis point decline     309.0  

        See Item 7A, "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" for more information.

    Other Than Temporary Impairments

        We have a formal review process for all securities in our investment portfolio, including a review for impairment losses. Factors considered when assessing impairment include:

    a decline in the market value of a security by 20% or more below amortized cost for a continuous period of at least six months;

    a decline in the market value of a security for a continuous period of 12 months;

    recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by rating agencies;

    the financial condition of the applicable issuer;

    whether scheduled interest payments are past due; and

    whether we have the ability and intent to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for anticipated recoveries in fair value.

        If we believe a decline in the value of a particular investment is temporary, we record the decline as an unrealized loss on our balance sheet in "accumulated other comprehensive income" in shareholders' equity. If we believe the decline is "other than temporary," we write down the carrying value of the investment and record a realized loss in our statement of operations. Our assessment of a decline in value includes management's current assessment of the factors noted above. If that assessment changes in the future, we may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

        We did not record any realized losses due to other than temporary declines in 2007, 2006 and 2005.

76


        The following table summarizes the unrealized losses in our investment portfolio by type of security and the length of time such securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of the dates indicated:

 
  As of
December 31, 2007

  As of
December 31, 2006

 
Length of Time in Continuous Unrealized Loss Position

  Estimated
Fair Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Municipal securities                          
0-6 months   $ 67.2   $ (0.6 ) $ 88.6   $ (0.5 )
7-12 months     123.0     (1.9 )        
Greater than 12 months     8.6     (0.3 )   24.0     (0.4 )
   
 
 
 
 
      198.8     (2.8 )   112.6     (0.9 )

Corporate and foreign government securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
0-6 months     13.6     (0.3 )   47.0     (0.2 )
7-12 months     22.2     (0.8 )   3.4      
Greater than 12 months     12.8     (0.3 )   48.7     (1.2 )
   
 
 
 
 
      48.6     (1.4 )   99.1     (1.4 )

U.S. Government obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
0-6 months     25.4         20.2     (0.1 )
7-12 months             32.9     (0.4 )
Greater than 12 months             59.2     (0.9 )
   
 
 
 
 
      25.4         112.3     (1.4 )

Mortgage and asset-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
0-6 months     37.7     (0.4 )   197.6     (1.7 )
7-12 months     32.0     (0.3 )   25.6     (0.3 )
Greater than 12 months     254.4     (4.0 )   382.7     (8.8 )
   
 
 
 
 
      324.1     (4.7 )   605.9     (10.8 )
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 596.9   $ (8.9 ) $ 929.9   $ (14.5 )
   
 
 
 
 

77


        The following table summarizes the unrealized losses in our investment portfolio by type of security and remaining time to maturity as of the dates indicated:

 
  As of December 31, 2007
  As of December 31, 2006
 
Remaining Time to Maturity
  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Municipal securities                          
Due in one year or less   $   $   $   $  
Due after one year through five years             26.2     (0.1 )
Due after five years through ten years     1.9     (0.1 )   43.2     (0.5 )
Due after ten years     196.9     (2.7 )   43.2     (0.3 )
   
 
 
 
 
      198.8     (2.8 )   112.6     (0.9 )

Corporate and foreign government securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Due in one year or less     7.2         13.0      
Due after one year through five years     16.1     (0.3 )   55.1     (0.9 )
Due after five years through ten years     12.0     (0.2 )   25.1     (0.2 )
Due after ten years     13.3     (0.9 )   5.9     (0.3 )
   
 
 
 
 
      48.6     (1.4 )   99.1     (1.4 )

U.S. Government obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Due in one year or less             8.6     (0.1 )
Due after one year through five years     25.4         11.9     (0.1 )
Due after five years through ten years             42.9     (0.5 )
Due after ten years             48.9     (0.7 )
   
 
 
 
 
      25.4         112.3     (1.4 )
Mortgage and asset-backed securities     324.1     (4.7 )   605.9     (10.8 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 596.9   $ (8.9 ) $ 929.9   $ (14.5 )
   
 
 
 
 

78


        The following table summarizes, for all securities sold at a loss through December 31, 2007 and 2006, the fair value and realized loss by length of time such securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position prior to the date of sale:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
Length of Time in Continuous Unrealized Loss Position Prior to Sale
  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Realized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Realized
Losses

 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Municipal securities                          
0-6 months   $ 45.6   $ (0.2 ) $ 34.5   $ (0.2 )
7-12 months             22.8     (0.5 )
Greater than 12 months             14.0     (0.6 )
   
 
 
 
 
      45.6     (0.2 )   71.3     (1.3 )

Corporate and foreign government securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
0-6 months     12.6              
7-12 months     12.6     (0.1 )        
Greater than 12 months     16.4     (0.3 )   2.0     (0.1 )
   
 
 
 
 
      41.6     (0.4 )   2.0     (0.1 )

U.S. Government securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
0-6 months     25.0     (0.4 )   152.2     (2.1 )
7-12 months     0.8         80.2     (0.7 )
Greater than 12 months     17.8     (0.2 )   7.1      
   
 
 
 
 
      43.6     (0.6 )   239.5     (2.8 )
Mortgage and asset-backed securities                          
0-6 months     92.1     (0.6 )   31.0     (0.2 )
7-12 months     0.3         9.1     (0.1 )
Greater than 12 months     105.8     (1.5 )        
   
 
 
 
 
      198.2     (2.1 )   40.1     (0.3 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 329.0   $ (3.3 ) $ 352.9   $ (4.5 )
   
 
 
 
 

    Premium Revenue Recognition

        Premiums are received either upfront or in installments. Upfront premiums are earned in proportion to the expiration of the amount at risk. Each installment premium is earned ratably over its installment period, generally one year or less. Premium earnings under both the upfront and installment revenue recognition methods are based upon and are in proportion to the principal amount guaranteed and therefore result in higher premium earnings during periods where guaranteed principal is higher. For insured bonds for which the par value outstanding is declining during the insurance period, upfront premium earnings are greater in the earlier periods thus matching revenue recognition with the underlying risk. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, approximately 66%, 58% and 49%, respectively, of our gross written premiums were received upfront, and 34%, 42% and 51%, respectively, were received in installments. The premiums are allocated in accordance with the principal amortization schedule of the related bond issue and are earned ratably over the amortization period. When an insured issue is retired early, is called by the issuer, or is in substance paid in advance through a refunding accomplished by placing U.S. Government securities in escrow, the remaining unearned premium reserves are earned at that time. Unearned premium reserves represent the portion of premiums written that is applicable to the unexpired amount at risk of insured bonds.

79


        In our reinsurance businesses, we estimate the ultimate written and earned premiums to be received from a ceding company at the end of each quarter and the end of each year because some of our ceding companies report premium data anywhere from 30 to 90 days after the end of the relevant period. Written premiums reported in our statement of operations are based upon reports received from ceding companies supplemented by our own estimates of premium for which ceding company reports have not yet been received. As of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 the assumed premium estimate and related ceding commissions included in our consolidated financial statements are $8.8 million and $2.0 million, $25.1 million and $7.9 million and $14.3 million and $4.5 million, respectively. Key assumptions used to arrive at management's best estimate of assumed premiums are premium amounts reported historically and informal communications with ceding companies. Differences between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which the actual amounts are determined. Historically, the differences have not been material. We do not record a provision for doubtful accounts related to our assumed premium estimate. Historically, there have not been any material issues related to the collectibility of assumed premium. No provision for doubtful accounts related to our premium receivable was recorded for 2007, 2006 or 2005.

    Deferred Acquisition Costs

        Acquisition costs incurred, other than those associated with credit derivative products, that vary with and are directly related to the production of new business are deferred and amortized in relation to earned premiums. These costs include direct and indirect expenses such as ceding commissions, brokerage expenses and the cost of underwriting and marketing personnel. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, we had deferred acquisition costs of $259.3 million and $217.0 million, respectively. Ceding commissions paid to primary insurers are the largest component of deferred acquisition costs, constituting 68% and 69% of total deferred acquisition costs as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Management uses its judgment in determining what types of costs should be deferred, as well as what percentage of these costs should be deferred. We annually conduct a study to determine which operating costs vary with, and are directly related to, the acquisition of new business and qualify for deferral. Ceding commissions received on premiums we cede to other reinsurers reduce acquisition costs. Anticipated losses, LAE and the remaining costs of servicing the insured or reinsured business are considered in determining the recoverability of acquisition costs. Acquisition costs associated with credit derivative products are expensed as incurred. When an insured issue is retired early, as discussed in the Premium Revenue Recognition section of these Critical Accounting Estimates, the remaining related deferred acquisition cost is expensed at that time.

    Deferred Income Taxes

        As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, we had a net deferred income tax asset of $147.6 million and a net deferred income tax liability of $39.9 million, respectively. Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to U.S. income tax. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are established for the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Such temporary differences relate principally to unrealized gains and losses on investments and derivative financial instruments, deferred acquisition costs, reserves for losses and LAE, unearned premium reserves, net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs") and statutory contingency reserves. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce a deferred tax asset to the amount that in management's opinion is more likely than not to be realized.

        As of December 31, 2007, Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. ("AGRO") had a stand alone NOL of $54.8 million, compared with $50.0 million as of December, 31, 2006, which is available to offset its future U.S. taxable income. The Company has $34.1 million of this NOL available through 2017 and $20.7 million available through 2023. AGRO's stand alone NOL is not permitted to offset the income of any other members of AGRO's consolidated group due to certain tax regulations.

80


        Under applicable accounting rules, we are required to establish a valuation allowance for NOLs that we believe are more likely than not to expire before being utilized. Management has assessed the likelihood of realization of all of its deferred tax assets. Based on this analysis, management believes it is more likely than not that $20.0 million of AGRO's $54.8 million NOL will not be utilized before it expires and has established a $7.0 million valuation allowance related to the NOL deferred tax asset. Management believes that all other deferred income taxes are more-likely-than-not to be realized. The valuation allowance is subject to considerable judgment, is reviewed quarterly and will be adjusted to the extent actual taxable income differs from estimates of future taxable income that may be used to realize NOLs or capital losses.

    Taxation of Subsidiaries

        The Company's Bermuda subsidiaries are not subject to any income, withholding or capital gains taxes under current Bermuda law. The Company's U.S. and U.K. subsidiaries are subject to income taxes imposed by U.S. and U.K. authorities and file applicable tax returns. In addition, AGRO, a Bermuda domiciled company, has elected under Section 953(d) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code to be taxed as a U.S. domestic corporation.

        The U.S. Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") has completed audits of all of the Company's U.S. subsidiaries' federal income tax returns for taxable years through 2001. In September 2007, the IRS completed its audit of tax years 2002 through 2004 for Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries, which includes Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc., AGRO, Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company and AG Intermediary Inc. As a result of the audit there were no significant findings and no cash settlements with the IRS. In addition the IRS is reviewing Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries ("AGUS") for tax years 2002 through the date of the IPO. AGUS includes Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., AGC and AG Financial Products and were part of the consolidated tax return of a subsidiary of ACE Limited ("ACE"), our former Parent, for years prior to the IPO. The Company is indemnified by ACE for any potential tax liability associated with the tax examination of AGUS as it relates to years prior to the IPO. In addition, tax years 2005 and 2006 remain open.

    Adoption of FIN 48

        The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes-an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109" ("FIN 48"), on January 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, the Company reduced its liability for unrecognized tax benefits and increased retained earnings by $2.6 million. The total liability for unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2007 was $12.9 million. This entire amount, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

        Subsequent to the adoption of FIN 48, the IRS published final regulations on the treatment of consolidated losses. As a result of these regulations the utilization of certain capital losses is no longer at a level that would require recording an associated liability for an uncertain tax position. As such, the Company decreased its liability for unrecognized tax benefits and its provision for income taxes $4.1 million during the period ended March 31, 2007. In September 2007, upon completion of the IRS audit of Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries, the liability for unrecognized tax benefits was reduced by approximately $6.0 million. The total liability for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2007 is $2.8 million, and is included in other liabilities on the balance sheet. The Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that this amount will change significantly in the next twelve months.

        The Company's policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of the date of adoption, the Company has accrued $0.9 million in interest and penalties.

81


    Liability For Tax Basis Step-Up Adjustment

        In connection with the IPO, the Company and ACE Financial Services Inc. ("AFS"), a subsidiary of ACE, entered into a tax allocation agreement, whereby the Company and AFS made a "Section 338 (h)(10)" election that has the effect of increasing the tax basis of certain affected subsidiaries' tangible and intangible assets to fair value. Future tax benefits that the Company derives from the election will be payable to AFS when realized by the Company.

        As a result of the election, the Company has adjusted its net deferred tax liability to reflect the new tax basis of the Company's affected assets. The additional basis is expected to result in increased future income tax deductions and, accordingly, may reduce income taxes otherwise payable by the Company. Any tax benefit realized by the Company will be paid to AFS. Such tax benefits will generally be calculated by comparing the Company's affected subsidiaries' actual taxes to the taxes that would have been owed by those subsidiaries had the increase in basis not occurred. After a 15 year period, to the extent there remains an unrealized tax benefit, the Company and AFS will negotiate a settlement of the unrealized benefit based on the expected realization at that time.

        The Company initially recorded a $49.0 million reduction of its existing deferred tax liability, based on an estimate of the ultimate resolution of the Section 338(h)(10) election. Under the tax allocation agreement, the Company estimated that, as of the IPO date, it was obligated to pay $20.9 million to AFS and accordingly established this amount as a liability. The initial difference, which is attributable to the change in the tax basis of certain liabilities for which there is no associated step-up in the tax basis of its assets and no amounts due to AFS, resulted in an increase to additional paid-in capital of $28.1 million. The Company has paid ACE and correspondingly reduced its liability by $5.1 million and $5.1 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

    Accounting for Share-Based Compensation

        Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for our share-based employee compensation plans under the measurement and recognition provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25") and related Interpretations, as permitted by FAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("FAS 123"). During the year ended December 31, 2005, we recorded no share-based employee compensation expense for options granted under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan") as all options granted under that plan had exercise prices equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Also, during the year ended December 31, 2005, we recorded no compensation expense in connection with the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Stock Purchase Plan") as the purchase price of the stock was not less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock at the beginning of each offering period or at the end of each purchase period. In accordance with FAS 123 and FAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure" ("FAS 148") we disclosed our net income and earnings per share as if we had applied the fair value-based method in measuring compensation expense for our share-based incentive programs.

        Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of FAS No. 123 (revised), "Share-Based Payment" ("FAS 123R") using the modified prospective transition method. Under that transition method, compensation expense includes: (a) compensation expense for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of FAS 123, and (b) compensation expense for all share-based payments granted on or after January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of FAS 123R. Because we elected to use the modified prospective transition method, results for prior periods have not been restated.

82


        The following table presents pre-DAC and pre-tax, share-based compensation cost by share-based expense type:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2007
  2006
  2005
Share-Based Employee Cost                  
Restricted Stock                  
  Recurring amortization   $ 9,371   $ 7,676   $ 5,481
  Accelerated amortization for retirement eligible employees     4,074     1,534    
   
 
 
    Subtotal     13,445     9,210     5,481
   
 
 
Stock Options                  
  Recurring amortization     3,632     3,581    
  Accelerated amortization for retirement eligible employees     1,782     655    
   
 
 
    Subtotal     5,414     4,236    
   
 
 
ESPP     154     125    
   
 
 
Total Share-Based Employee Cost     19,013     13,571     5,481
   
 
 

Share-Based Directors Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Restricted Stock     219     289     275
Restricted Stock Units     804     843     663
   
 
 
Total Share-Based Directors Cost     1,023     1,132     938
   
 
 
Total Share-Based Cost   $ 20,036   $ 14,703   $ 6,419
   
 
 

        At December 31, 2007, there was $16.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under all equity compensation plans. Total unrecognized compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures. We expect to recognize that cost over a weighted average period of 1.7 years. As a result of the adoption of FAS 123R, the income tax effects of compensatory stock options are included in the computation of the income tax expense (benefit), and deferred tax assets and liabilities, subject to certain prospective adjustments to shareholders' equity for the differences between the income tax effects of expenses recognized in the results of operations and the related amounts deducted for income tax purposes. Prior to the adoption of FAS 123R, the tax benefits relating to the income tax deductions for compensatory stock options were recorded directly to shareholders' equity.

        The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted were $6.83, $6.71 and $4.63 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The fair value of options issued is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
Dividend yield   0.6 % 0.5 % 0.7 %
Expected volatility   19.03 % 20.43 % 20.80 %
Risk free interest rate   4.7 % 4.6 % 4.1 %
Expected life   5 years   5 years   5 years  
Forfeiture rate   6.0 % 6.0 % 6.0 %

83


        These assumptions were based on the following:

    The expected dividend yield is based on the current expected annual dividend and share price on the grant date,

    Expected volatility is estimated at the date of grant based on the historical share price volatility, calculated on a daily basis,

    The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term to the granted stock options,

    The expected life is based on the average expected term of our guideline companies, which are defined as similar or peer entities, since the Company has insufficient expected life data,

    The forfeiture rate is based on the rate used by our guideline companies, since the Company has insufficient forfeiture data. Estimated forfeitures will be reassessed at each balance sheet date and may change based on new facts and circumstances.

        For options granted before January 1, 2006, the Company amortizes the fair value on an accelerated basis. For options granted on or after January 1, 2006, the Company amortizes the fair value on a straight-line basis. All options are amortized over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods, with the exception of retirement-eligible employees. Stock options are generally granted once a year with exercise prices equal to the closing price on the date of grant. The Company may elect to use different assumptions under the Black-Scholes option valuation model in the future, which could materially affect the Company's net income or earnings per share.

    Accounting for Cash-Based Compensation

        In February 2006, the Company established the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan. This plan permits the award of cash based awards to selected employees which vest after four years of continued employment (or earlier, if the employee's termination occurs as a result of death, disability, or retirement). The plan was revised in 2008 giving the Compensation Committee greater flexibility in establishing the terms of performance retention awards, including the ability to establish different performance periods and performance objectives. See Note 20 "Employee Benefit Plans" to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this 10-K for greater detail about the Performance Retention Plan.

        The Company's compensation expense for 2007 was in the form of performance retention awards and the awards that were made in 2007 vest over a four year period. The Company recognized approximately $0.2 million of expense for performance retention awards in 2007.

         Information on Residential Mortgage Backed Securities ("RMBS"), Subprime RMBS, Collateralized Debt Obligations of Asset Backed Securities ("CDOs of ABS") and Prime RMBS Exposures

Our Risk Management and Surveillance personnel are responsible for monitoring and reporting on all transactions in the insured portfolio. The primary objective of the surveillance process is to monitor trends and changes in transaction credit quality, detect any deterioration in credit quality and take such remedial actions as may be necessary or appropriate. All transactions in the insured portfolio are risk rated, and surveillance personnel are responsible for adjusting these ratings to reflect changes in transaction credit quality. In assessing the credit quality of our insured portfolio, we take into consideration a variety of factors. For RMBS exposures such factors include the amount of credit support or subordination benefiting our exposure, delinquency and loss trends on the underlying collateral, the extent to which the exposure has amortized and the year in which it was insured.

84


        The tables below provide information on the risk ratings and certain other risk characteristics of the Company's RMBS, subprime RMBS, CDOs of ABS and Prime exposures as of December 31, 2007:

Distribution by Ratings(1) of Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities by Category as of December 31, 2007

 
  December 31, 2007
 
 
  U.S.
  International
   
   
 
 
  Total Net Par
Outstanding

   
 
(dollars in millions)

  Prime
  Subprime
  Prime
  Subprime
  % of Total
 
Ratings(1):                                      
Super senior   $ 2,936   $ 3,533   $ 2,838   $   $ 9,306   $ 36.4 %
AAA     3,566     2,628     3,961     20     10,175     39.8 %
AA     386     531     204     4     1,125     4.4 %
A     1,162     11     200         1,372     5.4 %
BBB     1,432     224     102         1,758     6.9 %
Below investment grade     1,757     83             1,840     7.2 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total exposures   $ 11,238   $ 7,010   $ 7,305   $ 24   $ 25,577     100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Distribution of Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities by Category and by Year Insured as of December 31, 2007

 
  U.S.
  International
   
   
 
 
  Total Net Par
Outstanding

  % of Total
 
(dollars in millions)

  Prime
  Subprime(2)
  Prime
  Subprime
 
Year insured:                                    
2000 and prior   $ 96   $ 46   $ 78   $   $ 220   0.9 %
2001     5     27     225         258   1.0 %
2002     37     18     276         331   1.3 %
2003     90     313     113     18     534   2.1 %
2004     505     205 (2)   106     4     821   3.2 %
2005     1,724     107 (2)   1,288     0     3,119   12.2 %
2006     1,287     4,630 (2)   2,543         8,460   33.1 %
2007     7,494     1,663 (2)   2,675     2     11,834   46.3 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 11,238   $ 7,010   $ 7,305   $ 24   $ 25,577   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Distribution of U.S. Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities by Rating(1) as of December 31, 2007

 
(dollars in millions)

  Direct
Net Par
Outstanding

  %
  Reinsurance
Net Par
Outstanding

  %
  Total Net Par
Outstanding

  %
 
Ratings(1):                                
Super senior   $ 6,469   38.8 % $     $ 6,469   35.4 %
AAA     5,758   34.6 %   436   27.4 %   6,194   33.9 %
AA     778   4.7 %   139   8.7 %   917   5.0 %
A     1,003   6.0 %   169   10.6 %   1,172   6.4 %
BBB     1,123   6.7 %   534   33.5 %   1,657   9.1 %
Below investment grade     1,526   9.2 %   314   19.7 %   1,840   10.1 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 16,657   100.0 % $ 1,591   100.0 % $ 18,248   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
The Company's internal rating. The Company's scale is comparable to that of the nationally recognized rating agencies. The super senior category, which is not generally used by rating agencies, is used by the Company in instances where the Company's AAA-rated exposure has additional credit enhancement due to either (1) the existence of another security rated AAA that is subordinated to the Company's exposure or (2) the Company's exposure benefits from a different form of credit enhancement that would pay any claims first in the event that any of the exposures incurs a loss, and such credit enhancement, in management's opinion, causes the Company's attachment point to be materially above the AAA attachment point.

(2)
92% of the $6.4 billion in U.S. subprime RMBS exposure insured by Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Financial Guaranty Direct segment in 2004, 2005, 2006, and 2007 is rated AAA/Aaa.

85


Financial Guaranty Direct U.S. Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities Net Par Outstanding Underwritten Since January 1, 2004 by Rating(1) and Year of Issue as of December 31, 2007

(dollars in millions)

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Year Issued

  Super
Senior

  AAA Rated
  AA Rated
  A Rated
  BBB Rated
  BIG Rated
  Total
 
2003 and prior   $   $ 114   $   $   $ 196   $ 47   $ 357  
2004         311                     311  
2005     2,100     2,371         500     107     688     5,767  
2006     900     667     500         396         2,463  
2007     3,468     2,295     278     503     424     790     7,759  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 6,469   $ 5,758   $ 778   $ 1,003   $ 1,123   $ 1,526   $ 16,657  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

% of total

 

 

38.8

%

 

34.6

%

 

4.7

%

 

6.0

%

 

6.7

%

 

9.2

%

 

100.0

%

Distribution of Financial Guaranty Direct U.S. Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities by Rating(1) as of December 31, 2007

 
(dollars in millions)

  Prime
First Lien

  Prime Closed
End Seconds

  Prime
HELOC

  Alt-A
First Lien

  Subprime
First Lien

  Total Net Par
Outstanding

Ratings(1):                                    
Super senior   $ 780   $   $   $ 2,156   $ 3,533   $ 6,469
AAA     371     74     30     2,822     2,462     5,758
AA         278             500     778
A     500             503         1,003
BBB     716     104     107         196     1,123
Below investment grade             1,478         47     1,526
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total exposures   $ 2,366   $ 456   $ 1,616   $ 5,481   $ 6,738   $ 16,657
   
 
 
 
 
 

Distribution of Financial Guaranty Direct U.S. Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities by Rating(1) as of December 31, 2007

 
  Prime
First Lien

  Prime Closed
End Seconds

  Prime
HELOC

  Alt-A
First Lien

  Subprime
First Lien

 
Ratings(1):                      
Super senior   33.0 %     39.3 % 52.4 %
AAA   15.7 % 16.2 % 1.9 % 51.5 % 36.5 %
AA     61.0 %     7.4 %
A   21.1 %     9.2 %  
BBB   30.3 % 22.8 % 6.6 %   2.9 %
Below investment grade       91.5 %   0.7 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total exposures   100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
 

Distribution of Financial Guaranty Direct U.S. Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities by Year Insured as of December 31, 2007

(dollars in millions)

  Prime
First Lien

  Prime Closed
End Seconds

  Prime
HELOC

  Alt-A
First Lien

  Subprime
First Lien

  Total Net Par
Outstanding

Year insured:                                    
2004 and prior   $   $   $ 30   $ 165   $ 473   $ 668
2005     222         796     460     88     1,567
2006     896             68     4,600     5,564
2007     1,248     456     790     4,787     1,577     8,858
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 2,366   $ 456   $ 1,616   $ 5,481   $ 6,738   $ 16,657
   
 
 
 
 
 

Distribution of Financial Guaranty Direct U.S. Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities by Year Issued as of December 31, 2007

(dollars in millions)

  Prime
First Lien

  Prime Closed
End Seconds

  Prime
HELOC

  Alt-A
First Lien

  Subprime
First Lien

  Total Net Par
Outstanding

Year issued:                                    
2004 and prior   $   $   $ 30   $ 165   $ 473   $ 668
2005     722         796     460     3,788     5,767
2006     396             167     1,900     2,463
2007     1,248     456     790     4,688     577     7,759
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 2,366   $ 456   $ 1,616   $ 5,481   $ 6,738   $ 16,657
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
The Company's internal rating. The Company's scale is comparable to that of the nationally recognized rating agencies. The super senior category, which is not generally used by rating agencies, is used by the Company in instances where the Company's AAA-rated exposure has additional credit enhancement due to either (1) the existence of another security rated AAA that is subordinated to the Company's exposure or (2) the Company's exposure benefits from a different form of credit enhancement that would pay any claims first in the event that any of the exposures incurs a loss, and such credit enhancement, in management's opinion, causes the Company's attachment point to be materially above the AAA attachment point.

86


Distribution of Financial Guaranty Direct U.S. Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities Issued January 1, 2005 or Later by Exposure Type, Average Pool Factor, Subordination, Cumulative Losses and 60+ Day Delinquincies as of December 31, 2007(1)

(dollars in millions)

U.S. Prime First Lien

 
  Net Par
Outstanding

  Pool Factor(2)
  Subordination(3)
  Cumulative
Losses(4)

  60+ Day
Delinquencies(5)

 
Year issued:                        
  2005   $ 722   81.6 % 3.5 % 0.01 % 1.1 %
  2006     396   77.7 % 3.2 % 0.0 % 0.1 %
  2007     1,248   97.4 % 7.4 % 0.001 % 0.5 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 2,366   89.7 % 5.7 % 0.01 % 0.7 %
   
 
 
 
 
 

U.S. Prime CES

 
  Net Par
Outstanding

  Pool Factor(2)
  Subordination(3)
  Cumulative
Losses(4)

  60+ Day
Delinquencies(5)

 
Year issued:                        
  2005   $   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A  
  2006       N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A  
  2007     456   96.4 % 37.9 % 1.1 % 7.8 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 456   96.4 % 37.9 % 1.1 % 7.8 %
   
 
 
 
 
 

U.S. Prime HELOC

 
  Net Par
Outstanding

  Pool Factor(2)
  Subordination(3)
  Cumulative
Losses(4)

  60+ Day
Delinquencies(5)

 
Year issued:                        
  2005   $ 796   44.0 % 0.6 % 3.4 % 10.2 %
  2006       N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A  
  2007     790   87.9 % 0.4 % 1.3 % 4.6 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 1,586   53.7 % 0.5 % 2.9 % 8.2 %
   
 
 
 
 
 

U.S. Alt-A First Lien

 
  Net Par
Outstanding

  Pool Factor(2)
  Subordination(3)
  Cumulative
Losses(4)

  60+ Day
Delinquencies(5)

 
Year issued:                        
  2005   $ 460   68.2 % 8.1 % 0.1 % 3.5 %
  2006     167   66.9 % 15.6 % 0.0 % 8.5 %
  2007     4,688   72.7 % 23.9 % 0.0 % 6.1 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 5,316   69.2 % 22.6 % 0.1 % 6.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
 

U.S. Subprime First Lien

 
  Net Par
Outstanding

  Pool Factor(2)
  Subordination(3)
  Cumulative
Losses(4)

  60+ Day
Delinquencies(5)

 
Year issued:                        
  2005   $ 3,788   44.3 % 52.4 % 1.3 % 29.9 %
  2006     1,900   69.1 % 31.6 % 1.2 % 26.1 %
  2007     577   64.1 % 40.0 % 1.5 % 23.8 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 6,265   58.8 % 39.4 % 1.3 % 26.6 %
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Subordination, cumulative loss, delinquency, and pool factor data is based on information obtained from Intex and/or provided by the trustee and may be subject to restatement or correction. The summary data provided here is based on the most recent reports available to Assured.

(2)
Pool factor is the percentage of net par outstanding at December 31, 2007 divided by the original net par outstanding of the transactions at inception.

(3)
Represents the sum of subordinate tranches and over-collateralization and does not include any benefit from excess interest collections that may be used to absorb losses. HELOC exposures currently generate excess spread of roughly 250-300 bps per year. The amount of future excess spread generated can fluctuate as a result of interest rate changes and other factors.

(4)
Cumulative losses are defined as net charge-offs on the underlying loan collateral divided by the original pool balance.

(5)
60+ day delinquencies are defined as loans that are greater than 60 days delinquent and also includes all loans that are in foreclosure, bankruptcy or REO divided by net par outstanding.

87


Financial Guaranty Direct Collateralized Debt Obligations of Asset-Backed Securities (CDOs of ABS)(1) Net Par Outstanding by Type of CDO, by Year Insured and by Collateral:

(dollars in millions)
 
 
   
   
  Type of Collateral as a Percent of Total Pool
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
  Ratings as of
Dec. 31, 2007

   
  Original
Sub-
ordination
Below
Assured

  Current
Sub-
ordination
Below
Assured

 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  CDOs of
Investment
Grade
Corporate

   
   
   
  Original
AAA
Sub-
ordination

 
Year
Insured

  Legal
Final
Maturity(2)

  Net Par
Outstanding

   
  RMBS
(Includes
Subprime)

  Comm.
MBS
(CMBS)(3)

  CDOs of
ABS

  Total
Collateral
Pool

  U.S.
Subprime
RMBS

 
  ABS
  S&P
  Moody's
 
CDOs of Mezzanine ABS(3):                                              
2001   2017   $ 116.9   0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % AAA   Aaa   25.1 % 25.1 % 30.1 %
2001   2016     60.9   0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % AAA   Aaa   28.1 % 28.1 % 39.0 %
2002   2017     137.6   0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % AAA   Aaa   24.6 % 24.6 % 32.2 %
2002   2017     121.6   0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % AAA   Aaa   22.1 % 22.1 % 25.9 %
2002   2017     90.0   0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % AAA   Aaa   35.0 % 35.0 % 47.3 %
2002   2017     76.6   0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % AAA   Aaa   24.0 % 24.0 % 30.8 %
2003   2018     131.3   0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % AAA   Aaa   20.0 % 20.0 % 24.2 %
2003   2038     84.2   0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % AAA   Aaa   23.0 % 38.0 % 47.4 %
2003   2018     51.6   0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % AAA   Aaa   63.0 % 63.0 % 66.4 %
2004   No CDO of ABS business written                                      
2005   No CDO of ABS business written                                      
2006   No CDO of ABS business written                                      
2007   No CDO of ABS business written                                      
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Subtotal:   $ 870.7   0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % 0 % 100 % 0 % AAA   Aaa   27.0 % 28.5 % 35.3 %
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

CDOs of High Grade ABS(4):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
No CDO of ABS business written                                              

CDOs of Pooled AAA ABS(5):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
2003   2010   $ 695.1   35 % 34 % 26 % 5 % 0 % 100 % 0 % AAA   Aaa   0.0 % 12.5 % 12.5 %
2003   2008     594.0   37 % 57 % 6 % 0 % 0 % 100 % 32 % AAA   Aaa   0.0 % 10.0 % 10.0 %
2004   No CDO of ABS business written                                      
2005   No CDO of ABS business written                                      
2006   No CDO of ABS business written                                      
2007   No CDO of ABS business written                                      
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Subtotal:   $ 1,289.1   36 % 45 % 17 % 3 % 0 % 100 % 15 % AAA   Aaa   0.0 % 11.3 % 11.3 %
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total:   $ 2,159.9   21 % 27 % 50 % 2 % 0 % 100 % 9 % AAA   Aaa   10.9 % 18.2 % 21.0 %
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
A "CDO of ABS" is a collateralized debt obligation (CDO) transaction whose collateral pool consists primarily of asset-backed securities (ABS), including mortgage—backed securities (MBS). ABS transactions securities generally represent an ownership interest in a trust that contains collateral supporting the notes. Those interests are divided into several tranches that can have varying levels of subordination, credit protection triggers and credit ratings.

(2)
"Legal Final Maturity" represents the final date for payment specified in the transaction documents and does not take into account prepayments that shorten the expected maturity and weighted average life.

(3)
"CDOs of Mezzanine ABS" is a market term that refers to transactions where the underlying collateral at issuance is comprised primarily of mezzanine tranches rated BBB or lower. The collateral underlying the Company's exposure to CDOs of Mezzanine ABS is comprised of mezzanine tranches of CMBS transactions and senior unsecured debt issued by commercial property REITs. The transactions to which the Company has exposure are static pools rather than actively managed transactions, and the collateral in these static pools was originated primarily in the period from 1997-2003. The collateral underlying the Company's exposure to CDOs of Mezzanine ABS had weighted average ratings, based on rating information as of December 31, 2007, as follows: 18% AAA, 7% AA, 11% A, 46% BBB and 18% below investment grade (BIG).

(4)
"CDOs of High Grade ABS" is a market term that refers to transactions where the underlying collateral at issuance is comprised of mezzanine tranches rated single-A or higher.

(5)
"CDOs of Pooled AAA ABS" is a market term that refers to transactions where the underlying collateral at issuance is comprised of the senior-most AAA rated securities. The Company's exposure to CDOs of Pooled AAA ABS was rated, based on rating information as of December 31, 2007: 100% AAA/Aaa.

88


Consolidated Results of Operations

        The following table presents summary consolidated results of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 
  Year Ended December 31,(1)
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Revenues:                    
Gross written premiums   $ 505.9   $ 325.7   $ 252.1  
Net written premiums     486.3     318.7     217.3  
Net earned premiums     232.0     206.7     198.7  
Net investment income     128.1     111.5     96.8  
Net realized investment (losses) gains     (1.3 )   (2.0 )   2.2  
Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments     (658.5 )   5.5     (3.5 )
Other income     0.5     0.4     0.2  
   
 
 
 
  Total revenues     (299.3 )   322.1     294.5  
   
 
 
 
Expenses:                    
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)     8.0     (6.6 )   (69.6 )
Profit commission expense     6.5     9.5     12.9  
Acquisition costs     43.2     45.0     45.3  
Operating expenses     79.9     68.0     59.0  
Interest expense     23.5     13.8     13.5  
Other expense     2.6     2.5     3.7  
   
 
 
 
  Total expenses     163.7     132.1     64.9  
   
 
 
 
(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes     (463.0 )   190.0     229.6  
(Benefit) provision for income taxes     (159.8 )   30.2     41.2  
   
 
 
 
  Net (loss) income   $ (303.3 ) $ 159.7   $ 188.4  
   
 
 
 
Underwriting gain by segment(2):                    
Financial guaranty direct   $ 22.1   $ 30.8   $ 26.1  
Financial guaranty reinsurance     61.6     30.0     111.4  
Mortgage guaranty     9.4     16.7     11.1  
Other     1.3     13.5     2.4  
   
 
 
 
Total   $ 94.5   $ 91.0   $ 151.1  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Some amounts may not add due to rounding.

(2)
2005 segment amounts had been adjusted to reflect 2006 operating expense allocations for comparability purposes.

        We organize our business around four principal business segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance, mortgage guaranty and other. There are a number of lines of business that we exited as part of our April 2004 IPO, which are included in the other segment. However, the results of these businesses are reflected in the above numbers. These businesses include equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance and auto residual value reinsurance.

89


    Net (Loss) Income

        Net (loss) income was $(303.3) million, $159.7 million and $188.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The decrease of $463.0 million in 2007 compared with 2006 was primarily due to the following factors:

    a $(658.5) million unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments in 2007 compared with a $5.5 million unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments in 2006, attributable to credit spreads widening in all asset classes including residential and commercial real estate and corporate collateral. This unrealized loss includes no credit losses. The 2007 amount also included a fair value gain of $8.3 million, pre-tax, related to Assured Guaranty Corp.'s committed capital securities. Net of related income taxes, the unrealized (loss) gain on derivative financial instruments, was $(480.0) million and $4.0 million for 2007 and 2006, respectively. With considerable volatility continuing in the market, this amount will fluctuate significantly in future periods.

    a $9.7 million increase in interest expense to $23.5 million in 2007 from $13.8 million in 2006, which reflects a full year of interest expense related to our Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures which were issued in December 2006, and

    an increase of $11.9 million in operating expenses to $79.9 million in 2007 from $68.0 million in 2006, mainly as a result of increased salary and employee related expenses due to staffing additions and merit increases. Also contributing to the increase was the amortization of restricted stock and stock option awards, due to new stock awards in 2007 and the related amortization as well as the accelerated vesting of these awards for retirement eligible employees as required by FAS 123R, which the Company adopted on January 1, 2006.

        Partially offsetting these negative factors were:

    an increase of $3.5 million in underwriting gain to $94.5 million in 2007 from $91.0 million in 2006,

    an increase of $16.6 million in net investment income to $128.1 million in 2007 from $111.5 million in 2006, which was primarily attributable to increased invested assets due to positive operating cash flows, and

    a $10.1 million reduction in our provision for income taxes in 2007 due to a reduction in our FIN 48 liability, which was reduced subsequent to the adoption of FIN 48, due to final regulations on the treatment of a tax uncertainty regarding the use of consolidated losses and as a result of the completion of an IRS audit of Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries.

        The decrease of $28.7 million in 2006 compared to 2005 was primarily due to the following factors:

    2006 net income included increased underwriting gains of $4.7 million, $5.6 million and $11.1 million from our financial guaranty direct, mortgage guaranty and other segments, respectively, compared with 2005. The $4.7 million increase in our financial guaranty direct segment was attributable to greater market penetration as we continued to implement our direct business strategy. The mortgage guaranty segment increase was primarily due to $4.7 million of net earned premiums recognized upon the termination of certain mortgage guaranty transactions during 2006. The increase of $11.1 million in our other segment was due to a greater amount of loss recoveries received in 2006 compared with 2005. Our financial guaranty reinsurance segment decreased $81.4 million in 2006 compared with 2005 primarily due to $71.0 million of loss recoveries in 2005. These loss recoveries resulted from reinsurance of financial guaranty policies that insured certain investments in securities issued by entities related to Commercial Financial Services, Inc. ("CFS").

90


    2006 net investment income increased $14.7 million compared with 2005 due to increasing investment yields during the year and with an increase in invested assets due to positive operating cash flows.

    2006 income tax expense decreased to $30.2 million compared with $41.2 million in 2005, as 2005 included $24.9 million of income tax expense related to the $71.0 million loss recoveries in 2005.

    Gross Written Premiums

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Gross Written Premiums

  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  ($ in millions)

Financial guaranty direct   $ 248.6   $ 189.2   $ 96.2
Financial guaranty reinsurance     251.0     123.9     98.0
Mortgage guaranty     2.7     8.4     25.7
   
 
 
Total financial guaranty gross written premiums     502.4     321.6     219.9
Other     3.5     4.1     32.2
   
 
 
  Total gross written premiums   $ 505.9   $ 325.7   $ 252.1
   
 
 

        Gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2007 were $505.9 million compared with $325.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $180.2 million, or 55%. Our 2007 financial guaranty direct segment increased $59.4 million due to an increase of $24.7 million in our U.S. public finance business, $24.6 million in our U.S. structured finance business and $10.1 million in our international infrastructure business. Our financial guaranty reinsurance segment increased $127.1 million in 2007 compared with 2006 primarily due to execution of a reinsurance transaction with Ambac Assurance Corporation ("Ambac") whereby we assumed a diversified portfolio of financial guaranty transactions, which resulted in gross written premiums of $143.2 million. Gross written premiums for 2007 in our mortgage guaranty segment decreased $5.7 million compared with 2006, primarily attributable to run-off of our quota share contracts and commutations executed in the latter part of 2006.

        Gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2006 were $325.7 million compared with $252.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $73.6 million, or 29%. Our 2006 financial guaranty direct results include upfront gross written premiums of $63.0 million from our international business. 2005 did not include any such premiums. Our U.S. public finance business contributed $35.6 million in upfront gross written premiums for 2006 compared with $20.0 million for the same period last year. Our financial guaranty reinsurance segment increased $25.9 million in 2006 compared with 2005 due to increased upfront treaty and facultative assumed premiums in 2006, whereas 2005 had more installment treaty premiums. In addition, in 2005, Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA") reassumed from Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. ("AG Re") $18.4 million of healthcare related business ("FSA transaction"). Gross written premiums for 2006 in our mortgage guaranty segment decreased $17.3 million compared with 2005, primarily attributable to a single transaction executed in 2005 which contributed $16.3 million to gross written premiums.

91


    Net Earned Premiums

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Net Earned Premiums

  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  ($ in millions)

Financial guaranty direct   $ 125.5   $ 89.7   $ 74.5
Financial guaranty reinsurance     88.9     94.4     105.6
Mortgage guaranty     17.5     22.7     18.6
   
 
 
Total financial guaranty net earned premiums     232.0     206.7     198.7
Other            
   
 
 
  Total net earned premiums   $ 232.0   $ 206.7   $ 198.7
   
 
 

        Net earned premiums for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased $25.3 million, or 12%, compared with the year ended December 31, 2006. Net earned premiums from our financial guaranty direct operations increased to $125.5 million in 2007 compared with $89.7 million in 2006 due to the continued growth of our in-force book of business, resulting in increased net earned premiums, and to public finance refundings which were $2.8 million in 2007. 2006 and 2005 had no earned premiums from public finance refundings in the financial guaranty direct segment. The decreases in net earned premiums in the financial guaranty reinsurance and mortgage guaranty segments in 2007 compared to 2006 were primarily related to the non-renewal and expiration of certain treaties.

        Net earned premiums for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased $8.0 million, or 4%, compared with the year ended December 31, 2005. Net earned premiums from our financial guaranty direct operations increased to $89.7 million in 2006 compared with $74.5 million in 2005, as our direct written premiums have increased as a result of greater market penetration, resulting in increased net earned premiums. Our financial guaranty reinsurance segment decreased $11.2 million in 2006 compared with 2005 due to the non-renewal of certain treaties in 2004 and 2006.

    Net Investment Income

        Net investment income was $128.1 million, $111.5 million and $96.8 million and had pre-tax yields to maturity of 5.0%, 5.1% and 4.9% for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase in net investment income in 2007 compared with 2006 was mainly due to increased invested assets due to positive operating cash flows. The increase in net investment income in 2006 compared with 2005 was due to increasing investment yields during the year, combined with increased invested assets due to positive operating cash flows.

    Net Realized Investment (Losses) Gains

        Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and are credited or charged to income. Net realized investment (losses) gains, principally from the sale of fixed maturity securities, were $(1.3) million, $(2.0) million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company had no write downs of investments for other than temporary impairment losses in 2007, 2006 or 2005. Net realized investment (losses) gains, net of related income taxes, were $(1.3) million, $(1.5) million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

    Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Derivative Financial Instruments

        Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value as required by FAS 133, FAS 149 and FAS 155. However, as explained under "—Critical Accounting Estimates," we record part of the change in fair value in the loss and LAE reserves as well as in unearned premium reserves. The fair value

92


adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2007 was a $658.5 million loss compared with a $5.5 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2006 and a $3.5 million loss for the same period in 2005. The change in fair value for 2007 was attributable to spreads widening and includes no credit losses. For the year ended 2007, approximately 45% of the Company's unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments was due to a decline in the market value of high yield and investment grade corporate collateralized loan obligation transactions, with the balance generated by lower market values principally in the residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities markets. Changes in the fair value of our derivative contracts do not reflect actual claims or credit losses, and have no impact on the Company's claims-paying resources, rating agency capital or regulatory capital positions. With considerable volatility continuing in the market, the fair value adjustment amount will fluctuate significantly in future periods. The 2007 amount also included a fair value gain of $8.3 million, pre-tax, related to Assured Guaranty Corp.'s committed capital securities. The fair value change of $5.5 million for 2006 was related to many factors but primarily due to run-off of transactions and tightening in credit spreads. The 2005 loss of $3.5 million primarily relates to the run-off of transactions and a slight widening in investment grade corporate spreads. Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments, net of related income taxes, were $(480.0) million, $4.0 million and $(3.3) million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

        The gain or loss created by the estimated fair value adjustment will rise or fall based on estimated market pricing and may not be an indication of ultimate claims. Fair value is defined as the amount at which an asset or liability could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties. We enter into credit derivative contracts which require us to make payments upon the occurrence of certain defined credit events relating to an underlying obligation (generally a fixed income obligation). The Company's credit derivative exposures are substantially similar to its financial guaranty insurance contracts and provide for credit protection against payment default. They are contracts that are generally held to maturity. The unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments will amortize to zero as the exposure approaches its maturity date, unless there is a payment default on the exposure.

    Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses (Recoveries)

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses (Recoveries)

 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Financial guaranty direct   $ 32.6   $ (2.0 ) $ (2.2 )
Financial guaranty reinsurance     (24.1 )   13.1     (61.3 )
Mortgage guaranty     0.6     (4.4 )   (3.7 )
   
 
 
 
Total financial guaranty loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)     9.2     6.7     (67.2 )
Other     (1.3 )   (13.5 )   (2.4 )
   
 
 
 
  Total loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)   $ 8.0   $ (6.8 ) $ (69.6 )
   
 
 
 

        Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $8.0 million, $(6.8) million and $(69.6) million, respectively. In 2007, loss and LAE for the financial guaranty direct segment included a $2.4 million case reserve increase and a $30.2 million portfolio reserve increase, primarily attributable to downgrades of transactions in our CMC list related to the subprime mortgage market, particularly U.S. home equity line of credit ("HELOC") exposures. Portfolio reserves also increased as a result of growth in new business and management's annual updating of rating agency default statistics used in the portfolio reserving model. The financial guaranty reinsurance segment had a $(24.1) million loss benefit principally due to the restructuring of a

93



European infrastructure transaction, as well as loss recoveries and increases in salvage reserves for aircraft-related transactions. The other segment had loss recoveries of $1.3 million.

        In 2006, the financial guaranty direct segment had loss and loss adjustment expenses of $(2.0) million mainly due to a $4.8 million release of portfolio reserves primarily as a result of the early termination of 20 swap transactions based on the counterparties right to terminate and transaction run-off offset by an increase of $4.5 million associated with the increase in net earned premiums and downgrades of a sub-prime mortgage transaction. 2006 case loss reserves include a net recovery of $1.6 million relating to the settlement of a sub-prime mortgage transaction. The financial guaranty reinsurance segment had loss and loss adjustment expenses of $13.1 million due to $6.8 million of net case loss and LAE reserve additions, primarily related to the ratings downgrade of a U.S. public infrastructure transaction as well as other asset backed securities and a $1.6 million write-down of expected litigation recoveries, reported from a cedant. These recoveries were established in 1998 from a bankruptcy estate. In addition, the Company increased portfolio reserves $6.2 million primarily due to the ratings downgrade of a European infrastructure transaction and management updating its rating agency default statistics, as part of our normal portfolio reserve process and due to the rating downgrade of various credits. The other segment includes $(13.5) million of loss recoveries from third party litigation settlements.

        Included in 2005 financial guaranty direct results, was a reduction of $7.0 million in portfolio reserves attributable to changes in credit quality and from continued runoff from maturing CDO exposures, as well as management updating its loss reserving data, as part of our normal portfolio reserve process, to include the most current rating agency default studies, primarily offset by $4.5 million of incurred case reserve activity. The financial guaranty reinsurance segment included $71.0 million in loss recoveries from a third party litigation settlement agreement, with two parties, relating to a reinsurance claim incurred in 1998 and 1999. This recovery was offset by an addition to loss reserves of $6.0 million, consisting of a $10.4 million addition to case reserves and a reduction of $4.4 million to portfolio reserves due to a reinsurance client ceding losses on two aircraft-related transactions. Our other segment in 2005 was impacted by the commutation and retrocession of certain lines of business that we no longer underwrite as well as a $2.4 million recovery related to the equity layer credit protection business.

    Profit Commission Expense

        Profit commissions, which are primarily related to our mortgage guaranty segment, allow the ceding company to share favorable experience on a reinsurance contract due to lower than expected losses. Expected or favorable loss development generates profit commission expense, while the inverse occurs on unfavorable loss development. Portfolio reserves are not a component of these profit commission calculations. In future years the primary component of profit commissions will be from the FSA transaction, discussed earlier. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 profit commissions were $6.5 million, $9.5 million and $12.9 million, respectively. The decreases in profit commission expense for both 2007 and 2006 were due to the run-off of mortgage guaranty experience rated quota share treaties, which have a large profit commission component. Also adding to the 2006 decrease was a particular financial guaranty reinsurance treaty, which contains a profit commission component, that had reduced net earned premiums associated with it in 2006. Not all treaties in our financial guaranty reinsurance segment have a profit commission component.

    Acquisition Costs

        Acquisition costs primarily consist of ceding commissions, brokerage fees and operating expenses that are related to the acquisition of new business. Acquisition costs that vary with and are directly related to the acquisition of new business are deferred and amortized in relation to earned premium. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, acquisition costs incurred were $43.2 million,

94


$45.0 million and $45.3 million, respectively. These amounts are consistent with changes in net earned premium from non-derivative transactions. The decrease of $1.8 million in 2007 compared with 2006, and the decrease of $0.3 million in 2006 compared with 2005, was primarily related to a greater portion of earned premium coming from our financial guaranty direct business, which has no ceding commission. There were no acquisition costs incurred in our other segment during 2007, 2006 and 2005.

    Operating Expenses

        For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, operating expenses were $79.9 million, $68.0 million and $59.0 million, respectively. The increases for 2007 compared with 2006, and 2006 compared with 2005, were mainly due to higher salaries and related employee benefits, due to staffing additions and merit increases. Also contributing to the increases was the amortization of restricted stock and stock option awards, due to new stock awards each year and the related amortization as well as the accelerated vesting of these awards for retirement eligible employees as required by FAS 123R, which the Company adopted on January 1, 2006.

    Interest Expense

        Interest expense was $23.5 million, $13.8 million and $13.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The 2007 amount was mainly comprised of $13.4 million of interest expense, net of amortization of our cash flow hedge, related to the issuance of our 7% Senior Notes ("Senior Notes") in May 2004 and $9.8 million of interest expense related to the issuance of our 6.40% Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures (the "Debentures") in December 2006. The coupon on the Senior Notes is 7.0%, however, the effective rate is approximately 6.4%, which reflects the effect of a cash flow hedge executed by the Company in March 2004. The 2006 amount included $13.4 million of interest expense, net of amortization of our cash flow hedge, on our Senior Notes and $0.3 million of interest expense on our Debentures. The interest expense for 2005 included $13.4 million of interest expense, net of amortization of our cash flow hedge, associated with our Senior Notes.

    Other Expense

        For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, other expenses were $2.6 million, $2.5 million and $3.7 million, respectively. For all years, the amounts reflect put option premiums associated with Assured Guaranty Corp.'s ("AGC") $200.0 million committed capital securities. In addition, 2005 included $2.0 million of investment banking fees associated with the committed capital securities.

    Income Tax

        For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, income tax (benefit) expense was $(159.8) million, $30.2 million and $41.2 million and our effective tax rate was 34.5%, 15.9% and 17.9% for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Our effective tax rates reflect the proportion of income recognized by each of our operating subsidiaries, with U.S. subsidiaries taxed at the U.S. marginal corporate income tax rate of 35%, UK subsidiaries taxed at the UK marginal corporate tax rate of 30%, and no taxes for our Bermuda holding company and subsidiaries. Accordingly, our overall corporate effective tax rate fluctuates based on the distribution of taxable income across these jurisdictions. 2007 included $(658.5) million of unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments, the majority of which was associated with subsidiaries taxed in the U.S., compared with a $5.5 million unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments in 2006. Additionally, during 2007, the IRS completed its audit of Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries for the 2002 through 2004 tax years, resulting in a $6.0 million reduction of our FIN 48 tax

95


liability. 2007 also included a $4.1 million reduction of the Company's FIN 48 liability, which was reduced subsequent to adoption of FIN 48, due to final regulations on the treatment of a tax uncertainty regarding the use of consolidated losses. Income tax expense in 2006 included $4.7 million related to the $13.5 million of loss recoveries from third party litigation settlements related to the equity layer credit protection business. Income tax expense in 2005 included $24.9 million related to the $71.0 million loss recoveries mentioned above, partially offset by a $7.8 million tax benefit from a transaction in which AGC and AG Re entered into a reinsurance agreement with FSA pursuant to which substantially all of FSA's financial guaranty risks previously ceded to AGC (the "Ceded Business") was assumed by AG Re. This agreement was effective as of January 1, 2005 and was consistent with the Company's IPO strategy of AGC ceasing to write new reinsurance business and transferring its existing reinsurance business to AG Re to optimize capital utilization. In connection with the transaction, AGC transferred liabilities of $169.0 million, consisting primarily of unearned premium reserves. Since this transaction transferred unearned premium reserve from AGC, a U.S. tax paying entity, to AG Re, a non-U.S. tax paying entity, the Company released a deferred tax liability related to differences between the book and tax carrying amounts of unearned premium reserves which resulted in a $7.8 million tax benefit.

Segment Results of Operations

        Our financial results include four principal business segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance, mortgage guaranty and other. Management uses underwriting gains and losses as the primary measure of each segment's financial performance. Underwriting gain includes net earned premiums, loss and loss adjustment expenses, profit commission expense, acquisition costs and other operating expenses that are directly related to the operations of our insurance businesses. This measure excludes certain revenue and expense items, such as net investment income, realized investment gains and losses, unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments, and interest and other expenses, that are not directly related to the underwriting performance of our insurance operations, but are included in net income.

    Financial Guaranty Direct Segment

        The financial guaranty direct segment consists of our primary financial guaranty insurance business and our credit derivative business. Financial guaranty insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due. Financial guaranty insurance may be issued to the holders of the insured obligations at the time of issuance of those obligations, or may be issued in the secondary market to holders of public bonds and structured securities. As an alternative to traditional financial guaranty insurance, credit protection on a particular security or issuer can also be provided through a credit derivative, such as a credit default swap. Under a credit default swap, the seller of protection makes a specified payment to the buyer of protection upon the occurrence of one or more specified credit events with respect to a reference obligation or a particular reference entity. Credit derivatives typically provide protection to a buyer rather than credit enhancement of an issue as in traditional financial guaranty insurance.

96


        The table below summarizes the financial results of our financial guaranty direct segment for the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Gross written premiums   $ 248.6   $ 189.2   $ 96.2  
Net written premiums     232.8     187.0     93.9  
Net earned premiums     125.5     89.7     74.5  
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)     32.6     (2.0 )   (2.2 )
Profit commission expense              
Acquisition costs     10.3     8.5     6.3  
Operating expenses     60.5     52.3     44.3  
   
 
 
 
Underwriting gain   $ 22.1   $ 30.8   $ 26.1  
   
 
 
 

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio

 

 

26.0

%

 

(2.2

)%

 

(2.9

)%
Expense ratio     56.4 %   67.8 %   67.8 %
   
 
 
 
Combined ratio     82.4 %   65.6 %   64.9 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
Gross Written Premiums

  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  ($ in millions)

Public finance   $ 126.0   $ 100.4   $ 21.1
Structured finance     122.6     88.8     75.1
   
 
 
  Total   $ 248.6   $ 189.2   $ 96.2
   
 
 

        The financial guaranty direct segment contributed $248.6 million, $189.2 million and $96.2 million to overall gross written premiums, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Gross written premiums in our financial guaranty direct operations increased $59.4 million in 2007 from 2006 primarily due to a $49.3 million increase in U.S. generated business, mainly from our upfront public finance and installment structured finance business, as we continue to execute our direct business strategy. The remainder of this increase was due to growth in our international business, which generated $83.5 million of gross written premiums in 2007 compared with $73.4 million in 2006. Our U.S. public finance business contributed $35.6 million in upfront gross written premiums for 2006 compared with $20.1 million for 2005.

        Generally, gross and net written premiums from the public finance market are received upfront, while the structured finance and credit derivatives markets have been received on an installment basis. The contribution of upfront premiums to gross written premiums were 49.7%, 52.4% and 21.1% of gross written premiums, or $123.5 million, $99.1 million and $20.3 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. In 2007, 2006 and 2005, installment premiums represented 50.3%, 47.6% and 78.9% of gross written premiums in this segment, or $125.1 million, $90.1 million and $75.9 million, respectively.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Net Written Premiums

  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  ($ in millions)

Public finance   $ 115.3   $ 100.4   $ 21.1
Structured finance     117.5     86.6     72.8
   
 
 
Total   $ 232.8   $ 187.0   $ 93.9
   
 
 

97


        For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, net written premiums were $232.8 million, $187.0 million and $93.9 million, respectively. The variances in net written premiums are consistent with the variances in gross written premiums as we typically retain a substantial portion of this business.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Net Earned Premiums

  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  ($ in millions)

Public finance   $ 16.2   $ 6.7   $ 2.2
Structured finance     109.3     83.0     72.3
   
 
 
Total   $ 125.5   $ 89.7   $ 74.5
   
 
 
Included in public finance direct net earned premiums are refundings of:   $ 2.8   $   $

        Net earned premiums for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, were $125.5 million, $89.7 million and $74.5 million, respectively. Net earned premiums increased $35.8 million in 2007 from 2006 due to the continued growth in our in-force book of business. Included in 2007 financial guaranty direct net earned premiums were $2.8 million of public finance refundings, which reflect the unscheduled pre-payment or refundings of underlying municipal bonds. These unscheduled refundings are sensitive to market interest rates. There were no unscheduled refundings in 2006 and 2005. The increase of $15.2 million in net earned premiums in 2006 compared with 2005 reflected our increased market penetration, which had generated additional net written premiums and in-force business. These components contributed to the increased net earned premium.

        Loss and loss adjustment expenses were $32.6 million, $(2.0) million and $(2.2) million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Our loss and loss adjustment expenses are affected by changes in the mix, size and credit trends in our book of business, and by changes in our reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses for prior periods. The loss ratios for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were 26.0%, (2.2)% and (2.9)%, respectively. Included in 2007 was a $2.4 million case reserve increase and a $30.2 million portfolio reserve increase, primarily attributable to downgrades of transactions in our CMC list, including U.S. home equity line of credit exposures, as well as growth in new business and management's annual updating of rating agency default statistics used in the portfolio reserving model.

        A $(4.8) million release of portfolio reserves included in 2006 was primarily as a result of the early termination of 20 swap transactions based on the counterparties right to terminate and transaction run-off offset by an increase of $4.5 million associated with the increase in par in force and related net earned premiums and downgrades to sub-prime mortgage transactions. Case loss reserves for 2006 included a net recovery of $(1.6) million relating to the settlement of a sub-prime mortgage transaction.

        For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, acquisition costs incurred were $10.3 million, $8.5 million and $6.3 million, respectively. The changes in acquisition costs incurred over the periods are directly related to changes in net earned premiums from non-derivative transactions.

        Operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $60.5 million, $52.3 million and $44.3 million, respectively. During 2006, the Company implemented a new operating expense allocation methodology to more closely allocate expenses to the individual operating segments. This new methodology was based on a comprehensive study and was based on departmental time estimates and headcount. 2005 amounts had been reclassified to show this new methodology on a comparative basis. The increases in operating expenses for both 2007 and 2006 were attributable to increased staff additions and merit increases as well as the increase in the amortization of restricted stock and stock option awards, primarily due to the accelerated vesting of these awards for retirement eligible employees as required by FAS 123R, which the Company adopted on January 1, 2006.

98


    Financial Guaranty Reinsurance Segment

        In our financial guaranty reinsurance business, we assume all or a portion of risk undertaken by other insurance companies that provide financial guaranty protection. The financial guaranty reinsurance business consists of public finance and structured finance reinsurance lines. Premiums on public finance are typically written upfront and earned over the life of the policy, and premiums on structured finance are typically written on an installment basis and earned ratably over the installment period.

        The table below summarizes the financial results of our financial guaranty reinsurance segment for the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Gross written premiums   $ 251.0   $ 123.9   $ 98.0  
Net written premiums     250.8     123.2     97.8  
Net earned premiums     88.9     94.4     105.6  
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)     (24.1 )   13.1     (61.3 )
Profit commission expense     2.7     2.7     4.8  
Acquisition costs     31.3     34.1     36.9  
Operating expenses     17.3     14.5     13.8  
   
 
 
 
Underwriting gain   $ 61.6   $ 30.0   $ 111.4  
   
 
 
 

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio

 

 

(27.1

)%

 

13.9

%

 

(58.1

)%
Expense ratio     57.7 %   54.3 %   52.5 %
   
 
 
 
Combined ratio     30.6 %   68.2 %   (5.6 )%
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
Gross Written Premiums

  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  ($ in millions)

Public finance   $ 207.8   $ 92.2   $ 62.9
Structured finance     43.2     31.7     35.1
   
 
 
  Total   $ 251.0   $ 123.9   $ 98.0
   
 
 

        Gross written premiums for our financial guaranty reinsurance segment include upfront premiums on transactions underwritten during the period, plus installment premiums on business primarily underwritten in prior periods. Consequently, this amount is affected by changes in the business mix between public finance and structured finance. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, 84%, 68% and 52%, respectively, of gross written premiums in this segment were upfront premiums and 16%, 32% and 48%, respectively, were installment premiums.

        Gross written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $251.0 million, $123.9 million and $98.0 million, respectively. 2007 gross written premiums increased $127.1 million, or 103%, compared with 2006 primarily due to execution of a reinsurance transaction with Ambac whereby we assumed a diversified portfolio of financial guaranty transactions, which resulted in gross written premiums of $143.2 million. The 2006 increase of $25.9 million, or 26%, compared with 2005 was attributable to greater facultative business, which was slightly offset by FSA reassuming $18.4 million of healthcare related reinsurance business from AG Re in 2005.

99


        The following table summarizes the Company's gross written premiums by type of contract:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Gross Written Premiums

  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  ($ in millions)

Treaty   $ 66.0   $ 82.4   $ 72.3
Facultative     185.0     41.5     25.7
   
 
 
  Total   $ 251.0   $ 123.9   $ 98.0
   
 
 

        The following table summarizes the Company's reinsurance gross written premiums by significant client:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Gross Written Premiums by Client

  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  ($ in millions)

Financial Security Assurance Inc.(1)   $ 58.6   $ 57.5   $ 45.3
Ambac Assurance Corporation(2)(3)     156.9     23.6     32.8
Financial Guaranty Insurance Company     17.5     21.1     10.5
MBIA Insurance Corporation     7.9     10.5     15.5
XL Capital Assurance Ltd.      10.0     10.4     5.0

      (1)
      2005 does not include $18.4 million of reassumed premiums related to the Company's healthcare business.

      (2)
      On April 20, 2005, Ambac provided notice of a non-renewal of the quota share treaty on a run-off basis, effective July 1, 2006.

      (3)
      In December 2007, the Company's reinsurance subsidiary, AG Re, reinsured a diversified portfolio of financial guaranty contracts totaling approximately $29 billion of net par outstanding from Ambac.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Net Written Premiums

  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  ($ in millions)

Public finance   $ 207.6   $ 91.5   $ 62.7
Structured finance     43.2     31.7     35.1
   
 
 
Total   $ 250.8   $ 123.2   $ 97.8
   
 
 

        For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, net written premiums were $250.8 million, $123.2 million and $97.8 million, respectively. The changes in all periods are consistent with the changes in gross written premiums because, to date, we have not retroceded a significant amount of premium to external reinsurers.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Net Earned Premiums

  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  ($ in millions)

Public finance   $ 62.8   $ 61.2   $ 57.0
Structured finance     26.1     33.2     48.6
   
 
 
Total   $ 88.9   $ 94.4   $ 105.6
   
 
 
Included in public finance reinsurance net earned premiums are refundings of:   $ 14.8   $ 11.2   $ 12.1

100


        For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, net earned premiums were $88.9 million, $94.4 million and $105.6 million, respectively. Net earned premiums decreased $5.5 million, or 6%, in 2007 compared with 2006. Public finance transactions traditionally have a longer weighted average life than structured finance transactions. Public finance net earned premiums also include refundings, which reflect the unscheduled pre-payment or refundings of underlying municipal bonds. These unscheduled refundings, which were $14.8 million in 2007, are sensitive to market interest rates. Excluding these refundings, our financial guaranty reinsurance segment net earned premiums decreased by $9.1 million in 2007 when compared with last year due to the non-renewal of certain treaties in 2004 and 2006. Net earned premiums, excluding refundings, decreased $10.3 million, or 11%, in 2006 compared with 2005, due to the non-renewal of certain treaties and change in mix of business. We evaluate our net earned premiums both including and excluding these refundings.

        Loss and LAE were $(24.1) million, $13.1 million and $(61.3) million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Our loss and LAE ratios for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were (27.1)%, 13.9% and (58.1)%, respectively. In 2007, the financial guaranty reinsurance segment had $(12.8) million of incurred losses due to the restructuring of a European infrastructure transaction, as well as losses incurred of $(17.7) million related to loss recoveries and increased salvage reserves for aircraft-related transactions. These benefits were partially offset by increases to case and portfolio reserves of $2.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively, for HELOC exposures. Portfolio reserves also increased $2.9 million as a result of management's annual updating of its rating agency default statistics. The 2006 loss and loss adjustment expenses included $6.8 million of net case loss and LAE reserve additions, primarily related to the rating downgrades of a U.S. public infrastructure transaction as well as other asset backed securities and a $1.6 million write-down of expected litigation recoveries, reported from a cedant. These recoveries were established in 1998 from a bankruptcy estate. In addition, the Company increased portfolio reserves $6.2 million primarily due to the ratings downgrade of a European infrastructure transaction and management updating its rating agency default statistics, as part of our normal portfolio reserve process and due to the rating downgrade of various credits. 2005 included $71.0 million in loss recoveries from a third party litigation settlement agreement, with two parties, relating to a reinsurance claim incurred in 1998 and 1999. This recovery was offset by an addition to loss reserves of $6.0 million, consisting of a $10.4 million addition to case reserves and a reduction of $4.4 million to portfolio reserves due to a reinsurance client ceding losses on two aircraft-related transactions. In addition, portfolio reserves were increased $2.8 million, due to credit downgrades causing movements in our closely monitored credit list and increased exposure to Hurricane Katrina.

        Profit commission expense was $2.7 million, $2.7 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Not all of our treaties have a profit commission component, however the changes in profit commission expense correspond with the net earned premium from a treaty which has a profit commission component.

        For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, acquisition costs incurred were $31.3 million, $34.1 million and $36.9 million, respectively. The changes in acquisition costs incurred over the periods are directly related to the changes in net earned premiums.

        Operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, were $17.3 million, $14.5 million and $13.8 million, respectively. During 2006, the Company implemented a new operating expense allocation methodology to more closely allocate expenses to the individual operating segments. This new methodology was based on a comprehensive study and was based on departmental time estimates and headcount. 2005 amounts had been reclassified to show this new methodology on a comparative basis. The increases in operating expenses for both 2007 and 2006 were attributable to increased staff additions and merit increases as well as the increase in the amortization of restricted stock and stock option awards, primarily due to the accelerated vesting of these awards for retirement eligible employees as required by FAS 123R, which the Company adopted on January 1, 2006.

101


    Mortgage Guaranty Segment

        Mortgage guaranty insurance provides protection to mortgage lending institutions against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans that, at the time of the advance, had a loan-to-value ratio in excess of a specified ratio. We primarily function as a reinsurer in this industry and assume all or a portion of the risks undertaken by primary mortgage insurers.

        The table below summarizes the financial results of our mortgage guaranty segment for the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Gross written premiums   $ 2.7   $ 8.4   $ 25.7  
Net written premiums     2.7     8.4     25.7  
Net earned premiums     17.5     22.7     18.6  
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)     0.6     (4.4 )   (3.7 )
Profit commission expense     3.8     6.8     8.0  
Acquisition costs     1.6     2.3     2.0  
Operating expenses     2.0     1.3     1.2  
   
 
 
 
Underwriting gain   $ 9.4   $ 16.7   $ 11.1  
   
 
 
 

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio

 

 

3.3

%

 

(19.4

)%

 

(19.9

)%
Expense ratio     42.9 %   45.7 %   60.3 %
   
 
 
 
Combined ratio     46.2 %   26.3 %   40.4 %
   
 
 
 

        Gross written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $2.7 million, $8.4 million and $25.7 million, respectively. The decrease in gross written premiums for 2007 compared with 2006 was primarily related to the run-off of our quota share treaty business as well as commutations executed in the latter part of 2006. The decrease in gross written premiums for 2006 compared with 2005 was primarily related to a single transaction executed in 2005 which contributed $16.3 million to gross written premiums. Excluding this item, gross written premiums decreased $1.0 million due to the run-off of our quota share treaty business.

        Net written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $2.7 million, $8.4 million and $25.7 million, respectively. This is consistent with gross written premiums, as we do not cede a significant amount of our mortgage guaranty business.

        For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, net earned premiums were $17.5 million, $22.7 million and $18.6 million, respectively. The decrease in net earned premiums in 2007 compared with 2006 reflected the run-off of our quota share treaty business as well as commutations executed in 2007 and the latter part of 2006. The increase of $4.1 million of net earned premiums in 2006 when compared with 2005, was due to $4.7 million of net earned premium recognized upon the terminations of mortgage guaranty transactions during 2006.

        Loss and loss adjustment expenses were $0.6 million, $(4.4) million and $(3.7) million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The loss and loss adjustment expense ratios for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were 3.3%, (19.4)% and (19.9)%, respectively. The loss and loss adjustment expense for 2007 was due to an increase in portfolio reserves as a result of management's annual updating of rating agency default statistics used in its portfolio reserving process. The 2006 result was primarily due to the Company releasing $4.1 million of IBNR reserves related to the settlement of the 1997 quota share treaty year. This release however, was offset by a corresponding increase in profit commission expense, discussed below. The 2005 amount was due to an IBNR release

102



of $4.4 million, offset by an increase in portfolio reserves of $0.7 million. The IBNR reduction was offset by increased profit commission expense discussed below.

        Profit commission expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $3.8 million, $6.8 million and $8.0 million, respectively. 2007 profit commission expense is mainly related to the commutation of two transactions during the latter part of the year. 2006 and 2005 included $4.1 million and $4.4 million of profit commission expense due to the settlement of the 1997 and 1996, respectively, quota share years, discussed above. Portfolio reserves are not a component of these profit commission calculations.

        Acquisition costs incurred for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $1.6 million, $2.3 million and $2.0 million, respectively. The changes in acquisition costs incurred are directly related to the changes in net earned premiums.

        Operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $2.0 million, $1.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively. During 2006, the Company implemented a new operating expense allocation methodology to more closely allocate expenses to the individual operating segments. This new methodology was based on a comprehensive study and was based on departmental time estimates and headcount. 2005 amounts had been reclassified to show this new methodology on a comparative basis. The increase in operating expenses for both 2007 and 2006 were attributable to increased salaries due to increased staff additions and merit increases as well as the increase in the amortization of restricted stock and stock option awards, primarily due to the accelerated vesting of these awards for retirement eligible employees as required by FAS 123R, which the Company adopted on January 1, 2006.

    Other Segment

        The other segment represents lines of businesses that we exited or sold as part of our IPO.

        The other segment had no earned premiums during 2007, 2006 or 2005. However, due to loss recoveries the other segment generated underwriting gains of $1.3 million, $13.5 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our liquidity, both on a short-term basis (for the next twelve months) and a long-term basis (beyond the next twelve months), is largely dependent upon: (1) the ability of our operating subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to us, (2) external financings and (3) net investment income from our invested assets. Our liquidity requirements include the payment of our operating expenses, interest on our debt, and dividends on our common shares. We may also require liquidity to make periodic capital investments in our operating subsidiaries. In the ordinary course of our business, we evaluate our liquidity needs and capital resources in light of holding company expenses, debt-related expenses and our dividend policy, as well as rating agency considerations. Based on the amount of dividends we expect to receive from our subsidiaries and the income we expect to receive from our invested assets, management believes that we will have sufficient liquidity to satisfy our needs over the next twelve months, including the ability to pay dividends on our common shares. Total cash paid in 2007, 2006 and 2005 for dividends to shareholders was $11.0 million, or $0.16 per common share, $10.5 million, or $0.14 per common share, and $9.0 million, or $0.12 per common share, respectively. Beyond the next twelve months, the ability of our operating subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends may be influenced by a variety of factors including market conditions, insurance and rating agencies regulations and general economic conditions. Consequently, although management believes that we will continue to have sufficient liquidity to meet our debt service and other obligations over the long term, it remains possible that we may be required to seek external debt or equity

103



financing in order to meet our operating expenses, debt service obligations or pay dividends on our common shares.

        We anticipate that a major source of our liquidity, for the next twelve months and for the longer term, will be amounts paid by our operating subsidiaries as dividends. Certain of our operating subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on their ability to pay dividends. See "Business—Regulation." The amount available at AGC to pay dividends in 2008 with notice to, but without the prior approval of, the Maryland Insurance Commissioner is approximately $40.0 million. Dividends paid by a U.S. company to a Bermuda holding company presently are subject to a 30% withholding tax. The amount available at AG Re to pay dividends or make a distribution of contributed surplus in 2008 in compliance with Bermuda law is $1,001.4 million. However, any distribution which results in a reduction of 15% of more of AG Re's total statutory capital, as set out in its previous years financial statements, would require the prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

        Liquidity at our operating subsidiaries is used to pay operating expenses, claims, payment obligations with respect to credit derivatives, reinsurance premiums and dividends to AGUS for debt service and dividends to us, as well as, where appropriate, to make capital investments in their own subsidiaries. In addition, certain of our operating companies may be required to post collateral in connection with credit derivatives and reinsurance transactions. Management believes that these subsidiaries' operating needs generally can be met from operating cash flow, including gross written premium and investment income from their respective investment portfolios.

        Net cash flows provided by operating activities were $385.9 million, $261.6 million and $177.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase in cash flows provided by operating activities in 2007 was due to significant amount of upfront premiums received in both our financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty reinsurance segments, partially offset by payments for income taxes.

        2006 operating cash flows were primarily due to upfront premium received in both our financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty reinsurance segments during 2006 and $13.5 million of loss recoveries from third party litigation settlements from business, which was exited in connection with the IPO.

        Operating cash flows for 2005 were primarily provided by $203.7 million of net premiums received and loss recoveries of $71.0 million, partially offset by tax payments of $40.0 million and a $34.4 million payment of funds held.

        Net cash flows used in investing activities were $(664.4) million, $(228.5) million and $(155.1) million during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These investing activities were primarily net (purchases) sales of fixed maturity investment securities during 2007, 2006 and 2005. The increase in 2007 was due to purchases of fixed maturity securities with the cash proceeds from the December 2007 public offering, as discussed below.

        Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities were $281.4 million, $(35.1) million and $(31.9) million during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. On December 21, 2007, the Company completed the sale of 12,483,960 of its common shares at a price of $25.50 per share. The net proceeds of the sale totaled approximately $303.8 million. The Company has contributed the net proceeds of the offering to its reinsurance subsidiary, AG Re. AG Re has used the proceeds to provide capital support in the form of a reinsurance portfolio transaction with Ambac Assurance Corp. for approximately $29 billion of net par outstanding, as well as to support the growth of AGC, the Company's direct financial guaranty subsidiary, by providing reinsurance. AG Re is AGC's principal financial guaranty reinsurer.

        On February 28, 2008, the Company entered into an investment agreement with an investment fund ("the Investor") affiliated with WL Ross & Co. LLC. Under this agreement, the Investor has

104



agreed to purchase from the Company $250,000,000 of common shares at a price equal to 97% of the average of (i) $22.43 and (ii) the average of the closing prices of the Company's common shares on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") on February 29, 2008 and March 3, 2008, provided that the initial price shall not be less than $21.76. The initial closing is subject to certain conditions including certain regulatory approvals. In addition, the Investor has granted the Company an option to cause the Investor to purchase from time to time common shares having an aggregate purchase price of up to $750,000,000. The purchase price per common share for such shares will be equal to 97% of the volume weighted average price of a common share on the NYSE for the 15 NYSE trading days prior to the applicable drawdown notice. The exercise of this option is subject to certain specified conditions, including approval of the Company's shareholders. The shares to be issued are subject to certain bye-law and contractual limits on voting. The Investor has also agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to certain standstill provisions and transfer restrictions. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be obligated to issue additional common shares to the Investor at a nominal value. The Company has also granted the Investor certain pre-emptive rights. The Company has also agreed to the appointment of Mr. Wilbur Ross to its Board of Directors.

        In addition, during 2007 we paid $11.0 million in dividends, $9.3 million for share repurchases, $2.0 million, net, under our option and incentive plans and $0.4 million in debt issue costs related to $150.0 million of Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures issued in December 2006.

        On May 4, 2006, the Company's Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for 1.0 million common shares. Share repurchases took place at management's discretion depending on market conditions. In August 2007 the Company completed this share repurchase program. During 2007 and 2006, we paid $3.7 million and $21.1 million to repurchase 0.2 million shares and 0.8 million shares of our Common Stock, respectively.

        On November 8, 2007, the Company's Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase program for up to 2.0 million common shares. Share repurchases will take place at management's discretion depending on market conditions. During 2007 we paid $5.6 million to repurchase 0.3 million shares of our Common Stock.

        During 2006 we paid $21.1 million for share repurchases, $10.5 million in dividends and $2.1 million of notes outstanding, which were issued in connection with the IPO, and related interest to subsidiaries of ACE.

        In December 2006, Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. ("AGUS"), a subsidiary of the Company, issued $150.0 million Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures (the "Debentures") due in 2066. The Debentures pay a fixed 6.40% rate of interest until December 15, 2016 and pay a floating rate based on three-month LIBOR plus a margin of 2.38% with quarterly resets thereafter. Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. used the proceeds to repurchase 5,692,599 of the Company's common shares from ACE Bermuda.

        During 2005, we paid dividends of $9.0 million, paid $3.9 million, net, under our stock award plans and paid $19.0 million to repurchase 1.0 million of our common shares under the Board of Directors authorized $25.0 million share stock repurchase program. Under the program we repurchased a total of 1.3 million common shares, over a two year period, at an average price of $18.69.

105


        The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2007:

 
  As of December 31, 2007
 
  Total
  Less Than
1 Year

  1-3
Years

  3-5
Years

  After
5 Years

 
  ($ in millions)

Senior Notes(1)   $ 568.3   $ 14.0   $ 28.0   $ 28.0   $ 498.3
Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures(1)     236.1     9.6     19.2     19.2     188.1
Operating lease obligations(2)     8.5     3.0     2.4     1.0     2.1
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses(3)     133.8     14.6     7.9     29.9     81.4
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 946.7   $ 41.2   $ 57.5   $ 78.1   $ 769.9
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
Principal and interest. See also Note 18 "Long-Term Debt" to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this 10-K.

(2)
Lease payments are subject to escalations in building operating costs and real estate taxes.

(3)
We have estimated the timing of these payments based on our historical experience and our expectation of future payment patterns. However, the timing of these payments may vary significantly from the amounts shown above, especially for our portfolio reserves.

    Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company did not have any significant off-balance-sheet arrangements that were not accounted for or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements.

    Credit Facilities

2006 Credit Facility

        On November 6, 2006, Assured Guaranty Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a $300.0 million five-year unsecured revolving credit facility (the "2006 credit facility") with a syndicate of banks, for which ABN AMRO Incorporated and Bank of America Securities LLC acted as lead arrangers. Under the 2006 credit facility, each of AGC, Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. ("AG (UK)"), AG Re, AGRO and Assured Guaranty Ltd. are entitled to request the banks to make loans to such borrower or to request that letters of credit be issued for the account of such borrower.

        Of the $300.0 million available to be borrowed, no more than $100.0 million may be borrowed by Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re or AGRO, individually or in the aggregate, and no more than $20.0 million may be borrowed by AG (UK). The stated amount of all outstanding letters of credit and the amount of all unpaid drawings in respect of all letters of credit cannot, in the aggregate, exceed $100.0 million.

        The 2006 credit facility also provides that Assured Guaranty Ltd. may request that the commitment of the banks be increased an additional $100.0 million up to a maximum aggregate amount of $400.0 million. Any such incremental commitment increase is subject to certain conditions provided in the agreement and must be for at least $25.0 million.

        The proceeds of the loans and letters of credit are to be used for the working capital and other general corporate purposes of the borrowers and to support reinsurance transactions.

        At the closing of the 2006 credit facility, (i) AGC guaranteed the obligations of AG (UK) under such facility, (ii) Assured Guaranty Ltd. guaranteed the obligations of AG Re and AGRO under such facility and agreed that, if the Company Consolidated Assets (as defined in the related credit

106


agreement) of AGC and its subsidiaries were to fall below $1.2 billion, it would, within 15 days, guarantee the obligations of AGC and AG (UK) under such facility, (iii) Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. guaranteed the obligations of Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re and AGRO under such facility and (iv) Each of AG Re and AGRO guarantees the other as well as Assured Guaranty Ltd.

        The 2006 credit facility's financial covenants require that Assured Guaranty Ltd. (a) maintain a minimum net worth of seventy-five percent (75%) of the Consolidated Net Worth of Assured Guaranty Ltd. as of the most recent fiscal quarter of Assured Guaranty Ltd. prior to November 6, 2006 and (b) maintain a maximum debt-to-capital ratio of 30%. In addition, the 2006 credit facility requires that AGC maintain qualified statutory capital of at least 75% of its statutory capital as of the fiscal quarter prior to November 6, 2006. Furthermore, the 2006 credit facility contains restrictions on Assured Guaranty Ltd. and its subsidiaries, including, among other things, in respect of their ability to incur debt, permit liens, become liable in respect of guaranties, make loans or investments, pay dividends or make distributions, dissolve or become party to a merger, consolidation or acquisition, dispose of assets or enter into affiliate transactions. Most of these restrictions are subject to certain minimum thresholds and exceptions. The 2006 credit facility has customary events of default, including (subject to certain materiality thresholds and grace periods) payment default, failure to comply with covenants, material inaccuracy of representation or warranty, bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, change of control and cross-default to other debt agreements. A default by one borrower will give rise to a right of the lenders to terminate the facility and accelerate all amounts then outstanding. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, Assured Guaranty was in compliance with all of those financial covenants.

        As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings under this facility.

        The 2006 credit facility replaced a $300.0 million three-year credit facility. No Letters of Credit were outstanding as of December 31, 2007. Letters of Credit for a total aggregate stated amount of approximately $19.6 million remained outstanding as of December 31,2006.

Non-Recourse Credit Facility

    AG Re Credit Facility

        On July 31, 2007 AG Re entered into a non-recourse credit facility ("AG Re Credit Facility") with a syndicate of banks which provides up to $200.0 million to satisfy certain reinsurance agreements and obligations. The AG Re Credit Facility expires in July 2014.

        The AG Re Credit Facility does not contain any financial covenants. The AG Re Credit Facility has customary events of default, including (subject to certain materiality thresholds and grace periods) payment default, failure to comply with covenants, material inaccuracy of representation or warranty, bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, change of control and cross-default to other debt agreements. If any such event of default were triggered, AG Re could be required to repay potential outstanding borrowings in an accelerated manner.

        As of December 31, 2007, no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings under the life of this facility.

    AGC Credit Facility

        AGC was party to a non-recourse credit facility ("AGC Credit Facility") with a syndicate of banks which provided up to $175.0 million specifically designed to provide rating agency qualified capital to further support AGC's claims paying resources. As of December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings under the life of this facility.

107


        AGC's failure to comply with certain covenants under the AGC Credit Facility could, subject to grace periods in the case of certain covenants, have resulted in an event of default. This could have required AGC to repay any outstanding borrowings in an accelerated manner.

        The AGC Credit Facility was terminated on July 31, 2007.

    Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures

        On December 20, 2006, AGUS issued $150.0 million of Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures (the "Debentures") due 2066 for net proceeds of $149.7 million. The Debentures are guaranteed on a junior subordinated basis by Assured Guaranty Ltd. The proceeds of the offering were used to repurchase 5,692,599 of Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s common shares from ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd., a subsidiary of ACE. The Debentures pay a fixed 6.40% rate of interest until December 15, 2016, and thereafter pay a floating rate of interest, reset quarterly, at a rate equal to 3 month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 2.38%. AGUS may elect at one or more times to defer payment of interest for one or more consecutive periods for up to ten years. Any unpaid interest bears interest at the then applicable rate. AGUS may not defer interest past the maturity date.

        On any date on which accrued interest through the most recent interest payment date has not been paid in full, whether because of an optional deferral or otherwise, AGUS and Assured Guaranty Ltd. will not, and will not permit any subsidiary to, declare or pay any dividends or any distributions on, or make any payments of interest, principal or premium, or any guarantee payments on, or redeem, repurchase, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment on, any of AGUS's or Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s capital stock, debt securities that rank equal or junior to the Debentures or the subordinated guarantees or guarantees that rank equal or junior to the Debentures or the subordinated guarantees, other than pro rata payments on debt securities that rank equally with the Debentures and the subordinated guarantees with certain exceptions.

        If AGUS has optionally deferred interest payments otherwise due on the Debentures, then following the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary of the commencement of a deferral period or (ii) a payment, during a deferral period, of current interest on the Debentures, AGUS and Assured Guaranty Ltd. must make commercially reasonable efforts to sell qualifying warrants and non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock. If such efforts are successful, AGUS must pay optionally deferred interest out of the net proceeds from the sale of such securities. AGUS cannot pay optionally deferred interest from sources other than the net proceeds from the sale of such securities. AGUS's and Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s obligation to make commercially reasonable efforts to sell qualifying warrants and non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock to satisfy AGUS's obligation to pay interest is subject to market disruption events and subject to certain caps, and does not apply if an event of default with respect to the Debentures has occurred and is continuing.

        In connection with the issuance of the Debentures, Assured Guaranty Ltd. and AGUS entered into a replacement capital covenant (the "Replacement Capital Covenant") in which Assured Guaranty Ltd. and AGUS covenanted that (i) AGUS will not redeem or repurchase the Debentures and (ii) Assured Guaranty Ltd. will not purchase the Debentures, in each case on or before December 15, 2046, except, subject to certain limitations, to the extent that the applicable redemption, repurchase or purchase price does not exceed a specified amount of proceeds from the sale, during the 180 days prior to the date of that redemption, repurchase or purchase, of common shares, rights to acquire common shares, and qualifying capital securities.

        Subject to the Replacement Capital Covenant, the Debentures may be redeemed in whole or in part, subject to minimum amounts outstanding, at any time, on or after December 15, 2016, at the cash redemption price of 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, together with any compounded interest, on such Debentures to the date of redemption (the "par redemption amount"). AGUS may redeem the Debentures prior to December 15,

108


2016, in whole but not in part, at a price equal to the greater of (i) the par redemption amount and (ii) the applicable make-whole redemption amount.

        The junior subordinated indenture governing the Debentures provides that only the following constitute events of default with respect to the Debentures that give a right to accelerate the amounts due under the Debentures: (i) default for 30 calendar days in the payment of any interest on the Debentures when such interest becomes due and payable (whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions); however, a default under this provision will not arise if AGUS has properly deferred the interest in connection with an optional deferral period, (ii) any non-payment of interest, whether due to an optional deferral or otherwise, that continues for 10 consecutive years without all accrued and unpaid interest (including compounded interest thereon) having been paid in full, such non-payment continues for 30 days and Assured Guaranty Ltd. fails to make guarantee payments with respect thereto, (iii) default in the payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, on the Debentures when due, or (iv) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, or receivership, whether voluntary or not. Failure to comply with covenants is not an event of default under the junior subordinated indenture for purposes of declaring an acceleration of payment of the Debentures.

Committed Capital Securities

        On April 8, 2005, AGC entered into separate agreements (the "Put Agreements") with each of Woodbourne Capital Trust I, Woodbourne Capital Trust II, Woodbourne Capital Trust III and Woodbourne Capital Trust IV (each, a "Custodial Trust") pursuant to which AGC may, at its option, cause each of the Custodial Trusts to purchase up to $50,000,000 of perpetual preferred stock of AGC (the "AGC Preferred Stock").

    Structure

        Each of the Custodial Trusts is a newly organized Delaware statutory trust formed for the purpose of (i) issuing a series of flex committed capital securities (the "CCS Securities") representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of such Custodial Trust; (ii) investing the proceeds from the issuance of the CCS Securities or any redemption in full of AGC Preferred Stock in a portfolio of high-grade commercial paper and (in limited cases) U.S. Treasury Securities (the "Eligible Assets"), (iii) entering into the Put Agreement with AGC; and (iv) entering into related agreements.

        Initially, all of the CCS Securities were issued to a special purpose pass-through trust (the "Pass-Through Trust"). The Pass-Through Trust is a newly created statutory trust organized under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act formed for the purposes of (i) issuing $200,000,000 of Pass-Through Trust Securities to qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) investing the proceeds from the sale of the Pass-Through Trust Securities in, and holding, the CCS Securities issued by the Custodial Trusts and (iii) entering into related agreements. Neither the Pass-Through Trust nor the Custodial Trusts are consolidated in Assured Guaranty's financial statements.

        Income distributions on the Pass-Through Trust Securities will be equal to an annualized rate of One-Month LIBOR plus 110 basis points for all periods ending on or prior to April 8, 2008, and thereafter distributions will be determined pursuant to a remarketing process (the "Flexed Rate Period") or pursuant to an auction process (the "Auction Rate Mode"). If the remarketing process fails and the auction process fails, the annualized rate will be One-Month LIBOR plus 250 basis points. Distributions on the CCS Securities and dividends on the AGC Preferred Stock will be determined pursuant to the same process.

109


    Put Agreement

        Pursuant to the Put Agreement, AGC will pay a monthly put premium to each Custodial Trust except (1) during any period when the AGC Preferred Stock that has been put to a Custodial Trust is held by that Custodial Trust or (2) upon termination of the Put Agreement. The put premium will equal the product of (A) the applicable distribution rate on the CCS Securities for the respective distribution period less the excess of (i) the Custodial Trust's stated return on the Eligible Assets for such distribution period (including any fees and expenses of the Pass-Through Trust) (expressed as an annual rate) over (ii) the expenses of the Custodial Trust for such distribution period (expressed as an annual rate), (B) the aggregate face amount of the CCS Securities of the Custodial Trust outstanding on the date the put premium is calculated, and (C) a fraction, the numerator of which will be the actual number of days in such distribution period and the denominator of which will be 360. In addition, and as a condition to exercising the put option under a Put Agreement, AGC is required to enter into a Custodial Trust Expense Reimbursement Agreement with the respective Custodial Trust pursuant to which AGC agrees it will pay the fees and expenses of the Custodial Trust (which includes the fees and expenses of the Pass-Through Trust) during the period when such Custodial Trust holds AGC Preferred Stock.

        Upon exercise of the put option granted to AGC pursuant to the Put Agreement, a Custodial Trust will liquidate its portfolio of Eligible Assets and purchase the AGC Preferred Stock and will hold the AGC Preferred Stock until the earlier of (i) the redemption of such AGC Preferred Stock and (ii) the liquidation or dissolution of the Custodial Trust.

110


        Each Put Agreement has no scheduled termination date or maturity, however, it will terminate if (1) AGC fails to pay the put premium in accordance with the Put Agreement, and such failure continues for five business days, (2) during the Auction Rate Mode, AGC elects to have the AGC Preferred Stock bear a fixed rate dividend (a "Fixed Rate Distribution Event"), (3) AGC fails to pay (i) dividends on the AGC Preferred Stock, or (ii) the fees and expenses of the Custodial Trust, for the related dividend period, and such failure continues for five business days, (4) AGC fails to pay the redemption price of the AGC Preferred Stock and such failure continues for five business days, (5) the face amount of a Custodial Trust's CCS Securities is less than $20,000,000, (6) AGC elects to terminate the Put Agreement, or (7) a decree of judicial dissolution of the Custodial Trust is entered. If, as a result of AGC's failure to pay the put premium, the Custodial Trust is liquidated, AGC will be required to pay a termination payment which will be distributed to the holders of the Pass-Through Trust Securities. The termination payment will be at a rate equal to 1.10% per annum of the amount invested in Eligible Assets calculated from the date of the failure to pay the put premium through the end of the applicable period.

        As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the put option had not been exercised.

    AGC Preferred Stock

        AGC Preferred Stock will be issued in one or more series, with each series in an aggregate liquidation preference amount equal to the aggregate face amount of a Custodial Trust's outstanding CCS Securities, net of fees and expenses, upon exercise of the put option. Unless redeemed by AGC, the AGC Preferred Stock will be perpetual.

        For each distribution period, holders of the outstanding AGC Preferred Stock of any series, in preference to the holders of common stock and of any other class of shares ranking junior to the AGC Preferred Stock, will be entitled to receive out of any funds legally available therefore when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of AGC or a duly authorized committee thereof, cash dividends at a rate per share equal to the dividends rate for such series of AGC Preferred Stock for the respective distribution period. Prior to a Fixed Rate Distribution Event, the dividend rate on the AGC Preferred Stock will be equal to the distribution rate on the CCS Securities. The Custodial Trust's expenses (including any expenses of the Pass-Through Trust) for the period will be paid separately by AGC pursuant to the Custodial Trust Expense Reimbursement Agreement.

        Upon a Fixed Rate Distribution Event, the distribution rate on the AGC Preferred Stock will equal the fixed rate equivalent of one-month LIBOR plus 2.50%. A "Fixed Rate Distribution Event" will be deemed to have occurred during the Auction Rate Mode when AGC Preferred Stock is outstanding, if: (1) AGC elects to have the AGC Preferred Stock bear dividends at a fixed rate, (2) AGC fails to pay dividends on the AGC Preferred Stock for the related distribution period and such failure continues for five business days or (3) AGC fails to pay the fees and expenses of the Custodial Trust for the related distribution period pursuant to the Custodial Trust Expense Reimbursement Agreement and such failure continues for five business days.

        During the Flexed Rate Period and for any period in which AGC Preferred Stock is held by a Custodial Trust, dividends will be paid monthly, except that during the Auction Rate Mode dividends will be paid every 49 days. Following a Fixed Rate Distribution Event, dividends will be paid every 90 days.

        Following exercise of the put option during any Flexed Rate Period, AGC may redeem the AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust in whole and not in part on any distribution payment date by paying a redemption price to such Custodial Trust in an amount equal to the liquidation preference amount of the AGC Preferred Stock (plus any accrued but unpaid dividends on the AGC Preferred Stock for the then current distribution period). If AGC redeems the AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust, the Custodial Trust will reinvest the redemption proceeds in Eligible Assets and, in accordance with the Put Agreement, AGC will pay the put premium to the Custodial

111



Trust. If the AGC Preferred Stock was distributed to holders of CCS Securities during any Flexed Rate Period then AGC may not redeem the AGC Preferred Stock until the end of such period.

        Following exercise of the put option during the Auction Rate Mode or at the end of any Flexed Rate Period, AGC may redeem the AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust in whole or in part (x) on the final distribution payment date of the applicable Flexed Rate Period and (y) on any distribution payment date in the Auction Rate Mode, by paying a redemption price to the Custodial Trust in an amount equal to the liquidation preference amount of the AGC Preferred Stock to be redeemed (plus any accrued but unpaid dividends on such AGC Preferred Stock for the then current distribution period). If AGC partially redeems the AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust, the redemption proceeds will be distributed pro rata to the holders of the CCS Securities and, if the Pass-Through Trust is the holder of CCS Securities, distributed by the Pass-Through Trust to holders of Pass-Through Securities (and a corresponding reduction in the aggregate face amount of CCS Securities and, if the Pass-Through Trust is the holder of CCS Securities, Pass-Through Trust Securities will be made); provided that AGC must redeem all of the AGC Preferred Stock if after giving effect to a partial redemption, the aggregate liquidation preference amount of the AGC Preferred Stock held by such Custodial Trust immediately following such redemption would be less than $20,000,000. If a Fixed Rate Distribution Event occurs, AGC may not redeem the AGC Preferred Stock for a period of two years from the date of such Fixed Rate Distribution Event.

    Investment Portfolio

        Our investment portfolio consisted of $2,587.0 million of fixed maturity securities, $552.9 million of short-term investments and a duration of 3.9 years as of December 31, 2007, compared with $2,331.1 million of fixed maturity securities, $134.1 million of short-term investments and a duration of 3.9 years as of December 31, 2006. Our fixed maturity securities are designated as available-for-sale in accordance with FAS No. 115 "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" ("FAS 115") Fixed maturity securities are reported at their fair value in accordance with FAS 115, and the change in fair value is reported as part of accumulated other comprehensive income. If we believe the decline in fair value is "other than temporary," we write down the carrying value of the investment and record a realized loss in our statement of operations.

        The following table summarizes our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2007:

 
  Amortized Cost
  Gross Unrealized Gain
  Gross Unrealized Loss
  Estimated Fair Value
 
  ($ in millions)

U.S. government and agencies   $ 297.4   $ 13.5   $   $ 311.0
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     1,043.0     38.6     (2.8 )   1,078.8
Corporate securities     179.4     4.8     (1.4 )   182.8
Mortgage-backed securities     859.7     9.9     (4.6 )   864.9
Asset-backed securities     68.1     0.3     (0.1 )   68.4
Foreign government securities     71.4     1.7         73.1
Preferred stock     7.9     0.2         8.1
   
 
 
 
  Total fixed maturity securities     2,526.9     69.1     (8.9 )   2,587.0
Short-term investments     552.9             552.9
   
 
 
 
  Total investments(1)   $ 3,079.8   $ 69.1   $ (8.9 ) $ 3,139.9
   
 
 
 

112


        The following table summarizes our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2006:

 
  Amortized Cost
  Gross Unrealized Gain
  Gross Unrealized Loss
  Estimated Fair Value(1)
 
  ($ in millions)

U.S. government and agencies   $ 256.5   $ 6.9   $ (1.4 ) $ 262.1
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     874.7     43.6     (0.9 )   917.4
Corporate securities     134.8     4.4     (1.2 )   138.1
Mortgage-backed securities     732.5     4.0     (9.8 )   726.6
Asset-backed securities     242.8     0.2     (0.9 )   242.1
Foreign government securities     45.1         (0.3 )   44.8
Preferred stock                
   
 
 
 
  Total fixed maturity securities     2,286.4     59.2     (14.5 )   2,331.1
Short-term investments     134.1             134.1
   
 
 
 
  Total investments(1)   $ 2,420.4   $ 59.2   $ (14.5 ) $ 2,465.1
   
 
 
 

      (1)
      Totals may not add across and down due to rounding.

        The amortized cost and estimated fair value of our available-for-sale fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

        See Note 9 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for more information on our available-for-sale fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.

 
  As of December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
($ in millions)
  Amortized Cost
  Estimated Fair Value
  Amortized Cost
  Estimated Fair Value
Due within one year   $ 11.7   $ 11.7   $ 25.1   $ 25.0
Due after one year through five years     357.6     364.8     396.7     399.3
Due after five years through ten years     382.5     396.9     340.8     349.8
Due after ten years     907.6     940.6     791.3     830.4
Mortgage-backed securities     859.7     864.9     732.5     726.6
Preferred stock     7.9     8.1        
   
 
 
 
Total(1)   $ 2,526.9   $ 2,587.0   $ 2,286.4   $ 2,331.1
   
 
 
 

      (1)
      Total may not add due to rounding.

        Fair value of the fixed maturity securities is based upon market prices provided by either independent pricing services or, when such prices are not available, by reference to broker or underwriter bid indications. Our investment portfolio does not include any non-publicly traded securities. For a detailed description of our valuation of investments see "—Critical Accounting Estimates."

        We review our investment portfolio for possible impairment losses. For additional information, see "—Critical Accounting Estimates."

113


        The following table summarizes the ratings distributions of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2007 and 2006. Ratings are represented by the lower of the Moody's and S&P classifications.

 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
AAA or equivalent   79.9 % 81.8 %
AA   15.6 % 13.5 %
A   4.5 % 4.7 %
   
 
 
Total   100.0 % 100.0 %
   
 
 

        As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, our investment portfolio did not contain any securities that were not rated or rated below investment grade.

        Short-term investments include securities with maturity dates equal to or less than one year from the original issue date. Our short-term investments are composed of money market funds, discounted notes and certain time deposits for foreign cash portfolios. Short-term investments are reported at cost, which approximates the fair value of these securities due to the short maturity of these investments.

        Under agreements with our cedants and in accordance with statutory requirements, we maintain fixed maturity securities in trust accounts for the benefit of reinsured companies and for the protection of policyholders, generally in states where we or our subsidiaries, as applicable, are not licensed or accredited. The carrying value of such restricted balances as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $936.0 million and $610.5 million, respectively.

Market Risk

        Market risk represents the potential for losses that may result from changes in the value of a financial instrument as a result of changes in market conditions. The primary market risks that impact the value of our financial instruments are interest rate risk, basis risk, such as taxable interest rates relative to tax-exempt interest rates, and credit spread risk. Each of these risks and the specific types of financial instruments impacted are described below. Senior managers in our surveillance department are responsible for monitoring risk limits and applying risk measurement methodologies. The estimation of potential losses arising from adverse changes in market conditions is a key element in managing market risk. We use various systems, models and stress test scenarios to monitor and manage market risk. These models include estimates made by management that use current and historic market information. The valuation results from these models could differ materially from amounts that actually are realized in the market. See "—Critical Accounting Estimates—Valuation of Investments."

        Financial instruments that may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates consist primarily of investment securities. The primary objective in managing our investment portfolio is generation of an optimal level of after-tax investment income while preserving capital and maintaining adequate liquidity. Investment strategies are based on many factors, including our tax position, fluctuation in interest rates, regulatory and rating agency criteria and other market factors. As of January 1, 2005 we have retained BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. to manage our investment portfolio. These investment managers manage our fixed maturity investment portfolio in accordance with investment guidelines approved by our Board of Directors.

        Financial instruments that may be adversely affected by changes in credit spreads consist primarily of Assured Guaranty's outstanding credit derivative contracts. We enter into credit derivative contracts which require us to make payments upon the occurrence of certain defined credit events relating to an underlying obligation (generally a fixed income obligation). The Company's credit derivative exposures are substantially similar to its financial guaranty insurance contracts and provide for credit protection against payment default, and are principally not subject to collateral calls due to changes in market

114



value. In general, the Company structures derivative transactions such that the method for making loss payments is similar to that for financial guaranty policies and only occurs as losses are realized on the underlying reference obligation. Nonetheless, credit derivative transactions are governed by International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. ("ISDA") documentation and may operate differently from financial guaranty policies. For example, our control rights with respect to a reference obligation under a credit derivative may be more limited than when we issue a financial guaranty policy. In addition, while our exposure under credit derivatives, like our exposure under financial guaranty policies, have been generally for as long as the reference obligation remains outstanding, unlike financial guaranty policies, a credit derivative may be terminated for a breach of the ISDA documentation or other specific events. In some older credit derivative transactions, one such specified event is the failure of AGC or AG Re to maintain specified financial strength ratings ranging from BBB- to AA-. If a credit derivative is terminated we could be required to make a mark-to-market payment as determined under the ISDA documentation. For example, if AGC's rating were downgraded to A, under market conditions at December 31, 2007, if the counterparties exercised their right to terminate their credit derivatives, AGC would have been required to make mark-to-market payments of approximately $70 million. As of December 31, 2007 we had pre-IPO transactions with approximately $1.9 billion of par subject to collateral posting due to changes in market value. Currently no collateral posting is required or anticipated for these transactions. Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are a function of changes in the estimated fair value of our credit derivative contracts. If credit spreads of the underlying obligations change, the fair value of the related credit derivative changes. Market liquidity could also impact valuations of the underlying obligations. As such, Assured Guaranty experiences mark-to-market gains or losses. We generally hold these derivative contracts to maturity. The unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments will amortize to zero as the exposure approaches its maturity date, unless there is a payment default on the exposure.

        The following table summarizes the estimated change in fair values on the net balance of Assured Guaranty's net structured credit default swap derivative positions assuming immediate parallel shifts in credit spreads at December 31, 2007:

        (Dollars in millions)

Credit Spreads
  Estimated Net Fair Value (Pre-Tax)
  Estimated Pre-Tax Change in Gain / (Loss)
 
December 31, 2007:              
100% widening in spreads   $ (1,488.4 ) $ (867.5 )
50% widening in spreads     (1,052.3 )   (431.4 )
25% widening in spreads     (833.9 )   (213.0 )
10% widening in spreads     (707.8 )   (86.9 )
Base Scenario     (620.9 )    
10% narrowing in spreads     (538.9 )   82.0  
25% narrowing in spreads     (411.1 )   209.8  
50% narrowing in spreads     (198.4 )   422.5  

        The impact of changes in credit spreads will vary based upon the volume, tenor, interest rates, and other market conditions at the time these fair values are determined. In addition, since each transaction has unique collateral and structure terms, the underlying change in fair value of each transaction may vary considerably. During 2007, Assured Guaranty incurred net mark-to-market losses on credit derivative contracts of $(666.9) million, pre-tax, related to high yield and investment grade corporate collateralized loan obligations ("CLOs"), as well as residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities exposures. The unrealized loss on derivatives resulted largely from the decline in fixed income security market prices resulting from higher credit spreads, primarily in the third and fourth quarters of 2007, due to the recent lack of liquidity in the High Yield CDO and CLO market as well as continuing market concerns over the most recent vintages of subprime residential mortgage-backed

115



securities, rather than from credit rating downgrades, delinquencies or defaults on securities guaranteed by the Company.

        See Item 7A, "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" for more information.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2006, the FASB issued FAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("FAS 157"). FAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FAS 157 applies to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, since the FASB had previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measure. Accordingly, FAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. FAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We have adopted FAS 157 effective January 1, 2008. FAS 157 is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 159, "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities" ("FAS 159"). FAS 159 allows entities to voluntarily choose, at specified election dates, to measure many financial assets and financial liabilities (as well as certain nonfinancial instruments that are similar to financial instruments) at fair value (the "fair value option"). The election is made on an instrument-by-instrument basis and is irrevocable. If the fair value option is elected for an instrument, FAS 159 specifies that all subsequent changes in fair value for that instrument shall be reported in the Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income. FAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity's first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. We adopted FAS 159 effective January 1, 2008. We did not apply the fair value option to any eligible items on our adoption date.

        In April 2007, the FASB Staff issued FASB Staff Position No. FIN 39-1, "Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39" ("FSP FIN 39-1"), which permits companies to offset cash collateral receivables or payables with net derivative positions under certain circumstances. FSP FIN 39-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted. FSP FIN 39-1 will not affect our results of operations or financial position, though it may affect the balance sheet classification of certain assets and liabilities.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 141 (revised), "Business Combinations" ("FAS 141R"). FAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree. FAS 141R also provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired in the business combination and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statement to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. FAS 141R is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim statements within those fiscal years. Early adoption is not permitted. Since FAS 141R applies prospectively to business combinations whose acquisition date is subsequent to the statement's adoption, FAS 141R is not expected to have an impact on our current results of operations or financial position.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51" ("FAS 160"). FAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. FAS 160 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim statements within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, FAS 160 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

        Information concerning quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk appears in Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" under the headings "—Critical Accounting Estimates—Valuation of Investments" and "Market Risk."

116


ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

 
  Page

Management's Responsibility for Financial Statements and Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

 

118

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

119

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006

 

120

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

121

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

122

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

123

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

124

117



Management's Responsibility for Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Financial Statements

        The consolidated financial statements of Assured Guaranty Ltd. were prepared by management, who are responsible for their reliability and objectivity. The statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, as such, include amounts based on informed estimates and judgments of management. Financial information elsewhere in this annual report is consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements.

        The Board of Directors, operating through its Audit Committee, which is composed entirely of directors who are not officers or employees of the Company, provides oversight of the financial reporting process and safeguarding of assets against unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition. The Audit Committee annually recommends the appointment of an independent registered public accounting firm and submits its recommendation to the Board of Directors for approval.

        The Audit Committee meets with management, the independent registered public accounting firm and the outside firm engaged to perform internal audit functions for the Company; approves the overall scope of audit work and related fee arrangements; and reviews audit reports and findings. In addition, the independent registered public accounting firm and the outside firm engaged to perform internal audit functions for the Company meet separately with the Audit Committee, without management representatives present, to discuss the results of their audits; the adequacy of the Company's internal control; the quality of its financial reporting; and the safeguarding of assets against unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition.

        The consolidated financial statements have been audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who were given unrestricted access to all financial records and related data, including minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and committees of the Board. The Company believes that all representations made to our independent registered public accounting firm during their audits were valid and appropriate.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        The management of Assured Guaranty Ltd. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        As of December 31, 2007, management has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in "Internal Control—Integrated Framework," issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, we have concluded that Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2007.

        The effectiveness of the Company's internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included in this Item under the heading "Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm."

/s/   DOMINIC J. FREDERICO       
Dominic J. Frederico
President and Chief Executive Officer
  /s/   ROBERT B. MILLS       
Robert B. Mills
Chief Financial Officer

118



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Assured Guaranty Ltd.:

        In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, of shareholders' equity and of cash flows, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the "Company") and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Responsibility for Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 8. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
February 28, 2008

119



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands of U.S. dollars except per share and share amounts)

 
  As of December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
Assets            

Fixed maturity securities, at fair value (amortized cost: $2,526,889 in 2007 and $2,286,373 in 2006)

 

$

2,586,954

 

$

2,331,071
Short-term investments, at cost which approximates fair value     552,938     134,064
   
 
  Total investments     3,139,892     2,465,135
Cash and cash equivalents     8,048     4,785
Accrued investment income     26,503     24,195
Deferred acquisition costs     259,298     217,029
Prepaid reinsurance premiums     17,049     7,500
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses     8,849     10,889
Premiums receivable     57,914     41,565
Goodwill     85,417     85,417
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments     17,584     52,596
Deferred income taxes     147,563    
Other assets     32,242     26,229
   
 
  Total assets   $ 3,800,359   $ 2,935,340
   
 

Liabilities and shareholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 
Unearned premium reserves   $ 908,349   $ 644,496
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses     133,845     120,600
Profit commissions payable     22,332     35,994
Reinsurance balances payable     4,136     7,199
Current income taxes payable     635     7,196
Deferred income taxes         39,906
Funds held by Company under reinsurance contracts     25,354     21,412
Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments     630,210     6,687
Senior Notes     197,408     197,375
Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures     149,738     149,708
Liability for tax basis step-up adjustment     9,893     14,990
Other liabilities     51,889     39,016
   
 
  Total liabilities     2,133,789     1,284,579
   
 
Commitments and contingencies            
Shareholders' equity            
Common stock ($0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized; 79,948,979 and 67,534,024 shares issued and outstanding in 2007 and 2006)     799     675
Additional paid-in capital     1,023,886     711,256
Retained earnings     585,256     896,947
Accumulated other comprehensive income     56,629     41,883
   
 
  Total shareholders' equity     1,666,570     1,650,761
   
 
  Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 3,800,359   $ 2,935,340
   
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

120



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income

(in thousands of U.S. dollars except per share amounts)

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
Revenues                    
Gross written premiums   $ 505,899   $ 325,670   $ 252,100  
Ceded premiums     (19,615 )   (6,998 )   (34,778 )
   
 
 
 
Net written premiums     486,284     318,672     217,322  
Increase in net unearned premium reserves     (254,304 )   (112,018 )   (18,596 )
   
 
 
 
  Net earned premiums     231,980     206,654     198,726  
Net investment income     128,092     111,455     96,836  
Net realized investment (losses) gains     (1,344 )   (1,994 )   2,248  
Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments     (658,535 )   5,524     (3,516 )
Other income     485     419     240  
   
 
 
 
  Total revenues     (299,322 )   322,058     294,534  
   
 
 
 
Expenses                    
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)     7,965     (6,756 )   (69,564 )
Profit commission expense     6,476     9,528     12,909  
Acquisition costs     43,244     44,974     45,302  
Other operating expenses     79,866     68,019     59,015  
Interest expense     23,529     13,772     13,520  
Other expense     2,623     2,547     3,731  
   
 
 
 
  Total expenses     163,703     132,084     64,913  
   
 
 
 
(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes     (463,025 )   189,974     229,621  
(Benefit) provision for income taxes                    
Current     12,383     18,644     45,477  
Deferred     (172,136 )   11,596     (4,304 )
   
 
 
 
Total (benefit) provision for income taxes     (159,753 )   30,240     41,173  
   
 
 
 
  Net (loss) income     (303,272 )   159,734     188,448  
   
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes                    
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on fixed maturity securities arising during the year     13,638     (7,533 )   (29,658 )
Reclassification adjustment for realized losses (gains) included in net income     1,327     1,458     (1,815 )
   
 
 
 
Change in net unrealized gains on fixed maturity securities     14,965     (6,075 )   (31,473 )
Change in cumulative translation adjustment     199     2,544     (1,237 )
Change in cash flow hedge     (418 )   (418 )   (418 )
   
 
 
 
  Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes     14,746     (3,949 )   (33,128 )
   
 
 
 
  Comprehensive (loss) income   $ (288,526 ) $ 155,785   $ 155,320  
   
 
 
 
(Loss) earnings per share:                    
  Basic   $ (4.46 ) $ 2.18   $ 2.55  
  Diluted   $ (4.46 ) $ 2.15   $ 2.53  
Dividends per share   $ 0.16   $ 0.14   $ 0.12  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

121



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
  Common
Stock

  Treasury
Stock Held
In Trust

  Additional
Paid-in
Capital

  Unearned
Stock Grant
Compensation

  Retained
Earnings

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

  Total
Shareholders'
Equity

 
Balance, December 31, 2004   $ 757   $ (7,850 ) $ 894,219   $ (6,729 ) $ 568,255   $ 78,960   $ 1,527,612  

Net income

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

188,448

 

 


 

 

188,448

 
Dividends ($0.12 per share)                     (9,012 )       (9,012 )
Restricted stock issuance, net     3         6,593                 6,596  
Common stock repurchases     (10 )       (19,004 )               (19,014 )
Share activity under option and incentive plans, net     (2 )       (3,874 )               (3,876 )
Tax benefit for stock options exercised             4,064                 4,064  
Vesting of common stock held in trust         7,850         (7,850 )            
Unearned stock grant compensation, net                 (177 )           (177 )
Change in cash flow hedge, net of tax of $(225)                         (418 )   (418 )
Change in cumulative translation adjustment                         (1,237 )   (1,237 )
Unrealized loss on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of $(9,107)                         (31,473 )   (31,473 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2005   $ 748   $   $ 881,998   $ (14,756 ) $ 747,691   $ 45,832   $ 1,661,513  

Net income

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

159,734

 

 


 

 

159,734

 
Dividends ($0.14 per share)                     (10,478 )       (10,478 )
Common stock repurchases     (65 )       (170,998 )               (171,063 )
Shares cancelled to pay withholding taxes     (1 )       (2,914 )               (2,915 )
Stock options exercises     1         2,544                 2,545  
Tax benefit for stock options exercised             170                 170  
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan             501                 501  
Reclassification due to adoption of FAS 123R     (10 )       (14,746 )   14,756              
Share-based compensation and other     2         14,701                 14,703  
Change in cash flow hedge, net of tax of $(225)                         (418 )   (418 )
Change in cumulative translation adjustment                         2,544     2,544  
Unrealized loss on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of $(861)                         (6,075 )   (6,075 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2006   $ 675   $   $ 711,256   $   $ 896,947   $ 41,883   $ 1,650,761  

Cumulative effect of FIN 48 adoption

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

2,629

 

 


 

 

2,629

 
Net loss                     (303,272 )       (303,272 )
Dividends ($0.16 per share)                     (11,048 )       (11,048 )
Common stock issuance, net of offering costs     125         303,696                 303,821  
Common stock repurchases     (4 )       (9,345 )               (9,349 )
Shares cancelled to pay withholding taxes     (2 )       (4,086 )               (4,088 )
Stock options exercises     1         1,501                 1,502  
Tax benefit for stock options exercised             183                 183  
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan             627                 627  
Share-based compensation and other     4         20,054                 20,058  
Change in cash flow hedge, net of tax of $(225)                         (418 )   (418 )
Change in cumulative translation adjustment                         199     199  
Unrealized gain on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of $402                         14,965     14,965  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2007   $ 799   $   $ 1,023,886   $   $ 585,256   $ 56,629   $ 1,666,570  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

122



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
Operating activities                    
Net (loss) income   $ (303,272 ) $ 159,734   $ 188,448  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash flows provided by operating activities:                    
  Non-cash interest and operating expenses     21,354     15,455     7,062  
  Net amortization of premium on fixed maturity securities     2,649     6,075     7,026  
  (Benefit) provision for deferred income taxes     (172,136 )   11,596     (4,304 )
  Net realized investment losses (gains)     1,344     1,994     (2,248 )
  Change in unrealized losses (gains) on derivative financial instruments     658,535     (5,524 )   3,516  
  Change in deferred acquisition costs     (42,269 )   (23,587 )   (7,088 )
  Change in accrued investment income     (2,308 )   (1,519 )   (752 )
  Change in premiums receivable     (16,349 )   (8,554 )   7,808  
  Change in prepaid reinsurance premiums     (9,549 )   4,978     2,726  
  Change in unearned premium reserves     263,853     107,347     15,878  
  Change in reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net     10,926     (2,927 )   (18,802 )
  Change in profit commissions payable     (13,662 )   (16,999 )   (8,678 )
  Change in funds held by Company under reinsurance contracts     3,942     2,226     (31,582 )
  Change in current income taxes     (6,346 )   10,371     1,559  
  Tax benefit for stock options exercised     (183 )   (170 )   4,064  
  Change in liability for tax basis step-up adjustment     (5,097 )   (5,139 )   (746 )
  Other     (5,582 )   6,217     13,470  
   
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities     385,850     261,574     177,357  
   
 
 
 
Investing activities                    
  Fixed maturity securities:                    
    Purchases     (1,054,591 )   (883,221 )   (956,803 )
    Sales     786,590     656,958     727,016  
    Maturities     24,724     16,495     14,675  
  (Purchases) sales of short-term investments, net     (421,112 )   (18,693 )   60,011  
   
 
 
 
Net cash flows used in investing activities     (664,389 )   (228,461 )   (155,101 )
   
 
 
 
Financing activities                    
  Net proceeds from common stock issuance     304,016          
  Repurchases of common stock     (9,349 )   (171,063 )   (19,014 )
  Dividends paid     (11,032 )   (10,458 )   (9,012 )
  Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan     627     501     356  
  Share activity under option and incentive plans     (2,584 )   (424 )   (4,267 )
  Tax benefit for stock options exercised     183     170      
  Net proceeds from issuance of Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures         149,708      
  Debt issue costs     (425 )   (1,500 )    
  Repayment of notes assumed during formation transactions         (2,000 )    
   
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities     281,436     (35,066 )   (31,937 )
Effect of exchange rate changes     366     548     (1,107 )
   
 
 
 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     3,263     (1,405 )   (10,788 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     4,785     6,190     16,978  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 8,048   $ 4,785   $ 6,190  
   
 
 
 
Supplemental cash flow information                    
Cash paid during the year for:                    
  Income taxes   $ 28,917   $ 9,386   $ 40,014  
  Interest   $ 23,677   $ 14,081   $ 14,000  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

123



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

1. Business and Organization

        On April 28, 2004, subsidiaries of ACE Limited ("ACE") completed an initial public offering ("IPO") of 49,000,000 of their 75,000,000 common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the "Company"), formerly AGC Holdings Ltd. Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s common shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "AGO". The IPO raised approximately $840.1 million in net proceeds, all of which went to the selling shareholders.

        On December 20, 2006, Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, completed the issuance of $150.0 million Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures and used the proceeds to repurchase 5,692,599 of the Company's common shares from a subsidiary of ACE. As of December 31, 2007 ACE owns approximately 24% of the Company's outstanding common shares.

        On December 21, 2007, the Company completed the sale of 12,483,960 of its common shares at a price of $25.50 per share. The net proceeds of the sale totaled approximately $303.8 million. The Company has contributed the net proceeds of the offering to its reinsurance subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. ("AG Re"). AG Re has used the proceeds to provide capital support in the form of a reinsurance portfolio transaction with Ambac Assurance Corp. for approximately $29 billion of net par outstanding, as well as to support the growth of Assured Guaranty Corp. ("AGC"), the Company's direct financial guaranty subsidiary, by providing reinsurance. AG Re is AGC's principal financial guaranty reinsurer.

        Assured Guaranty Ltd. is a Bermuda based holding company which provides, through its operating subsidiaries, credit enhancement products to the public finance, structured finance and mortgage markets. Credit enhancement products are financial guarantees or other types of support, including credit derivatives, that improve the credit of underlying debt obligations. Assured Guaranty Ltd. applies its credit expertise, risk management skills and capital markets experience to develop insurance, reinsurance and derivative products that meet the credit enhancement needs of its customers. Under a reinsurance agreement, the reinsurer, in consideration of a premium paid to it, agrees to indemnify another insurer, called the ceding company, for part or all of the liability of the ceding company under one or more insurance policies that the ceding company has issued. A derivative is a financial instrument whose characteristics and value depend upon the characteristics and value of an underlying security. Assured Guaranty Ltd. markets its products directly to and through financial institutions, serving the U.S. and international markets. Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s financial results include four principal business segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance, mortgage guaranty and other. These segments are further discussed in Note 23.

        Financial guaranty insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due. Financial guaranty insurance may be issued to the holders of the insured obligations at the time of issuance of those obligations, or may be issued in the secondary market to holders of public bonds and structured securities. A loss event occurs upon existing or anticipated credit deterioration, while a payment under a policy occurs when the insured obligation defaults. This requires the Company to pay the required principal and interest when due in accordance with the underlying contract. The principal types of obligations covered by the Company's financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty assumed reinsurance businesses are structured finance obligations and public finance obligations. Because both

124


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

1. Business and Organization (Continued)

businesses involve similar risks, the Company analyzes and monitors its financial guaranty direct portfolio and financial guaranty assumed reinsurance portfolio on a unified process and procedure basis.

        Mortgage guaranty insurance is a specialized class of credit insurance that provides protection to mortgage lending institutions against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans that, at the time of the advance, had a loan to value in excess of a specified ratio. Reinsurance in the mortgage guaranty insurance industry is used to increase the insurance capacity of the ceding company, to assist the ceding company in meeting applicable regulatory and rating agency requirements, to augment the financial strength of the ceding company, and to manage the ceding company's risk profile. The Company provides mortgage guaranty protection on an excess of loss basis.

        The Company has participated in several lines of business that are reflected in its historical financial statements but that the Company exited in connection with the IPO, including equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, and auto residual value reinsurance. These lines of business make up the Company's other segment.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

    Basis of Presentation

        The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"), which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. (See Notes 4 and 11 for discussion of significant estimates of derivatives and losses.)

        All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Certain items in the prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.

    Premium Revenue Recognition

        Premiums are received either upfront or in installments. Upfront premiums are earned in proportion to the expiration of the amount at risk. Each installment premium is earned ratably over its installment period, generally one year or less. Premium earnings under both the upfront and installment revenue recognition methods are based upon and are in proportion to the principal amount guaranteed and therefore result in higher premium earnings during periods where guaranteed principal is higher. For insured bonds for which the par value outstanding is declining during the insurance period, upfront premium earnings are greater in the earlier periods thus matching revenue recognition with the underlying risk. The premiums are allocated in accordance with the principal amortization schedule of the related bond issue and are earned ratably over the amortization period. When an insured issue is retired early, is called by the issuer, or is in substance paid in advance through a

125


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

refunding accomplished by placing U.S. Government securities in escrow, the remaining unearned premium reserves are earned at that time. Unearned premium reserves represent the portion of premiums written that is applicable to the unexpired amount at risk of insured bonds.

        In the Company's reinsurance businesses, the Company estimates the ultimate written and earned premiums to be received from a ceding company at the end of each quarter and the end of each year because some of the Company's ceding companies report premium data anywhere from 30 to 90 days after the end of the relevant period. Written premiums reported in the Company's statement of operations are based upon reports received from ceding companies supplemented by the Company's own estimates of premium for which ceding company reports have not yet been received. Differences between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which the actual amounts are determined.

    Investments

        The Company accounts for its investments in fixed maturity securities in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("FAS") No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" ("FAS 115"). Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, all investments in fixed maturity securities were designated as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income. The fair values of all the Company's investments are calculated from independent market valuations. The fair values of the Company's U.S. Treasury securities are primarily determined based upon broker dealer quotes obtained from several independent active market makers. The fair values of the Company's portfolio other than U.S. Treasury securities are determined primarily using matrix-pricing models. The matrix-pricing models incorporate factors such as tranche type, collateral coupons, average life, payment speeds, and spreads, in order to calculate the fair values of specific securities owned by the Company.

        The amortized cost of fixed maturity securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts computed using the effective interest method. That amortization or accretion is included in net investment income. For mortgage-backed securities, and any other holdings for which there is prepayment risk, prepayment assumptions are evaluated and revised as necessary. Any necessary adjustments required due to the resulting change in effective yields and maturities are recognized in current income.

        Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are determined using the specific identification method. Unrealized gains and losses on investments, net of applicable deferred income taxes, are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity. The Company has a formal review process for all securities in its investment portfolio, including a review for impairment losses. Factors considered when assessing impairment include:

    a decline in the market value of a security by 20% or more below amortized cost for a continuous period of at least six months;

126


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    a decline in the market value of a security for a continuous period of 12 months;

    recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by rating agencies;

    the financial condition of the applicable issuer;

    whether scheduled interest payments are past due; and

    whether the Company has the ability and intent to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for anticipated recoveries in fair value.

        If the Company believes a decline in the value of a particular investment is temporary, the decline is recorded as an unrealized loss on the balance sheet in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity. If the Company believes the decline is "other than temporary," the Company will write down the carrying value of the investment and record a realized loss in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. The Company's assessment of a decline in value includes management's current assessment of the factors noted above. The Company also seeks advice from its outside investment managers. If the Company's assessment changes in the future, the Company may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

        Short-term investments are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value. Short-term investments are those with original maturities of greater than three months but less than one year from date of purchase.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company classifies demand deposits as cash. Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

    Deferred Acquisition Costs

        Acquisition costs incurred, other than those associated with credit derivative products, that vary with and are directly related to the production of new business are deferred and amortized in relation to net earned premiums. Costs that are deferred and amortized include direct and indirect expenses such as commissions, brokerage expenses and costs of underwriting and marketing personnel. The Company's management uses judgment in determining what types of costs should be deferred, as well as the amount of these costs that should be deferred. The Company periodically conducts a study to determine the amount of operating costs that vary with, and are directly related to, the acquisition of new business and therefore qualify for deferral. Ceding commissions received on premiums ceded to other reinsurers reduce acquisition costs. Anticipated losses, loss adjustment expenses and the remaining costs of servicing the insured or reinsured business are considered in determining the recoverability of acquisition costs. Acquisition costs associated with credit derivative products are expensed as incurred. When an insured issue is retired early, is called by the issuer, or is in substance paid in advance through a refunding accomplished by placing U.S. Government securities in escrow, as

127


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

discussed above in the Premium Revenue Recognition section, the related deferred acquisition cost is expensed at that time.

    Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

        Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses for non-derivative transactions in the Company's financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty assumed reinsurance and mortgage guaranty business include case reserves and portfolio reserves. See Note 4. Derivatives, for more information on the Company's derivative transactions. Case reserves are established when there is significant credit deterioration on specific insured obligations and the obligations are in default or default is probable, not necessarily upon non-payment of principal or interest by an insured. Case reserves represent the present value of expected future loss payments and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE"), net of estimated recoveries, but before considering ceded reinsurance. This reserving method is different from case reserves established by traditional property and casualty insurance companies, which establish case reserves upon notification of a claim and establish incurred but not reported ("IBNR") reserves for the difference between actuarially estimated ultimate losses and recorded case reserves. Financial guaranty insurance and assumed reinsurance case reserves and related salvage and subrogation, if any, are discounted at the taxable equivalent yield on the Company's investment portfolio, which is approximately 6%, in all periods presented. When the Company becomes entitled to the underlying collateral of an insured credit under salvage and subrogation rights as a result of a claim payment, it records salvage and subrogation as an asset, based on the expected level of recovery. Such amounts are included in the Company's balance sheet within "Other assets."

        The Company records portfolio reserves in its financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty assumed reinsurance and mortgage guaranty business. Portfolio reserves are established with respect to the portion of the Company's business for which case reserves have not been established.

        Portfolio reserves are not established based on a specific event, rather they are calculated by aggregating the portfolio reserve calculated for each individual transaction. Individual transaction reserves are calculated on a quarterly basis by multiplying the par in-force by the product of the ultimate loss and earning factors without regard to discounting. The ultimate loss factor is defined as the frequency of loss multiplied by the severity of loss, where the frequency is defined as the probability of default for each individual issue. The earning factor is inception to date earned premium divided by the estimated ultimate written premium for each transaction. The probability of default is estimated from rating agency data and is based on the transaction's credit rating, industry sector and time until maturity. The severity is defined as the complement of recovery/salvage rates gathered by the rating agencies of defaulting issues and is based on the industry sector.

        Portfolio reserves are recorded gross of reinsurance. The Company has not ceded any amounts under these reinsurance contracts, as the Company's recorded portfolio reserves have not exceeded the Company's contractual retentions, required by said contracts.

        The Company records an incurred loss that is reflected in the statement of operations upon the establishment of portfolio reserves. When the Company initially records a case reserve, the Company

128


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


reclassifies the corresponding portfolio reserve already recorded for that credit within the balance sheet. The difference between the initially recorded case reserve and the reclassified portfolio reserve is recorded as a charge in the Company's statement of operations. Any subsequent change in portfolio reserves or the initial case reserves are recorded quarterly as a charge or credit in the Company's statement of operations in the period such estimates change. Due to the inherent uncertainties of estimating loss and LAE reserves, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in the Company's consolidated financial statements, and the differences may be material.

        The Company also records IBNR reserves for its other segment. IBNR is an estimate of losses for which the insured event has occurred but the claim has not yet been reported to the Company. In establishing IBNR, the Company uses traditional actuarial methods to estimate the reporting lag of such claims based on historical experience, claim reviews and information reported by ceding companies. The Company records IBNR for trade credit reinsurance within its other segment. The other segment represents lines of business that the Company exited or sold prior to the IPO.

        For mortgage guaranty transactions the Company records portfolio reserves in a manner consistent with its financial guaranty business. While other mortgage guaranty insurance companies do not record portfolio reserves, rather just case and IBNR reserves, the Company records portfolio reserves because the Company writes business on an excess of loss basis, while other industry participants write quota share or first layer loss business. The Company manages and underwrites this business in the same manner as its financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance business because they have similar characteristics as insured obligations of mortgage-backed securities.

        FAS No. 60, "Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises" ("FAS 60") is the authoritative guidance for an insurance enterprise. FAS 60 prescribes differing reserving methodologies depending on whether a contract fits within its definition of a short-duration contract or a long-duration contract. Financial guaranty contracts have elements of long-duration insurance contracts in that they are irrevocable and extend over a period that may exceed 30 years or more, but for regulatory purposes are reported as property and liability insurance, which are normally considered short-duration contracts. The short-duration and long-duration classifications have different methods of accounting for premium revenue and contract liability recognition. Additionally, the accounting for deferred acquisition costs ("DAC") could be different under the two methods.

        The Company believes the guidance of FAS 60 does not expressly address the distinctive characteristics of financial guaranty insurance, so the Company also applies the analogous guidance of Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue No. 85-20, "Recognition of Fees for Guaranteeing a Loan" ("EITF 85-20"), which provides guidance relating to the recognition of fees for guaranteeing a loan, which has similarities to financial guaranty insurance contracts. Under the guidance in EITF 85-20, the guarantor should assess the probability of loss on an ongoing basis to determine if a liability should be recognized under FAS No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies" ("FAS 5"). FAS 5 requires that a loss be recognized where it is probable that one or more future events will occur confirming that a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

129


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company is aware that there are certain differences regarding the measurement of portfolio loss liabilities among companies in the financial guaranty industry. In January and February 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") staff had discussions concerning these differences with a number of industry participants. Based on these discussions, in June 2005, the FASB staff decided additional guidance is necessary regarding financial guaranty contracts. On April 18, 2007, the FASB issued an exposure draft "Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts-an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 60" ("Exposure Draft"). This Exposure Draft would clarify how FAS 60 applies to financial guarantee insurance contracts, including the methodology to be used to account for premium revenue and claim liabilities. The scope of this Exposure Draft is limited to financial guarantee insurance (and reinsurance) contracts issued by insurance enterprises included within the scope of FAS 60. While certain provisions of the Exposure Draft are still being analyzed, management believes that the cumulative effect of initially applying the Exposure Draft, particularly with respect to revenue recognition and claims liability, could be material to the Company's financial statements. A final Exposure Draft is expected to be issued by the end of the first quarter 2008, with an anticipated effective date of January 1, 2009. Until a final pronouncement is issued, the Company intends to continue to apply its existing policy with respect to premium revenue and the establishment of both case and portfolio reserves.

    Profit Commissions

        Under the terms of certain of the Company's reinsurance contracts, the Company is obligated to pay the ceding company at predetermined future dates a contingent commission based upon a specified percentage of the net underwriting profits. The Company's liability for the present value of expected future payments is shown on the balance sheet under the caption, "Profit commissions payable". The unamortized discount on this liability was $0 and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

    Reinsurance

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company's insurance subsidiaries assume and retrocede business with other insurance and reinsurance companies. These agreements provide greater diversification of business and may minimize the net potential loss from large risks. Retrocessional contracts do not relieve the Company of its obligation to the reinsured. Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses includes balances due from reinsurance companies for paid and unpaid losses and LAE that will be recovered from reinsurers, based on contracts in force, and is presented net of any provision for estimated uncollectible reinsurance. Any change in the provision for uncollectible reinsurance is included in loss and loss adjustment expenses. Prepaid reinsurance premiums represent the portion of premiums ceded to reinsurers relating to the unexpired terms of the reinsurance contracts in force.

        Certain of the Company's assumed and ceded reinsurance contracts are funds held arrangements. In a funds held arrangement, the ceding company retains the premiums instead of paying them to the reinsurer and losses are offset against these funds in an experience account. Because the reinsurer is

130


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


not in receipt of the funds, the reinsurer earns interest on the experience account balance at a predetermined credited rate of interest. The Company generally earns interest at fixed rates of between 4% and 6% on its assumed funds held arrangements and generally pays interest at fixed rates of between 4% and 6% on its ceded funds held arrangements. The interest earned or credited on funds held arrangements is included in net investment income. In addition, interest on funds held arrangements will continue to be earned or credited until the experience account is fully depleted, which can extend many years beyond the expiration of the coverage period.

    Goodwill

        Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at least annually in accordance with FAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets". No such impairment was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 or 2005. See Note 5. Goodwill, for more information.

    Income Taxes

        Certain of the Company's subsidiaries are subject to U.S. income tax. In accordance with FAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes", deferred income taxes are provided for with respect to the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Such temporary differences relate principally to deferred acquisition costs, reserves for losses and LAE, unearned premium reserves, unrealized gains and losses on investments, unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments and statutory contingency reserves. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the deferred tax asset to that amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

    Earnings Per Share

        Basic earnings per share is calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year. In calculating diluted earnings per share, the shares issued are increased to include all potentially dilutive securities. All potentially dilutive securities, including nonvested restricted stock and stock options, are excluded from the basic earnings per share calculation. Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the applicable number of shares as described above. See Note 21. (Loss) Earnings Per Share, for more information.

    Share-Based Compensation

        Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for its share-based employee compensation plans under the measurement and recognition provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25") and related Interpretations, as permitted by FAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("FAS 123"). During the year ended December 31, 2005 the Company recorded no share-based employee compensation expense for options granted under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan") as all

131


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

options granted under that plan had exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. Also, during the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company recorded no compensation expense in connection with the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Stock Purchase Plan") as the purchase price of the stock was not less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Company's common stock at the beginning of each offering period or at the end of each purchase period. In accordance with FAS 123 and FAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure" ("FAS 148") the Company disclosed its net income and earnings per share in the notes to consolidated financial statements as if the Company had applied the fair value-based method in measuring compensation expense for its share-based incentive programs.

        Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of FAS No. 123 (revised), "Share-Based Payment" ("FAS 123R") using the modified prospective transition method. Under that transition method, compensation expense includes: (a) compensation expense for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of FAS 123, and (b) compensation expense for all share-based payments granted on or after January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of FAS 123R. See Note 20 for further discussion regarding the methodology utilized in recognizing share-based compensation expense.

    Variable Interest Entities and Special Purpose Entities

        The Company provides financial guarantees with respect to debt obligations of special purpose entities, including variable interest entities ("VIEs"). The Company's variable interest exists through this financial guaranty insurance or credit derivative contract. The transaction structure generally provides certain financial protections to the Company. This financial protection can take several forms, the most common are over-collateralization, first loss protection (or subordination) and excess spread. In the case of over-collateralization (i.e., the principal amount of the securitized assets exceeds the principal amount of the structured finance obligations guaranteed by the Company), the structure allows defaults of the securitized assets before a default is experienced on the structured finance obligation guaranteed by the Company. In the case of first loss, the financial guaranty insurance policy only covers a senior layer of losses of multiple obligations issued by special purpose entities, including VIEs. The first loss exposure with respect to the assets is either retained by the seller or sold off in the form of equity or mezzanine debt to other investors. In the case of excess spread, the financial assets contributed to special purpose entities, including VIEs, generate interest cash flows that are in excess of the interest payments on the debt issued by the special purpose entity. Such excess spread is typically distributed through the transaction's cash flow waterfall and may be used to create additional credit enhancement, applied to redeem debt issued by the special purpose entity (thereby creating additional over-collateralization), or distributed to equity or other investors in the transaction.

        There are two different accounting frameworks applicable to special purpose entities ("SPE"); the qualifying SPE ("QSPE") framework under FAS 140; and the VIE framework under Financial Interpretation ("FIN") 46R "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities". The applicable framework

132


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


depends on the nature of the entity and the Company's relation to that entity. The QSPE framework is applicable when an entity transfers (sells) financial assets to a SPE meeting certain criteria as defined in FAS 140. These criteria are designed to ensure that the activities of the entity are essentially predetermined in their entirety at the inception of the vehicle; decision making is limited and restricted to certain events, and that the transferor of the financial assets cannot exercise control over the entity and the assets therein. Entities meeting these criteria are not consolidated by the transferor or other counterparty, as long as the entity does not have the unilateral ability to liquidate or to cause it to no longer meet the QSPE criteria. SPEs meeting all of FAS 140's criteria for a QSPE are not within the scope of FIN 46 and as such, need not be assessed for consolidation. When the SPE does not meet the QSPE criteria, consolidation is assessed pursuant to FIN 46R. Under FIN 46R, a VIE is defined as an entity that is not assessed for consolidation by determining which party maintains a controlling financial interest. As such, a VIE (i) lacks enough equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, (ii) its equity owners lack the right to make significant decisions affecting the entity's operations, and (iii) its equity owners do not have an obligation to absorb or the right to receive the entity's losses or returns. FIN 46R requires a variable interest holder (e.g., an investor in the entity or a financial guarantor) to consolidate that VIE if that holder will absorb a majority of the expected losses of the VIE, receive a majority of the residual returns of the VIE, or both. The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by first performing a qualitative analysis of the VIE that includes, among other factors, its capital structure, contractual terms, which variable interests create or absorb variability, related party relationships and the design of the VIE. When qualitative analysis is not conclusive the Company performs a quantitative analysis. To date the results of the qualitative and quantitative analyses have indicated that the Company does not have a majority of the variability and as a result these VIEs are not consolidated in the Company's financial statements.

Qualifying Special Purpose Entities:

        During 2006, the Company issued a financial guaranty on financial assets that were transferred into a special purpose entity for which the business purpose of that entity was to provide a financial guarantee client with funding for their debt obligation. This entity met the characteristics of a QSPE in accordance with FAS 140. QSPEs are not subject to the requirements of FIN 46R and accordingly are not consolidated in the Company's financial statements. QSPEs are legal entities that are demonstrably distinct from the Company, and neither the Company, nor its affiliates or its agents can unilaterally dissolve the QSPE. The QSPE's permitted activities are contractually limited to purchasing assets, issuing notes to fund such purchases, and related administrative services. Pursuant to the terms of the Company's insurance policy, insurance premiums are paid to the Company by the QSPE and are earned in a manner consistent with other insurance policies, over the risk period. Any losses incurred would be included in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

        There were no such transactions during 2007 or 2005.

133


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued FAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("FAS 157"). FAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FAS 157 applies to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, since the FASB had previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measure. Accordingly, FAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. FAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We have adopted FAS 157 effective January 1, 2008. FAS 157 is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 159, "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities" ("FAS 159"). FAS 159 allows entities to voluntarily choose, at specified election dates, to measure many financial assets and financial liabilities (as well as certain nonfinancial instruments that are similar to financial instruments) at fair value (the "fair value option"). The election is made on an instrument-by-instrument basis and is irrevocable. If the fair value option is elected for an instrument, FAS 159 specifies that all subsequent changes in fair value for that instrument shall be reported in the Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income. FAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity's first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. We adopted FAS 159 effective January 1, 2008. We did not apply the fair value option to any eligible items on our adoption date.

        In April 2007, the FASB Staff issued FASB Staff Position No. FIN 39-1, "Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39" ("FSP FIN 39-1"), which permits companies to offset cash collateral receivables or payables with net derivative positions under certain circumstances. FSP FIN 39-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted. FSP FIN 39-1 will not affect the Company's results of operations or financial position, though it may affect the balance sheet classification of certain assets and liabilities.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 141 (revised), "Business Combinations" ("FAS 141R"). FAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree. FAS 141R also provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired in the business combination and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statement to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. FAS 141R is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim statements within those fiscal years. Early adoption is not permitted. Since FAS 141R applies prospectively to business combinations whose acquisition date is subsequent to the statement's adoption, FAS 141R is not expected to have an impact on our current results of operations or financial position.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51" ("FAS 160"). FAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. FAS 160 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after

134


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)


December 15, 2008, and interim statements within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, FAS 160 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

4. Derivatives

        Certain products (principally credit protection oriented) issued by the Company have been deemed to meet the definition of a derivative under FAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("FAS 133"), FAS No. 149,"Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("FAS 149") and FAS No. 155, "Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments" ("FAS 155"). These products consist primarily of credit derivatives. In addition, the Company issued a few index based derivative financial instruments prior to 2004. FAS 133, FAS 149 and FAS 155, which the Company adopted on January 1, 2007, establish accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives), and for hedging activities. FAS 133 and FAS 149 require that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and measure those instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as a fair value, cash flow or foreign currency hedge. FAS 155 requires companies to recognize freestanding or embedded derivatives relating to beneficial interests in securitized financial instruments. This recognition was not required prior to January 1, 2007. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. The Company had no derivatives that were designated as hedges, except as described in Note 18. Long-Term Debt, during 2007, 2006 and 2005.

        The Company uses derivative instruments primarily to offer credit protection to others. The Company records these transactions at fair value. Where available, the Company uses market prices to determine the fair value of these credit derivatives. If market prices are not available, the fair value is estimated using a combination of observable market data and valuation models that specifically relate to each type of credit protection. Market conditions at December 31, 2007 were such that market prices were generally not available. Where market prices were not available, the Company used a combination of observable market data and valuation models, using various market indexes, to estimate the fair value of its credit derivatives. These models are primarily developed internally based on market conventions for similar transactions. Management considers the non-standard terms of its credit derivative contracts in determining the fair value of these contracts. These terms differ from credit derivatives sold by companies outside of the financial guaranty industry. The non-standard terms include the absence of collateral support agreements or immediate settlement provisions, relatively high attachment points and the fact that the Company does not typically exit derivatives it sells for credit protection purposes, except under specific circumstances such as exiting a line of business. Because of these terms and conditions, the fair value of the Company's credit derivatives may not reflect the same prices observed in an actively traded market of credit default swaps that do not contain terms and conditions similar to those observed in the financial guaranty market. These models and the related assumptions are continuously reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based upon improvements in modeling techniques and availability of more timely market information.

135


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

4. Derivatives (Continued)

        Valuation models include the use of management estimates and current market information. Management is also required to make assumptions on how the fair value of derivative instruments is affected by current market conditions. Management considers factors such as current prices charged for similar agreements, performance of underlying assets, life of the instrument, and the extent of credit default swaps ("CDS") exposure the Company ceded under reinsurance agreements, and the nature and extent of activity in the financial guaranty credit derivative marketplace. The assumptions that management uses to determine its fair value may change in the future due to market conditions. Due to the inherent uncertainties of the assumptions used in the valuation models to determine the fair value of these derivative products, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in the Company's consolidated financial statements, and the differences may be material.

        The Company records premiums received from the issuance of derivative instruments in gross written premiums and establishes unearned premium reserves and loss reserves. These loss reserves represent the Company's best estimate of the probable losses expected under these contracts and are calculated in the same manner as the Company's financial guaranty business. See Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies, Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, for more information. Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are computed as the difference between fair value and the total of the unearned premium reserves, losses and LAE reserve, premiums receivable, prepaid reinsurance premiums and reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses. Changes in unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Cumulative unrealized gains are reflected as assets in the Company's balance sheets. Unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in the fair value of derivatives occur because of changes in interest rates, credit spreads, recovery rates, the credit ratings of the referenced entities and other market factors. The Company generally holds derivative contracts to maturity. However, in certain circumstances such as for risk management purposes or as a result of a decision to exit a line of business, the Company may decide to terminate a derivative contract prior to maturity. The unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments will amortize to zero as the exposure approaches its maturity date, unless there is a payment default on the exposure. In the event that the Company terminates a derivative contract prior to maturity as a result of a decision to exit a line of business or for risk management purposes, the unrealized gain or loss will be realized through premiums earned and losses incurred. Changes in the fair value of the Company's derivative contracts do not reflect actual claims or credit losses, and have no impact on the Company's claims-paying resources, rating agency capital or regulatory capital positions.

        The Company recorded a pretax net unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments of $658.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a pretax net unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments of $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, and a pretax net unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. For the year ended 2007, approximately 45% of the Company's unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments is due to a decline in the market value of high yield and investment grade corporate collateralized loan obligation transactions, with the balance generated by lower market values principally in the residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities markets. With considerable volatility continuing in the market, the fair value adjustment amount will fluctuate significantly in future periods.

136


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

4. Derivatives (Continued)

        In general, the Company structures derivative transactions such that the method for making loss payments is similar to that for financial guaranty policies and only occurs as losses are realized on the underlying reference obligation. Nonetheless, credit derivative transactions are governed by International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. ("ISDA") documentation and may operate differently from financial guaranty policies. For example, our control rights with respect to a reference obligation under a credit derivative may be more limited than when we issue a financial guaranty policy. In addition, while our exposure under credit derivatives, like our exposure under financial guaranty policies, have been generally for as long as the reference obligation remains outstanding, unlike financial guaranty policies, a credit derivative may be terminated for a breach of the ISDA documentation or other specific events. In some older credit derivative transactions, one such specified event is the failure of AGC or AG Re to maintain specified financial strength ratings ranging from BBB- to AA-. If a credit derivative is terminated we could be required to make a mark-to-market payment as determined under the ISDA documentation. For example, if AGC's rating were downgraded to A, under market conditions at December 31, 2007, if the counterparties exercised their right to terminate their credit derivatives, AGC would have been required make mark-to-market payments of approximately $70 million. As of December 31, 2007 the Company had pre-IPO transactions with approximately $1.9 billion of par subject to collateral posting due to changes in market value. Currently no collateral posting is required or anticipated for these transactions. Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are a function of changes in the estimated fair value of the Company's credit derivative contracts. If credit spreads of the underlying obligations change, the fair value of the related credit derivative changes. Market liquidity could also impact valuations of the underlying obligations. As such, the Company experiences mark-to-market gains or losses.

        The total notional amount of insured CDS exposure outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and included in the Company's financial guaranty exposure was $71.6 billion and $49.4 billion, respectively. The following table summarizes the estimated change in fair values on the net balance of the Company's net structured credit default swap derivative positions assuming immediate parallel shifts in credit spreads at December 31, 2007:

      (Dollars in millions)

Credit Spreads

  Estimated Net Fair Value (Pre-Tax)
  Estimated Pre-Tax Change in Gain/(Loss)
 
December 31, 2007:              
100% widening in spreads   $ (1,488.4 ) $ (867.5 )
50% widening in spreads     (1,052.3 )   (431.4 )
25% widening in spreads     (833.9 )   (213.0 )
10% widening in spreads     (707.8 )   (86.9 )
Base Scenario     (620.9 )    
10% narrowing in spreads     (538.9 )   82.0  
25% narrowing in spreads     (411.1 )   209.8  
50% narrowing in spreads     (198.4 )   422.5  

137


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

4. Derivatives (Continued)

        The impact of changes in credit spreads will vary based upon the volume, tenor, interest rates, and other market conditions at the time these fair values are determined. In addition, since each transaction has unique collateral and structure terms, the underlying change in fair value of each transaction may vary considerably. During 2007, the Company incurred net mark-to-market losses on credit derivative contracts of $(666.9) million, pre-tax, related to high yield and investment grade corporate collateralized loan obligations ("CLOs"), as well as residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities exposures. The unrealized loss on derivatives resulted largely from the decline in fixed income security market prices resulting from higher credit spreads, primarily in the third and fourth quarters of 2007, due to the recent lack of liquidity in the High Yield CDO and CLO market as well as continuing market concerns over the most recent vintages of subprime residential mortgage-backed securities, rather than from credit rating downgrades, delinquencies or defaults on securities guaranteed by the Company.

        In 2007 the Company also recorded a fair value gain of $8.3 million, pre-tax, related to Assured Guaranty Corp.'s committed capital securities. See Note 18. Long-Term Debt.

        The following table summarizes activities related to derivative financial instruments (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
Balance sheets as of December 31,                    
Assets:                    
Premiums receivable   $ 30,112   $ 18,792   $ 16,199  
Prepaid reinsurance premiums     3,519     2,964     3,005  
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments     17,584     52,596     53,037  
   
 
 
 
Liabilities:                    
Unearned premium reserves     19,656     13,508     12,548  
Reserves for losses and LAE     8,295     4,743     11,045  
Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments     630,210     6,687     12,652  
   
 
 
 
Net (liability) asset—fair value of derivative financial instruments   $ (606,946 ) $ 49,414   $ 35,996  
   
 
 
 
Statements of operations for the years ended December 31,                    
Net written premiums   $ 78,314   $ 62,852   $ 58,207  
   
 
 
 
Net earned premiums     72,721     61,851     59,287  
Loss and loss adjustment (expenses) recoveries     (2,187 )   18,079     5,678  
Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments     (658,535 )   5,524     (3,516 )
   
 
 
 
Total impact of derivative financial instruments   $ (588,001 ) $ 85,454   $ 61,449  
   
 
 
 

138


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

5. Goodwill

        Goodwill of $94.6 million arose from ACE's acquisition of Capital Re Corporation as of December 31, 1999 and was being amortized over a period of twenty-five years. On January 1, 2002, the Company ceased amortizing goodwill as part of its adoption of FAS 142 and now evaluates it for impairment at least annually in accordance with FAS 142. No such impairment was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

        The following table details goodwill by segment as of December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 
  As of December 31,
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2007
  2006
Financial guaranty direct   $ 14,748   $ 14,748
Financial guaranty reinsurance     70,669     70,669
Mortgage guaranty        
Other        
   
 
Total   $ 85,417   $ 85,417
   
 

6. Statutory Accounting Practices

        These consolidated financial statements are prepared on a GAAP basis, which differs in certain respects from accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the insurance regulatory authorities, including the Maryland Insurance Administration, the New York State Insurance Department as well as the statutory requirements of the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

        The Company's U.S. domiciled insurance companies prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC") and their respective Insurance Departments. Prescribed statutory accounting practices are set forth in the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual. There are no permitted accounting practices on a statutory basis. The combined capital and statutory surplus of the Company's U.S. domiciled insurance companies was $430.5 million and $316.4 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The statutory combined net income of the Company's U.S. domiciled insurance companies was $73.2 million, $66.0 million and $103.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

        Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. ("AG Re") a Bermuda regulated Class 3 insurer and Long-Term insurer prepares its statutory financial statements in conformity with the accounting principles set forth in The Insurance Act 1978, amendments thereto and Related Regulations. The statutory capital and surplus of AG Re was $1,059.3 million and $693.6 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The statutory net income of AG Re was $78.9 million, $91.7 million and $88.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

7. Insurance in Force

        As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, net financial guaranty par in force, including insured CDS, was approximately $200.3 billion and $132.3 billion, respectively. The portfolio was broadly diversified by payment source, geographic location and maturity schedule, with no single risk representing more than 0.8% and 1.1% of the total net par in force as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

139


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

7. Insurance in Force (Continued)

        The composition of net par in force by bond type was as follows:

 
  As of
December 31,

 
  2007
  2006
 
  (in billions of U.S. dollars)

U.S. public finance:            
  General obligation   $ 20.3   $ 12.7
  Tax-backed     17.8     11.8
  Municipal utilities     11.7     9.7
  Healthcare     10.4     6.6
  Transportation     10.0     6.3
  Higher education     3.7     1.3
  Investor-owned utilities     2.3     1.6
  Housing     2.0     1.1
  Other public finance     3.8     1.3
   
 
    Total U.S. public finance     81.9     52.3
   
 
U.S. structured finance:            
  Pooled corporate obligations     33.8     25.6
  Prime mortgage-backed and home equity     11.2     4.8
  Subprime mortgage-backed and home equity     7.0     6.4
  Consumer receivables     6.6     2.7
  Commercial mortgage-backed securities     6.0     5.4
  Commercial receivables     5.2     2.5
  Structured credit     1.6     1.6
  Insurance securitizations     1.2     0.8
  Other structured finance     1.2     1.9
   
 
    Total U.S. structured finance     73.8     51.6
   
 
International:            
  Infrastructure and pooled infrastructure     11.6     8.3
  Pooled corporate obligations     8.5     3.6
  Regulated utilities     8.3     4.8
  Mortgage-backed and home equity     7.3     5.0
  Public finance     2.0     1.2
  Commercial receivables     1.9     1.1
  Commercial mortgage-backed securities     1.2     1.1
  Future flow     1.1     1.0
  Insurance securitizations     0.9     0.9
  Structured credit     0.6     0.6
  Consumer receivables     0.4     0.1
  Other international structured finance     0.8     0.8
   
 
    Total international     44.5     28.4
   
 
      Total exposures(1)   $ 200.3   $ 132.3
   
 

(1)
Totals may not add due to rounding.

140


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

7. Insurance in Force (Continued)

        Maturities for U.S. public finance obligations range from 1 to 49 years, with a weighted average life of 16 years. U.S. structured finance transactions have legal maturities that range from 1 to 40 years with a weighted average life of 8 years. International finance transactions have legal maturities that range from 1 to 60 years with a weighted average life of 13 years. CDS transactions are included in all structured finance categories and tax-backed and investor-owned utilities categories in public finance.

        The portfolio contained exposures in each of the 50 states and abroad. The distribution of net financial guaranty par outstanding by geographic location is set forth in the following table:

 
  As of December 31, 2007
  As of December 31, 2006
 
 
  Net par
outstanding

  % of Net par
outstanding

  Net par
outstanding

  % of Net par
outstanding

 
 
  (in billions of U.S. dollars)

 
Domestic:                      
  California   $ 13.1   6.5 % $ 7.6   5.7 %
  New York     7.4   3.7 %   5.9   4.4 %
  Florida     6.4   3.2 %   2.8   2.1 %
  Texas     4.7   2.4 %   3.2   2.4 %
  Illinois     4.2   2.1 %   3.0   2.3 %
  Massachusetts     3.8   1.9 %   2.6   2.0 %
  Pennsylvania     3.5   1.8 %   2.1   1.6 %
  New Jersey     2.6   1.3 %   2.0   1.5 %
  Washington     2.5   1.3 %   2.0   1.5 %
  Michigan     2.3   1.1 %   1.7   1.3 %
  Other states     31.4   15.7 %   19.4   14.7 %
  Mortgage and structured (multiple states)     73.8   36.9 %   51.6   39.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
    Total domestic exposures     155.7   77.8 %   103.9   78.5 %
   
 
 
 
 
International:                      
  United Kingdom     25.1   12.5 %   18.9   14.3 %
  Germany     4.4   2.2 %   3.0   2.3 %
  Australia     3.1   1.5 %   1.1   0.8 %
  Italy     0.9   0.4 %   0.4   0.3 %
  Turkey     0.8   0.4 %   0.7   0.5 %
  Other     10.2   5.1 %   4.3   3.3 %
   
 
 
 
 
    Total international exposures     44.5   22.2 %   28.4   21.5 %
   
 
 
 
 
    Total exposures(1)   $ 200.3   100.0 % $ 132.3   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
Totals may not add due to rounding.

141


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

7. Insurance in Force (Continued)

        The following table sets forth the net financial guaranty par outstanding by underwriting rating:

 
  As of December 31, 2007
  As of December 31, 2006
 
Ratings(1)

  Net par outstanding
  % of Net par outstanding
  Net par outstanding
  % of Net par outstanding
 
 
  (in billions of U.S. dollars)

 
Super senior   $ 36.4   18.2 % $ 16.2   12.3 %
AAA     47.3   23.6 %   40.8   30.9 %
AA     38.4   19.2 %   23.0   17.4 %
A     49.2   24.6 %   32.8   24.9 %
BBB     26.9   13.4 %   18.2   13.7 %
Below investment grade     2.1   1.1 %   1.3   0.9 %
   
 
 
 
 
  Total exposures(2)   $ 200.3   100.0 % $ 132.3   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
The Company's internal rating. The Company's scale is comparable to that of the nationally recognized rating agencies. The super senior category, which is not generally used by rating agencies, is used by the Company in instances where the Company's AAA-rated exposure has additional credit enhancement due to either (1) the existence of another security rated AAA that is subordinated to the Company's exposure or (2) the Company's exposure benefits from a different form of credit enhancement that would pay any claims first in the event that any of the exposures incurs a loss, and such credit enhancement, in management's opinion, causes the Company's attachment point to be materially above the AAA attachment point.

(2)
Totals may not add due to rounding.

        As part of its financial guaranty business, the Company enters into CDS transactions whereby one party pays a periodic fee in fixed basis points on a notional amount in return for a contingent payment by the other party in the event one or more defined credit events occurs with respect to one or more third party referenced securities or loans. A credit event may be a nonpayment event such as a failure to pay, bankruptcy, or restructuring, as negotiated by the parties to the CDS transaction. The total notional amount of insured CDS exposure outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and included in the Company's financial guaranty exposure was $71.6 billion and $49.4 billion, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company's net mortgage guaranty insurance in force (representing the current principal balance of all mortgage loans currently reinsured) was approximately $1.1 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, and net risk in force was approximately $1.1 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively. These amounts are not included in the above table.

8. Premiums Earned from Refunded and Called Bonds

        Net earned premiums include $17.6 million, $11.2 million and $12.1 million for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to refunded and called bonds, which reflect the unscheduled pre-payment or refundings of underlying municipal bonds. 2007 included $2.8 million of public finance refundings in the financial guaranty direct segment and $14.8 million of refundings in the financial guaranty reinsurance segment. There were no unscheduled refundings in the financial guaranty direct segment in 2006 and 2005. The unscheduled refundings included in net earned premiums for 2006 and 2005 related to financial guaranty reinsurance segment. These unscheduled refundings are sensitive to market interest rates.

142


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

9. Investments

        The following table summarizes the Company's aggregate investment portfolio as of December 31, 2007:

 
  Amortized
Cost

  Gross
Unrealized
Gains

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair Value

 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Fixed maturity securities                        
U.S. government and agencies   $ 297,445   $ 13,524   $ (17 ) $ 310,952
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     1,043,000     38,612     (2,773 )   1,078,839
Corporate securities     179,369     4,759     (1,368 )   182,760
Mortgage-backed securities     859,666     9,882     (4,686 )   864,862
Asset-backed securities     68,148     341     (82 )   68,407
Foreign government securities     71,386     1,694     (18 )   73,062
Preferred stock     7,875     197         8,072
   
 
 
 
Total fixed maturity securities     2,526,889     69,009     (8,944 )   2,586,954
Short-term investments     552,938             552,938
   
 
 
 
Total investments   $ 3,079,827   $ 69,009   $ (8,944 ) $ 3,139,892
   
 
 
 

        The following table summarizes the Company's aggregate investment portfolio as of December 31, 2006:

 
  Amortized Cost
  Gross Unrealized Gains
  Gross Unrealized Losses
  Estimated Fair Value
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Fixed maturity securities                        
U.S. government and agencies   $ 256,498   $ 6,931   $ (1,374 ) $ 262,055
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     874,712     43,590     (906 )   917,396
Corporate securities     134,822     4,430     (1,163 )   138,089
Mortgage-backed securities     732,481     3,971     (9,845 )   726,607
Asset-backed securities     242,809     235     (914 )   242,130
Foreign government securities     45,051     31     (288 )   44,794
Preferred stock                
   
 
 
 
Total fixed maturity securities     2,286,373     59,188     (14,490 )   2,331,071
Short-term investments     134,064             134,064
   
 
 
 
Total investments   $ 2,420,437   $ 59,188   $ (14,490 ) $ 2,465,135
   
 
 
 

        Approximately 28% and 29% of the Company's total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, was composed of mortgage-backed securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations and commercial mortgage-backed securities. As of both December 31, 2007 and 2006, the weighted average credit quality of the Company's entire investment portfolio was AAA. The Company's portfolio is comprised primarily of high-quality, liquid instruments. We continue to receive sufficient

143


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

9. Investments (Continued)


information to value our investments and have not had to modify our approach due to the current market conditions.

        The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2007, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 
  Amortized
Cost

  Estimated
Fair Value

 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Due within one year   $ 11,702   $ 11,735
Due after one year through five years     357,577     364,799
Due after five years through ten years     382,499     396,916
Due after ten years     907,570     940,570
Mortgage-backed securities     859,666     864,862
Preferred stock     7,875     8,072
   
 
Total   $ 2,526,889   $ 2,586,954
   
 

        Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities were $786.6 million, $657.0 million and $727.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

        Net realized investment gains (losses) consisted of the following:

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Gains   $ 1,984   $ 2,467   $ 5,471  
Losses     (3,328 )   (4,461 )   (3,223 )
Other than temporary impairments              
   
 
 
 
  Net realized investment (losses) gains   $ (1,344 ) $ (1,994 ) $ 2,248  
   
 
 
 

        The change in net unrealized gains (losses) of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities consists of:

 
  For the Years
Ended December 31,

 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Fixed maturity securities   $ 15,367   $ (6,936 ) $ (40,580 )
Less: Deferred income tax expense (benefit)     402     (861 )   (9,107 )
   
 
 
 
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on fixed maturity securities   $ 14,965   $ (6,075 ) $ (31,473 )
   
 
 
 

144


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

9. Investments (Continued)

        The following tables summarize, for all securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized loss by length of time the amounts have continuously been in an unrealized loss position.

 
  As of December 31, 2007
 
 
  Less than 12 months
  12 months or more
  Total
 
 
  Fair
Value

  Unrealized
loss

  Fair
value

  Unrealized
loss

  Fair
value

  Unrealized
loss

 
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

 
U.S. government and agencies   $ 25.4   $   $   $   $ 25.4   $  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     190.2     (2.5 )   8.6     (0.3 )   198.8     (2.8 )
Corporate securities     33.2     (1.1 )   12.8     (0.3 )   46.0     (1.4 )
Mortgage-backed securities     64.6     (0.7 )   234.3     (3.9 )   298.9     (4.6 )
Asset-backed securities     5.1         20.1     (0.1 )   25.2     (0.1 )
Foreign government securities     2.6                 2.6      
Preferred stock                          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 321.1   $ (4.3 ) $ 275.8   $ (4.6 ) $ 596.9   $ (8.9 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  As of December 31, 2006
 
 
  Less than 12 months
  12 months or more
  Total
 
 
  Fair
value

  Unrealized
loss

  Fair
value

  Unrealized
loss

  Fair
value

  Unrealized
loss

 
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

 
U.S. government and agencies   $ 53.1   $ (0.5 ) $ 59.2   $ (0.9 ) $ 112.3   $ (1.4 )
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     88.6     (0.5 )   24.0     (0.4 )   112.6     (0.9 )
Corporate securities     12.2         45.5     (1.1 )   57.7     (1.1 )
Mortgage-backed securities     143.6     (1.9 )   306.2     (7.9 )   449.8     (9.8 )
Asset-backed securities     79.6     (0.1 )   76.5     (0.9 )   156.1     (1.0 )
Foreign government securities     38.2     (0.2 )   3.2     (0.1 )   41.4     (0.3 )
Preferred stock                          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 415.3   $ (3.2 ) $ 514.6   $ (11.3 ) $ 929.9   $ (14.5 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

        The above balances include 161 and 224 fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company has considered factors such as sector credit ratings and industry analyst reports in evaluating the above securities for impairment. The Company has concluded that these securities are not other than temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, since it has the ability and intent to hold these securities until they recover their value or until maturity.

145


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

9. Investments (Continued)

        Net investment income is derived from the following sources:

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Income from fixed maturity securities   $ 123,426   $ 105,886   $ 95,689  
Income from short-term investments     7,266     7,927     3,624  
   
 
 
 
Gross investment income     130,692     113,813     99,313  
Less: investment expenses     (2,600 )   (2,358 )   (2,477 )
   
 
 
 
Net investment income   $ 128,092   $ 111,455   $ 96,836  
   
 
 
 

        Under agreements with its cedants and in accordance with statutory requirements, the Company maintains fixed maturity securities in trust accounts of $936.0 million and $610.5 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, for the benefit of reinsured companies and for the protection of policyholders, generally in states in which the Company or its subsidiaries, as applicable, are not licensed or accredited.

        The Company is not exposed to significant concentrations of credit risk within its investment portfolio.

        No material investments of the Company were non-income producing for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

146


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

10. Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

        The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of reserves for losses and LAE:

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Balance as of January 1   $ 120,600   $ 128,421   $ 236,202  
Less reinsurance recoverable     (10,889 )   (12,350 )   (120,220 )
   
 
 
 
Net balance as of January 1     109,711     116,071     115,982  
Transfers to case reserves from portfolio reserves     11,008     733     13,747  
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses pertaining to case and IBNR reserves:                    
  Current year     9,456     772     10,609  
  Prior years     (18,281 )   (13,028 )   (76,683 )
   
 
 
 
      (8,825 )   (12,256 )   (66,074 )
Transfers to case reserves from portfolio reserves     (11,008 )   (733 )   (13,747 )
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses pertaining to portfolio reserves     16,790     5,500     (3,490 )
   
 
 
 
Total incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)     7,965     (6,756 )   (69,564 )
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (paid) and recovered pertaining to:                    
  Current year     (2,637 )   (20 )   (143 )
  Prior years     8,695     355     77,340  
   
 
 
 
Total loss and loss adjustment expenses recovered     6,058     335     77,197  
Change in salvage recoverable     1,295     42     (2,497 )
Foreign exchange (gain) loss on reserves     (33 )   19     (5,047 )
   
 
 
 
Net balance as of December 31     124,996     109,711     116,071  
Plus reinsurance recoverable     8,849     10,889     12,350  
   
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31   $ 133,845   $ 120,600   $ 128,421  
   
 
 
 

        The difference between the portfolio reserve transferred to case reserves and the ultimate case reserve recorded is included in current year incurred amounts.

        The financial guaranty case basis reserves have been discounted using the taxable equivalent yield on our investment portfolio, which approximated 6% in 2007, 2006 and 2005, resulting in a discount of $3.9 million, $9.6 million and $10.7 million, respectively.

        The favorable prior year development in 2007 of $18.3 million is primarily due to $8.6 million of loss recoveries, $5.0 million reduction in case reserves and $4.3 million increase in salvage reserves for aircraft-related transactions, reported to us by our cedant. These losses were incurred in 2002 and 2006.

        The favorable prior year development in 2006 of $13.0 million is primarily due to $13.5 million of loss recoveries from third party litigation settlements.

147


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

10. Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (Continued)

        The favorable prior year development in 2005 of $76.7 million is primarily due to $71.0 million in loss recoveries from a third party litigation settlement agreement, with two parties, relating to a reinsurance claim incurred in 1998 and 1999 as well as a $2.4 million recovery related to the equity layer credit protection business. Further contributing to the favorable prior year development is changes in credit quality and from continued runoff from maturing CDO exposures, as well as management updating its loss reserving data, as part of the Company's normal portfolio reserve process, to include the most current rating agency default studies.

        Reinsurance recoverables and loss and loss adjustment expense reserves decreased in 2005 due to a quota share retrocession agreement that the Company entered into on April 28, 2004 with ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. ("AIOIC"), a subsidiary of ACE, whereby it ceded 100% of any potential losses associated with an action filed by World Omni Financial Corp. ("World Omni") against AG Intermediary Inc. and AGRO, subsidiaries of the Company, for a premium of $32.2 million. The matter was settled on December 15, 2005 between AIOIC and World Omni. Upon settlement, the Company released $54.2 million of reinsurance recoverables and loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, representing its entire obligation to World Omni (see Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies). Also contributing to the decreases was $53.3 million of released reinsurance recoverables and loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, due to the run-off and novation of the Company's trade credit business, which is included in the Company's other segment.

        Losses and loss adjustment expenses (received) paid, were $(6.1) million, $(0.3) million and $(77.2) million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. The loss recovery of $6.1 million in 2007 is mainly a result of loss recoveries of $8.6 million from two aircraft-related transactions in which claims were paid in 2002 and 2006. These recoveries were partially offset by loss payments related to assumed U.S. home equity line of credit exposures. The loss recovery of $0.3 million in 2006 is due to $13.5 million of net recoveries from third party litigation settlements. These recoveries were primarily offset by loss payments of which two of the largest were made on a U.S. Infrastructure transaction and a European Infrastructure transaction. The loss recovery of $77.2 million in 2005 is primarily due to $71.0 million in loss recoveries from a third party litigation settlement agreement, with two parties, relating to a reinsurance claim incurred in 1998 and 1999 as well as a $2.4 million recovery related to the equity layer credit protection business, mentioned above.

11. U.S. Subprime Mortgage-Backed and Home Equity ("HELOC") Exposures

        The Company insures various types of Residential Mortgage-Backed Securitizations ("RMBS"). Such transactions may include obligations backed by closed-end first mortgage loans and closed- and open-end second mortgage loans or home equity loans on one-to-four family residential properties, including condominiums and cooperative apartments. An RMBS transaction where the underlying collateral is comprised of revolving home equity lines of credit ("HELOC") is generally referred to as a HELOC transaction. In general, the collateral supporting HELOC securitizations are second lien loans made to prime borrowers. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had net par outstanding of $2.4 billion related to HELOC securitizations, of which $2.1 billion are transactions with Countrywide. Countrywide's HELOC servicer ratings were recently downgraded by Moody's Investor Services from SQ1 to SQ1- ("strong") and by Fitch from RPS1 to RPS1- ("fully acceptable") and placed on watch negative by Standard & Poors. As of December 31, 2007, the Company has recorded portfolio reserves of $17.6 million and case reserves of $2.5 million for its HELOC exposures. Based on the evidence

148


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

11. U.S. Subprime Mortgage-Backed and Home Equity ("HELOC") Exposures (Continued)


available at December 31, 2007 the Company does not believe loss related to its direct Countrywide HELOCs is probable and, therefore, has not recorded a case reserve. The performance of our HELOC exposures deteriorated during 2007 and transactions, particularly those originated in the period from 2005 through 2007, continue to perform below our original underwriting expectations. The ultimate performance of these transactions will depend on many factors, such as the level and timing of loan defaults, interest proceeds generated by the securitized loans, repayment speeds and changes in home prices, as well as the levels of credit support built into each transaction. Other factors also may have a material impact upon the ultimate performance of each transaction, including the ability of the seller and servicer to fulfill all of their contractual obligations including its obligation to fund future draws on lines of credit. The variables affecting transaction performance are interrelated, difficult to predict and subject to considerable volatility. Consequently, the range of potential outcomes is wide and subject to significant uncertainty. Based on currently available information, the Company believes the possible range of case loss is $0–$100 million after-tax. If actual results differ materially from any of our assumptions, the losses incurred could be materially different from our estimate. The Company continues to update its evaluation of these exposures as new information becomes available.

        Another type of RMBS transaction is generally referred to as "Subprime RMBS". The collateral supporting such transactions is comprised of first-lien residential mortgage loans made to subprime borrowers. A "subprime borrower" is one considered to be a higher risk credit based on credit scores or other risk characteristics. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had net par outstanding of $7.0 billion related to Subprime RMBS securitizations. Of that amount, $6.3 billion is from transactions issued in the period from 2005 through 2007 and written in our direct financial guaranty segment. The majority of the Company's Subprime RMBS exposure is rated triple-A by all major rating agencies, and by the Company, at December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had portfolio reserves of $3.8 million and case reserves of $9.0 million related to its $7.0 billion U.S. Subprime RMBS exposure, of which $2.2 million were portfolio reserves related to its $6.3 billion exposure in the direct financial guaranty segment for transactions issued from 2005 through 2007.

        The problems affecting the subprime mortgage market have been widely reported, with rising delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures negatively impacting the performance of Subprime RMBS transactions. Those concerns relate primarily to Subprime RMBS issued in the period from 2005 through 2007. The $6.3 billion exposure that the Company has to such transactions in its direct financial guaranty segment benefits from various structural protections, including credit enhancement that on average currently equals approximately 39.4% of the remaining principal balance of the transactions. The ultimate performance of these transactions remains highly uncertain and may be subject to considerable volatility due to the influence of many factors, including the level and timing of loan defaults, changes in housing prices and other variables. The Company's current estimate of loss reserves related to its Subprime RMBS exposures represent management's best estimate of loss based on the current information, however, actual results may differ materially from current estimates. The Company will continue to monitor the performance of its Subprime RMBS exposures and will adjust the risk ratings of those transactions based on actual performance and management's estimates of future performance.

149


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

12. Income Taxes

        The Company and its Bermuda Subsidiaries are not subject to any income, withholding or capital gains taxes under current Bermuda law. The Company has received an assurance from the Minister of Finance in Bermuda that, in the event of any taxes being imposed, the Company and its Bermuda Subsidiaries will be exempt from taxation in Bermuda until March 28, 2016.

        The Company's U.S. subsidiaries are subject to income taxes imposed by U.S. authorities and file U.S. tax returns.

        Prior to the IPO in April 2004, Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. ("AGUS"), Assured Guaranty Corp. ("AGC"), Assured Value Insurance Company ("AVIC"), an AGC subsidiary prior to its merger into AGC in December 2006, AG Financial Products Inc. ("AGFP") and AFP Transferor Inc. ("AFP") had historically filed their U.S. income tax returns in the consolidated U.S. tax return of its former shareholder. For periods after April 2004, AGUS and its subsidiaries, AGC, AVIC (prior to merger into AGC in December 2006), AGFP and AFP (for the period ended May 18, 2005) file a consolidated federal income tax return. Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. ("AGOUS") and its subsidiaries, AGRO, Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company and AG Intermediary Inc., have historically filed a consolidated federal income tax return. AGRO, a Bermuda domiciled company, has elected under Section 953(d) of the Internal Revenue Code to be taxed as a U.S. domestic corporation. Each company, as a member of its respective consolidated tax return group, has paid its proportionate share of the consolidated federal tax burden for its group as if each company filed on a separate return basis with current period credit for net losses.

        The following table provides the Company's income tax (benefit) provision and effective tax rates:

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Current tax expense   $ 12,383   $ 18,644   $ 45,477  
Deferred tax (benefit) expense     (172,136 )   11,596     (4,304 )
   
 
 
 
(Benefit) provision for income taxes   $ (159,753 ) $ 30,240   $ 41,173  
   
 
 
 

Effective tax rate

 

 

34.5

%

 

15.9

%

 

17.9

%

        Reconciliation of the difference between the provision for income taxes and the expected tax provision at statutory rates in taxable jurisdictions was as follows:

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Expected tax provision at statutory rates in taxable jurisdictions   $ (135,905 ) $ 42,494   $ 52,390  
Tax-exempt interest     (13,362 )   (11,642 )   (11,570 )
Change in FIN 48 liability     (10,150 )        
Other     (336 )   (612 )   353  
   
 
 
 
Total provision for income taxes   $ (159,753 ) $ 30,240   $ 41,173  
   
 
 
 

150


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

12. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The deferred income tax asset (liability) reflects the tax effect of the following temporary differences:

 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments   $ 166,321   $  
  Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses     17,233     15,558  
  Tax and loss bonds     18,857     12,834  
  Net operating loss carry forward     19,189     17,231  
  Alternative minimum tax credit     727     727  
  Tax basis step-up     9,148     10,639  
  Other     6,283     2,405  
   
 
 
Total deferred income tax assets     237,758     59,394  
   
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:              
  Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments         12,220  
  Deferred acquisition costs     40,401     32,132  
  Unearned premium reserves     6,373     7,654  
  Contingency reserves     17,697     11,674  
  Unrealized appreciation on investments     17,320     16,963  
  Other     1,404     11,657  
   
 
 
Total deferred income tax liabilities     83,195     92,300  
   
 
 
    Valuation allowance     7,000     7,000  
   
 
 
Net deferred income tax asset (liability)   $ 147,563   $ (39,906 )
   
 
 

        As of December 31, 2007, AGRO had a standalone net operating loss carry forward of $54.8 million, which is available to offset future U.S. federal taxable income $34.1 million through 2017 and $20.7 million through 2023. As a Section 953(d) company, any standalone net operating losses of AGRO are treated as dual consolidation losses and are not permitted to offset the income of any other members of the consolidated group. Management believes it is more likely than not that $20.0 million of AGRO's $54.8 million net operating loss will not be utilized before it expires and has established a $7.0 million valuation allowance related to the net operating loss carryforward deferred tax asset. The valuation allowance is subject to considerable judgment, is reviewed quarterly and will be adjusted to the extent actual taxable income differs from estimates of future taxable income that may be used to realize net operating loss carryforwards or capital losses.

    Taxation of Subsidiaries

        The Company's Bermuda subsidiaries are not subject to any income, withholding or capital gains taxes under current Bermuda law. The Company's U.S. and U.K. subsidiaries are subject to income taxes imposed by U.S. and U.K. authorities and file applicable tax returns. In addition, AGRO, a

151


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

12. Income Taxes (Continued)

Bermuda domiciled company, has elected under Section 953(d) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code to be taxed as a U.S. domestic corporation.

        The U.S. Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") has completed audits of all of the Company's U.S. subsidiaries' federal income tax returns for taxable years through 2001. In September 2007, the IRS completed its audit of tax years 2002 through 2004 for Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries, which includes Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc., AGRO, Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company and AG Intermediary Inc. As a result of the audit there were no significant findings and no cash settlements with the IRS. In addition the IRS is reviewing AGUS for tax years 2002 through the date of the IPO. AGUS includes Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., AGC and AG Financial Products and were part of the consolidated tax return of a subsidiary of ACE, for years prior to the IPO. The Company is indemnified by ACE for any potential tax liability associated with the tax examination of AGUS as it relates to years prior to the IPO. In addition, tax years 2005 and 2006 remain open.

    Adoption of FIN 48

        The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes-an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109" ("FIN 48"), on January 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, the Company reduced its liability for unrecognized tax benefits and increased retained earnings by $2.6 million. The total liability for unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2007 was $12.9 million. This entire amount, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

        Subsequent to the adoption of FIN 48, the IRS published final regulations on the treatment of consolidated losses. As a result of these regulations the utilization of certain capital losses is no longer at a level that would require recording an associated liability for an uncertain tax position. As such, the Company decreased its liability for unrecognized tax benefits and its provision for income taxes $4.1 million during the period ended March 31, 2007. In September 2007, upon completion of the IRS audit of Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries, the liability for unrecognized tax benefits was reduced by approximately $6.0 million. The total liability for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2007 is $2.8 million, and is included in other liabilities on the balance sheet. The Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that this amount will change significantly in the next twelve months.

        The Company's policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of the date of adoption, the Company has accrued $0.9 million in interest and penalties.

        The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the total liability for unrecognized tax benefits recorded under FIN 48:

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
   
 
Balance as of January 1, 2007   $ 12,945  
Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of position taken during a prior period     (4,132 )
Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits relating to completion of IRS audit     (6,018 )
   
 
Balance as of December 31, 2007   $ 2,795  
   
 

152


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

12. Income Taxes (Continued)

    Liability For Tax Basis Step-Up Adjustment

        In connection with the IPO, the Company and ACE Financial Services Inc. ("AFS"), a subsidiary of ACE, entered into a tax allocation agreement, whereby the Company and AFS made a "Section 338 (h)(10)" election that has the effect of increasing the tax basis of certain affected subsidiaries' tangible and intangible assets to fair value. Future tax benefits that the Company derives from the election will be payable to AFS when realized by the Company.

        As a result of the election, the Company has adjusted its net deferred tax liability, to reflect the new tax basis of the Company's affected assets. The additional basis is expected to result in increased future income tax deductions and, accordingly, may reduce income taxes otherwise payable by the Company. Any tax benefit realized by the Company will be paid to AFS. Such tax benefits will generally be calculated by comparing the Company's affected subsidiaries' actual taxes to the taxes that would have been owed by those subsidiaries had the increase in basis not occurred. After a 15 year period, to the extent there remains an unrealized tax benefit, the Company and AFS will negotiate a settlement of the unrealized benefit based on the expected realization at that time.

        The Company initially recorded a $49.0 million reduction of its existing deferred tax liability, based on an estimate of the ultimate resolution of the Section 338(h)(10) election. Under the tax allocation agreement, the Company estimated that, as of the IPO date, it was obligated to pay $20.9 million to AFS and accordingly established this amount as a liability. The initial difference, which is attributable to the change in the tax basis of certain liabilities for which there is no associated step-up in the tax basis of its assets and no amounts due to AFS, resulted in an increase to additional paid-in capital of $28.1 million. The Company has paid ACE and correspondingly reduced its liability by $5.1 million and $5.1 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

13. Analysis Of Premiums Written, Premiums Earned And Loss And Loss Adjustment Expenses

        To limit its exposure on assumed risks, the Company entered into certain proportional and non-proportional retrocessional agreements with other insurance companies, primarily subsidiaries of ACE, the Company's former parent, to cede a portion of the risk underwritten by the Company, prior to the IPO. In addition, the Company enters into reinsurance agreements with non-affiliated companies to limit its exposure to risk on an on-going basis.

153


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

13. Analysis Of Premiums Written, Premiums Earned And Loss And Loss Adjustment Expenses (Continued)

        In the event that any or all of the reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, the Company would be liable for such defaulted amounts. Direct, assumed, and ceded amounts were as follows:

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Premiums Written                    
  Direct   $ 248,581   $ 189,262   $ 96,181  
  Assumed     257,318     136,408     155,919  
  Ceded     (19,615 )   (6,998 )   (34,778 )
   
 
 
 
  Net   $ 486,284   $ 318,672   $ 217,322  
   
 
 
 
Premiums Earned                    
  Direct   $ 130,163   $ 91,962   $ 77,332  
  Assumed     111,925     126,666     158,907  
  Ceded     (10,108 )   (11,974 )   (37,513 )
   
 
 
 
  Net   $ 231,980   $ 206,654   $ 198,726  
   
 
 
 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)                    
  Direct   $ 31,414   $ (15,556 ) $ (4,547 )
  Assumed     (24,636 )   9,740     (132,491 )
  Ceded     1,187     (940 )   67,474  
   
 
 
 
  Net   $ 7,965   $ (6,756 ) $ (69,564 )
   
 
 
 

        Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses and LAE as of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 were $8.8 million and $10.9 million, respectively. Of these amounts, $8.8 million and $10.8 million, respectively, relate to reinsurance agreements with ACE.

Agreement with Ambac Assurance Corporation

        In December 2007, AG Re reinsured a diversified portfolio of financial guaranty contracts totaling approximately $29 billion of net par outstanding from Ambac Assurance Corporation ("Ambac"), a subsidiary of Ambac Financial Group, Inc. The ceded contracts are entirely in financial guaranty form and contain no CDS contracts. The portfolio was reinsured under AG Re's existing master facultative reinsurance agreement with Ambac. In addition, effective November 15, 2007 AG Re agreed to provide reinsurance under the terms of Ambac's current surplus share treaty program that expires March 31, 2008. Ambac has also agreed to offer AG Re the opportunity to provide reinsurance under the terms of Ambac's surplus share treaty programs that commence April 1, 2008, 2009 and 2010, if Ambac maintains its reinsurance program in those periods.

Agreement with Financial Security Assurance Inc.

        During 2005, AGC and AG Re, two of the Company's subsidiaries, entered into a reinsurance agreement with Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA") pursuant to which substantially all of FSA's financial guaranty risks previously ceded to AGC (the "Ceded Business") were assumed by AG Re. This agreement was effective as of January 1, 2005 and is consistent with the Company's IPO strategy of AGC ceasing to write new reinsurance business and transferring its existing reinsurance business to

154


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

13. Analysis Of Premiums Written, Premiums Earned And Loss And Loss Adjustment Expenses (Continued)


AG Re to optimize capital utilization. In connection with the transaction, AGC transferred liabilities of $169.0 million, consisting primarily of unearned premium reserves. All profit and loss related items associated with this transfer were eliminated in consolidation, with the exception of profit commission expense, certain other operating expenses, and provision for income taxes. Since this transaction transferred unearned premium reserve from AGC, a U.S. tax paying entity, to AG Re, a non-U.S. tax paying entity, the Company released a deferred tax liability related to differences between the book and tax carrying amounts of unearned premium reserves which resulted in a tax benefit. The total impact of all these items increased 2005 net income $1.9 million. FSA has released AGC from all liabilities with respect to the Ceded Business. AG Re has assumed substantially all of AGC's liabilities with respect to the Ceded Business. FSA may receive a profit commission on the Ceded Business based on its future performance.

        FSA also reassumed from AG Re during 2005, approximately $12.4 million of unearned premium reserves, net of ceding commissions, of healthcare related business with an approximate par value of $820.0 million.

14. Insurance Regulations

        AGC is a Maryland domiciled insurance company and a subsidiary of the Company. Under Maryland's 1993 revised insurance law, the amount of surplus available for distribution as dividends is subject to certain statutory provisions, which generally prohibit the payment of dividends in any twelve-month period in an aggregate amount exceeding the lesser of 10% of surplus or net investment income (at the preceding December 31) without prior approval of the Maryland Commissioner of Insurance. The amount available for distribution from the Company during 2008 with notice to, but without prior approval of, the Maryland Commissioner of Insurance under the Maryland insurance law is approximately $40.0 million. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, AGC declared and paid $12.1 million, $13.8 million and $4.3 million, respectively, in dividends to AGUS. Under Maryland insurance regulations, AGC is required at all times to maintain a minimum surplus of $750,000.

        AG Re's and AGRO's dividend distribution are governed by Bermuda law. Under Bermuda law, dividends may only be paid if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the Company is, or would after the payment be, able to pay its liabilities as they become due and if the realizable value of its assets would thereby not be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and issued share capital and share premium accounts. Distributions to shareholders may also be paid out of statutory capital, but are subject to a 15% limitation without prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Dividends are limited by requirements that the subject company must at all times (i) maintain the minimum solvency margin required under the Insurance Act of 1978 and (ii) have relevant assets in an amount at least equal to 75% of relevant liabilities, both as defined under the Insurance Act of 1978. The amount available at AG Re to pay dividends in 2008 in compliance with Bermuda law is $1,001.4 million. However, any distribution which results in a reduction of 15% of more of AG Re's total statutory capital, as set out in its previous years financial statements, would require the prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority. During 2007, AG Re declared dividends of $36.0 million and paid $35.3 million to Assured Guaranty Ltd. During 2006, AG Re declared dividends of $46.5 million and paid $42.6 million to Assured Guaranty Ltd. During 2005, AG Re declared dividends of $19.4 million and paid $38.4 million to Assured Guaranty Ltd.

155


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

15. Related Party Transactions

        In 2004 the Company entered into reinsurance transactions with ACE subsidiaries as part of the IPO. The business ceded was part of the Company's other segment, and is no longer written. The following table summarizes the activity with ACE subsidiaries ("affiliated") and non-affiliated entities for each line item where applicable in the income statements. The affiliated amounts relate primarily to these legacy reinsurance transactions.

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Net earned premiums                    
Non-affiliated:                    
Gross written premiums   $ 505,899   $ 325,846   $ 252,100  
Ceded written premiums     (16,050 )   (2,872 )   (2,556 )
   
 
 
 
Net written premiums     489,849     322,974     249,544  
Increase in net unearned premium reserves     (254,275 )   (109,763 )   (17,610 )
   
 
 
 
Non-affiliated net earned premiums     235,574     213,211     231,934  
   
 
 
 
Affiliated:                    
Gross written premiums         (176 )    
Ceded written premiums     (3,565 )   (4,126 )   (32,222 )
   
 
 
 
Net written premiums     (3,565 )   (4,302 )   (32,222 )
Increase in net unearned premium reserves     (29 )   (2,255 )   (986 )
   
 
 
 
Affiliated net earned premiums     (3,594 )   (6,557 )   (33,208 )
   
 
 
 
  Total     231,980     206,654     198,726  
   
 
 
 

Net investment income

 

 

128,092

 

 

111,455

 

 

96,836

 
Net realized investment (losses) gains     (1,344 )   (1,994 )   2,248  
Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments     (658,535 )   5,524     (3,516 )
Other income     485     419     240  
   
 
 
 
  Total revenues   $ (299,322 ) $ 322,058   $ 294,534  
   
 
 
 

156


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

15. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

 
 
  For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)                    
Non-affiliated   $ 3,315   $ (5,758 ) $ (108,926 )
Affiliated     4,650     (998 )   39,362  
   
 
 
 
Total     7,965     (6,756 )   (69,564 )
   
 
 
 
Profit commission expense                    
Non-affiliated     6,476     9,684     13,125  
Affiliated         (156 )   (216 )
   
 
 
 
Total     6,476     9,528     12,909  
   
 
 
 
Acquisition costs                    
Non-affiliated     43,223     45,690     46,853  
Affiliated     21     (716 )   (1,551 )
   
 
 
 
Total     43,244     44,974     45,302  
   
 
 
 

Other operating expenses

 

 

79,866

 

 

68,019

 

 

59,015

 
Interest expense     23,529     13,772     13,520  
Other expense     2,623     2,547     3,731  
   
 
 
 
  Total expenses     163,703     132,084     64,913  
   
 
 
 
(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes     (463,025 )   189,974     229,621  
Total (benefit) provision for income taxes     (159,753 )   30,240     41,173  
   
 
 
 
  Net (loss) income   $ (303,272 ) $ 159,734   $ 188,448  
   
 
 
 

157


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

15. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the affiliated components of each balance sheet item, where applicable:

 
  As of December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Assets            
Prepaid reinsurance premiums   $ 155   $ 644
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses     8,752     10,806
Other assets     90     65
   
 
  Total affiliate assets     8,997     11,515
  Non-affiliate assets     3,791,362     2,923,825
   
 
  Total assets   $ 3,800,359   $ 2,935,340
   
 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity            
Liabilities            
Unearned premium reserves   $ 1,576   $ 2,036
Reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses     4,650     34
Funds held by Company under reinsurance agreements     25,274     21,412
Other liabilities     9,893     14,990
   
 
  Total affiliate liabilities     41,393     38,472
  Non-affiliate liabilities     2,092,396     1,246,107
   
 
  Total liabilities     2,133,789     1,284,579
Total shareholders' equity(1)     1,666,570     1,650,761
   
 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 3,800,359   $ 2,935,340
   
 

      (1)
      During December 2006, AGUS purchased 5,692,599 common shares of the Company from ACE.

158


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

15. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the non-affiliated and affiliated components of cash flows from operations:

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Affiliated   $ (2,826 ) $ (4,551 ) $ (1,984 )
Non-affiliated     388,676     266,125     179,341  
   
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities   $ 385,850   $ 261,574   $ 177,357  
   
 
 
 

Affiliated

 

$


 

$


 

$


 
Non-affiliated     (664,389 )   (228,461 )   (155,101 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash flows used in investing activities   $ (664,389 ) $ (228,461 ) $ (155,101 )
   
 
 
 

Affiliated*

 

$


 

$

(152,000

)

$


 
Non-affiliated     281,436     116,934     (31,937 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities   $ 281,436   $ (35,066 ) $ (31,937 )
   
 
 
 

      *
      2006 amount represents $150.0 million share repurchase from ACE and $2.0 million repayment of notes issued in connection with IPO.

    Transactions and Agreements with ACE

        During 2007, 2006 and 2005, ACE provided certain general and administrative services to some of the Company's subsidiaries, including AGC, AG Re and AGRO. In 2007 those services were information technology related services and in 2006 and 2005 also included tax consulting and preparation services. Expenses included in the Company's consolidated financial statements related to these services were $0.1 million, $0.6 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Effective January 1, 2007, the tax consulting and preparation services arrangement was terminated.

16. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Company and its subsidiaries are party to various lease agreements. As of December 31, 2007, future minimum rental payments under the terms of these operating leases for office space are $3.0 million in 2008, $1.7 million in 2009, $0.7 million in 2010, $0.5 million in 2011 and 2012 and $2.1 million thereafter. These payments are subject to escalations in building operating costs and real estate taxes. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was approximately $3.5 million, $3.0 million and $3.1 million, respectively.

        On January 18, 2002, World Omni filed an action against AG Intermediary Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York entitled World Omni Financial Corp. v. ACE Capital Re Inc., Case No. 02 CV 0476 (RO). On September 20, 2002, World Omni amended its complaint to add AGRO as a defendant. The dispute arose out of a quota

159


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

16. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)


share reinsurance agreement between AGRO and JCJ Insurance Company ("JCJ"), an affiliate of World Omni, and an underlying residual value insurance policy issued by JCJ to World Omni, which insured residual value losses of World Omni with respect to a portfolio of automobile leases. Subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, the residual value insurance policy insures World Omni against losses (as defined in the policy) resulting from the value of leased vehicles at the end of the applicable lease term being less than what such value was assumed to have been at the inception of the applicable lease term. In the District Court action, World Omni sought a declaratory judgment regarding AGRO's coverage obligations, if any, for such alleged losses, as well as damages for breach of contract based upon AGRO's refusal to pay claims asserted by World Omni. World Omni sought $157.0 million, which is the limit of liability under the quota share reinsurance agreement, plus interest.

        On April 28, 2004 the Company entered into a quota share retrocession agreement with AIOIC, a subsidiary of ACE, whereby it ceded 100% of any potential losses associated with the above litigation for a premium of $32.2 million. The matter was settled on December 15, 2005 between AIOIC and World Omni. Upon settlement, the Company paid its $34.4 million funds held liability to AIOIC. Also in connection with the settlement the Company released $54.2 million of reinsurance recoverable and loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, representing its entire obligation to World Omni.

        Lawsuits arise in the ordinary course of the Company's business. It is the opinion of the Company's management, based upon the information available, that the expected outcome of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or liquidity, although an adverse resolution of a number of these items could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or liquidity in a particular quarter or fiscal year.

        In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of the Company's subsidiaries assert claims in legal proceedings against third parties to recover losses paid in prior periods. The amounts, if any, the Company will recover in these proceedings are uncertain, although recoveries in any one or more of these proceedings during any quarter or fiscal year could be material to the Company's results of operations in that particular quarter or fiscal year.

        In April 2005, AGC received a Notice of Order to Preserve ("Order") from the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance, State of Georgia ("Commissioner"). The Order was directed to "ACE Limited, and all affiliates" and requires the preservation of documents and other items related to "finite insurance" and a broad group of other insurance and reinsurance agreements. Also in April 2005, AGC, and numerous other insurers, received a subpoena from the Commissioner related to the "initial phase" of the Commissioner's investigation into "finite-risk" transactions. The subpoena requested information on AGC's assumed and ceded reinsurance contracts in force during 2004. AGC provided the required information in response to the subpoena in January 2006 and has not been asked by the Commissioner for any further information.

        During 2006, the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, AGRO, and a number of other parties, completed various settlements with defendants in the In re: National Century Financial Enterprises Inc. Investment Litigation now pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio—Eastern District. AGRO received approximately $1.3 million (pre-tax) in 2007, from the settlements. AGRO originally paid claims in 2003 of approximately $41.7 million (pre-tax) related to National Century Financial Enterprises Inc. To date, including the settlements described above, the

160


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

16. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)


Company has recovered $20.1 million (pre-tax), representing a partial settlement of the litigation. The litigation will continue against other parties.

        The Company is party to reinsurance agreements with most of the major monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies. The Company's facultative and treaty agreements are generally subject to termination (i) upon written notice (ranging from 90 to 120 days) prior to the specified deadline for renewal, (ii) at the option of the primary insurer if the Company fails to maintain certain financial, regulatory and rating agency criteria which are equivalent to or more stringent than those the Company is otherwise required to maintain for its own compliance with state mandated insurance laws and to maintain a specified financial strength rating for the particular insurance subsidiary or (iii) upon certain changes of control of the Company. Upon termination under the conditions set forth in (ii) and (iii) above, the Company may be required (under some of its reinsurance agreements) to return to the primary insurer all statutory unearned premiums, less ceding commissions, attributable to reinsurance ceded pursuant to such agreements after which the Company would be released from liability with respect to the ceded business. Upon the occurrence of the conditions set forth in (ii) above, whether or not an agreement is terminated, the Company may be required to obtain a letter of credit or alternative form of security to collateralize its obligation to perform under such agreement or it may be obligated to increase the level of ceding commission paid.

        During 2005 the Company recovered $71.0 million relating to a reinsurance claim incurred in 1998 and 1999. This recovery was received in connection with the completion of two settlements. See Note 10 for further information.

17. Concentrations

        The Company's client base includes all of the major monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies, many banks and several European insurance and reinsurance companies. Of the Company's total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2007, 31.0% and 11.6% came from Ambac and FSA, respectively, both of which are primary financial guaranty insurance companies. These cessions contain an insignificant amount of CDS contracts. Of the Company's total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2006, 17.7% came from FSA. Of the Company's total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2005, 18.0% and 13.0% came from FSA and Ambac, respectively. In addition, during 2005 10.3% of the Company's total gross premiums written came from CGA Group Ltd. ("CGA"). The entire amount related to CGA was retroceded to a subsidiary of ACE. No other client represented more than 10% of the Company's total gross premiums written for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

18. Long-Term Debt

        The Company's consolidated financial statements include long-term debt used to fund the Company's insurance operations, and related interest expense, as described below.

    Senior Notes

        On May 18, 2004, AGUS, a subsidiary of the Company, issued $200.0 million of 7.0% Senior Notes due 2034 for net proceeds of $197.3 million. The proceeds of the offering were used to repay substantially all of a $200.0 million promissory note issued to a subsidiary of ACE in April 2004 as part

161


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

18. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

of the IPO related formation transactions. The coupon on the Senior Notes is 7.0%, however, the effective rate is approximately 6.4%, taking into account the effect of a cash flow hedge executed by the Company in March 2004. The Company recorded interest expense of $13.4 million, including $0.6 million of amortized gain on the cash flow hedge, for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Assured Guaranty Ltd.

    Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures

        On December 20, 2006, AGUS issued $150.0 million of Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures (the "Debentures") due 2066 for net proceeds of $149.7 million. The proceeds of the offering were used to repurchase 5,692,599 of Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s common shares from ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd., a subsidiary of ACE. The Debentures pay a fixed 6.40% rate of interest until December 15, 2016, and thereafter pay a floating rate of interest, reset quarterly, at a rate equal to 3 month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 2.38%. AGUS may elect at one or more times to defer payment of interest for one or more consecutive periods for up to ten years. Any unpaid interest bears interest at the then applicable rate. AGUS may not defer interest past the maturity date. The Company recorded interest expense of $9.8 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These Debentures are guaranteed on a junior subordinated basis by Assured Guaranty Ltd.

    Credit Facilities

2006 Credit Facility

        On November 6, 2006, Assured Guaranty Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a $300.0 million five-year unsecured revolving credit facility (the "2006 credit facility") with a syndicate of banks. Under the 2006 credit facility, each of AGC, AG (UK), AG Re, AGRO and Assured Guaranty Ltd. are entitled to request the banks to make loans to such borrower or to request that letters of credit be issued for the account of such borrower.

        Of the $300.0 million available to be borrowed, no more than $100.0 million may be borrowed by Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re or AGRO, individually or in the aggregate, and no more than $20.0 million may be borrowed by AG (UK). The stated amount of all outstanding letters of credit and the amount of all unpaid drawings in respect of all letters of credit cannot, in the aggregate, exceed $100.0 million.

        The 2006 credit facility also provides that Assured Guaranty Ltd. may request that the commitment of the banks be increased an additional $100.0 million up to a maximum aggregate amount of $400.0 million. Any such incremental commitment increase is subject to certain conditions provided in the agreement and must be for at least $25.0 million.

        The proceeds of the loans and letters of credit are to be used for the working capital and other general corporate purposes of the borrowers and to support reinsurance transactions.

        At the closing of the 2006 credit facility, (i) AGC guaranteed the obligations of AG (UK) under such facility, (ii) Assured Guaranty Ltd. guaranteed the obligations of AG Re and AGRO under such facility and agreed that, if the Company Consolidated Assets (as defined in the related credit

162


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

18. Long-Term Debt (Continued)


agreement) of AGC and its subsidiaries were to fall below $1.2 billion, it would, within 15 days, guarantee the obligations of AGC and AG (UK) under such facility, (iii) Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. guaranteed the obligations of Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re and AGRO under such facility and (iv) Each of AG Re and AGRO guarantees the other as well as Assured Guaranty Ltd.

        The 2006 credit facility's financial covenants require that Assured Guaranty Ltd. (a) maintain a minimum net worth of seventy-five percent (75%) of the Consolidated Net Worth of Assured Guaranty Ltd. as of the most recent fiscal quarter of Assured Guaranty Ltd. prior to November 6, 2006 and (b) maintain a maximum debt-to-capital ratio of 30%. In addition, the 2006 credit facility requires that AGC maintain qualified statutory capital of at least 75% of its statutory capital as of the fiscal quarter prior to November 6, 2006. Furthermore, the 2006 credit facility contains restrictions on Assured Guaranty Ltd. and its subsidiaries, including, among other things, in respect of their ability to incur debt, permit liens, become liable in respect of guaranties, make loans or investments, pay dividends or make distributions, dissolve or become party to a merger, consolidation or acquisition, dispose of assets or enter into affiliate transactions. Most of these restrictions are subject to certain minimum thresholds and exceptions. The 2006 credit facility has customary events of default, including (subject to certain materiality thresholds and grace periods) payment default, failure to comply with covenants, material inaccuracy of representation or warranty, bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, change of control and cross-default to other debt agreements. A default by one borrower will give rise to a right of the lenders to terminate the facility and accelerate all amounts then outstanding. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, Assured Guaranty was in compliance with all of those financial covenants.

        As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings under this facility.

        The 2006 credit facility replaced a $300.0 million three-year credit facility. No Letters of Credit were outstanding as of December 31, 2007. Letters of Credit for a total aggregate stated amount of approximately $19.6 million remained outstanding as of December 31, 2006.

Non-Recourse Credit Facilities

AG Re Credit Facility

        On July 31, 2007 AG Re entered into a non-recourse credit facility ("AG Re Credit Facility") with a syndicate of banks which provides up to $200.0 million to satisfy certain reinsurance agreements and obligations. The AG Re Credit Facility expires in July 2014.

        The AG Re Credit Facility does not contain any financial covenants. The AG Re Credit Facility has customary events of default, including (subject to certain materiality thresholds and grace periods) payment default, failure to comply with covenants, material inaccuracy of representation or warranty, bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, change of control and cross-default to other debt agreements. If any such event of default were triggered, AG Re could be required to repay potential outstanding borrowings in an accelerated manner.

        As of December 31, 2007, no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings under the life of this facility.

163


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

18. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

AGC Credit Facility

        AGC was party to a non-recourse credit facility ("AGC Credit Facility") with a syndicate of banks which provided up to $175.0 million specifically designed to provide rating agency qualified capital to further support AGC's claims paying resources. As of December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings under the life of this facility.

        AGC's failure to comply with certain covenants under the AGC Credit Facility credit facilities could, subject to grace periods in the case of certain covenants, have resulted in an event of default. This could have required AGC to repay any outstanding borrowings in an accelerated manner.

        The AGC Credit Facility was terminated on July 31, 2007.

Committed Capital Securities

        On April 8, 2005, AGC entered into four separate agreements with four different unaffiliated custodial trusts pursuant to which AGC may, at its option, cause each of the custodial trusts to purchase up to $50.0 million of perpetual preferred stock of AGC. The custodial trusts were created as a vehicle for providing capital support to AGC by allowing AGC to obtain immediate access to new capital at its sole discretion at any time through the exercise of the put option. If the put options were exercised, AGC would receive $200.0 million in return for the issuance of its own perpetual preferred stock, the proceeds of which may be used for any purpose including the payment of claims. The put options were not exercised during 2007, 2006 or 2005. Initially, all of the CCS Securities were issued to a special purpose pass-through trust (the "Pass-Through Trust"). The Pass-Through Trust is a newly created statutory trust organized under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act formed for the purposes of (i) issuing $200,000,000 of Pass-Through Trust Securities to qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) investing the proceeds from the sale of the Pass-Through Trust Securities in, and holding, the CCS Securities issued by the Custodial Trusts and (iii) entering into related agreements. Neither the Pass-Through Trust nor the Custodial Trusts are consolidated in Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s financial statements.

        Income distributions on the Pass-Through Trust Securities will be equal to an annualized rate of One-Month LIBOR plus 110 basis points for all periods ending on or prior to April 8, 2008, and thereafter distributions will be determined pursuant to a remarketing process (the "Flexed Rate Period") or pursuant to an auction process (the "Auction Rate Mode"). If the remarketing process fails and the auction process fails, the annualized rate will be One-Month LIBOR plus 250 basis points. Distributions on the CCS Securities and dividends on the AGC Preferred Stock will be determined pursuant to the same process.

        For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company has incurred $2.6 million, $2.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively, of put option premiums which are an on-going expense. The 2005 expense also included $2.0 million of one-time investment banking fees associated with the committed capital securities. These expenses are presented in the Company's consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income under other expense. The CCS securities have a fair value of $8.3 million and a change in fair value during 2007 of $8.3 million which are recorded in the statement

164


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

18. Long-Term Debt (Continued)


of financial position and statement of operations, respectively, and fair value of $0 at December 31, 2006 or 2005.

19. Shareholders' Equity

    General

        The Company has an authorized share capital of $5.0 million divided into 500,000,000 shares, par value $0.01 per share. Except as described below, the Company's common shares have no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional common shares, no rights of redemption, conversion or exchange and no sinking fund rights. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of the Company's common shares are entitled to share equally, in proportion to the number of common shares held by such holder, in the Company's assets, if any remain after the payment of all the Company's debts and liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares. Under certain circumstances, the Company has the right to purchase all or a portion of the shares held by a shareholder at fair market value. All of the common shares are fully paid and non assessable. Holders of the Company's common shares are entitled to receive such dividends as lawfully may be declared from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors.

    Issuance of Shares

        Subject to the Company's Bye-Laws and Bermuda law, the Company's Board of Directors has the power to issue any of the Company's unissued shares as it determines, including the issuance of any shares or class of shares with preferred, deferred or other special rights.

        The following table presents changes in the Company's common stock issued and outstanding for each of the three years ended December 31, 2007.

 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
Beginning balance   67,534,024   74,761,577   75,678,792  
Common stock issuance(1)   12,917,897   309,065   25,667  
Restricted stock issuance, net(2)       277,388  
Reclassification to remove nonvested restricted stock due to adoption of FAS 123R(2)     (1,021,124 )  
Share activity under option and incentive plans, net(3)   (69,882 ) 26,645   (204,214 )
Common stock repurchases(4)   (433,060 ) (6,542,139 ) (1,016,056 )
   
 
 
 
Ending balance   79,948,979   67,534,024   74,761,577  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Includes public offering, vesting of restricted stock and shares issued under ESPP.

(2)
Prior to the adoption of FAS 123R, the Company reported restricted stock awards as issued common stock. In accordance with the provisions of FAS 123R, on January 1, 2006, the Company reclassified any unvested restricted stock awards as nonvested restricted stock and as such it is no longer considered issued.

165


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

19. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

(3)
Includes shares issued from exercises of stock options and shares repurchased from employees in connection with the payment of withholding taxes due in connection with the vesting of restricted stock awards.

(4)
2006 amount includes 5,692,599 shares of the Company's common stock purchased by Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. from ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd., a subsidiary of ACE. See Note 18. Long-Term Debt, for more information.

    Acquisition of Common Shares

        Under the Company's Bye-Laws and subject to Bermuda law, if the Company's Board of Directors determines that any ownership of the Company's shares may result in adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to us, any of the Company's subsidiaries or any of its shareholders or indirect holders of shares or its Affiliates (other than such as the Company's Board of Directors considers de minimis), the Company has the option, but not the obligation, to require such shareholder to sell to the Company or to a third party to whom the Company assigns the repurchase right the minimum number of common shares necessary to avoid or cure any such adverse consequences at a price determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors to represent the shares' fair market value (as defined in the Company's Bye-Laws).

        At the time of the IPO, ACE beneficially owned 26,000,000 common shares of Assured Guaranty Ltd. In December 2006, Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. repurchased 5,692,599 of the Company's common shares from a subsidiary of ACE. In addition, in December 2006 ACE sold 1,150,000 shares of the Company's common shares to Banc of America Securities LLC. Assured Guaranty did not receive any proceeds from this transaction. Following the closing of these two transactions, ACE's ownership in Assured Guaranty Ltd. was reduced to approximately 19.2 million of Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s outstanding common shares.

    Stock Repurchase Programs

        On November 8, 2007, the Company's Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase program for up to 2.0 million common shares. Share repurchases will take place at management's discretion depending on market conditions. During 2007, the Company paid $5.6 million to repurchase 0.3 million shares of its Common Stock at an average price of $19.82.

        In May 2006, the Company's Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for 1.0 million common shares. Share repurchases took place at management's discretion depending on market conditions. In August 2007 the Company completed this share repurchase program. During 2007 and 2006, the Company paid $3.7 million and $21.1 million, respectively, to repurchase 1.0 million shares of its Common Stock at an average price of $24.81.

        In April 2005, the Company completed a Board of Directors authorized stock repurchase program spending approximately $25.0 million to repurchase 1.3 million shares of its Common Stock at an average price of $18.69.

166


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

19. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

    Dividend Policy

        During 2007, 2006 and 2005 the Company paid dividends of $11.0 million, or $0.16 per common share, $10.5 million, or $0.14 per common share, and $9.0 million, or $0.12 per common share, respectively. Any determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors, and will depend upon the Company's results of operations and operating cash flows, its financial position and capital requirements, general business conditions, legal, tax, regulatory, rating agency and any contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and any other factors the Company's Board of Directors deems relevant. For more information concerning regulatory constraints that will affect the Company's ability to pay dividends, see Note 14.

20. Employee Benefit Plans

Share-Based Compensation

    Accounting for Share-Based Compensation

        Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted FAS 123R, which replaces FAS 123 and supersedes APB 25. FAS 123R requires all share-based compensation transactions with employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period based on their relative fair values.

        Prior to the adoption of FAS 123R, the Company followed the guidance of APB 25 and did not record share-based compensation expense related to employee stock options in the statement of operations, since for all grants the exercise price was equal to the market value of the common stock on the grant date.

        The Company elected to use the modified prospective transition method for implementing FAS 123R. Under this transition method, compensation expense includes: (a) compensation expense for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of, January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of FAS 123, and (b) compensation expense for all share-based payments granted on or after January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of FAS 123R. Because the Company elected to use the modified prospective transition method, results for prior periods have not been restated and new awards are valued and accounted for prospectively upon adoption.

        Effective January 1, 2006, upon adoption of FAS 123R, the Company began recording share-based compensation for the cost of stock options, restricted stock and the Company sponsored employee stock purchase plan. Also, the Company began recording the cost associated with the accelerated vesting of retirement-eligible employees.

        Share-based compensation expense in 2007 and 2006 was $17.3 million ($14.3 million after tax) and $12.1 million ($10.0 million after tax), respectively. The effect on both basic and diluted earnings per share for 2007 was $0.21. The effect on basic and diluted earnings per share for 2006 was $0.14 and $0.13, respectively. Included in 2007 and 2006 expense were $5.9 million and $2.2 million, respectively, related to accelerated vesting for stock award grants to retirement-eligible employees. FAS 123R requires these awards be expensed over the period through the date the employee first becomes eligible to retire and is no longer required to provide service to earn part or all of the award, regardless of the

167


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

20. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)


employee's intent of retirement. Share-based compensation expense in 2005 was $5.3 million ($4.8 million after tax). The amount of share-based compensation capitalized in 2007, 2006 and 2005 as DAC was $2.7 million, $2.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

        The following table presents pre-DAC and pre-tax, share-based compensation cost by share-based type:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2007
  2006
  2005
Share-Based Employee Cost                  
Restricted Stock                  
  Recurring amortization   $ 9,371   $ 7,676   $ 5,481
  Accelerated amortization for retirement eligible employees     4,074     1,534    
   
 
 
    Subtotal     13,445     9,210     5,481
   
 
 
Stock Options                  
  Recurring amortization     3,632     3,581    
  Accelerated amortization for retirement eligible employees     1,782     655    
   
 
 
    Subtotal     5,414     4,236    
   
 
 
ESPP     154     125    
   
 
 
Total Share-Based Employee Cost     19,013     13,571     5,481
   
 
 
Share-Based Directors Cost                  
Restricted Stock     219     289     275
Restricted Stock Units     804     843     663
   
 
 
Total Share-Based Directors Cost     1,023     1,132     938
   
 
 
Total Share-Based Cost   $ 20,036   $ 14,703   $ 6,419
   
 
 

168


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

20. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

        The following table outlines the Company's net income, basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2005, had the compensation expense been determined in accordance with the fair value method recommended in FAS 123.

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

  2005
 
Net income as reported   $ 188,448  
Add: Stock-based compensation expense due to accelerated vesting of ACE awards included in reported net income, net of income tax      
Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income, net of income tax     5,618  
Deduct: Compensation expense, net of income tax     (9,349 )
   
 
Pro forma net income(1)   $ 184,717  
   
 
Basic Earnings Per Share:        
As reported   $ 2.55  
Pro forma   $ 2.50  
Diluted Earnings Per Share:        
As reported   $ 2.53  
Pro forma   $ 2.48  

      (1)
      Excludes share-based compensation capitalized as DAC.

    Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan

        As of April 27, 2004, the Company adopted the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan"). The number of common shares that may be delivered under the Incentive Plan may not exceed 7,500,000. In the event of certain transactions affecting the Company's common shares, the number or type of shares subject to the Incentive Plan, the number and type of shares subject to outstanding awards under the Incentive Plan, and the exercise price of awards under the Incentive Plan, may be adjusted.

        The Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, and full value awards that are based on the Company's common shares. The grant of full value awards may be in return for a participant's previously performed services, or in return for the participant surrendering other compensation that may be due, or may be contingent on the achievement of performance or other objectives during a specified period, or may be subject to a risk of forfeiture or other restrictions that will lapse upon the achievement of one or more goals relating to completion of service by the participant, or achievement of performance or other objectives. Awards under the Incentive Plan may accelerate and become vested upon a change in control of the Company.

        The Incentive Plan is administered by a committee of the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee of the Board serves as this committee except as otherwise determined by the Board. The Board may amend or terminate the Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2007, 1,664,268 common shares were available for grant under the Incentive Plan.

169


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

20. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

    Stock Options

        Nonqualified or incentive stock options may be granted to employees and directors of the Company. Stock options are generally granted once a year with exercise prices equal to the closing price on the date of grant. To date, the Company has only issued nonqualified stock options. All stock options granted to employees vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period and expire 10 years from the date of grant. None of the Company's options have a performance or market condition. Following is a summary of the Company's options issued and outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 
  Year of
Expiration

  Weighted Average
Exercise Price

  Options for
Common
Shares

 
Balance as of December 31, 2004       $ 17.88   1,794,400  
Options granted   2015   $ 18.42   788,767  
Options exercised       $ 18.00   (4,136 )
Options forfeited       $ 17.77   (121,729 )
             
 
Balance as of December 31, 2005       $ 18.05   2,457,302  
Options granted   2016   $ 25.49   797,067  
Options exercised       $ 17.96   (141,715 )
Options forfeited       $ 20.73   (102,494 )
             
 
Balance as of December 31, 2006       $ 19.92   3,010,160  
Options granted   2017   $ 26.74   862,667  
Options exercised       $ 19.10   (78,651 )
Options forfeited       $ 23.96   (90,945 )
             
 
Balance as of December 31, 2007       $ 21.44   3,703,231  
             
 
Exercisable as of December 31, 2005       $ 17.89   582,701  
             
 
Exercisable as of December 31, 2006       $ 18.00   1,272,211  
             
 
Exercisable as of December 31, 2007       $ 18.85   2,186,761  
             
 

        As of December 31, 2007, the aggregate intrinsic value and weighted-average remaining contractual term of options outstanding were $19.1 million and 7.4 years, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, the aggregate intrinsic value and weighted-average remaining contractual term of options exercisable were $16.8 million and 6.7 years, respectively.

        The Company recorded $5.4 million ($4.3 million after tax) in share-based compensation related to stock options during the year ended December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2007 the total unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding nonvested stock options was $3.7 million, which will be adjusted in the future for the difference between estimated and actual forfeitures. The Company expects to recognize that expense over the weighted-average remaining service period of 1.3 years.

170


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

20. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

        The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted were $6.83, $6.71 and $4.63 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The fair value of options issued is estimated on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option pricing model, with the following weighted average assumptions used for grants in 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
Dividend yield   0.6 % 0.5 % 0.7 %
Expected volatility   19.03 % 20.43 % 20.80 %
Risk free interest rate   4.7 % 4.6 % 4.1 %
Expected life   5 years   5 years   5 years  
Forfeiture rate   6.0 % 6.0 % 6.0 %

        These assumptions were based on the following:

    The expected dividend yield is based on the current expected annual dividend and share price on the grant date,

    Expected volatility is estimated at the date of grant based on the historical share price volatility, calculated on a daily basis,

    The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term to the granted stock options,

    The expected life is based on the average expected term of the Company's guideline companies, which are defined as similar or peer entities, since the Company has insufficient expected life data,

    The forfeiture rate is based on the rate used by the Company's guideline companies, since the Company has insufficient forfeiture data. Estimated forfeitures will be reassessed at each grant vesting date and may change based on new facts and circumstances.

        For options granted before January 1, 2006, the Company amortizes the fair value on an accelerated basis. For options granted on or after January 1, 2006, the Company amortizes the fair value on a straight-line basis. All options are amortized over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods, with the exception of retirement-eligible employees. For retirement-eligible employees, options are amortized over the period through the date the employee first becomes eligible to retire and is no longer required to provide service to earn part or all of the award. The Company may elect to use different assumptions under the Black-Scholes option valuation model in the future, which could materially affect the Company's net income or earnings per share.

        The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $0.7 million, $1.2 million and $16,000, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, $1.5 million and $2.5 million, respectively, was received from the exercise of stock options and $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, related tax benefit was recorded and included in the financing section in the statement of cash flows. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company received $0.1 million from the exercise of stock options and recorded $4.1 million in benefits for tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation expense, which were reported and included in the operating section in the statement of cash flows. In order to satisfy stock option exercises, the

171


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

20. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)


Company will either issue new shares or reissue shares held at AGUS due to the repurchase of 5,692,599 of the Company's common shares from ACE Bermuda. See Note 19 for further information.

    Restricted Stock Awards

        Under the Company's Incentive Plan 487,437, 460,083, and 402,747 restricted common shares were awarded during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, to employees and non-employee directors of the Company. These shares vest at various dates through 2011.

        The Company has granted restricted stock awards to employees and directors of the Company. Restricted stock awards generally vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period. Restricted stock awards are amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods, with the exception of retirement-eligible employees, discussed above. Prior to the adoption of FAS 123R, the Company presented restricted stock issuances on the balance sheet in common stock and additional paid-in capital with an offset in unearned stock grant compensation as a separate component of shareholders' equity. In accordance with the provisions of FAS 123R, on January 1, 2006, the Company reclassified the balance in unearned stock grant compensation to common stock and additional paid-in capital in shareholders' equity. The following table summarizes restricted stock award activity for the year ended December 31, 2007:

Nonvested Shares

  Number of
Shares

  Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

Nonvested at December 31, 2006   1,138,283   $ 21.01
Granted   487,437   $ 26.76
Vested   (406,335 ) $ 19.76
Forfeited   (55,711 ) $ 23.01
   
     
Nonvested at December 31, 2007   1,163,674   $ 23.75
   
 

        The Company recorded $13.7 million ($11.0 million after tax) in share-based compensation, related to restricted stock awards, during the year ended December 31, 2007.

172


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

20. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

        The following table includes a roll-forward of unearned stock grant compensation:

 
  Unearned stock
grant compensation

 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
 
Balance, December 31, 2004   $ 6,729  
   
 
  Stock grants awarded in 2005     8,209  
  Stock grants forfeited in 2005     (1,613 )
  Amortization in 2005     (6,419 )
  Vesting of common shares held in trust     7,850  
   
 
Balance, December 31, 2005     14,756  
   
 
  Reclassification due to adoption of FAS 123R     (14,756 )
   
 
Balance, December 31, 2006   $  
   
 

        As of December 31, 2007 the total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding nonvested restricted stock awards was $12.9 million, which the Company expects to recognize over the weighted-average remaining service period of 1.8 years. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $8.0 million, $5.2 million and $4.6 million, respectively.

    Restricted Stock Units

        The Company has granted restricted stock units to directors of the Company. Restricted stock units vest over a one-year period. The following table summarizes restricted stock unit activity (excluding dividend equivalents) for the year ended December 31, 2007:

Nonvested Stock Units

  Number of
Stock Units

  Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

Nonvested at December 31, 2006   34,030   $ 24.39
Granted   28,988   $ 27.60
Vested   (34,030 ) $ 24.39
Forfeited      
   
     
Nonvested at December 31, 2007   28,988   $ 27.60
   
 

        The Company recorded $0.8 million ($0.8 million after tax) in share-based compensation during the year ended December 31, 2007. The compensation for restricted stock units is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. As of December 31, 2007, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding nonvested restricted stock units was $0.3 million, which the Company expects to recognize over the weighted-average remaining service period of 0.4 years.

        Beginning February 2008, the Company granted restricted stock units to employees with the vesting terms similar to those of the restricted common shares.

173


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

20. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

    Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        In January 2005, the Company established the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Stock Purchase Plan") in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 423. The Stock Purchase Plan was approved by shareholders at the 2005 Annual General Meeting. Participation in the Stock Purchase Plan is available to all eligible employees. Maximum annual purchases by participants are limited to the number of whole shares that can be purchased by an amount equal to 10 percent of the participant's compensation or, if less, shares having a value of $25,000. Participants may purchase shares at a purchase price equal to 85 percent of the lesser of the fair market value of the stock on the first day or the last day of the subscription period. The Company reserved for issuance and purchases under the Stock Purchase Plan 100,000 shares of its common stock. Employees purchased 27,602 shares for aggregate proceeds of $0.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2007, 23,302 shares for aggregate proceeds of $0.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, and 19,488 shares for aggregate proceeds of $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. The Company recorded $0.2 million ($0.1 million after tax) in share-based compensation under the Stock Purchase Plan during the year ended December 31, 2007.

Defined Contribution Plan

        The Company maintains savings incentive plans, which are qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. The U.S. savings incentive plan is available to all full-time employees upon hire. Eligible participants may contribute a percentage of their salary subject to a maximum of $15,500 for 2007. Beginning January 1, 2006, the Company amended the U.S. savings incentive plan. The Company matches employee contributions up to 6%, subject to IRS limitations. Any amounts over the IRS limits, are contributed to and matched by the Company into a nonqualified supplemental executive retirement plan. The Company also makes a core contribution of 6% to the qualified plan and the nonqualified supplemental executive retirement plan, regardless of whether the employee contributes to the plan. In addition, employees become fully vested after 1 year of service, as defined in the plan. Plan eligibility is immediate upon hire. Prior to 2006, contributions were matched by the Company at a rate of 100% up to 7% of the participant's compensation, subject to IRS limitations. In addition, the Company might contribute an additional profit sharing amount to eligible employees' savings incentive plan accounts at the discretion of the Board of Directors. For 2005, the Company made a discretionary contribution equal to 5% of the compensation of eligible participants, which discretionary contribution was made to a U.S. savings incentive plan up to the amount permitted by IRS limits, with amounts in excess of those permitted by the IRS limits contributed to the U.S. nonqualified plan. Participants generally vested in Company contributions at a rate of 33.3% per year starting with the completion of one year of service.

        In Bermuda the savings incentive plan is available to all full-time employees upon their first date of employment. Eligible participants may contribute a percentage of their salary subject to a maximum of $15,500 for 2007. Contributions are matched by the Company at a rate of 100% up to 6% of the participant's compensation, subject to IRS limitations. Eligible participants also receive a Company core contribution equal to 6% of the participant's compensation, subject to IRS limitations, without requiring the participant to contribute to the plan. Participants generally vest in Company contributions upon the completion of one year of service. With respect to those employees who are Bermudian or

174


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

20. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)


spouses of Bermudians and who must participate in the Bermuda national pension scheme plan maintained by the Company, a portion of the foregoing contributions are made to the Bermuda national pension scheme plan. If employee or employer contributions in the Bermuda savings incentive plan are limited by the tax-qualification rules of Code section 401(a), then contributions in excess of those limits are allocated to a nonqualified plan. The Company may contribute an additional amount to eligible employees' Bermuda nonqualified plan accounts at the discretion of the Board of Directors. No such contribution was made for plan years 2007, 2006 or in 2005.

        The Company contributed approximately $2.9 million in 2007, $2.6 million in 2006 and $1.7 million in 2005 in nondiscretionary contributions under all these plans. Total discretionary expense under all these plans amounted to approximately $2.3 million in 2007, $2.4 million in 2006 and $0.9 million in 2005.

Cash-Based Compensation

    Performance Retention Plan

        In February 2006, the Company established the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan. This plan permits the award of cash based awards to selected employees which vest after four years of continued employment (or earlier, if the employee's termination occurs as a result of death, disability, or retirement). Participants receive the designated award in a single lump sum when it vests, except that participants who vest as a result of retirement receive the bonus at the end of the four year period during which the award would have vested had the participant continued in employment. The value of the award paid is greater than the originally-designated amount only if actual company performance, as measured by an increase in the company's modified adjusted book value, improves during the four year performance period. For those participants who vest prior to the end of the four year period as a result of their termination of employment resulting from retirement, death or disability, the value of the award paid is greater than the originally-designated amount only if actual company performance, as measured by an increase in the company's modified adjusted book value, improves during the period ending on the last day of the calendar quarter prior to the date of the participant's termination of employment. Awards under the plan may be treated as nonqualified deferred compensation subject to the rules of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, and the plan was revised to satisfy those rules for the first award granted under the Plan, which occurred in 2007. The plan was again revised in 2008 to be a sub-plan under our Long-Term Incentive Plan (enabling awards under the plan to be performance-based compensation exempt from the $1 million limit on tax deductible compensation). The revisions also give the Compensation Committee greater flexibility in establishing the terms of performance retention awards, including the ability to establish different performance periods and performance objectives. The revised plan also retains the provisions necessary to satisfy the requirements that apply to nonqualified deferred compensation.

        The Compensation Committee determines modified adjusted book value as of any date by the following formula:

    the book value of the Company, derived by determining shareholders' equity, plus

    the after-tax value of the financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty net unearned premium reserves, less

175


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

20. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

    deferred acquisition costs, plus

    the present value of estimated net future installment premiums, as reported in the Company's quarterly Financial Supplement, excluding

    the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income, and

    the effects of unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments in accordance with FAS 133.

    In the event of a corporate transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, any share dividend, share split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, sale of assets or subsidiaries, combination or exchange of shares, the Compensation Committee may adjust the calculation of the Company's modified adjusted book value as the Compensation Committee deems necessary or desirable in order to preserve the benefits or potential benefits of Performance Retention Plan awards.

        The Company's compensation expense for 2007 was in the form of performance retention awards and the awards that were made in 2007 vest over a four year period. The Company recognized approximately $0.2 million of expense for performance retention awards in 2007.

21. (Loss) Earnings Per Share

        Basic (loss) earnings per share is calculated by dividing net (loss) income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted (loss) earnings per share adjusts basic (loss) earnings per share for the effects of restricted stock, stock options and other potentially dilutive financial instruments, only in the periods in which such effect is dilutive.

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share ("EPS"):

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars except
per share amounts)

Net (loss) income   $ (303,272 ) $ 159,734   $ 188,448
   
 
 
Basic shares(1)     68,029     73,260     73,978
Effect of dilutive securities:                  
Stock awards         989     509
   
 
 
Diluted shares(1),(2)     68,029     74,248     74,487
   
 
 
  Basic EPS   $ (4.46 ) $ 2.18   $ 2.55
  Diluted EPS   $ (4.46 ) $ 2.15   $ 2.53

(1)
Since the shares held as treasury stock were required to be settled by delivery of employer stock, those shares are included in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS in 2005.

(2)
Totals may not add due to rounding.

176


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

22. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amount and estimated fair value of financial instruments are presented in the following table:

 
  As of December 31, 2007
  As of December 31, 2006
 
  Carrying
Amount

  Estimated
Fair Value

  Carrying
Amount

  Estimated
Fair Value

 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Assets:                        
  Fixed maturity securities   $ 2,586,954   $ 2,586,954   $ 2,331,071   $ 2,331,071
  Cash and short-term investments     560,986     560,986     138,849     138,849
  Net asset—fair value of derivative financial instruments             49,414     49,414
Liabilities:                        
  Unearned premium reserves     908,349     854,886     644,496     598,220
  Long-term debt:                        
    Senior Notes     197,408     169,478     197,375     222,064
    Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures     149,738     140,997     149,708     150,284
  Net liability—fair value of derivative financial instruments     606,946     606,946        
Off-Balance Sheet Instruments:                        
  Financial guaranty installment premiums         919,902         585,561

        The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosure for financial instruments. These determinations were made based on available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop the estimates and therefore, they may not necessarily be indicative of the amount the Company could realize in a current market exchange.

    Fixed Maturity Securities

        The fair value for fixed maturity securities shown in Note 9. The fair values of the Company's U.S. Treasury securities are primarily determined based upon broker dealer quotes obtained from several independent active market makers. The fair values of the Company's portfolio other than U.S. Treasury securities are determined primarily using matrix-pricing models. The matrix-pricing models incorporate factors such as tranche type, collateral coupons, average life, payment speeds, and spreads, in order to calculate the fair values of specific securities owned by the Company.

    Cash and Short-Term Investments

        The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for these instruments is cost, which approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

    Derivative Financial Instruments

        The fair value of the Company's derivative financial instruments is discussed in Note 4.

177


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

22. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

    Unearned Premium Reserves

        The fair value of the Company's unearned premium reserves is based on the estimated cost of entering into a cession of the entire portfolio with third party reinsurers under current market conditions. This figure was determined by using the statutory basis unearned premium reserves, net of deferred acquisition costs.

    Long-Term Debt

        The fair value of the Company's $200.0 million of Senior Notes and $150.0 million of Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures are determined by calculating the midpoint of quoted bid/ask prices over the U.S. Treasury yield at the year-end date and the appropriate credit spread for the similar debt instruments.

    Financial Guaranty Installment Premiums

        The fair value is derived by calculating the present value of the estimated future cash flow stream discounted at 6.0%.

23. Segment Reporting

        The Company has four principal business segments: (1) financial guaranty direct, which includes transactions whereby the Company provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that indemnifies the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due, and could take the form of a credit derivative; (2) financial guaranty reinsurance, which includes agreements whereby the Company is a reinsurer and agrees to indemnify a primary insurance company against part or all of the loss which the latter may sustain under a policy it has issued; (3) mortgage guaranty, which includes mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance whereby the Company provides protection against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans; and (4) other, which includes several lines of business in which the Company is no longer active, including trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, auto residual value reinsurance and the credit protection of equity layers of CDOs, as well as life, accident and health reinsurance.

        The Company does not segregate assets and liabilities at a segment level since management reviews and controls these assets and liabilities on a consolidated basis. The Company allocates operating expenses to each segment based on a comprehensive cost study. During 2006, the Company implemented a new operating expense allocation methodology to more closely allocate expenses to the individual operating segments. This new methodology was based on a comprehensive study and is based on departmental time estimates and headcount. 2005 amounts had been reclassified to show this new methodology on a comparative basis. Management uses underwriting gains and losses as the primary measure of each segment's financial performance.

178


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

23. Segment Reporting (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the components of underwriting gain (loss) for each reporting segment:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
  Financial
Guaranty
Direct

  Financial
Guaranty
Reinsurance

  Mortgage
Guaranty

  Other
  Total
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

Gross written premiums   $ 248.6   $ 251.0   $ 2.7   $ 3.5   $ 505.9
Net written premiums     232.8     250.8     2.7         486.3
Net earned premiums     125.5     88.9     17.5         232.0
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)     32.6     (24.1 )   0.6     (1.3 )   8.0
Profit commission expense         2.7     3.8         6.5
Acquisition costs     10.3     31.3     1.6         43.2
Other operating expenses     60.5     17.3     2.0         79.9
   
 
 
 
 
Underwriting gain   $ 22.1   $ 61.6   $ 9.4   $ 1.3   $ 94.5
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
 
  Financial
Guaranty
Direct

  Financial
Guaranty
Reinsurance

  Mortgage
Guaranty

  Other
  Total
 
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

 
Gross written premiums   $ 189.2   $ 123.9   $ 8.4   $ 4.1   $ 325.7  
Net written premiums     187.0     123.2     8.4         318.7  
Net earned premiums     89.7     94.4     22.7         206.7  
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)     (2.0 )   13.1     (4.4 )   (13.5 )   (6.8 )
Profit commission expense         2.7     6.8         9.5  
Acquisition costs     8.5     34.1     2.3         45.0  
Other operating expenses     52.3     14.5     1.3         68.0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Underwriting gain   $ 30.8   $ 30.0   $ 16.7   $ 13.5   $ 91.0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
 
  Financial
Guaranty
Direct

  Financial
Guaranty
Reinsurance

  Mortgage
Guaranty

  Other
  Total
 
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

 
Gross written premiums   $ 96.2   $ 98.0   $ 25.7   $ 32.2   $ 252.1  
Net written premiums     93.9     97.8     25.7         217.3  
Net earned premiums     74.5     105.6     18.6         198.7  
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)     (2.2 )   (61.3 )   (3.7 )   (2.4 )   (69.6 )
Profit commission expense         4.8     8.0         12.9  
Acquisition costs     6.3     36.9     2.0         45.3  
Other operating expenses     44.3     13.8     1.2         59.0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Underwriting gain (loss)   $ 26.1   $ 111.4   $ 11.1   $ 2.4   $ 151.1  
   
 
 
 
 
 

179


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

23. Segment Reporting (Continued)

        The following is a reconciliation of total underwriting gain to income before provision for income taxes for the years ended:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

 
Total underwriting gain   $ 94.5   $ 91.0   $ 151.1  
Net investment income     128.1     111.5     96.8  
Net realized investment (losses) gains     (1.3 )   (2.0 )   2.2  
Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments     (658.5 )   5.5     (3.5 )
Other income     0.5     0.4     0.2  
Interest expense     (23.5 )   (13.8 )   (13.5 )
Other expense     (2.6 )   (2.5 )   (3.7 )
   
 
 
 
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes   $ (463.0 ) $ 190.0   $ 229.6  
   
 
 
 

        The following table provides the lines of businesses from which each of the Company's four reporting segments derive their net earned premiums:

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

Financial guaranty direct:                  
Public finance   $ 16.2   $ 6.7   $ 2.2
Structured finance     109.3     83.0     72.3
   
 
 
  Total     125.5     89.7     74.5
   
 
 
Financial guaranty reinsurance:                  
Public finance     62.8     61.2     57.0
Structured finance     26.1     33.2     48.6
   
 
 
  Total     88.9     94.4     105.6
   
 
 
Mortgage guaranty:                  
Mortgage guaranty     17.5     22.7     18.6
   
 
 
Total net earned premiums   $ 232.0   $ 206.7   $ 198.7
   
 
 

        The other segment had an underwriting gain of $1.3 million, $13.5 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, as loss recoveries were recorded in all periods.

180


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

23. Segment Reporting (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the Company's gross written premiums by geographic region. Allocations have been made on the basis of location of risk.

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in millions of U.S. dollars)

 
North America   $ 418.0   82.6 % $ 237.6   73.0 % $ 212.0   84.1 %
United Kingdom     68.0   13.4 %   70.0   21.5 %   22.2   8.8 %
Europe     17.5   3.5 %   12.5   3.8 %   13.2   5.2 %
Australia     2.4   0.5 %   4.3   1.3 %   3.5   1.4 %
Other           1.3   0.4 %   1.2   0.5 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 505.9   100.0 % $ 325.7   100.0 % $ 252.1   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

181


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

24. Subsidiary Information

        The following tables present the condensed consolidated financial information for Assured Guaranty Ltd., Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., of which AGC is a subsidiary and AG Re and other subsidiaries of Assured Guaranty Ltd. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2007
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

 
  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Company)

  Assured Guaranty
US Holdings Inc.

  AG Re and
Other
Subsidiaries

  Consolidating
Adjustments

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)

Assets                              
Total investments and cash   $ 473   $ 1,370,865   $ 1,776,602   $   $ 3,147,940
Investment in subsidiaries     1,649,599             (1,649,599 )  
Deferred acquisition costs         78,908     180,390         259,298
Reinsurance recoverable         21,137     3,526     (15,814 )   8,849
Goodwill         85,417             85,417
Premiums receivable         40,393     32,001     (14,480 )   57,914
Deferred tax asset         131,449     16,114         147,563
Other     20,458     152,620     32,915     (112,615 )   93,378
   
 
 
 
 
  Total assets   $ 1,670,530   $ 1,880,789   $ 2,041,548   $ (1,792,508 ) $ 3,800,359
   
 
 
 
 

Liabilities and
sharehodlers' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Liabilities                              
Unearned premium reserves   $   $ 363,921   $ 632,517   $ (88,089 ) $ 908,349
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses         74,472     75,091     (15,718 )   133,845
Profit commissions payable         3,628     18,704         22,332
Senior Notes         197,408             197,408
Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures         149,738             149,738
Other     3,960     566,538     190,721     (39,102 )   722,117
   
 
 
 
 
  Total liabilities     3,960     1,355,705     917,033     (142,909 )   2,133,789
   
 
 
 
 
  Total shareholders' equity     1,666,570     525,084     1,124,515     (1,649,599 )   1,666,570
   
 
 
 
 
  Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 1,670,530   $ 1,880,789   $ 2,041,548   $ (1,792,508 ) $ 3,800,359
   
 
 
 
 

182


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

24. Subsidiary Information (Continued)


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2006
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

 
  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Company)

  Assured Guaranty
US Holdings Inc.

  AG Re and
Other
Subsidiaries

  Consolidating
Adjustments

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)

Assets                              
Total investments and cash   $ 1,523   $ 1,258,865   $ 1,209,532   $   $ 2,469,920
Investment in subsidiaries     1,648,358             (1,648,358 )  
Deferred acquisition costs         70,305     146,724         217,029
Reinsurance recoverable         8,826     4,547     (2,484 )   10,889
Goodwill         85,417             85,417
Premiums receivable         21,846     38,738     (19,019 )   41,565
Other     5,152     146,021     46,873     (87,526 )   110,520
   
 
 
 
 
  Total assets   $ 1,655,033   $ 1,591,280   $ 1,446,414   $ (1,757,387 ) $ 2,935,340
   
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity                              
Liabilities                              
Unearned premium reserves   $   $ 266,800   $ 447,785   $ (70,089 ) $ 644,496
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses         65,388     57,696     (2,484 )   120,600
Profit commissions payable         3,683     32,311         35,994
Deferred income taxes         41,415     (1,509 )       39,906
Senior Notes         197,375             197,375
Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures         149,708             149,708
Other     4,272     89,157     39,527     (36,456 )   96,500
   
 
 
 
 
  Total liabilities     4,272     813,526     575,810     (109,029 )   1,284,579
   
 
 
 
 
  Total shareholders' equity     1,650,761     777,754     870,604     (1,648,358 )   1,650,761
   
 
 
 
 
  Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 1,655,033   $ 1,591,280   $ 1,446,414   $ (1,757,387 ) $ 2,935,340
   
 
 
 
 

183


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

24. Subsidiary Information (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

 
  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Company)

  Assured Guaranty
US Holdings Inc.

  AG Re and
Other
Subsidiaries

  Consolidating
Adjustments*

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)

 
Revenues                                
Net premiums written   $   $ 181,277   $ 305,007   $   $ 486,284  
Net premiums earned         112,039     119,941         231,980  
Net investment income     2     63,611     64,482     (3 )   128,092  
Net realized investment (losses) gains         (478 )   (897 )   31     (1,344 )
Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments         (506,835 )   (151,700 )       (658,535 )
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     (285,190 )           285,190      
Other income         1,341     1     (857 )   485  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total revenues     (285,188 )   (330,322 )   31,827     284,361     (299,322 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses                                
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)         (14,163 )   22,128         7,965  
Acquisition costs and other operating expenses     18,084     60,743     50,759         129,586  
Other         26,091     61         26,152  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total expenses     18,084     72,671     72,948         163,703  
   
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes     (303,272 )   (402,993 )   (41,121 )   284,361     (463,025 )
Total (benefit) provision for income taxes         (153,896 )   (5,868 )   11     (159,753 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) income   $ (303,272 ) $ (249,097 ) $ (35,253 ) $ 284,350   $ (303,272 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

*
Due to the accounting for subsidiaries under common control, net (loss) income in the consolidating adjustment column does not equal parent company equity in earnings of subsidiaries, due to 1) recognition of income by Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. for dividends received from Assured Guaranty Ltd. and 2) the residual effects of the the FSA agreement discussed in Note 13.

184


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

24. Subsidiary Information (Continued)


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

 
  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Company)

  Assured Guaranty
US Holdings Inc.

  AG Re and
Other
Subsidiaries

  Consolidating
Adjustments*

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)

 
Revenues                                
Net premiums written   $   $ 123,072   $ 195,600   $   $ 318,672  
Net premiums earned         99,606     107,048         206,654  
Net investment income     2     55,710     55,782     (39 )   111,455  
Net realized investment losses         (1,175 )   (819 )       (1,994 )
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments         4,105     1,419         5,524  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     176,060             (176,060 )    
Other income     2     393     24         419  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total revenues     176,064     158,639     163,454     (176,099 )   322,058  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses                                
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)         6,849     (13,605 )       (6,756 )
Acquisition costs and other operating expenses     16,317     56,688     49,516         122,521  
Other     13     16,304     2         16,319  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total expenses     16,330     79,841     35,913         132,084  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes     159,734     78,798     127,541     (176,099 )   189,974  
Total provision for income taxes         16,508     13,712     20     30,240  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   $ 159,734   $ 62,290   $ 113,829   $ (176,119 ) $ 159,734  
   
 
 
 
 
 

*
Due to the accounting for subsidiaries under common control, net income in the consolidating adjustment column does not equal parent company equity in earnings of subsidiaries, due to the FSA agreement discussed in Note 13.

185


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

24. Subsidiary Information (Continued)


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

 
  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Company)

  Assured Guaranty
US Holdings Inc.

  AG Re and
Other
Subsidiaries

  Consolidating
Adjustments*

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)

 
Revenues                                
Net premiums written   $   $ 94,480   $ 122,842   $   $ 217,322  
Net premiums earned         106,116     92,610         198,726  
Net investment income     2     51,512     45,379     (57 )   96,836  
Net realized investment gains (losses)         733     1,643     (128 )   2,248  
Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments         (1,042 )   (2,474 )       (3,516 )
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     202,137             (202,137 )    
Other income             240         240  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total revenues     202,139     157,319     137,398     (202,322 )   294,534  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses                                
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)         (1,374 )   (68,190 )       (69,564 )
Acquisition costs and other operating expenses     13,623     62,372     39,699     1,532     117,226  
Other     68     17,147     36         17,251  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total expenses     13,691     78,145     (28,455 )   1,532     64,913  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes     188,448     79,174     165,853     (203,854 )   229,621  
Total provision for income taxes         17,030     29,841     (5,698 )   41,173  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   $ 188,448   $ 62,144   $ 136,012   $ (198,156 ) $ 188,448  
   
 
 
 
 
 

*
Due to the accounting for subsidiaries under common control, net income in the consolidating adjustment column does not equal parent company equity in earnings of subsidiaries, due to the FSA agreement discussed in Note 13.

186


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

24. Subsidiary Information (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

 
  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Company)

  Assured Guaranty
US Holdings Inc.

  AG Re and
Other
Subsidiaries

  Consolidating
Adjustments

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)

 
Dividends received   $ 35,349   $ 857   $   $ (36,206 ) $  
Other operating activities     (13,204 )   113,837     285,217         385,850  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities     22,145     114,694     285,217     (36,206 )   385,850  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities                                
Fixed maturity securities:                                
  Purchases         (373,699 )   (680,892 )       (1,054,591 )
  Sales         256,066     530,524         786,590  
  Maturities         6,180     18,544         24,724  
Capital contribution to subsidiary     (304,016 )           304,016      
Other     1,050     (182 )   (421,980 )       (421,112 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities     (302,966 )   (111,635 )   (553,804 )   304,016     (664,389 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities                                
Proceeds from issuance of common stock     304,016                 304,016  
Capital contribution from parent             304,016     (304,016 )    
Repurchases of common stock     (9,349 )                   (9,349 )
Dividends paid     (11,889 )       (35,349 )   36,206     (11,032 )
Tax benefits from stock options exercised         183             183  
Debt financing costs         (425 )           (425 )
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan     627                 627  
Share activity under option and incentive plans     (2,584 )               (2,584 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities     280,821     (242 )   268,667     (267,810 )   281,436  
Effect of exchange rate changes         95     271         366  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents         2,912     351         3,263  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year         2,776     2,009         4,785  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $   $ 5,688   $ 2,360   $   $ 8,048  
   
 
 
 
 
 

187


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

24. Subsidiary Information (Continued)


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

 
  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Company)

  Assured Guaranty
US Holdings Inc.

  AG Re and
Other
Subsidiaries

  Consolidating
Adjustments

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)

 
Dividends received   $ 42,563   $   $   $ (42,563 ) $  
Other operating activities     (7,759 )   148,982     120,351         261,574  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities     34,804     148,982     120,351     (42,563 )   261,574  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities                                
Fixed maturity securities:                                
  Purchases         (508,406 )   (374,815 )       (883,221 )
  Sales         341,373     315,585         656,958  
  Maturities         7,064     9,431         16,495  
Other     (1,360 )   12,172     (29,505 )       (18,693 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities     (1,360 )   (147,797 )   (79,304 )       (228,461 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities                                
Repurchases of common stock     (21,063 )   (150,000 )           (171,063 )
Dividends paid     (10,458 )       (42,563 )   42,563     (10,458 )
Tax benefits from stock options exercised         170             170  
Proceeds from issuance of Debentures         149,708             149,708  
Debt financing costs         (1,500 )           (1,500 )
Repayment of note payable     (2,000 )               (2,000 )
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan     501                 501  
Share activity under option and incentive plans     (424 )               (424 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash flows used in financing activities     (33,444 )   (1,622 )   (42,563 )   42,563     (35,066 )
Effect of exchange rate changes         290     258         548  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents         (147 )   (1,258 )       (1,405 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year         2,923     3,267         6,190  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $   $ 2,776   $ 2,009   $   $ 4,785  
   
 
 
 
 
 

188


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

24. Subsidiary Information (Continued)


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)

 
  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Parent Company)

  Assured Guaranty
US Holdings Inc.

  AG Re and
Other
Subsidiaries

  Consolidating
Adjustments

  Assured
Guaranty Ltd.
(Consolidated)

 
Dividends received   $ 38,414   $   $   $ (38,414 ) $  
Other operating activities     (6,389 )   (23,130 )   206,876         177,357  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities     32,025     (23,130 )   206,876     (38,414 )   177,357  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities                                
Fixed maturity securities:                                
  Purchases         (349,778 )   (607,025 )       (956,803 )
  Sales         347,708     379,308         727,016  
  Maturities         9,675     5,000         14,675  
Other     (88 )   6,568     53,531         60,011  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities     (88 )   14,173     (169,186 )       (155,101 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities                                
Repurchases of common stock     (19,014 )               (19,014 )
Dividends paid     (9,012 )       (38,414 )   38,414     (9,012 )
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan     356                 356  
Share activity under option and incentive plans     (4,267 )               (4,267 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash flows used in financing activities     (31,937 )       (38,414 )   38,414     (31,937 )
Effect of exchange rate changes         (216 )   (891 )       (1,107 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents         (9,173 )   (1,615 )       (10,788 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year         12,096     4,882         16,978  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $   $ 2,923   $ 3,267   $   $ 6,190  
   
 
 
 
 
 

189


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

25. Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

        A summary of selected quarterly statement of operations information follows:

(in thousands, except per share data)

2007

  First
  Second
  Third
  Fourth
 
Gross written premiums   $ 72,540   $ 88,830   $ 89,347   $ 255,182  
Net written premiums     68,382     84,929     80,310     252,663  
Net earned premiums     53,870     54,241     56,237     67,632  
Net investment income     31,482     30,860     31,846     33,904  
Net realized investment gains (losses) and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments     (9,993 )   (18,763 )   (221,084 )   (410,039 )
Other income             370     115  
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)     (4,729 )   (9,101 )   3,734     18,061  
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes     40,327     38,338     (174,131 )   (367,559 )
Net income (loss)     38,951     32,805     (114,958 )   (260,070 )
Earnings (loss) per share(1):                          
  Basic   $ 0.58   $ 0.48   $ (1.70 ) $ (3.77 )
  Diluted   $ 0.57   $ 0.47   $ (1.70 ) $ (3.77 )
Dividends per share   $ 0.04   $ 0.04   $ 0.04   $ 0.04  
 
2006

  First
  Second
  Third
  Fourth
 
Gross written premiums   $ 55,384   $ 111,484   $ 73,634   $ 85,168  
Net written premiums     50,784     110,345     73,074     84,469  
Net earned premiums     48,055     48,184     51,947     58,468  
Net investment income     26,238     27,255     28,472     29,490  
Net realized investment gains (losses) and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments     (977 )   4,708     (1,519 )   1,318  
Other income         23     1     395  
Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)     (382 )   (6,513 )   888     (749 )
Income before provision for income taxes     40,466     54,004     44,546     50,958  
Net income     34,882     44,514     37,902     42,436  
Earnings per share(1):                          
  Basic   $ 0.47   $ 0.60   $ 0.52   $ 0.59  
  Diluted   $ 0.47   $ 0.60   $ 0.51   $ 0.58  
Dividends per share   $ 0.035   $ 0.035   $ 0.035   $ 0.035  

(1)
Per share amounts for the quarters and the full years have each been calculated separately. Accordingly, quarterly amounts may not add to the annual amounts because of differences in the average common shares outstanding during each period and, with regard to diluted per share amounts only, because of the inclusion of the effect of potentially dilutive securities only in the periods in which such effect would have been dilutive.


Gross and net written premiums in the fourth quarter of 2007 include the impact of the Ambac portfolio reinsured by AG Re, as discussed in Note 13.


The net unrealized investment gains (losses) and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments in the third and fourth quarters of 2007 reflect the decline in market values of the Company's credit derivative portfolio. These losses resulted from the significant widening of credit spreads observed in the third and fourth quarters of 2007. Derivatives are discussed further in Note 4.

190


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

26. Subsequent Event

        On February 28, 2008, the Company entered into an investment agreement with an investment fund ("the Investor") affiliated with WL Ross & Co. LLC. Under this agreement, the Investor has agreed to purchase from the Company $250,000,000 of common shares at a price equal to 97% of the average of (i) $22.43 and (ii) the average of the closing prices of the Company's common shares on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") on February 29, 2008 and March 3, 2008, provided that the initial price shall not be less than $21.76. The initial closing is subject to certain conditions including certain regulatory approvals. In addition, the Investor has granted the Company an option to cause the Investor to purchase from time to time common shares having an aggregate purchase price of up to $750,000,000. The purchase price per common share for such shares will be equal to 97% of the volume weighted average price of a common share on the NYSE for the 15 NYSE trading days prior to the applicable drawdown notice. The exercise of this option is subject to certain specified conditions, including approval of the Company's shareholders. The shares to be issued are subject to certain bye-law and contractual limits on voting. The Investor has also agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to certain standstill provisions and transfer restrictions. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be obligated to issue additional common shares to the Investor at a nominal value. The Company has also granted the Investor certain pre-emptive rights. The Company has also agreed to the appointment of Mr. Wilbur Ross to its Board of Directors.

191


ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

        Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures .    Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s management, with the participation of Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a 15(e) and 15d 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this evaluation, Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, Assured Guaranty Ltd.'s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by Assured Guaranty Ltd. (including its consolidated subsidiaries) in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act. The Company's management report on internal control over financial reporting is included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

        There has been no change in the Company's internal controls over financial reporting during the Company's quarter ended December 31, 2007, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal controls over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

        On February 28, 2008, the Company entered into an Investment Agreement (the "Investment Agreement") with WLR Recovery Fund IV, L.P., an investment fund affiliated with WL Ross & Co. LLC ("WLR"), a company managed by Wilbur Ross (such fund is referred to as the "Investor").

        The Investor has agreed to purchase from the Company $250,000,000 of common shares (the "Initial Shares") in an initial issuance. The price per common share for the Initial Shares will be 97% of the average of (i) $22.43 and (ii) the average of the closing prices of the common shares on the New York Stock Exchange on February 29, 2008 and March 3, 2008, provided that the initial price shall not be less than $21.76. The Company may issue these or may cause its subsidiary, Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., to sell common shares of the Company that it holds to the Investor. This initial closing is subject to certain conditions including approval under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act and from certain insurance regulatory authorities, as well as other customary closing conditions. The Company currently anticipates a closing of this initial purchase under the Investment Agreement in the second quarter of 2008, although it is possible that it could take a longer time to receive the necessary approvals and satisfy the other closing conditions and there is no certainty that all approvals will be obtained or all other closing conditions met.

        In addition, the Investor has granted the Company an option to cause the Investor to purchase from the Company or Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. a number of common shares (the "Subsequent Shares") having an aggregate purchase price of up to $750,000,000. The purchase price per common share for the Subsequent Shares will be equal to 97% of the volume weighted average price of a common share on the NYSE for the 15 NYSE trading days prior to the applicable drawdown notice. Until the Company has received shareholder approval, the number of common shares that may be delivered pursuant to this option, taken together with other common shares issued pursuant to the Investment Agreement, including pursuant to the reset rights and pre-emptive rights described below, may not exceed the number of common shares that may be issued without approval of the Company's shareholders pursuant to the rules and regulations of the NYSE, which the Company has agreed to

192



seek at its 2008 annual general meeting. The Company may exercise this option in one or more drawdowns, subject to a minimum drawdown of $50 million, at any time through the one year anniversary of the initial closing, provided that the purchase price per common share for the Subsequent Shares is not greater than 17.5% above, or less than 17.5% below, the price per common share for the Initial Shares. This option will terminate if the Company would otherwise be required to offer to sell to the Investor common shares pursuant to the pre-emptive rights described below but is prohibited from doing so because shareholder approval had not been obtained as required under NYSE rules.

        The Investor has acknowledged and agreed that the common shares it purchases pursuant to the Investment Agreement are "Controlled Shares" within the meaning of the Company's Bye-laws and as such the voting rights of these common shares and other Controlled Shares owned by the Investor will be reduced so that they constitute less than 9.5% of the voting power of the Company. In addition, the Investor agrees to vote all common shares of the Company over which it has voting control solely in proportion with the votes cast by all holders of voting securities of the Company on any matter put before them.

        The Investor has agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to customary standstill provisions that last until the later of (i) such time as the Investor and its affiliates own less than 10% of the Initial Shares and (ii) the date that is six months after any designee of the Investor ceases to be a director of the company pursuant to the board representation rights described below.

        The Investor has agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to transfer any of the common shares it acquires under the Investment Agreement other than in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act or in open market transactions or otherwise where the Investor reasonably believes that any transferee would not own more than 4.9% of the common shares then outstanding. The Investor has represented that it does not intend to sell any common shares purchased under the Investment Agreement within one year after it purchases the Initial Shares.

        If the Company completes a sale of common shares or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares ("Additional Shares") on or before the date which is six months after the closing date for the Initial Shares or any Subsequent Shares, resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of $100,000,000 or more at a purchase price (the "Reset Price") that is less than the purchase price used for the Initial shares or such Subsequent Shares, then the Company will agree to sell to the Investor additional common shares ("Reset Shares") in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the number of Initial Shares or Subsequent Shares that would have been issued to the Investor at the initial closing or such subsequent closing had such Reset Price been used to determine the number of Initial Shares or Subsequent Shares to be issued at such initial closing or subsequent closing, as the case may be, minus (ii) the number of Initial Shares or Subsequent Shares, as the case may be, actually issued. The purchase price for the Reset Shares shall be equal to the par value. If the Company is precluded from issuing any Rest Shares because shareholder approval has not yet been obtained, then it will pay the Investor a cash amount per Reset Share not so issuable equal to the closing price of a common share on the NYSE on date of the closing of the additional common shares that triggered these reset rights.

        The Company has granted the Investor pre-emptive rights in the event the Company completes the sale on or before the date which is one year after the closing date for the Initial shares or any Subsequent Shares of Additional Shares resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of $100,000,000 or more so that the Investor may maintain its relative common share ownership position in the Company, on a fully diluted basis.

        In connection with the closing of the issuance of the Initial Shares, Mr. Wilbur Ross will be appointed, effective immediately after the Company's 2008 annual general meeting, as a director of the Company for a term expiring at the Company's 2009 annual general meeting. Thereafter, as long as the

193



Investor beneficially owns common shares acquired under the Investment Agreement with an aggregate purchase price of $250,000,000 or more, the Company's Nominating and Governance Committee will nominate, and the Company's board of directors will recommend to the Company's shareholders, the election as director of Mr. Ross or, if Mr. Ross is no longer actively involved in the day-to-day operations of the Investor, a designee of the Investor reasonably acceptable to the Company's Nominating and Governance Committee.

        The Company has agreed to file a shelf registration statement covering the resale of the common shares sold to the Investor pursuant to the Investment Agreement.

        The Investment Agreement may be terminated (i) if the initial closing has not occurred within six months of the date of the Investment Agreement, (ii) by mutual agreement of the Company and the Investor, (iii) if there is a non-appealable final judgment prohibiting the initial closing or prohibiting or restricting the Investor from owning or voting any common shares, (iv) by the Company or the Investor upon a breach of or failure to perform in any material respect (which breach or failure cannot be or has not been cured within 30 days after giving of notice) by the other party, or (v) prior to the initial closing, by the Investor if the Company executes or agrees to execute documentation that will result in a change in control.

194



PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Code of Conduct

        The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct, which sets forth standards by which all Assured Guaranty Ltd. employees, officers and directors must abide as they work for the Company. The Company has posted this Code of Conduct on its internet site (www.assuredguaranty.com, under Investor Information / Corporate Governance / Code of Conduct). The Company intends to disclose on its internet site any amendments to, or waivers from, its Code of Conduct that are required to be publicly disclosed pursuant to the rules of the SEC or the NYSE. Information pertaining to this item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled "Proposal No. 1: Election of Directors", "Corporate Governance—Did our Officers and Directors Comply with Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting in 2007?", "Corporate Governance—How are Directors Nominated?" and "Corporate Governance—The Committees of the Board—The Audit Committee" of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which involves the election of directors and will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        This item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled "Executive Compensation", "Corporate Governance—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and "Corporate Governance—Director Compensation" of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

        The following table summarizes our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2007:

Plan category

  Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options, warrants
and rights
(a)

  Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(b)

  Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance under
equity compensation plans (excluding
securities reflected in column (a))
(c)

 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders   3,703,231 (1) $ 21.44   1,693,876 (2)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders   N/A     N/A   N/A  
   
 
 
 
  Total   3,703,231   $ 21.44   1,693,876  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Includes common shares to be issued upon exercise of stock options granted under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

(2)
Includes 29,608 common shares reserved for issuance under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 1,664,268 common shares available for future stock options granted, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units reserved for future issuance under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan. The grants of restricted stock units have been deducted from the number of shares available for future issuance.

        Additional information is incorporated by reference to the section entitled "Information about our Common Share Ownership" of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of

195



Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

        This item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled "Corporate Governance-What is Our Related Party Transactions Approval Policy and What Procedures Do We Use To Implement It?", "Corporate Governance-What Related Party Transactions Do We Have?" and "Corporate Governance-Director Independence" of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

        This item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled "Proposal No. 2:Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm-Independent Auditor Fee Information" of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

196



PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

    (a)
    Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits

    1.
    Financial Statements

    The following financial statements of Assured Guaranty Ltd. have been included in Item 8 hereof:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Schedule
  Title

II   Condensed Financial Information of Registrant ( Parent Company Only )
III   Supplementary Insurance Information
IV   Reinsurance
V   Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

        The report of the Registrant's independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the above listed financial statement schedules is included with the schedules.

        All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

197



Exhibit
Number

  Description of Document
3.1   Certificate of Incorporation and Memorandum of Association of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
3.2   Bye-laws of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.2 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
4.1   Specimen Common Share Certificate (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
4.2   Certificate of Incorporation and Memorandum of Association of the Registrant (See exhibit 3.1)
4.3   Bye-laws of the Registrant (See exhibit 3.2)
4.4   Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2004, among the Company, Assured Guaranty U.S. Holdings Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004)
4.5   Indenture, dated as of December 1, 2006, entered into among Assured Guaranty Ltd., Assured Guaranty U.S. Holdings Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to the current report on form 8-K filed on December 20, 2006)
4.6   First Supplemental Subordinated Indenture, dated as of December 20, 2006, entered into among Assured Guaranty Ltd., Assured Guaranty U.S. Holdings Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.2 to the current report on form 8-K filed on December 20, 2006)
4.7   Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of December 20, 2006, between Assured Guaranty U.S. Holdings Inc. and Assured Guaranty Ltd., in favor of and for the benefit of each Covered Debtholder (as defined therein) (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to the current report on form 8-K filed on December 20, 2006)
10.1   Employment Agreement between Dominic J. Frederico and the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)*
10.2   Employment Agreement between Robert B. Mills and the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)*
10.3   Employment Agreement between Michael J. Schozer and the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)*
10.4   Employment Agreement between James M. Michener and the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)*
10.5   Pierre Samson Separation Agreement (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)*
10.6   Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)*
10.7   Master Separation Agreement dated April 27, 2004, among the Company, ACE Limited, ACE Financial Services Inc. and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.8   Transition Services Agreement, dated April 27, 2004, between the Company and ACE Limited (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.8 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.9   Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 27, 2004, among the Company, ACE Limited and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.9 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))

198


10.11   Tax Allocation Agreement, dated April 27, 2004, among the Company, ACE Financial Services Inc., ACE Prime Holdings, Inc., Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., Assured Guaranty Corp., AGR Financial Products Inc. and ACE Risk Assurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.11 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.12   Credit Agreement with Deutsche Bank AG, as Agent, as amended (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.14   Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE American Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.29 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.15   Guaranty by Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. in favor of Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.31 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.16   Guaranty by Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. in favor of Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.32 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.17   Retrocessional Memorandum between ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.34 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.18   Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and JCJ Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.35 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.19   Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.37 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.20   Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE American Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.38 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.21   Assignment and Indemnification Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.41 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.22   UK Title Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between ACE European Markets Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.45 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.23   Aggregate Loss Portfolio Reinsurance Agreement between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.49 to Form S-1 of the Company (#333-111491))
10.24   Quota Share Retrocession Agreement, dated April 28, 2004, between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE Tempest Re USA, Inc. for and on behalf of ACE American Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.13 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)
10.25   Quota Share Retrocession Agreement, dated April 28, 2004, between Assured Guaranty Corp. and ACE Tempest Re USA, Inc. for and on behalf of ACE American Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)

199


10.26   Quota Share Retrocession Agreement, dated April 28, 2004, between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.15 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)
10.27   Commutation and Release Agreement, dated April 28, 2004, between Westchester Fire Insurance Company and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.16 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)
10.28   Assignment and Termination Agreement, dated April 28, 2004, among Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd., ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.18 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)
10.29   Assignment Agreement, dated April 28, 2004, among Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., ACE European Markets Insurance Limited and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.19 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)
10.30   Assignment Agreement, dated April 15, 2004, among Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.20 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)
10.31   Directors Compensation Summary (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007)*
10.32   Summary of Annual Compensation*
10.34   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan to be used with employment agreement (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.34 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)*
10.35   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.35 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005) *
10.36   Restricted Stock Agreement for Outside Directors under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006)*
10.37   Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Outside Directors under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.37 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)*
10.38   Restricted Stock Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan to be used with employment agreement (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.38 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)*
10.39   Restricted Stock Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.39 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)*
10.40   Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.40 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)*
10.41   Letter Agreement between Robin Conner and Assured Guaranty Corp. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.41 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)*
10.42   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its executive officers and directors (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.42 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)

200


10.43   Robert A. Bailenson Employment Letter (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.43 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)*
10.45   Put Agreement between Assured Guaranty Corp. and Woodbourne Capital Trust [I][II][III][IV] (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005)
10.46   Custodial Trust Expense Reimbursement Agreement (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005)
10.47   Assured Guaranty Corp. Articles Supplementary Classifying and Designating Series of Preferred Stock as Series A Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.8 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005)
10.48   Assured Guaranty Corp. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Highlights Booklet 2006 Plan Year (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2005)*
10.49   Assured Guaranty Ltd. Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan, as amended through the second amendment (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2005)*
10.50   Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan (As Amended and Restated as of February 14, 2008 for Awards Granted during 2007)*
10.51   Five Year Cliff Vest Restricted Stock Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006)*
10.52   Employment agreement dated as of October 5, 2006, between Assured Guaranty Ltd., Assured Guaranty Corp. and Robert Bailenson (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006)*
10.53   Share Purchase Agreement, dated December 7, 2006, between Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.1 of Form 8-K filed on December 13, 2006)
10.54   $300,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility Credit Agreement (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.1 of Form 8-K filed on November 9, 2006)
10.55   Assured Guaranty Corp. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan—Amendment No. 1 (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007)*
10.56   Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Outside Directors under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007)*
10.57   $200.0 million soft-capital credit facility (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007)
10.58   Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan (As Amended and Restated as of February 14, 2008)*
10.59   Terms of Performance Retention Award Five Year Cliff Vest Granted on February 14, 2008*
10.60   Form of Award Letter for Performance Retention Award Five Year Cliff Vest Granted on February 14, 2008*
10.61   Terms of Performance Retention Award Four Year Installment Vesting Granted on February 14, 2008*

201


10.62   Form of Award Letter for Performance Retention Award Four Year Installment Vesting Granted on February 14, 2008*
10.63   2007 Restricted Stock Agreement for Outside Directors under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan*
10.64   Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan to be used with employment agreement*
10.65   Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan*
10.66   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan to be used with employment agreement*
10.67   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan*
10.68   Investment Agreement dated as of February 28, 2008 between Assured Guaranty Ltd. and WLR Recovery Fund IV, L.P.
14.1   Code of Conduct (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 14.1 of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)
21.1   Subsidiaries of the registrant
23.1   Accountants Consent
31.1   Certification of CEO Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13A-14 and 15D-14, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2   Certification of CFO Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13A-14 and 15D-14, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1   Certification of CEO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2   Certification of CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
99.1   Assured Guaranty Corp. 2007 Consolidated Financial Statements

*
Management contract or compensatory plan.

202



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

 

 

By:

/s/  
DOMINIC J. FREDERICO       
Name:    Dominic J. Frederico
Title:       
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 14, 2008      

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name
  Position
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/   WALTER A. SCOTT       
Walter A. Scott
  Chairman of the Board; Director   February 14, 2008

/s/  
DOMINIC J. FREDERICO       
Dominic J. Frederico

 

President and Chief Executive Officer; Director

 

February 14, 2008

/s/  
ROBERT B. MILLS       
Robert B. Mills

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Duly Authorized Officer)

 

February 14, 2008

/s/  
NEIL BARON       
Neil Baron

 

Director

 

February 14, 2008

/s/  
G. LAWRENCE BUHL       
G. Lawrence Buhl

 

Director

 

February 14, 2008

/s/  
STEPHEN A. COZEN       
Stephen A. Cozen

 

Director

 

February 14, 2008

/s/  
FRANCISCO L. BORGES       
Francisco L. Borges

 

Director

 

February 14, 2008

/s/  
PATRICK W. KENNY       
Patrick W. Kenny

 

Director

 

February 14, 2008

203



/s/  
DONALD H. LAYTON       
Donald H. Layton

 

Director

 

February 14, 2008

/s/  
ROBIN MONRO-DAVIES       
Robin Monro-Davies

 

Director

 

February 14, 2008

/s/  
MICHAEL O'KANE       
Michael O'Kane

 

Director

 

February 14, 2008

204



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on
Financial Statement Schedules

To the Board of Directors
of Assured Guaranty Ltd.:

        Our audits of the consolidated financial statements and of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting referred to in our report dated February 28, 2008 appearing in the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders of Assured Guaranty Ltd. also included an audit of the financial statement schedules listed in Item 15(a)(2) of this Form 10K. In our opinion, these financial statement schedules present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
February 28, 2008

S-1



Schedule II
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)
Condensed Balance Sheets
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
  As of December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
Assets            
Investments in subsidiaries and affiliates on equity basis   $ 1,649,599   $ 1,648,358
Short-term investments, at cost which approximates fair value     473     1,523
Other assets     20,458     5,152
   
 
  Total assets   $ 1,670,530   $ 1,655,033
   
 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity            
Liabilities            
Other liabilities   $ 3,960   $ 4,272
   
 
  Total liabilities     3,960     4,272
   
 
Shareholders' equity            
Common stock     856     732
Additional paid-in capital     1,023,829     711,199
Retained earnings     585,256     896,947
Accumulated other comprehensive income     56,629     41,883
   
 
  Total shareholders' equity     1,666,570     1,650,761
   
 
  Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 1,670,530   $ 1,655,033
   
 

S-2



Schedule II
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)
Condensed Statements of Operations
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
  2007
  2006
  2005
Revenues                  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries   $ (285,190 ) $ 176,060   $ 202,137
Net investment income     2     2     2
Other income         2    
   
 
 
  Total revenues     (285,188 )   176,064     202,139
   
 
 
Expenses                  
Other operating expenses     18,084     16,317     13,623
Interest expense         13     68
   
 
 
  Total expenses     18,084     16,330     13,691
   
 
 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

 

 

(303,272

)

 

159,734

 

 

188,448
Total provision for income taxes            
   
 
 
  Net (loss) income   $ (303,272 ) $ 159,734   $ 188,448
   
 
 

S-3



Schedule II
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company)
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
Dividends received from Assured Guaranty Re Ltd.    $ 35,349   $ 42,563   $ 38,414  
Other operating activities     (13,204 )   (7,759 )   (6,389 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities     22,145     34,804     32,025  
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities                    
  Capital contribution to Assured Guaranty Re Ltd.      (304,016 )        
  Sales (purchases) of short-term investments, net     1,050     (1,360 )   (88 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash flows used in investing activities     (302,966 )   (1,360 )   (88 )
   
 
 
 
Financing activities                    
  Proceeds from issuance of common shares     304,016          
  Repurchases of common stock     (9,349 )   (21,063 )   (19,014 )
  Dividends paid(1)     (11,889 )   (10,458 )   (9,012 )
  Repayment of note payable         (2,000 )    
  Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan     627     501     356  
  Share activity under option and incentive plans     (2,584 )   (424 )   (4,267 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities     280,821     (33,444 )   (31,937 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period              
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $   $   $  
   
 
 
 

(1)
2007 includes dividends of $857 thousand paid to Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.

S-4



Schedule III—Supplementary Insurance Information (in millions of U.S. dollars)(1)

 
  As of December 31, 2007
  For the Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
  DAC
  UPR
  Loss Reserves
  Premiums Written
  Premiums Earned
  Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses (Recoveries)
  Net Investment Income
  Acquisition Costs
  Other Operating Expenses(2)
Financial guaranty direct   $ 35.2   $ 258.5   $ 41.8   $ 248.6   $ 125.5   $ 32.6   $ 32.3   $ 10.3   $ 60.5
Financial guaranty reinsurance     223.1     628.9     80.3     251.0     88.9     (24.1 )   91.4     31.3     17.3
Mortgage guaranty     1.0     20.7     2.9     2.7     17.5     0.6     4.4     1.6     2.0
Other         0.2     8.8     3.5         (1.3 )          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 259.3   $ 908.3   $ 133.8   $ 505.9   $ 232.0   $ 8.0   $ 128.1   $ 43.2   $ 79.9
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

As of December 31, 2006


 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006

Financial guaranty direct   $ 34.3   $ 140.1   $ 9.3   $ 189.2   $ 89.7   $ (2.0 ) $ 16.3   $ 8.5   $ 52.3
Financial guaranty reinsurance     179.3     468.2     94.8     123.9     94.4     13.1     87.5     34.1     14.5
Mortgage guaranty     3.3     35.6     2.3     8.4     22.7     (4.4 )   7.7     2.3     1.3
Other     0.1     0.6     14.2     4.1         (13.5 )          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 217.0   $ 644.5   $ 120.6   $ 325.7   $ 206.7   $ (6.8 ) $ 111.5   $ 45.0   $ 68.0
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 


 

As of December 31, 2005


 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2005

Financial guaranty direct   $ 6.6   $ 42.4   $ 13.1   $ 96.2   $ 74.5   $ (2.2 ) $ 7.6   $ 6.3   $ 44.3
Financial guaranty reinsurance     177.3     439.5     93.2     98.0     105.6     (61.3 )   80.4     36.9     13.8
Mortgage guaranty     8.9     52.1     7.0     25.7     18.6     (3.7 )   8.8     2.0     1.2
Other     0.6     3.1     15.1     32.2         (2.4 )          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 193.4   $ 537.1   $ 128.4   $ 252.1   $ 198.7   $ (69.6 ) $ 96.8   $ 45.3   $ 59.0
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Some amounts may not add due to rounding.

(2)
During 2006, the Company implemented a new operating expense allocation methodology to more closely allocate expenses to the individual operating segments. This new methodology was based on a comprehensive study and is based on departmental time estimates and headcount. 2005 amounts have been reclassified to show this new methodology on a comparative basis.

S-5



Schedule IV—Reinsurance
Net Earned Premiums (in millions of U.S. dollars)(1):

 
  For the Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
Type of Business:

  Direct
  Ceded
  Assumed
  Net
  Percentage of
assumed to net

 
Financial guaranty   $ 130.2   $ 6.0   $ 90.3   $ 214.5   42.1 %
Mortgage guaranty             17.5     17.5   100.0 %
Other         4.1     4.1       NM  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 130.2   $ 10.1   $ 111.9   $ 232.0   48.2 %
 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006


 
Financial guaranty   $ 92.0   $ 3.1   $ 95.2   $ 184.1   51.7 %
Mortgage guaranty         2.3     24.9     22.7   110.2 %
Other         6.6     6.6       NM  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 92.0   $ 12.0   $ 126.7   $ 206.7   61.3 %
 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2005


 
Financial guaranty   $ 77.3   $ 3.6   $ 106.4   $ 180.1   59.1 %
Mortgage guaranty         0.4     19.0     18.6   102.2 %
Life         3.3     3.3       NM  
Other         30.2     30.2       NM  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 77.3   $ 37.5   $ 158.9   $ 198.7   80.0 %

(1)
Some amounts may not add due to rounding.

NM = Not meaningful

S-6



Schedule V—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in millions of U.S. dollars)

        Valuation and qualifying accounts for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are as follows:

 
   
  Balance at
beginning of year

  Charged to
Expense/Deduction

  Balance at end
of year

2007   Tax valuation allowance   $ 7.0   $   $ 7.0
    Allowance for Uncollectible Reinsurance            
       
 
 
    Total   $ 7.0   $   $ 7.0
       
 
 

2006

 

Tax valuation allowance

 

$

7.0

 

$


 

$

7.0
    Allowance for Uncollectible Reinsurance            
       
 
 
    Total   $ 7.0   $   $ 7.0
       
 
 

2005

 

Tax valuation allowance

 

$

7.0

 

$


 

$

7.0
    Allowance for Uncollectible Reinsurance     21.1     (21.1) (1)  
       
 
 
    Total   $ 28.1   $ (21.1 ) $ 7.0
       
 
 

(1)
This item had no income statement impact, as it was offset by an equal change in Funds held liability.

S-7




QuickLinks

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
U.S. Public Finance Gross Par Written by Asset Type
PART II
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.
Management's Responsibility for Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands of U.S. dollars except per share and share amounts)
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (in thousands of U.S. dollars except per share amounts)
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2007 (in thousands of U. S. dollars)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2006 (in thousands of U. S. dollars)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007 (in thousands of U. S. dollars)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 (in thousands of U. S. dollars)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005 (in thousands of U. S. dollars)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007 (in thousands of U. S. dollars)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 (in thousands of U. S. dollars)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005 (in thousands of U. S. dollars)
PART III
PART IV
SIGNATURES
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule II Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company) Condensed Balance Sheets (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Schedule II Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company) Condensed Statements of Operations For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Schedule II Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent Company) Condensed Statements of Cash Flows For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Schedule III—Supplementary Insurance Information (in millions of U.S. dollars)(1)
Schedule IV—Reinsurance Net Earned Premiums (in millions of U.S. dollars)(1)
Schedule V—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in millions of U.S. dollars)

Exhibit 10.32

 

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

 

DESCRIPTION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CASH COMPENSATION

 

FOR 2008

 

Set forth below are the 2008 annual salary of  the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and each of the three other  most highly compensated Executive Officers.

 

 

Dominic J. Frederico

 

 President and Chief Executive Officer, Assured Guaranty Ltd.

 

Salary

 

$

750,000

 

 

 

Robert B. Mills

 

 Chief Financial Officer, Assured Guaranty Ltd.

 

Salary

 

$

520,000

 

 

 

Michael J. Schozer

 

 President, Assured Guaranty Corp.

 

Salary

 

$

400,000

 

 

 

James M. Michener

 

 General Counsel, Assured Guaranty Ltd.

 

Salary

 

$

390,000

 

 

 

 Robert A. Bailenson

 

 Chief Accounting Officer, Assured Guaranty Ltd.

 

Salary

 

$

350,000

 

 



 

In addition to salary, the named executive officers will be eligible to be considered to receive cash bonuses for 2008 performance.  In 2008, the named executive officers will receive  perquisites and other annual compensation including, employer contributions to retirement plans,  tax preparation services, financial planning services, club fees, business related spousal travel, and executive health benefits.  In 2008, Mr. Frederico and Mr. Michener will receive Bermuda housing allowances, Bermuda housing tax gross-ups, FICA reimbursement , Bermuda car allowances and Bermuda family travel.

 




Exhibit 10.50

 

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.
PERFORMANCE RETENTION PLAN

 

(As Amended and Restated as of February 14, 2008
for Awards Granted during 2007)

 

Mayer Brown LLP

 



 

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.
PERFORMANCE RETENTION PLAN

CERTIFICATE

I, James M. Michener, General Counsel and Secretary of Assured Guaranty Ltd., hereby certify that the attached document is a full, true and complete copy of the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan, as in effect on                         .

 

Dated                                         .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and Secretary as Aforesaid

 

 

 

(Seal)

 

2



 

SECTION 1
GENERAL

 

1.1.  Purpose .  Effective February 2, 2006, Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”) established the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan (the “Plan”) as a means of attracting and retaining the services of experienced and knowledgeable officers and employees and as a means of aligning their interests with the interests of the Company and its shareholders.  The Plan permits the Company to award performance retention bonuses to eligible officers and employees, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.  The Plan is now amended, restated, and continued effective February 14, 2008 (the Effective Date” of the Plan as set forth herein), and shall apply to awards granted during 2007.

 

1.2.  Participation .  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine and designate from time to time, from among the executive and management employees of the Company and the Related Companies, those persons who shall be granted an award under the Plan, who will thereby become “Participants” in the Plan.

 

1.3.  Operation, Administration, and Definitions .  The operation and administration of the Plan shall be subject to the provisions of Section 3 (relating to operation and administration).  Capitalized terms in the Plan shall be defined as set forth in the Plan (including the definition provisions of Section 7).

 

SECTION 2
PERFORMANCE RETENTION BONUS AMOUNT

 

2.1.  The Performance Retention Bonus .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, the Committee may, in its discretion, award a “Performance Retention Bonus” to a Participant.  The Performance Retention Bonus shall equal the product of (a) a principal amount designated by the Committee, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Company’s Modified Adjusted Book Value as of the last day of the applicable Performance Period and the denominator of which is the Company’s Modified Adjusted Book Value as of the first day of the applicable Performance Period; provided, however, that the fraction in clause (b) shall in no event be less than one.  If the Company’s Modified Adjusted Book Value is no greater on the last day of the applicable Performance Period than it was on the first day of the applicable Performance Period, then the Participant’s Performance Retention Bonus shall consist only of the originally-designated principal amount described in clause (a) of the immediately preceding sentence. The date on which the Committee awards the Performance Retention Bonus to a Participant is the “Bonus Award Date” with respect to such Performance Retention Bonus.

 

2.2.  Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2 or as otherwise provided by the Committee on the Bonus Award Date, a Participant’s Performance Retention Bonus shall be payable on the first to occur of the following events (the “Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date”): (a) the fourth anniversary of the Bonus Award Date, provided that the Participant is still employed by the Company or a Related Company on

 



 

such date or the Participant’s Date of Termination resulting from his or her Retirement occurred on or prior to such date; (b) the Participant’s Date of Termination resulting from the Participant’s death, or (c) the date on which the Participant becomes Permanently Disabled (regardless of whether the Participant remains employed for a period after becoming Permanently Disabled).  The Performance Retention Bonus shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum on or as soon as practicable after the Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date, but in any event no later than the last day of the Year in which the Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date occurs (or if later, the 15th day of the third month following the Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date).

 

2.3.  Forfeiture of Performance Retention Bonus .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs prior to the four-year anniversary of the Bonus Award Date as designated in clause (a) of subsection 2.2 (or such other date designated as the Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date by the Committee on the Bonus Award Date in accordance with section 2.2), the Participant shall forfeit any and all rights to the Performance Retention Bonus on his Date of Termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant shall not forfeit his rights to the Performance Retention Bonus and shall become vested on his Date of Termination prior to the four-year anniversary of the Bonus Award Date if the Date of Termination occurs by reason of Retirement, as described in clause (a) of subsection 2.2, or by reason of death, as described in clause (b) of subsection 2.2; and further provided that a Participant shall not forfeit his rights to the Performance Retention Bonus and shall become vested on the date he becomes Permanently Disabled, if such Permanently Disability occurs prior to the four-year anniversary of the Bonus Award Date and on or before his Date of Termination.

 

2.4.  Performance Period .  Except as otherwise provided by the Committee on the Bonus Award Date, the Performance Period for a Performance Retention Bonus is the four-year period beginning on January 1 of the Year in which the Bonus Award Date occurs and ending on December 31 of the fourth following Plan Year (for example, the Performance Period for a Performance Retention Bonus with a Bonus Award Date of February 8, 2007, is the period beginning January 1, 2007 and ending December 31, 2010).  Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

(a)                                  If a Participant’s Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date occurs as a result of the Participant’s death or Retirement as described in subsection 2.2, then the Performance Period shall end on the last day of the calendar quarter coincident with or immediately preceding the Participant’s Date of Termination resulting from such death or Retirement (and as provided in clause (a) of subsection 2.2, the Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date with respect to Retirement shall be the fourth anniversary of the Bonus Award Date (or such other date provided by the Committee on the Bonus Award Date), but as provided in clause (b) of subsection 2.2, the Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date with respect to death shall be the Date of Termination resulting from such death).

 

(b)                                  If a Participant’s Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date occurs as a result of the Participant becoming Permanently Disabled as described in subsection 2.2, then the Performance Period shall end on the last day of the calendar quarter coincident with or immediately preceding the date the Participant becomes Permanently Disabled (and as provided in clause (b) of subsection 2.2, the Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date

 

2



 

with respect to the Participant becoming Permanently Disabled shall be the date on which the Participant becomes Permanently Disabled).

 

SECTION 3
OPERATION AND ADMINISTRATION

 

3.1.  Effective Date .  The “Effective Date” of the Plan is February 14, 2008, as set forth in Section 1.1.

 

3.2.  Benefits May Not Be Assigned .  The interests of a Participant under the Plan are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary.  The Participant’s rights under the Plan are not transferable other than as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

3.3.  Plan Not Contract of Employment .  The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment, and participation in the Plan will not give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of any Employer nor any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the terms of the Plan.

 

3.4.  Heirs and Successors .  The Plan shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business.  If any benefits deliverable to a Participant under the Plan have not been delivered at the time of the Participant’s death, such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.  The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by a Participant in a writing filed with the Board in such form and at such time as the Board shall require.  If a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant.  If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary and the Designated Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under the Plan, then any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

 

3.5.  Distributions to Disabled Persons .  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 2.2 or subsection 3.4, if, in the opinion of the Committee, a Participant or beneficiary is under a legal disability or is in any way incapacitated so as to be unable to manage his financial affairs, the Board may direct that payment be made to a relative or friend of such person for his benefit until claim is made by a conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or his estate, and such payment shall be in lieu of any such payment to such Participant or beneficiary.  Thereafter, any benefits under the Plan to which such Participant or beneficiary is entitled shall be paid to such conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or his estate.

 

3.6.  Applicable Laws .   The Plan shall be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of Bermuda.

 

3



 

3.7.  Gender and Number .  Where the context admits, words in any gender shall include any other gender, words in the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.

 

3.8.  Evidence .  Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information which the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

3.9.  Taxes .  All payments under the Plan are subject to all applicable taxes, which are the responsibility of the Participant, and the Company is authorized to withhold any taxes as may be required by applicable law.

 

3.10.  No Additional Benefit .  Neither the award of a Performance Retention Bonus nor the payment made in settlement of a Performance Retention Bonus shall be taken into account as compensation or otherwise for purposes of determining a Participant’s right to a benefit or the amount of any benefit under any other plan maintained by the Company or any Related Company.

 

SECTION 4
SOURCE OF BENEFIT PAYMENTS

 

4.1.  Liability for Benefit Payments .  Subject to the provisions of this Section 4, an Employer shall be liable for payment of benefits under the Plan with respect to any Participant to the extent that such benefits are attributable to services rendered by the Participant to that Employer.  Any disputes relating to liability of Employers for benefit payments shall be resolved by the Board.

 

4.2.  No Guarantee .  Neither a Participant nor any other person shall, by reason of the Plan, acquire any right in or title to any assets, funds or property of the Employers whatsoever, including, without limitation, any specific funds, assets, or other property which the Employers, in their sole discretion, may set aside in anticipation of a liability under the Plan.  A Participant shall have only a contractual right to the amounts, if any, payable under the Plan, unsecured by any assets of the Employers.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute a guarantee by any of the Employers that the assets of the Employers shall be sufficient to pay any benefits to any person.

 

SECTION 5
COMMITTEE

 

5.1.  Administration .  The authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Compensation Committee of the Board (“the Committee”) in accordance with this Section 5.

 

5.2.  Powers of Committee .  The Committee’s administration of the Plan shall be subject to the following:

 

(a)                                  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee will have the authority and discretion to select from among the executive and management employees of the

 

4



 

Company and any Related Company those persons who shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

(b)                                  The Committee will have the authority and discretion to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend, and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Any interpretation of the Plan by the Committee and any decision made by it under the Plan is final and binding on all persons.

 

5.3.  Delegation by Committee .  Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it.  Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee  any time.

 

5.4.  Information to be Furnished to Committee .  The Company shall furnish the Committee with such data and information as it determines may be required for it to discharge its duties.  The records of the Company as to an employee’s or Participant’s employment, termination of employment, leave of absence, reemployment and compensation shall be conclusive on all persons unless determined to be incorrect.  Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan must furnish the Committee such evidence, data or information as the Committee considers desirable to carry out the terms of the Plan.

 

SECTION 6
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

The Board may, at any time, amend or terminate the Plan, provided that no amendment or termination may materially adversely affect the rights of any Participant or beneficiary under the Plan with respect to Plan Years that have ended prior to the date on which such amendment or termination is adopted by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intent of the Company that the Plan and the Performance Retention Bonuses granted hereunder comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Code and applicable guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”), and no amendment, modification, or termination of this Agreement shall be adopted or effective if it would result in accelerated recognition of income or imposition of additional tax under Section 409A.  The Board retains the right to amend the Plan, and the Committee retains the right to amend any Performance Retention Bonuses awarded under the Plan, to the extent it deems it necessary or desirable to conform to the requirements of Section 409A and applicable guidance issued thereunder.

 

SECTION 7
DEFINED TERMS

 

In addition to the other definitions contained herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  Board .  The term “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

5



 

(b)                                 Code .  The term “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(c)                                  Date of Termination .  A Participant’s “Date of Termination” means the first day on which the Participant is not employed by the Company or any Related Company, regardless of the reason for the termination of employment; provided that a termination of employment shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a transfer of the Participant between the Company and a Related Company or between two Related Companies, nor by reason of a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or a Related Company if immediately following such termination of employment the Participant continues to be or becomes a Director; and further provided that the Participant’s employment shall not be considered terminated while the Participant is on a leave of absence from the Company or a Related Company approved by the Participant’s employer.  If, as a result of a sale or other transaction, the Participant’s employer ceases to be a Related Company (and the Participant’s employer is or becomes an entity that is separate from the Company), and the Participant is not, at the end of the 30-day period following the transaction, employed by the Company or an entity that is then a Related Company, then the occurrence of such transaction shall be treated as the Date of Termination.

 

(d)                                  Director .  The term “Director” means a member of the Board, who may or may not be an employee of the Company or a Related Company.

 

(e)                                  Disability .  The Participant shall be considered to have a “Disability” (i) during the period in which the Participant is unable, by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment, to engage in any substantial gainful activity, which condition, in the opinion of a physician selected by the Committee, is expected to have a duration of not less than 180 days; and (ii) during the period following the date on which the Participant becomes Permanently Disabled.  The Participant will be considered to be “Permanently Disabled” if he would be treated as “disabled” in accordance with the provisions of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(4).

 

(f)                                    Employer .  The term “Employer” means the Company and each of the Related Companies that adopts the Plan.

 

(g)                                 Modified Adjusted Book Value .  The “Modified Adjusted Book Value” of the Company as of any date shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and shall be based on the book value of the Company, derived by determining shareholders’ equity, and by then adding the after-tax value of the financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty net unearned premium reserves less deferred acquisition costs, plus the present value of estimated net future installment premiums (as reported in the Company’s quarterly Financial Supplement), excluding the effects of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) and the effects of unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments (FAS 133).  In the event of a corporate transaction involving the Company (including, without limitation, any share dividend, share split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, sale of assets or subsidiaries, combination or exchange of shares), the Committee may further adjust the calculation of the Company’s Modified Adjusted Book

 

6



 

Value as the Committee deems necessary or desirable in order to preserve the benefits or potential benefits of the Performance Retention Bonuses awarded under the Plan.

 

(h)                                 Plan Year .  The term “Plan Year” means the calendar year.

 

(i)                                     Related Companies .  The term “Related Company” means the Company and any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity during any period in which at least fifty percent of the voting power of all classes entitled to vote with respect to such entity is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

 

(j)                                    Retirement .  “Retirement” of a Participant shall mean with respect to an employee of the Company or a Related Company the occurrence of a Participant’s Date of Termination with the consent of the Participant’s Employer after the Participant has completed five years of service and attained age 55.  For purposes of this definition, years of service shall be determined in accordance with rules which may be established by the Committee, and shall take into account service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, as well as service with ACE Limited and its subsidiaries occurring prior to the initial public offering of stock of the Company.  Notwithstanding that the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs with the consent of the Participant’s Employer after the Participant’s completion of five years of service and the attainment of age 55, the Committee retains the discretion to determine at any time on or prior to the applicable Performance Retention Bonus Payment Date that the Participant’s Date of Termination did not result from Retirement because the Participant has continued or intends to continue to be employed by or provide services to a business in the financial services industry, and that the Participant shall forfeit all rights to the Performance Retention Bonus in accordance with subsection 2.3 of the Plan.

 

7




Exhibit 10.58

 

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

PERFORMANCE RETENTION PLAN

 

(As Amended and Restated as of February 14, 2008)

 

Mayer Brown LLP

 



 

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

PERFORMANCE RETENTION PLAN

 

CERTIFICATE

 

I, James M. Michener, General Counsel and Secretary of Assured Guaranty Ltd., hereby certify that the attached document is a full, true and complete copy of the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan, as in effect as of February 14, 2008.

 

Dated                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

 

General Counsel and Secretary as
Aforesaid

 

 

 

(Seal)

 

2



 

SECTION 1
GENERAL

 

1.1.  Purpose .  Effective February 2, 2006, Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”) established the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan (the “Plan”) as a means of attracting and retaining the services of experienced and knowledgeable officers and employees and as a means of aligning their interests with the interests of the Company and its shareholders.  The Plan permits the Company to grant performance retention awards to eligible officers and employees, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.  The Plan was amended, restated and continued effective as of February 8, 2007, and subsequently restated as of February 8, 2007 in part to satisfy the requirements of section 409A of the Code.  The Plan is amended, restated, and continued effective as of February 14, 2008, the “Effective Date” of the Plan as set forth herein; and shall apply to awards granted on or after the Effective Date; provided that awards granted prior to the Effective Date will be subject to the applicable provisions of the Plan as in effect prior to the Effective Date.  All Performance Retention Awards under this Plan that are granted on or after the Effective Date are granted under and pursuant to Section 4 (relating to Cash Incentive Awards) of the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”) and, except as otherwise provided by the Committee not later than the Grant Date with respect to the Performance Incentive Award, are intended to constitute performance-based compensation as that term is used in the LTIP and section 162(m) of the Code.

 

1.2.  Participation .  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine and designate from time to time, from among the executive and management employees of the Company and the Subsidiaries, those persons who shall be granted an award under the Plan, who will thereby become “Participants” in the Plan.

 

1.3.  Operation, Administration, and Definitions .  The operation and administration of the Plan shall be subject to the provisions of Section 3 (relating to operation and administration).  Capitalized terms in the Plan shall be defined as set forth in the Plan (including the definition provisions of Section 7).

 

SECTION 2
PERFORMANCE RETENTION AWARD TERMS

 

2.1.  General .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, the Committee may, in its discretion, grant a “Performance Retention Award” (sometimes also referred to in this Plan as an “Award”) to a Participant.  The date on which the Committee grants a Performance Retention Award to a Participant is the “Grant Date” with respect to such Award.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, the Committee shall, not later than the Grant Date for any Award:

 

(a)                                   Establish the time or times at which the Award is to be paid to a Participant.

 

(b)                                  Establish the Performance Period applicable to the Award.

 



 

(c)                                   Establish the forfeiture provisions of the Award and such other conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Committee, in its discretion, determines to be appropriate.

 

2.2.  Delayed Distribution for Specified Employees .  If a Participant’s benefits constitute Deferred Compensation, payment of the benefits is made by reason of Separation from Service, and the Participant is a Specified Employee at the time of Separation from Service, payment of benefits under the Plan may not be paid before the date that is six months after the Separation from Service or, if earlier, the date of death of the Participant.  At the end of the six-month period described in the preceding sentence, amounts that could not be paid by reason of the limitation in this subsection 2.2 shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service.  For purposes of the Plan, (i) the term “Specified Employee” shall be defined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(i) and such rules as may be established by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or his delegate from time to time; and (ii) the term “Separation from Service” shall be defined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h).

 

SECTION 3
OPERATION AND ADMINISTRATION

 

3.1.  Effective Date .  The “Effective Date” of the Plan as amended and restated herein is February 14, 2008, as set forth in Section 1.1.

 

3.2.  Benefits May Not Be Assigned .  The interests of a Participant under the Plan are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary.  The Participant’s rights under the Plan are not transferable other than as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

3.3.  Plan Not Contract of Employment .   The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment, and participation in the Plan will not give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary nor any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the terms of the Plan.

 

3.4.  Heirs and Successors .  The Plan shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business.  If any benefits deliverable to a Participant under the Plan have not been delivered at the time of the Participant’s death, such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.  The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by a Participant in a writing filed with the Board in such form and at such time as the Board shall require.  If a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant.  If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary and the Designated Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under the Plan, then any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

 

2



 

3.5.  Distributions to Disabled Persons .   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 or subsection 3.4, if, in the opinion of the Committee, a Participant or beneficiary is under a legal disability or is in any way incapacitated so as to be unable to manage his financial affairs, the Board may direct that payment be made to a relative or friend of such person for his benefit until claim is made by a conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or his estate, and such payment shall be in lieu of any such payment to such Participant or beneficiary.  Thereafter, any benefits under the Plan to which such Participant or beneficiary is entitled shall be paid to such conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or his estate.

 

3.6.  Applicable Laws .  The Plan shall be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of Bermuda.

 

3.7.  Gender and Number .  Where the context admits, words in any gender shall include any other gender, words in the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.

 

3.8.  Evidence .  Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information which the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

3.9.  Taxes .  All payments under the Plan are subject to all applicable taxes, which are the responsibility of the Participant, and the Company is authorized to withhold any taxes as may be required by applicable law.

 

3.10.  No Additional Benefit .  Neither the grant of a Performance Retention Award nor the payment made in settlement of a Performance Retention Award shall be taken into account as compensation or otherwise for purposes of determining a Participant’s right to a benefit or the amount of any benefit under any other plan maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 4
SOURCE OF BENEFIT PAYMENTS

 

4.1.  Liability for Benefit Payments .  Subject to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company or Subsidiary shall be liable for payment of benefits under the Plan with respect to any Participant to the extent that such benefits are attributable to services rendered by the Participant to the Company or that Subsidiary.  Any disputes relating to liability for benefit payments shall be resolved by the Board.

 

4.2.  No Guarantee .  Neither a Participant nor any other person shall, by reason of the Plan, acquire any right in or title to any assets, funds or property of the Company or any Subsidiary whatsoever, including, without limitation, any specific funds, assets, or other property which the Company or Subsidiary, in its sole discretion, may set aside in anticipation of a liability under the Plan.  A Participant shall have only a contractual right to the amounts, if any, payable under the Plan, unsecured by any assets of the Company or Subsidiary.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute a guarantee by any of the Company or any Subsidiary that the assets of the Company or Subsidiaries shall be sufficient to pay any benefits to any person.

 

3



 

SECTION 5
COMMITTEE

 

The authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan shall be vested in a committee, which shall be the Committee under the LTIP as selected in accordance with the LTIP from time to time (“the Committee”).  The Committee shall have the same authority with respect to the Plan as it has with respect to the LTIP.

 

SECTION 6
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

The Board may, at any time, amend or terminate the Plan, provided that no amendment or termination may materially adversely affect the rights of any Participant or beneficiary under the Plan with respect to Performance Periods that have begun prior to the date on which such amendment or termination is adopted by the Board.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intent of the Company that the Plan and the Performance Retention Awards granted hereunder will be exempt from, or will comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Code and applicable guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”), and no amendment, modification, or termination of this Plan shall be adopted or effective if it would result in accelerated recognition of income or imposition of additional tax under Section 409A.  The Board retains the right to amend the Plan, and the Committee retains the right to amend any Performance Retention Awards granted under the Plan, to the extent it deems it necessary or desirable to conform to the requirements of Section 409A and applicable guidance issued thereunder.

 

4




Exhibit 10.59

 

Terms of Performance Retention Award

Five Year Cliff Vest

Granted on February 14, 2008

 

The Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”) Performance Retention Award amounts described in the enclosed letter (the “Award Letter”) dated February 14, 2008 (the “Grant Date”) will be payable in accordance with the following Terms of Performance Retention Award (the “Award Terms”).  The Performance Retention Award (sometimes referred to as the “Award” or “Award Payment”) will be a cash distribution payable with respect to the Performance Period, with the amount determined under paragraph 2 below, subject to the vesting restrictions under paragraph 3 below.  Payment of the Award will be due on the Payment Date determined under paragraph 4 below.  Paragraph 6 provides certain definitions that apply to these Award Terms.

 

1.  Performance Period .  The Performance Period is set forth in the following schedule:

 

First Day of Performance Period:

 

Last Day of Performance Period:

January 1, 2008

 

December 31, 2012

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s death or if the Participant becomes Permanently Disabled prior to the end of the Performance Period determined in accordance with the foregoing schedule, the last day of the Performance Period will instead be the last day of the calendar quarter coincident with or immediately preceding the date of death or Permanent Disability, as applicable (or, if the death or Permanent Disability occurs during the first calendar quarter of the Performance Period, the last day of that calendar quarter).

 

2.  Amount of Payment .  The Award Payments will be subject to paragraph 3 and to the following:

 

(a)                                  The Award Payment will equal the sum of the amounts described in paragraph (i) below and paragraph (ii) below:

 

(i)  The product of (A) 50% of the Principal Amount, multiplied by (B) a fraction, converted to an equivalent percentage, the numerator of which is the Company’s per-share Modified Adjusted Book Value as of the last day of the Performance Period and the denominator of which is the Company’s per-share Modified Adjusted Book Value as of the first day of the Performance Period.

 

(ii)  The product of (A) 50% of the Principal Amount, multiplied by (B) a percentage equal to 100% plus (or minus if negative) of the Company’s Operating Return on Equity for the Performance Period.

 

(b)                                  U.S. Internal Revenue Code section 162(m) limits the Company’s tax deduction for compensation paid to officers (not more than five) listed in the Company’s proxy statement.  If the Participant’s compensation would be subject to this limit, the Participant’s Award Payment will be subject to the requirements of the performance based

 



 

compensation exception to the limit.  Accordingly, if the Participant’s Award would be subject to the limit for any taxable year of the Company (determined as if the following limit did apply, and also as if it did not apply), then, for such Award, the amount determined under both paragraph (a)(i) above and paragraph (a)(ii) above will be zero if both of the following are true:

 

(i)  the percentage described in paragraph (a)(i) for the Performance Period is less than 100%; and

 

(ii)  the percentage described in paragraph (a)(ii) above for the Performance Period is less than the sum of: (A) 100% plus (B) the product of 3% multiplied by the number of years and fractional years in the Performance Period.

 

3.  Vesting and Forfeitures .  Vesting of the Award Payment is subject to the following:

 

(a)                                  If, in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph 3, the Participant is vested in the Award Payment for the Performance Period, the Award Payment (if any) will be due on the Payment Date as described in paragraph 4, subject to the terms of the Plan and these Award Terms.  If the Participant is not vested in the Award for the Performance Period, the Participant will forfeit the Award.

 

(b)                                  If the Participant’s Date of Termination does not occur before the last day of the Performance Period, the Participant will be vested in the Award Payment.  If the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs before the last day of the Performance Period, the Participant’s will not be vested in the Award Payment.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 3, the Participant will become vested in the Award Payment on the Date of Termination that occurs before the last day of the Performance Period if the Date of Termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this sentence, the Participant will become vested in the Award Payment upon becoming Permanently Disabled if the Permanent Disability occurs before the Date of Termination and before the last day of the Performance Period.

 

4.  Payment Date .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph 4, the Participant’s Award Payment will be due on the last day of the Performance Period (the “Payment Date”).  If the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s death or if the Participant becomes Permanently Disabled prior to the end of the Performance Period, the Payment Date will be the date of death or Permanent Disability, as applicable.

 

(b)                                 The Award will be paid to the Participant in a cash lump sum in US dollars.  Payment will be due on the Payment Date, and will be paid no later than the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Participant’s first taxable year in which the right to the payment is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(4)).

 

2



 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, except in the case of the Performance Period ending by reason of the Participant’s death or Permanent Disability, no payment will be made unless, on or before the date of payment, the Committee has certified that the performance goals for the Performance Period and any other material provisions of the Award Terms have in fact been satisfied.

 

5.  Applicable Plans .  The Award Payments described in the Award Letter are granted under and pursuant to the terms of the Plan and Section 4 (relating to Cash Incentive Awards) of the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”) and are intended to constitute performance-based compensation as that term is used in the LTIP and section 162(m) of the Code.  In no event may the amount payable under these Award Terms, when added to any other amounts payable under Section 4 of the LTIP to the Participant that are intended to constitute “performance-based compensation” as that term is used in the LTIP and section 162(m) of the Code, exceed the limit imposed by Section 5.2(e)(v) of the LTIP for the applicable performance period.  The terms of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the LTIP and the Plan, and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the LTIP and the Plan.

 

6.  Definitions .  For purposes of these Award Terms, the definitions set forth in this paragraph 6 or elsewhere in these Award Terms shall apply.  Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan or LTIP is similarly used in these Award Terms.

 

(a)                                  Date of Termination .  A Participant’s “Date of Termination” means the first day on which the Participant is not employed by the Company or any Subsidiary, regardless of the reason for the termination of employment; provided that a termination of employment shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a transfer of the Participant between the Company and a Subsidiary or between two Subsidiaries, nor by reason of a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary if immediately following such termination of employment the Participant continues to be or becomes a Director; and further provided that the Participant’s employment shall not be considered terminated while the Participant is on a leave of absence from the Company or a Subsidiary approved by the Participant’s employer.  If, as a result of a sale or other transaction, the Participant’s employer ceases to be a Subsidiary (and the Participant’s employer is or becomes an entity that is separate from the Company), and the Participant is not, at the end of the 30-day period following the transaction, employed by the Company or an entity that is then a Subsidiary, then the occurrence of such transaction shall be treated as the Date of Termination.

 

(b)                                 Director .  The term “Director” means a member of the Board, who may or may not be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

(c)                                 Disabled .  The Participant shall be considered to have a “Disability” during the period in which the Participant is unable, by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment, to engage in any substantial gainful activity, which condition, in the opinion of a physician selected by the Committee, is expected to have a duration of not less than 180 days.  The Participant shall be considered to be Permanently Disabled if he would be treated as “disabled” in accordance with the provisions of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(4).

 

3



 

(d)                                 Modified Adjusted Book Value .  The “Modified Adjusted Book Value” of the Company as of any date shall equal the book value of the Company, derived by determining shareholders’ equity, and by then adding the after-tax value of the financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty net unearned premium reserves less deferred acquisition costs, plus the present value of estimated net future installment premiums (as reported in the Company’s quarterly Financial Supplement), excluding the effects of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) and the effects of unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments (FAS 133).  In the event of a corporate transaction involving the Company (including, without limitation, any share dividend, share split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, sale of assets or subsidiaries, combination or exchange of shares), the Committee may further adjust the calculation of the Company’s Modified Adjusted Book Value as the Committee deems necessary or desirable in order to preserve the benefits or potential benefits of the Performance Retention Awards granted under the Plan, provided that such adjustment may not adversely affect the treatment of the Award as performance-based compensation exempt from Code section 162(m).

 

(e)                                 Operating Return on Equity .  The “Operating Return on Equity” of the Company as of any date shall equal the Company’s operating income as a percentage of average shareholders’ equity, excluding accumulated other comprehensive income and after-tax unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments.  Operating income is defined as net income (loss) excluding after-tax realized gains (losses) on investments and after-tax unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments.  In the event of a corporate transaction involving the Company (including, without limitation, any share dividend, share split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, sale of assets or subsidiaries, combination or exchange of shares), the Committee may further adjust the calculation of the Company’s Operating Return on Equity as the Committee deems necessary or desirable in order to preserve the benefits or potential benefits of the Performance Retention Awards granted under the Plan, provided that such adjustment may not adversely affect the treatment of the Award as performance-based compensation exempt from Code section 162(m).

 

(f)                                    Performance Period .  The “Performance Period” will be determined in accordance with paragraph 1.

 

(g)                                 Plan .  “Plan” means the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan.

 

(h)                                Principal Amount .  The “Principal Amount” with respect to the Participant will be the Principal Amount as stated in the Award Letter.

 

4




Exhibit 10.60

 

Cliff Vesting

 

[on company letterhead]

[date]

 

Dear [employee name]:

 

We would like to inform you that, on February 14, 2008 (the “Grant Date”), the Company granted you the right to receive Performance Retention Award payments (sometimes referred to as “Awards” or “Award Payments”) under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan (the “Plan”).  You have been granted this Award in order to reward you for your contributions to the Company and to provide you with an incentive to work for and share in the Company’s continued growth in the future.  This letter provides only a summary of the Award program, and your rights to the Award will be subject to the enclosed Award Terms and the Plan.

 

Your right to receive the Award Payments, and the amount of the Award Payments, will be based on (i) the performance (positive or negative) of the Company’s Modified Adjusted Book Value and Operating Return on Equity for the Performance Period ending December 31, 2012, (ii) the Principal Amount of $                    , and (iii) whether you remain employed by the Company during the entire Performance Period.

 

You will be entitled to an Award only if you remain employed through December 31, 2012 .  If you are not employed through the December 31, 2012, then, except as described below, you will forfeit the Award.  However, you will be vested and entitled to an Award if you die or become disabled while employed before December 31, 2012.  You will not be considered as terminating employment as a result of disability unless you fulfill certain criteria specified in the Award Terms, and the Committee administering the Plan will make the final determination of whether you have fulfilled those criteria.

 

Upon your death, any Award Payment that may be due to you will be paid to your estate.  However, payment will instead be made to your beneficiary if you complete the attached Beneficiary Designation Form and return it to                           .

 

The Committee that administers the Plan has the authority to interpret the terms of the Plan and the Award Terms and make the final determination of whether you are vested and entitled to payment of an Award.

 




Exhibit 10.61

 

Terms of Performance Retention Award

Four Year Installment Vesting

Granted on February 14, 2008

 

The Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”) Performance Retention Award amounts described in the enclosed letter (the “Award Letter”) dated February 14, 2008 (the “Grant Date”) will be payable in accordance with the following Terms of Performance Retention Award (the “Award Terms”).  Under the following Award Terms, the Principal Amount is divided into three installments, and a different Performance Period is established with respect to each Installment, under paragraph 1 below.  The Performance Retention Award (sometimes referred to as the “Award” or “Award Payment”) will be a cash distribution payable with respect to the Installment for each Performance Period, with the amount determined under paragraph 2 below, subject to the vesting restrictions under paragraph 3 below.  Payment of the Award will be due on the Payment Date determined under paragraph 4 below (subject to paragraph 2(b)).  Paragraph 6 provides certain definitions that apply to these Award Terms.

 

1.  Performance Period and Installments .  The Principal Amount is divided into three Installments.  The Performance Period for each Installment, and the Principal Portion of each such Installment, is set forth in the following schedule:

 

Installment
Number:

 

First Day of
Performance
Period:

 

Last Day of Performance
Period:

 

Portion of Principal
Amount Attributable to
Installment:

1

 

January 1, 2008

 

December 31, 2009

 

25%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

January 1, 2008

 

December 31, 2010

 

25%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

January 1, 2008

 

December 31, 2011

 

50%

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s death or if the Participant becomes Permanently Disabled prior to the end of the Performance Period determined in accordance with the foregoing schedule with respect to any Installment, the last day of the Performance Period for such Installment will instead be the last day of the calendar quarter coincident with or immediately preceding the date of death or Permanent Disability, as applicable (or, if the death or Permanent Disability occurs during the first calendar quarter of the Performance Period, the last day of that calendar quarter).

 

2.  Amount of Payment .  The Award Payments will be subject to paragraph 3 and to the following:

 

(a)                                   The Award Payment for each Installment will equal the sum of the amounts described in paragraph (i) below and paragraph (ii) below:

 



 

(i)  The product of (A) 50% of the Portion of the Principal Amount attributable to that Installment, multiplied by (B) a fraction, converted to an equivalent percentage, the numerator of which is the Company’s per-share Modified Adjusted Book Value as of the last day of the applicable Performance Period and the denominator of which is the Company’s per-share Modified Adjusted Book Value as of the first day of the applicable Performance Period.

 

(ii)  The product of (A) 50% of the Portion of the Principal Amount attributable to that Installment, multiplied by (B) a percentage equal to 100% plus (or minus if negative) of the Company’s Operating Return on Equity for the Performance Period attributable to that Installment.

 

(b)                                  U.S. Internal Revenue Code section 162(m) limits the Company’s tax deduction for compensation paid to officers (not more than five) listed in the Company’s proxy statement.  If the Participant’s compensation would be subject to this limit, the Participant’s Award Payment will be subject to the requirements of the performance-based compensation exception to the limit.  Accordingly, if the Participant’s Award would be subject to the limit for any taxable year of the Company (determined as if the following limit did apply, and also as if it did not apply), then, for such Award, the amount determined under both paragraph (a)(i) above and paragraph (a)(ii) above will be zero if both of the following are true:

 

(i)  the percentage described in paragraph (a)(i) for the Performance Period to which the Award is attributable is less than 100%; and

 

(ii)  the percentage described in paragraph (a)(ii) above for the Performance Period to which the Award is attributable is less than the sum of: (A) 100% plus (B) the product of 3% multiplied by the number of years and fractional years in the applicable Performance Period.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 2, if by reason of the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (b), the Participant receives no payment with respect to the Installment for either the Performance Period ending December 31, 2009 or December 31, 2010 (each, a “Prior Performance Period”), and in a subsequent Performance Period under this Agreement (the “Subsequent Performance Period”), either or both of paragraph (b)(i) and (b)(ii) above are satisfied, and either the Participant’s Date of Termination has not occurred during the Subsequent Performance Period, or the Date of Termination has occurred by reason of death, Disability, or Retirement, then, as soon as practicable after the end of the Subsequent Performance Period (and notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 4), the Participant will receive the payment (without interest) he would have received for the Prior Performance Period if this paragraph (b) above had not been applicable to him for the Prior Performance Period.

 

3.  Vesting and Forfeitures .  Vesting of the Award Payment is subject to the following:

 

(a)                                   If, in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph 3, the Participant is vested in the Award Payment for any Performance Period, the Award Payment (if any) for that Performance Period will be due on the Payment Date as described in paragraph 4,

 

2



 

subject to the terms of the Plan and these Award Terms.  If the Participant is not vested in the Award for a Performance Period, the Participant will forfeit that Award.

 

(b)                                  If, with respect to any Installment, the Participant’s Date of Termination does not occur before the last day of the Performance Period for that Installment, the Participant will be vested in the Award Payment.  If the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs before the last day of the Performance Period for that Installment, the Participant’s will not be vested in the Award Payment for that Installment.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 3, the Participant will become vested in the Award Payment attributable to an Installment on the Date of Termination that occurs before the last day of the applicable Performance Period if the Date of Termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability, or by reason of the Participant’s Retirement with respect to that Performance Period; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this sentence, the Participant will become vested in the Award Payment with respect to a Performance Period upon becoming Permanently Disabled if the Permanent Disability occurs before the Date of Termination and before the last day of the Performance Period.

 

4.  Payment Date .

 

(a)                                   Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph 4, and subject to paragraph 2(b), the Participant’s Award Payment attributable to any Installment will be due on the last day of the Performance Period with respect to that Installment (the “Payment Date” with respect to that Installment).  If the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s death or if the Participant becomes Permanently Disabled prior to the end of the Performance Period with respect to an Installment, the Payment Date for such Installment will be the date of death or Permanent Disability, as applicable.

 

(b)                                  The Award will be paid to the Participant in a cash lump sum in US dollars.  Payment will be due on the Payment Date, and will be paid no later than the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Participant’s first taxable year in which the right to the payment is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(4)).

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, except in the case of the Performance Period ending by reason of the Participant’s death or Permanent Disability, no payment will be made unless, on or before the date of payment, the Committee has certified that the performance goals for the Performance Period and any other material provisions of the Award Terms have in fact been satisfied.

 

5.  Applicable Plans .  The Award Payments described in the Award Letter are granted under and pursuant to the terms of the Plan and Section 4 (relating to Cash Incentive Awards) of the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”) and are intended to constitute performance-based compensation as that term is used in the LTIP and section 162(m) of the Code.  In no event may the amount payable under these Award Terms, when added to any other amounts payable under Section 4 of the LTIP to the Participant that are intended to constitute “performance-based compensation” as that term is used in the LTIP and section 162(m) of the Code, exceed the limit imposed by Section 5.2(e)(v) of the LTIP for the applicable

 

3



 

performance period.  The terms of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the LTIP and the Plan, and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the LTIP and the Plan.

 

6.  Definitions .  For purposes of these Award Terms, the definitions set forth in this paragraph 6 or elsewhere in these Award Terms shall apply.  Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan or LTIP is similarly used in these Award Terms.

 

(a)                                   Date of Termination .  A Participant’s “Date of Termination” means the first day on which the Participant is not employed by the Company or any Subsidiary, regardless of the reason for the termination of employment; provided that a termination of employment shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a transfer of the Participant between the Company and a Subsidiary or between two Subsidiaries, nor by reason of a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary if immediately following such termination of employment the Participant continues to be or becomes a Director; and further provided that the Participant’s employment shall not be considered terminated while the Participant is on a leave of absence from the Company or a Subsidiary approved by the Participant’s employer.  If, as a result of a sale or other transaction, the Participant’s employer ceases to be a Subsidiary (and the Participant’s employer is or becomes an entity that is separate from the Company), and the Participant is not, at the end of the 30-day period following the transaction, employed by the Company or an entity that is then a Subsidiary, then the occurrence of such transaction shall be treated as the Date of Termination.

 

(b)                                  Director .  The term “Director” means a member of the Board, who may or may not be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

(c)                                   Disabled .  The Participant shall be considered to have a “Disability” during the period in which the Participant is unable, by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment, to engage in any substantial gainful activity, which condition, in the opinion of a physician selected by the Committee, is expected to have a duration of not less than 180 days.  The Participant shall be considered to be Permanently Disabled if he would be treated as “disabled” in accordance with the provisions of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(4).

 

(d)                                  Modified Adjusted Book Value .  The “Modified Adjusted Book Value” of the Company as of any date shall equal the book value of the Company, derived by determining shareholders’ equity, and by then adding the after-tax value of the financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty net unearned premium reserves less deferred acquisition costs, plus the present value of estimated net future installment premiums (as reported in the Company’s quarterly Financial Supplement), excluding the effects of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) and the effects of unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments (FAS 133).  In the event of a corporate transaction involving the Company (including, without limitation, any share dividend, share split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, sale of assets or subsidiaries, combination or exchange of shares), the Committee may further adjust the calculation of the Company’s Modified Adjusted Book Value as the Committee deems necessary or desirable in order to preserve the benefits or potential benefits of the Performance Retention Awards granted under the

 

4



 

Plan, provided that such adjustment may not adversely affect the treatment of the Award as performance-based compensation exempt from Code section 162(m).

 

(e)                                  Operating Return on Equity .  The “Operating Return on Equity” of the Company as of any date shall equal the Company’s operating income as a percentage of average shareholders’ equity, excluding accumulated other comprehensive income and after-tax unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments.  Operating income is defined as net income (loss) excluding after-tax realized gains (losses) on investments and after-tax unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments.  In the event of a corporate transaction involving the Company (including, without limitation, any share dividend, share split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, sale of assets or subsidiaries, combination or exchange of shares), the Committee may further adjust the calculation of the Company’s Operating Return on Equity as the Committee deems necessary or desirable in order to preserve the benefits or potential benefits of the Performance Retention Awards granted under the Plan, provided that such adjustment may not adversely affect the treatment of the Award as performance-based compensation exempt from Code section 162(m).

 

(f)                                     Performance Period .  The “Performance Period” will be determined in accordance with paragraph 1.

 

(g)                                  Plan .  “Plan” means the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan.

 

(h)                                  Principal Amount .  The “Principal Amount” with respect to the Participant will be the Principal Amount as stated in the Award Letter.

 

(i)                                      Retirement .  “Retirement” of a Participant will be determined in accordance with the following:

 

(i)  Retirement shall mean the occurrence of a Participant’s Date of Termination with the consent of the Participant’s employer after the Participant has completed five years of service and attained age 55.

 

(ii)  For purposes of defining “Retirement,” years of service shall be determined in accordance with rules which may be established by the Committee, and shall take into account service with the Company and the Subsidiaries.  If, on or before the date of the initial public offering of stock of the Company, the Participant was employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries, years of service shall also include service with ACE Limited and its subsidiaries occurring prior to such the initial public offering.

 

(iii)  Notwithstanding that the Participant’s Date of Termination satisfies the requirements of paragraph (i) above, the Participant will not be considered to have retired (or have terminated by reason of Retirement) with respect to any Installment if the Committee determines that the Participant has provided significant commercial or business services to any one or more persons or entities on or before the last day of the Performance Period applicable to that Installment, regardless of whether such entity is owned or controlled by the Participant; provided that the Participant may devote reasonable time to the supervision of his personal investments, and activities involving

 

5



 

professional, charitable, community, educational, religious and similar types of organizations, speaking engagements, membership on the boards of directors of other organizations, and similar types of activities, to the extent that the Committee, in its discretion, determines that such activities are consistent with the Participant’s Retirement.

 

(iv)  At the request of the Committee, and as a condition of receiving the Award Payment with respect to a Performance Period, the Participant shall be required to provide a listing of the activities engaged in by the Participant following the Participant’s Date of Termination and prior to the end of the Performance Period and such other information that the Committee determines may be necessary from time to time to establish whether the Participant has acted in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of paragraph (iii).  Such listing and information shall be provided promptly by the Participant, but in no event more than 10 days after written request is delivered to the Participant.

 

(v)  At the request of the Participant, the Committee shall determine whether a proposed activity of the Participant will be consistent with the requirements of paragraph (iii).  Such request shall be accompanied by a description of the proposed activities, and the Participant shall provide such additional information as the Committee may determine is necessary to make the determination.  Such a determination shall be made promptly, but in no event more than 30 days after the written request, together with any additional information requested of the Participant, is delivered to the Committee.

 

(vi)  If, with respect to any Performance Period,  a Participant engages in one or more activities that the Committee determines to be inconsistent with Retirement, as set forth in paragraph (iii) above, the right to the Award Payment with respect to that Performance Period may be canceled by the Committee.

 

(vii)  If, after the Participant’s Date of Termination, an Award is otherwise payable in accordance with paragraph 2(b): (A) the determination of whether the Participant has Retired and is entitled to such payment shall be contingent on the Participant having satisfied the requirements of paragraph (iii) above through the last day of the Subsequent Performance Period in which the performance occurs which gives rise to the payment under paragraph 2(b); and (B) the requirement to provide information pursuant to paragraph (iv) above shall apply for periods through the last day of such Subsequent Performance Period.

 

6




Exhibit 10.62

 

Installment Vesting

 

[on company letterhead]

[date]

 

Dear [employee name]:

 

We would like to inform you that, on February 14, 2008 (the “Grant Date”), the Company granted you the right to receive Performance Retention Award payments (sometimes referred to as “Awards” or “Award Payments”) under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan (the “Plan”).  You have been granted this Award in order to reward you for your contributions to the Company and to provide you with an incentive to work for and share in the Company’s continued growth in the future.  This letter provides only a summary of the Award program, and your rights to the Award will be subject to the enclosed Award Terms and the Plan.

 

Your right to receive the Award Payments, and the amount of the Award Payments, will be based on (i) the performance (positive or negative) of the Company’s Modified Adjusted Book Value and Operating Return on Equity for each of three Performance Periods, (ii) the portion of the total Principal Amount of $                     that is allocated to each of the three Performance Periods, and (iii) whether you remain employed by the Company during the entire Performance Period.  Each of the three Performance Periods begins on January 1, 2008, and the Performance Periods end on the last day of 2009, 2010, and 2011, respectively.

 

You will be entitled to an Award for a Performance Period only if you remain employed through the end of the Performance Period .  If you are not employed through the end of the Performance Period, then, except as described below, you will forfeit the Award for the Performance Period.  However, you will be vested and entitled to an Award for a Performance Period if you retire, die or become disabled while employed before the end of the Performance Period.  You will not be considered as terminating employment as a result of disability or retirement unless you fulfill certain criteria specified in the Award Terms, and the Committee administering the Plan will make the final determination of whether you have fulfilled those criteria.

 

Upon your death, any remaining Award Payments that may be due to you will be paid to your estate.  However, payment will instead be made to your beneficiary if you complete the attached Beneficiary Designation Form and return it to              .

 

The Committee that administers the Plan has the authority to interpret the terms of the Plan and the Award Terms and make the final determination of whether you are vested and entitled to payment of an Award.

 




 

Exhibit 10.63

 

Restricted Stock Agreement for
Outside Directors under
Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

THIS AGREEMENT, entered into as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), by and between the Director and Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”):

 

WITNESSETH THAT:

 

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and the Director has been selected by the committee administering the Plan (the “Committee”) to receive a Restricted Stock Award under the Plan; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Director, as follows:

 

1.  Terms of Award .  The following words and phrases used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

 

(a)                                   The “Director” is                                  .

 

(b)                                  The “Grant Date” is                           .

 

(c)                                   The number of “Covered Shares” shall be                    shares of Stock.

 

Other words and phrases used in this Agreement are defined pursuant to paragraph 15 or elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

2.  Restricted Stock Award .  This Agreement specifies the terms of the “Restricted Stock Award” granted to the Director.

 

3.  Restricted Period .  Subject to the limitations of this Agreement, the “Restricted Period” for the Covered Shares of the Restricted Stock Award shall begin on the Grant Date and end on the day immediately prior to the next annual shareholders meeting during which elections for directors are held following the Grant Date.

 

The Restricted Period shall end prior to the date specified above to the extent set forth below:

 

(a)           The Restricted Period shall end on the date the Director ceases to be a director of the Company (and is not otherwise employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries), if the Director ceases to be a director by reason of his Disability or death.  The Director shall be considered to have a “Disability” if the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board of Directors determines that he is unable to serve as a Director as a result of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

(b)           The Restricted Period shall end upon a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), provided that such Change in Control occurs on or before the date the Director ceases to be a director of the Company .

 

 

 



 

4.  Transfer and Forfeiture of Shares .  If the Restricted Period with respect to the Covered Shares ends on or before the date the Director ceases to be a director of the Company, then at the end of such Restricted Period, the Covered Shares shall be transferred to the Director free of all restrictions.  If the Restricted Period with respect to the Covered Shares does not end on or before the date the Director ceases to be a director of the Company, then as of the date the Director ceases to be a director of the Company, the Director shall forfeit all Covered Shares.(1)

 

5.  Transferability .  Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, the Restricted Stock Award may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered during the Restricted Period.

 

6.  Dividends .  The Director shall be entitled to receive any dividends paid with respect to the Covered Shares that become payable during the Restricted Period.  Any dividends shall be payable to the Director in cash.  The Director shall not be prevented from receiving dividends and distributions paid on the Covered Shares of Restricted Stock merely because those shares are subject to the restrictions imposed by this Agreement and the Plan; provided, however that no dividends or distributions shall be payable to or for the benefit of the Director with respect to record dates for such dividends or distributions for any Covered Shares occurring on or after the date, if any, on which the Director has forfeited those shares.

 

7.   Voting .  The Director shall not be prevented from voting the Restricted Stock Award merely because those shares are subject to the restrictions imposed by this Agreement and the Plan; provided, however, that the Director shall not be entitled to vote Covered Shares with respect to record dates for any Covered Shares occurring on or after the date, if any, on which the Director has forfeited those shares.

 

8.  Registration of Restricted Stock Award .  Each certificate issued in respect of the Covered Shares awarded under this Agreement shall be registered in the name of the Director.

 

9.  Heirs and Successors .  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business.  If any benefits deliverable to the Director under this Agreement have not been delivered at the time of the Director’s death, such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan.  The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Director in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require.  If a deceased Director fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Director, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Director and any benefits distributable to the Director shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Director.  If a deceased Director designates a beneficiary and the Designated Beneficiary survives the Director but dies before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.


 (1) The award will not continue to vest if a person ceases to be a Director of the Company but continues to be an employee of the Company.

 

 

2



 

10.  Administration .  The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan.  Any interpretation of this Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to this Agreement is final and binding on all persons.

 

11.  Plan Governs .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Director from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

 

12.  Notices .  Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail.  Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailing but in no event later than the date of actual receipt.  Notices shall be directed, if to the Director, at the Director’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

 

13.  Fractional Shares .  In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share, resulting from an adjustment of the Restricted Stock Award pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Director an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

 

14.  Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and may otherwise be amended by written agreement of the Director and the Company without the consent of any other person.

 

15.  Plan Definitions .  Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director has executed the Agreement, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date.

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

James Michener

 

 

Its:

General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3




 

Exhibit 10.64

 

To Be Used With Employment Agreement

 

 

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under
Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

THIS AGREEMENT is effective as of the Grant Date (as defined in paragraph 1), and is by and between the Participant and Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and the Participant has been selected by the committee administering the Plan (the “Committee”) to receive a Restricted Stock Unit Award under the Plan; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:

 

1.  Terms of Award .  The following words and phrases used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

 

(a)                                   The “Participant” is                                 .

 

(b)                                  The “Grant Date” is February 14, 2008 .

 

(a)                                   The number of “Covered Units” granted under this Agreement is            Units.  Each “Unit” represents the right to receive one share of Stock on the Delivery Date, to the extent that the Participant is vested in such Units as of the Delivery Date, subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

(c)                                   The “Delivery Date” with respect to each Installment shall be the earliest to occur of:

 

(i)  The date on which the Participant vests in that Installment in accordance with the schedule set forth in paragraph 3 (determined without regard to paragraphs 3(a), 3(b), 3(c), or 3(d)).

 

(ii)  The Participant’s Date of Termination that occurs by reason of the Participant’s death.

 

(iii)  The date on which the Participant becomes Permanently Disabled on or before the Participant’s Date of Termination.

 

(iv)  The date of a Change in Control on or before the Participant’s Date of Termination, but only if the Change in Control also satisfies the definition of “change in control event” as set forth in Treas. Reg. 1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

Other words and phrases used in this Agreement are defined pursuant to paragraph 17, elsewhere in this Agreement or the Plan.

 

2.  Restricted Stock Unit Award .  This Agreement specifies the terms of the “Restricted Stock Unit Award” granted to the Participant.

 

 

 



 

 

3.  Restricted Period .  If the Date of Termination does not occur during the Restricted Period with respect to any Installment of the Covered Units, then the Participant shall become vested in such Installment at the end of such Restricted Period.  With respect to all Covered Units, the “Restricted Period” for each Installment of Covered Units shall begin on the Grant Date.  The Restricted Period with respect to each Installment shall end as described in the following schedule (but only if the Date of Termination has not occurred before the end of the Restricted Period):

 

INSTALLMENT:

 

RESTRICTED PERIOD WILL END ON:

¼ of Covered Units

 

One year anniversary of the Grant Date

¼ of Covered Units

 

Two year anniversary of the Grant Date

¼ of Covered Units

 

Three year anniversary of the Grant Date

¼ of Covered Units

 

Four year anniversary of the Grant Date

 

The Restricted Period shall end prior to the date specified in the foregoing schedule to the extent set forth below:

 

(a)                                   For Installments as to which the Restricted Period has not otherwise ended prior to the Date of Termination, the Restricted Period for such Installments shall end upon the Participant’s Date of Termination, if the Date of Termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s Disability or death.

 

(b)                                  For Installments as to which the Restricted Period has not otherwise ended prior to the date of a Change in Control, the Restricted Period for such Installments shall end upon a Change in Control, provided that such Change in Control occurs on or before the Date of Termination.

 

(c)                                   If the Participant’s employment is Terminated Without Cause, then for Installments as to which the Restricted Period has not otherwise ended prior to the Date of Termination, the Participant shall be vested on the Date of Termination (and the Restricted Period shall end) with respect to the Installments (if any) that would vest on or before the two-year anniversary of the Date of Termination, determined as though the Participant had remained employed through the two-year anniversary of the Date of Termination.  The terms “Cause” and “Terminated Without Cause” shall be defined as set forth in the Employment Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive’s employment is Terminated Without Cause, the provisions of this paragraph (c) shall apply only if the Executive executes and returns to the Company a general release and waiver of all claims against the Company as required under the Employment Agreement; provided that the Participant shall be eligible for vesting under this paragraph (c) only if the release is returned by such time as is established by the Committee; and further provided that to the extent benefits provided pursuant to this paragraph (c) would constitute deferred compensation subject to section 409A of the Code, such benefits shall be distributed to

 

 

 

2



 

the Participant only if the release is returned in time to permit the distribution of the benefits to satisfy the requirements of section 409A of the Code with respect to the time of distribution.

 

(d)                                  If the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs because of Retirement, then for Installments as to which the Restricted Period has not otherwise ended prior to the Date of Termination, the Restricted Period shall end on the Participant’s Date of Termination, and the Participant shall be vested in those Installments, subject to paragraph 17(g) (relating to the definition of Retirement).

 

4.  Transfer of Shares and Forfeiture of Units On the Delivery Date, the Participant shall receive one share of Stock for each Unit in which the Participant is then vested, and such shares shall be free of restrictions otherwise imposed by this Agreement, subject to the terms of this Agreement applicable after such Delivery Date (including, without limitation, paragraph 9) and the Plan.  If any vested Units attributable to any Installment are allocated to the Participant after the date otherwise specified as the Delivery Date for that Installment (by reason of payment of dividends or otherwise), then, as soon as practicable after the date of allocation of such Units, the Participant will receive one share of Stock with respect to each such Unit.  As of the date of distribution of Shares with respect to any Units, such Units shall be canceled.  If the Restricted Period with respect to any Installments does not end on or before the Participant’s Date of Termination, then as of the Participant’s Date of Termination, the Participant shall forfeit such Installments.  However, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the end of the Restricted Period or provide for the vesting of the Covered Units under circumstances that such vesting would not otherwise occur in its sole discretion, based on such factors as the Committee deems appropriate.

 

5.  Withholding .  All deliveries and distributions under this Agreement are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes.  At the election of the Participant, and subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, such withholding obligations may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of Stock which the Participant already owns, or to which the Participant is otherwise entitled under the Plan; provided, however, that such shares may be used to satisfy not more than the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligation (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for Federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such taxable income).

 

6.  Transferability .  Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, the Restricted Stock Unit Award may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered during the Restricted Period.

 

7.  Dividends .  The Participant will be credited with additional Units to reflect dividends payable with respect to Stock during the period between the Grant Date and the Delivery Date, with the increase in the number of Units equal to the number of shares of Stock which could be purchased with the dividends (assuming each Unit was a share of Stock), based on the value of such Stock at the time such dividends are paid.  The Units credited on account of the preceding sentence shall be vested and distributed in accordance with the same schedule as the Units to which such dividends are attributable.  No dividends shall be credited to or for the benefit of the Participant for Units with respect to record dates occurring prior to the Grant Date, or with

 

 

3



 

respect to record dates occurring on or after the date, if any, on which the Participant has forfeited those Units.

 

8.  Voting .  The Participant shall not be a shareholder of record with respect to the Units and shall have no voting rights with respect to the Units during the Restricted Period or prior to the Delivery Date.

 

9.  Cancellation and Rescission of Restricted Stock Unit Award .

 

(a)                                   The Committee may cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict the Restricted Stock Unit Award at any time if the Participant engages in any “Detrimental Activity.”

 

(b)                                  Immediately prior to the Delivery Date with respect to an Installment and prior to the transfer of the shares of Stock to the Participant, the Participant shall certify, to the extent required by the Committee, in a manner acceptable to the Committee, that the Participant is not engaging and has not engaged in any Detrimental Activity.  In the event a Participant has engaged in any Detrimental Activity prior to, or during the twelve months after, the Delivery Date with respect to any Installment of Covered Units, the right to delivery of shares with respect to such Installment may be rescinded by the Committee within two years thereafter.  In the event of any such rescission, the Participant shall pay to the Company the amount of any gain realized as a result of the prior delivery of shares applicable to the rescinded Installment(s), in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required by the Company, and the Company shall be entitled to set-off against the amount of any such gain any amount owed to the Participant by the Company and/or Subsidiary.

 

10.  Heirs and Successors .  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business.  If any benefits deliverable to the Participant under this Agreement have not been delivered at the time of the Participant’s death, such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan.  The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require.  If a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant.  If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary and the Designated Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

 

11.  Administration .  The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan.  Any interpretation of

 

 

 

4



 

this Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to this Agreement is final and binding on all persons.  The Committee shall have the authority to obtain such information from the Participant (including tax return information) as it determines may be necessary to confirm that the Participant is in compliance with the requirements applicable to Detrimental Activity, and if the Participant fails to provide such information, the Committee may conclude that the Participant is not in compliance with such requirements.

 

12.  Plan Governs .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Participant from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

 

13.  Not an Employment Contract .  The Restricted Stock Unit Award will not confer on the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Related Company, nor will it interfere in any way with any right the Company or any Related Company would otherwise have to terminate or modify the terms of such Participant’s employment or other service at any time.

 

14.  Notices .  Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail.  Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailing but in no event later than the date of actual receipt.  Notices shall be directed, if to the Participant, at the Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

 

15.  Fractional Shares .  In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share, resulting from an adjustment of the Restricted Stock Unit Award pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Participant an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

 

16.  Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and may otherwise be amended by written agreement of the Participant and the Company without the consent of any other person.

 

17.  Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, words and phrases shall be defined as follows:

 

(a)                                   Change in Control .  The term “Change in Control” shall be defined as set forth in the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Date of Termination .  A Participant’s “Date of Termination” means, with respect to an employee, the date on which the Participant’s employment with the Company and Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, and with respect to a Director, the date immediately following the last day on which the Participant serves as a Director; provided that a Date of Termination shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a Participant’s transfer of employment between the Company and a Subsidiary or between two Subsidiaries; further provided that a Date of Termination shall not be deemed to

 

 

5



 

occur by reason of a Participant’s cessation of service as a Director if immediately following such cessation of service the Participant becomes or continues to be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, nor by reason of a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary if immediately following such termination of employment the Participant becomes or continues to be a Director; and further provided that a Participant’s employment shall not be considered terminated while the Participant is on a leave of absence from the Company or a Subsidiary approved by the Participant’s employer.

 

(c)                                   Detrimental Activity .  The term “Detrimental Activity” shall mean (i) a violation of paragraph 11 of the Employment Agreement (relating to competition) during the period in which such activity is prohibited under the Employment Agreement; or (ii) a violation of paragraph 12 of the Employment Agreement (relating to confidentiality).

 

(d)                                  Director .  The term “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of Assured Guaranty, Ltd., who may or may not be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

(e)                                   Disability .  The Participant shall be considered to have a “Disability” during the period in which the Participant is unable, by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment, to engage in any substantial gainful activity, which condition, in the opinion of a physician selected by the Committee, is expected to have a duration of not less than 120 days.  The Participant shall be considered to be Permanently Disabled if he would be treated as “disabled” in accordance with the provisions of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(4).

 

(f)                                     Employment Agreement .   “Employment Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Participant and the Company dated April 28, 2004 or any successor agreement thereto.(1)

 

(g)                                  Retirement .  “Retirement” of a Participant will be determined in accordance with the following:

 

(i)  Retirement shall mean the occurrence of a Participant’s Date of Termination with the consent of the Participant’s employer after the Participant has completed three years of service and attained age 55.(2)

 

(ii)  For purposes of defining “Retirement,” years of service shall be determined in accordance with rules which may be established by the Committee, and shall take into account service with the Company and the Subsidiaries.  If, on or before the date of the initial public offering of stock of the Company, the Participant was employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries, years of service shall also include service with ACE Limited and its subsidiaries occurring prior to such initial public offering.


(1)                                   Employment agreement for Bailenson dated October 5, 2006.

(2)                                   “Retirement” for Mr. Bailenson, 55 years of age with 5 years of service and the consent of the Compensation Committee or 60 years of age with 5 years of service.

 

 

 

6



 

 

(iii)  Notwithstanding that the Participant’s Date of Termination satisfies the requirements of paragraph (i) above, the Participant will not be considered to have retired (or have terminated by reason of Retirement) with respect to any Installment if the Committee determines that the Participant has provided significant commercial or business services to any one or more persons or entities on or before the Delivery Date applicable to that Installment, regardless of whether such entity is owned or controlled by the Participant; provided that the Participant may devote reasonable time to the supervision of his personal investments, and activities involving professional, charitable, community, educational, religious and similar types of organizations, speaking engagements, membership on the boards of directors of other organizations, and similar types of activities, to the extent that the Committee, in its discretion, determines that such activities are consistent with the Participant’s Retirement.

 

(iv)  At the request of the Committee, and as a condition of receiving a distribution of Shares in settlement of an Installment, the Participant shall be required to provide a listing of the activities engaged in by the Participant following the Participant’s Date of Termination and prior to the Delivery Date applicable to such Installment and such other information that the Committee determines may be necessary from time to time to establish whether the Participant has acted in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of paragraph (iii).  Such listing and information shall be provided promptly by the Participant, but in no event more than 10 days after written request is delivered to the Participant.

 

(v)  At the request of the Participant, the Committee shall determine whether a proposed activity of the Participant will be consistent with the requirements of paragraph (iii).  Such request shall be accompanied by a description of the proposed activities, and the Participant shall provide such additional information as the Committee may determine is necessary to make the determination.  Such a determination shall be made promptly, but in no event more than 30 days after the written request, together with any additional information requested of the Participant, is delivered to the Committee.

 

(vi)  If, prior to the Delivery Date applicable to any Installment, a Participant engages in one or more activities that the Committee determines to be inconsistent with Retirement, as set forth in paragraph (iii) above, the right to a distribution of Shares with respect to the Installment (including the right to distribution of Shares attributable to dividends) may be canceled by the Committee.

 

(h)                                  Plan Definitions .  Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

 

 

7



 

 

Agreed Upon:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Participant

 

 

 

8




 

Exhibit 10.65

 

For Use Without Employment Agreement

 

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under
Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

THIS AGREEMENT is effective as of the Grant Date, by and between the Participant and Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and the Participant has been selected by the committee administering the Plan (the “Committee”) to receive a Restricted Stock Unit Award under the Plan; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:

 

1.  Terms of Award .  The following words and phrases used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

 

(a)                                   The “Participant” is                                                                           .

 

(b)                                  The “Grant Date” is February 14, 2008.

 

(c)                                   The number of “Covered Units” granted under this Agreement is            Units.  Each “Unit” represents the right to receive one share of Stock on the Delivery Date, to the extent that the Participant is vested in such Units as of the Delivery Date, subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

(d)                                  The “Delivery Date” with respect to each Installment shall be the earliest to occur of:

 

(i)  The date on which the Participant vests in that Installment in accordance with the schedule set forth in paragraph 3 (determined without regard to paragraphs 3(a), 3(b), 3(c), or 3(d)).

 

(ii)  The Participant’s Date of Termination that occurs by reason of the Participant’s death.

 

(iii)  The date on which the Participant becomes Permanently Disabled on or before the Participant’s Date of Termination.

 

(iv)  The date of a Change in Control on or before the Participant’s Date of Termination, but only if the Change in Control also satisfies the definition of “change in control event” as set forth in Treas. Reg. 1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

Other words and phrases used in this Agreement are defined pursuant to paragraph 17, elsewhere in this Agreement, or the Plan.

 

2.  Restricted Stock Unit Award .  This Agreement specifies the terms of the “Restricted Stock Unit Award” granted to the Participant.

 

 

 



 

 

3.  Restricted Period .  If the Date of Termination does not occur during the Restricted Period with respect to any Installment of the Covered Units, then the Participant shall become vested in such Installment at the end of such Restricted Period.  With respect to all Covered Units, the “Restricted Period” for each Installment of Covered Units shall begin on the Grant Date.  The Restricted Period with respect to each Installment shall end as described in the following schedule (but only if the Date of Termination has not occurred before the end of the Restricted Period):

 

INSTALLMENT

 

RESTRICTED PERIOD WILL END ON:

¼ of Covered Units

 

One year anniversary of the Grant Date

¼ of Covered Units

 

Two year anniversary of the Grant Date

¼ of Covered Units

 

Three year anniversary of the Grant Date

¼ of Covered Units

 

Four year anniversary of the Grant Date

 

The Restricted Period shall end prior to the date specified in the foregoing schedule to the extent set forth below:

 

(a)                                   For Installments as to which the Restricted Period has not otherwise ended prior to the Date of Termination, the Restricted Period for such Installments shall end upon the Participant’s Date of Termination, if the Date of Termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s Disability or death.

 

(b)                                  For Installments as to which the Restricted Period has not otherwise ended prior to the date of a Change in Control, the Restricted Period for such Installments shall end upon a Change in Control, provided that such Change in Control occurs on or before the Date of Termination.

 

(c)                                   If the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs because of Retirement, then for Installments as to which the Restricted Period has not otherwise ended prior to the Date of Termination, the Participant shall be vested on the Date of Termination (and the Restricted Period shall end) with respect to the Installment (if any) that would vest on or before the one-year anniversary of the Date of Termination, determined as though the Participant had remained employed through the one-year anniversary of the Date of Termination, but subject to paragraph 17(g) (relating to the definition of Retirement).

 

4.  Transfer of Shares and Forfeiture of Units .   On the Delivery Date, the Participant shall receive one share of Stock for each Unit in which the Participant is then vested, and such shares shall be free of restrictions otherwise imposed by this Agreement, subject to the terms of this Agreement applicable after such Delivery Date (including, without limitation, paragraph 9) and the Plan.  If any vested Units attributable to any Installment are allocated to the Participant after the date otherwise specified as the Delivery Date for that Installment (by reason of payment of dividends or otherwise), then, as soon as practicable after the date of allocation of such Units, the

 

 

2



 

Participant will receive one share of Stock with respect to each such Unit.  As of the date of distribution of Shares with respect to any Units, such Units shall be canceled.  If the Restricted Period with respect to any Installments does not end on or before the Participant’s Date of Termination, then as of the Participant’s Date of Termination, the Participant shall forfeit such Installments.  However, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the end of the Restricted Period or provide for the vesting of the Covered Units under circumstances that such vesting would not otherwise occur in its sole discretion, based on such factors as the Committee deems appropriate.

 

5.  Withholding .  All deliveries and distributions under this Agreement are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes.  At the election of the Participant, and subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, such withholding obligations may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of Stock which the Participant already owns, or to which the Participant is otherwise entitled under the Plan; provided, however, that such shares may be used to satisfy not more than the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligation (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for Federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such taxable income).

 

6.  Transferability .  Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, the Restricted Stock Unit Award may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered during the Restricted Period.

 

7.  Dividends .  The Participant will be credited with additional Units to reflect dividends payable with respect to Stock during the period between the Grant Date and the Delivery Date, with the increase in the number of Units equal to the number of shares of Stock which could be purchased with the dividends (assuming each Unit was a share of Stock), based on the value of such Stock at the time such dividends are paid.  The Units credited on account of the preceding sentence shall be vested and distributed in accordance with the same schedule as the Units to which such dividends are attributable.  No dividends shall be credited to or for the benefit of the Participant for Units with respect to record dates occurring prior to the Grant Date, or with respect to record dates occurring on or after the date, if any, on which the Participant has forfeited those Units.

 

8.  Voting .  The Participant shall not be a shareholder of record with respect to the Units and shall have no voting rights with respect to the Units during the Restricted Period or prior to the Delivery Date.

 

9.  Cancellation and Rescission of Restricted Stock Unit Award .

 

(a)                                   The Committee may cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict the Restricted Stock Unit Award at any time if the Participant engages in any “Detrimental Activity.”

 

(b)                                  At the Delivery Date with respect to an Installment and prior to the transfer of the shares of Stock to the Participant, the Participant shall certify, to the extent required by the Committee, in a manner acceptable to the Committee, that the Participant is not engaging and has not engaged in any Detrimental Activity.  In the event a Participant has engaged

 

 

3



 

 

in any Detrimental Activity prior to, or during the twelve months after, the Delivery Date with respect to such Installment of Covered Units, the right to delivery of shares with respect to such Installment may be rescinded by the Committee within two years thereafter.  In the event of any such rescission, the Participant shall pay to the Company the amount of any gain realized as a result of the prior delivery of shares applicable to the rescinded Installment(s), in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required by the Company, and the Company shall be entitled to set-off against the amount of any such gain any amount owed to the Participant by the Company and/or Subsidiary.

 

10.  Heirs and Successors .  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business.  If any benefits deliverable to the Participant under this Agreement have not been delivered at the time of the Participant’s death, such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan.  The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require.  If a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant.  If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary and the Designated Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

 

11.  Administration .  The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan.  Any interpretation of this Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to this Agreement is final and binding on all persons.  The Committee shall have the authority to obtain such information from the Participant (including tax return information) as it determines may be necessary to confirm that the Participant is in compliance with the requirements applicable to Detrimental Activity, and if the Participant fails to provide such information, the Committee may conclude that the Participant is not in compliance with such requirements.

 

12.  Plan Governs .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Participant from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

 

13.  Not an Employment Contract .  The Restricted Stock Unit Award will not confer on the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company

 

 

 

4



 

or any Related Company, nor will it interfere in any way with any right the Company or any Related Company would otherwise have to terminate or modify the terms of such Participant’s employment or other service at any time.

 

14.  Notices .  Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail.  Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailing but in no event later than the date of actual receipt.  Notices shall be directed, if to the Participant, at the Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

 

15.  Fractional Shares .  In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share, resulting from an adjustment of the Restricted Stock Unit Award pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Participant an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

 

16.  Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and may otherwise be amended by written agreement of the Participant and the Company without the consent of any other perso n.

 

17.  Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, words and phrases shall be defined as follows:

 

(a)                                   Change in Control .  The term “Change in Control” shall be defined as set forth in the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Date of Termination .  A Participant’s “Date of Termination” means, with respect to an employee, the date on which the Participant’s employment with the Company and Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, and with respect to a Director, the date immediately following the last day on which the Participant serves as a Director; provided that a Date of Termination shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a Participant’s transfer of employment between the Company and a Subsidiary or between two Subsidiaries; further provided that a Date of Termination shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a Participant’s cessation of service as a Director if immediately following such cessation of service the Participant becomes or continues to be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, nor by reason of a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary if immediately following such termination of employment the Participant becomes or continues to be a Director; and further provided that a Participant’s employment shall not be considered terminated while the Participant is on a leave of absence from the Company or a Subsidiary approved by the Participant’s employer.

 

(c)                                   Detrimental Activity .  The term “Detrimental Activity” shall mean (i) the rendering of services for any organization or engaging directly or indirectly in any business which is or becomes competitive with the Company or the Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, AMBAC Financial Group Inc., Berkshire Hathaway Financial Guaranty, CIFG Group, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, Financial Security Assurance Inc., MBIA, Inc. and Radian Group Inc. or Security Capital Assurance Ltd.), or which

 

 

5



 

 

organization or business, or the rendering of services to such organization or business, is or becomes otherwise prejudicial to or in conflict with the interests of the Company or the Subsidiaries; (ii) the disclosure to anyone outside the Company or the Subsidiaries, or the use in other than the Company’s or the Subsidiaries’ business, without prior written authorization from the Company or the Subsidiaries, of any confidential information or material, relating to the business of the Company or the Subsidiaries, acquired by the Participant either during or after employment with the Company or the Subsidiaries; (iii) a violation of any rules, policies, procedures or guidelines of the Company or the Subsidiaries, including but not limited to the Company’s Code of Conduct, Policy on Trading in Assured Guaranty Ltd. Securities, Management Stock Ownership Guidelines and other business conduct guidelines; (iv) any attempt directly or indirectly to induce any employee of the Company to be employed or perform services elsewhere or any attempt directly or indirectly to solicit the trade or business of any current or prospective customer, supplier or partner of the Company; (v) the Participant being convicted of, or entering a guilty plea with respect to, a crime, whether or not connected with the Company; or (vi) any other conduct or act determined to be injurious, detrimental or prejudicial to any interest of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Director .  The term “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of Assured Guaranty, Ltd., who may or may not be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

(e)                                   Disability .  The Participant shall be considered to have a “Disability” during the period in which the Participant is unable, by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment, to engage in any substantial gainful activity, which condition, in the opinion of a physician selected by the Committee, is expected to have a duration of not less than 120 days.  The Participant shall be considered to be Permanently Disabled if he would be treated as “disabled” in accordance with the provisions of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(4).

 

(f)                                     Retirement .  “Retirement” of a Participant will be determined in accordance with the following:

 

(i)  Retirement shall mean the occurrence of a Participant’s Date of Termination with the consent of the Participant’s employer after the Participant has completed five years of service and attained age 55.

 

(ii)  For purposes of defining “Retirement,” years of service shall be determined in accordance with rules which may be established by the Committee, and shall take into account service with the Company and the Subsidiaries.  If, on or before the date of the initial public offering of stock of the Company, the Participant was employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries, years of service shall also include service with ACE Limited and its subsidiaries occurring prior to such initial public offering.

 

(iii)  Notwithstanding that the Participant’s Date of Termination satisfies the requirements of paragraph (i) above, the Participant will not be considered to have retired (or have terminated by reason of Retirement) with respect to any Installment if the Committee determines that the Participant has provided significant commercial or business services to any one or more persons or entities on or before the Delivery Date

 

 

 

6



 

applicable to that Installment, regardless of whether such entity is owned or controlled by the Participant; provided that the Participant may devote reasonable time to the supervision of his personal investments, and activities involving professional, charitable, community, educational, religious and similar types of organizations, speaking engagements, membership on the boards of directors of other organizations, and similar types of activities, to the extent that the Committee, in its discretion, determines that such activities are consistent with the Participant’s Retirement.

 

(iv)  At the request of the Committee, and as a condition of receiving a distribution of Shares in settlement of an Installment, the Participant shall be required to provide a listing of the activities engaged in by the Participant following the Participant’s Date of Termination and prior to the Delivery Date applicable to such Installment and such other information that the Committee determines may be necessary from time to time to establish whether the Participant has acted in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of paragraph (iii).  Such listing and information shall be provided promptly by the Participant, but in no event more than 10 days after written request is delivered to the Participant.

 

(v)  At the request of the Participant, the Committee shall determine whether a proposed activity of the Participant will be consistent with the requirements of paragraph (iii).  Such request shall be accompanied by a description of the proposed activities, and the Participant shall provide such additional information as the Committee may determine is necessary to make the determination.  Such a determination shall be made promptly, but in no event more than 30 days after the written request, together with any additional information requested of the Participant, is delivered to the Committee.

 

(vi)  If, prior to the Delivery Date applicable to any Installment, a Participant engages in one or more activities that the Committee determines to be inconsistent with Retirement, as set forth in paragraph (iii) above, the right to a distribution of Shares with respect to the Installment (including the right to distribution of Shares attributable to dividends) may be canceled by the Committee.

 

(g)                                  Plan Definitions .  Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

 

 

Agreed Upon:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Participant

 

 

 

7




 

Exhibit 10.66

 

To Be Used With Employment Agreement

 

Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under
Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

THIS AGREEMENT is effective as of the Grant Date, by and between the Participant and Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and the Participant has been selected by the committee administering the Plan (the “Committee”) to receive a Non-Qualified Stock Option Award under the Plan; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:

 

1.  Terms of Award .   The following words and phrases used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

 

(a)                                   The “Participant” is

 

(b)                                  The “Grant Date” is February 14, 2008 .

 

(c)                                   The number of “Covered Shares” shall be                        shares of Stock.

 

(d)                                  The “Exercise Price” is $              per share.

 

Other words and phrases used in this Agreement are defined pursuant to paragraph 17, elsewhere in this Agreement or the Plan.

 

2.  Non-Qualified Stock Option .  This Agreement specifies the terms of the option (the “Option”) granted to the Participant to purchase the number of Covered Shares of Stock at the Exercise Price per share as set forth in paragraph 1.  The Option is not intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” as that term is used in Code section 422.

 

3.  Date of Exercise .  Subject to the limitations of this Agreement, each Installment of Covered Shares of the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Vesting Date for such Installment as described in the following schedule (but only if the Date of Termination has not occurred before the Vesting Date):

 

 

 



 

 

 

INSTALLMENT

 

VESTING DATE APPLICABLE TO INSTALLMENT

1/3 of Covered Shares

 

One year anniversary of the Grant Date

1/3 of Covered Shares

 

Two year anniversary of the Grant Date

1/3 of Covered Shares

 

Three year anniversary of the Grant Date

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 3, the Option shall become vested and exercisable as follows:

 

(a)                                   The Option shall become fully exercisable upon the Date of Termination, if the Date of Termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability.

 

(b)                                  The Option shall become fully exercisable upon a Change in Control that occurs on or before the Date of Termination.

 

(c)                                   If the Option is not fully exercisable upon the Participant’s Date of Termination, and the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs because of Retirement, then, for purposes of this paragraph 3 and subject to paragraph 17(g), the Participant shall be treated as though employed by the Company and Subsidiaries after the Participant’s actual Date of Termination until the Vesting Date has occurred with respect to all of the Covered Shares.

 

(d)                                  If the Option is not fully exercisable upon the Participant’s Date of Termination, and the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by virtue of a Termination Without Cause, then for purposes of applying the foregoing vesting schedule, the Participant shall be treated as though employed by the Company and Subsidiaries after the Participant’s actual Date of Termination until the two-year anniversary of the Date of Termination.  The terms “Cause” and “Terminated Without Cause” shall be defined as set forth in the Employment Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive’s employment is Terminated without Cause, the provisions of this paragraph (d) shall apply, and the provisions of paragraph 4(e) with respect to Retirement shall apply only if the Executive executes and returns to the Company a general release and waiver of all claims against the Company as required under the Employment Agreement.

 

Subject to paragraphs (c) and (d) above, the Option may be exercised on or after the Date of Termination only as to that portion of the Covered Shares for which it was exercisable immediately prior to (or became exercisable on) the Date of Termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 3, as of the Participant’s Date of Termination for Cause, the Option shall be canceled as to any Covered Shares as to which it has not previously been exercised.

 

 

2



 

 

4.  Expiration .  The Option shall not be exercisable after the Company’s close of business on the last business day that occurs prior to the Expiration Date.  The “Expiration Date” shall be the earliest to occur of:

 

(a)                                   the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date;

 

(b)                                  if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by reason of death or Disability, the two-year anniversary of such Date of Termination;

 

(c)                                   if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs for Cause, the Date of Termination;

 

(d)                                  if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs because of a Termination Without Cause, the two-year anniversary of the Date of Termination;

 

(e)                                   if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs because of Retirement, the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date, subject to paragraph 17(g); or

 

(f)                                     if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs for any reason other than those listed in subparagraph (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this paragraph 4, the 90 day anniversary of such Date of Termination.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 4, if a Change in Control occurs on or before the Participant’s Date of Termination, the Expiration Date shall be the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

5.  Method of Option Exercise .  Subject to this Agreement and the Plan, the Option may be exercised in whole or in part by filing a written notice with the Secretary of the Company at its corporate headquarters prior to the Company’s close of business on the last business day that occurs prior to the Expiration Date.  Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock which the Participant elects to purchase, and shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for such shares of Stock indicated by the Participant’s election.  Payment shall be by cash or by check payable to the Company.  Except as otherwise provided by the Committee before the Option is exercised: (i) all or a portion of the Exercise Price may be paid by the Participant by delivery of shares of Stock owned by the Participant and acceptable to the Committee having an aggregate Fair Market Value (valued as of the date of exercise) that is equal to the amount of cash that would otherwise be required; and (ii) the Participant may pay the Exercise Price by authorizing a third party to sell shares of Stock (or a sufficient portion of the shares) acquired upon exercise of the Option and remit to the Company a sufficient portion of the sale proceeds to pay the entire Exercise Price and any tax withholding resulting from such exercise.  The Option shall not be exercisable if and to the extent the Company determines that such exercise would violate applicable state or Federal securities laws or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Stock is traded.  If the Company makes such a determination, it shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain compliance with such laws, rules and regulations.  In making any determination hereunder, the Company may rely on the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 

6.  Withholding .  All deliveries and distributions under this Agreement are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes.  At the election of the Participant, and subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, such withholding

 

 

3



 

obligations may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of Stock which the Participant already owns, or to which the Participant is otherwise entitled under the Plan; provided, however, that such shares may be used to satisfy not more than the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligation (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for Federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income).

 

7.  Transferability .  Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, the Option is not transferable other than as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and during the Participant’s life, may be exercised only by the Participant.

 

8.  Cancellation and Rescission of Options .

 

(a)                                   The Committee may cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict the Option at any time if the Participant engages in any “Detrimental Activity.”

 

(b)                                  Upon exercise of the Option, the Participant shall certify, to the extent provided by the Committee, in a manner acceptable to the Committee, that the Participant is not engaging and has not engaged in any Detrimental Activity.  In the event a Participant has engaged in any Detrimental Activity prior to, or during the twelve months after, any exercise of the Option, such exercise may be rescinded by the Committee within two years thereafter.  In the event of any such rescission, the Participant shall pay to the Company the amount of any gain realized as a result of the rescinded exercise, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required, and the Company shall be entitled to set-off against the amount of any such gain any amount owed to the Participant by the Company and/or Subsidiary.

 

9.  Heirs and Successors .  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business.  If any rights exercisable by the Participant or benefits deliverable to the Participant under this Agreement have not been exercised or delivered, respectively, at the time of the Participant’s death, such rights shall be exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary, and such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan.  The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require.  If a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be exercised by or distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant.  If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary and the Designated Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before the Designated Beneficiary’s exercise of all rights under this Agreement or before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any rights that would have been exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary shall be exercised by the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary, and any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

 

 

4



 

 

10.  Administration .  The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan.  Any interpretation of this Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to this Agreement is final and binding on all persons.  The Committee shall have the authority to obtain such information from the Participant (including tax return information) as it determines may be necessary to confirm that the Participant is in compliance with the requirements applicable to Detrimental Activity, and if the Participant fails to provide such information, the Committee may conclude that the Participant is not in compliance with such requirements.

 

11.  Plan Governs .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Participant from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

 

12.  Not an Employment Contract .  The Option will not confer on the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor will it interfere in any way with any right the Company or any Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate or modify the terms of such Participant’s employment or other service at any time.

 

13.  Notices .  Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail.  Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailing but in no event later than the date of actual receipt.  Notices shall be directed, if to the Participant, at the Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

 

14.  Fractional Shares .  In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share upon any exercise of the Option, resulting from an adjustment of the Option pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Participant an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

 

15.  No Rights As Shareholder .  The Participant shall not have any rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares subject to the Option, until a stock certificate has been duly issued following exercise of the Option as provided herein.

 

16.  Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and may otherwise be amended by written agreement of the Participant and the Company without the consent of any other person.

 

17.  Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, words and phrases shall be defined as follows:

 

 

(a)                                   Change in Control .  The term “Change in Control” shall be defined as set forth in the Plan.

 

 

5



 

(b)                                  Date of Termination .  A Participant’s “Date of Termination” means, with respect to an employee, the date on which the Participant’s employment with the Company and Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, and with respect to a Director, the date immediately following the last day on which the Participant serves as a Director; provided that a Date of Termination shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a Participant’s transfer of employment between the Company and a Subsidiary or between two Subsidiaries; further provided that a Date of Termination shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a Participant’s cessation of service as a Director if immediately following such cessation of service the Participant becomes or continues to be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, nor by reason of a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary if immediately following such termination of employment the Participant becomes or continues to be a Director; and further provided that a Participant’s employment shall not be considered terminated while the Participant is on a leave of absence from the Company or a Subsidiary approved by the Participant’s employer.

 

(c)                                   Detrimental Activity .  The term “Detrimental Activity” shall mean (i) a violation of paragraph 11 of the Employment Agreement (relating to competition) during the period in which such activity is prohibited under the Employment Agreement; or (ii) a violation of paragraph 12 of the Employment Agreement (relating to confidentiality).

 

(d)                                  Director .  The term “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of Assured Guaranty Ltd., who may or may not be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

(e)                                   Disability .  The Participant shall be considered to have a “Disability” during the period in which the Participant is unable, by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment, to engage in any substantial gainful activity, which condition, in the opinion of a physician selected by the Committee, is expected to have a duration of not less than 120 days.

 

(f)          Employment Agreement “Employment Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Participant and the Company dated April 28, 2004 or any successor agreement thereto.(1)

 

(g)                                  Retirement .  “Retirement” of a Participant will be determined in accordance with the following:

 

(i)  Retirement shall mean the occurrence of a Participant’s Date of Termination with the consent of the Participant’s employer after the Participant has completed three years of service and attained age 55. (2)


(1)                                   Employment agreement for Bailenson dated October 5, 2006.

 

(2)                                   “Retirement” for Mr. Bailenson, 55 years of age with 5 years of service and the consent of the Compensation Committee or 60 years of age with 5 years of service.

 

 

6



 

 

(ii)  For purposes of defining “Retirement,” years of service shall be determined in accordance with rules which may be established by the Committee, and shall take into account service with the Company and the Subsidiaries.  If, on or before the date of the initial public offering of stock of the Company, the Participant was employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries, years of service shall also include service with ACE Limited and its subsidiaries occurring prior to such initial public offering.

 

(iii)  Notwithstanding that the Participant’s Date of Termination satisfies the requirements of paragraph (i) above, the Participant will not be considered to have retired (or have terminated by reason of Retirement) with respect to any unexercised portion of the Option if the Committee determines that the Participant has provided significant commercial or business services to any one or more persons or entities on or before the Option exercise, regardless of whether such entity is owned or controlled by the Participant; provided that the Participant may devote reasonable time to the supervision of his personal investments, and activities involving professional, charitable, community, educational, religious and similar types of organizations, speaking engagements, membership on the boards of directors of other organizations, and similar types of activities, to the extent that the Committee, in its discretion, determines that such activities are consistent with the Participant’s Retirement.

 

(iv)  At the request of the Committee, and as a condition of exercising the Option, the Participant shall be required to provide a listing of the activities engaged in by the Participant following the Participant’s Date of Termination and prior to such exercise and such other information that the Committee determines may be necessary from time to time to establish whether the Participant has acted in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of paragraph (iii).  Such listing and information shall be provided promptly by the Participant, but in no event more than 10 days after written request is delivered to the Participant.

 

(v)  At the request of the Participant, the Committee shall determine whether a proposed activity of the Participant will be consistent with the requirements of paragraph (iii).  Such request shall be accompanied by a description of the proposed activities, and the Participant shall provide such additional information as the Committee may determine is necessary to make the determination.  Such a determination shall be made promptly, but in no event more than 30 days after the written request, together with any additional information requested of the Participant, is delivered to the Committee.

 

(vi)  If, prior to the exercise of the Option with respect to a portion of the Covered Shares (including the exercise with respect to all the Covered Shares), the Participant engages in one or more activities that the Committee determines to be inconsistent with Retirement, as set forth in paragraph (iii) above, the right to exercise the Option with respect to a portion of the Covered Shares (including the exercise with respect to all the Covered Shares) as of or after the date the Participant first engages in such activities may be canceled by the Committee.  If, after the Option has been exercised with respect to all or any portion of the Covered Shares, the Committee determines that the Participant engaged in activities prior to such exercise that are inconsistent with Retirement, as set forth in paragraph (iii) above, such exercise may be rescinded by the Committee within

 

 

7



 

 

two years after the exercise.  In the event of any such rescission, the Participant shall pay to the Company the amount of any gain realized as a result of the rescinded exercise, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required by the Committee, and the Company shall be entitled to set-off against the amount of any such gain any amount owed to the Participant by the Company and/or Subsidiary.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is recited that the cancellation of the right to exercise the Option shall include cancellation of the right to vest in the Option.

 

(h)                                  Plan Definitions .  Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has executed the Agreement, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date.

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

 

 

By:          James Michener
Its:          General Counsel

 

Participant

 

 

8




 

Exhibit 10.67

 

For Use Without Employment Agreement

 

Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under
Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

THIS AGREEMENT is effective as of the Grant Date, by and between the Participant and Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the “Company”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and the Participant has been selected by the committee administering the Plan (the “Committee”) to receive a Non-Qualified Stock Option Award under the Plan; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED, by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:

 

1.  Terms of Award .   The following words and phrases used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this paragraph 1:

 

(a)                                   The “Participant” is                                    

 

(b)                                  The “Grant Date” is February 14, 2008.

 

(c)                                   The number of “Covered Shares” shall be                    shares of Stock.

 

(d)                                  The “Exercise Price” is $                per share.

 

Other words and phrases used in this Agreement are defined pursuant to paragraph 17, elsewhere in this Agreement or the Plan.

 

2.  Non-Qualified Stock Option .  This Agreement specifies the terms of the option (the “Option”) granted to the Participant to purchase the number of Covered Shares of Stock at the Exercise Price per share as set forth in paragraph 1.  The Option is not intended to constitute an “incentive stock option” as that term is used in Code section 422.

 

3.  Date of Exercise .  Subject to the limitations of this Agreement, each Installment of Covered Shares of the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Vesting Date for such Installment as described in the following schedule (but only if the Date of Termination has not occurred before the Vesting Date):

 

 

 



 

 

INSTALLMENT

 

VESTING DATE APPLICABLE TO INSTALLMENT

1/3 of Covered Shares

 

One year anniversary of the Grant Date

1/3 of Covered Shares

 

Two year anniversary of the Grant Date

1/3 of Covered Shares

 

Three year anniversary of the Grant Date

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 3, the Option shall become vested and exercisable as follows:

 

(a)                                   The Option shall become fully exercisable upon the Date of Termination, if the Date of Termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability.

 

(b)                                  The Option shall become fully exercisable upon a Change in Control that occurs on or before the Date of Termination.

 

(c)                                   If the Option is not fully exercisable upon the Participant’s Date of Termination, and the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs because of Retirement, then, for purposes of this paragraph 3 and subject to paragraph 17(g), the Participant shall be treated as though employed by the Company and Subsidiaries after the Participant’s actual Date of Termination until the one-year anniversary of the Date of Termination.

 

Subject to paragraph (c) above, the Option may be exercised on or after the Date of Termination only as to that portion of the Covered Shares for which it was exercisable immediately prior to (or became exercisable on) the Date of Termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 3, as of the Participant’s Date of Termination for Cause, the Option shall be canceled as to any Covered Shares as to which it has not previously been exercised.

 

4.  Expiration .  The Option shall not be exercisable after the Company’s close of business on the last business day that occurs prior to the Expiration Date.  The “Expiration Date” shall be the earliest to occur of:

 

(a)                                   the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date;

 

(b)                                  if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs by reason of death or Disability, the two-year anniversary of such Date of Termination;

 

(c)                                   if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs for Cause, the Date of Termination;

 

(d)                                  if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs because of the Participant’s Retirement, the two-year anniversary of the Date of Termination, subject to paragraph 17(g); or

 

(e)                                   if the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs for any reason other than those listed in subparagraph (b), (c), or (d) of this paragraph 4, the 90 day anniversary of such Date of Termination.

 

 

2



 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 4, if a Change in Control occurs on or before the Participant’s Date of Termination, the Expiration Date shall be the earlier of the two-year anniversary of the Change in Control or the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date (without regard to whether the Participant’s Date of Termination occurs after the Change in Control).

 

5.  Method of Option Exercise .  Subject to this Agreement and the Plan, the Option may be exercised in whole or in part by filing a written notice with the Secretary of the Company at its corporate headquarters prior to the Company’s close of business on the last business day that occurs prior to the Expiration Date.  Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock which the Participant elects to purchase, and shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for such shares of Stock indicated by the Participant’s election.  Payment shall be by cash or by check payable to the Company.  Except as otherwise provided by the Committee before the Option is exercised: (i) all or a portion of the Exercise Price may be paid by the Participant by delivery of shares of Stock owned by the Participant and acceptable to the Committee having an aggregate Fair Market Value (valued as of the date of exercise) that is equal to the amount of cash that would otherwise be required; and (ii) the Participant may pay the Exercise Price by authorizing a third party to sell shares of Stock (or a sufficient portion of the shares) acquired upon exercise of the Option and remit to the Company a sufficient portion of the sale proceeds to pay the entire Exercise Price and any tax withholding resulting from such exercise.  The Option shall not be exercisable if and to the extent the Company determines that such exercise would violate applicable state or Federal securities laws or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Stock is traded.  If the Company makes such a determination, it shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain compliance with such laws, rules and regulations.  In making any determination hereunder, the Company may rely on the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 

6.  Withholding .  All deliveries and distributions under this Agreement are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes.  At the election of the Participant, and subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, such withholding obligations may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of Stock which the Participant already owns, or to which the Participant is otherwise entitled under the Plan; provided, however, that such shares may be used to satisfy not more than the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligation (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for Federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income).

 

7.  Transferability .  Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, the Option is not transferable other than as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and during the Participant’s life, may be exercised only by the Participant.

 

8.  Cancellation and Rescission of Options .

 

(a)                                   The Committee may cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict the Option at any time if the Participant engages in any “Detrimental Activity.”

 

(b)                                  Upon exercise of the Option, the Participant shall certify, to the extent provided by the Committee, in a manner acceptable to the Committee, that the Participant is not engaging

 

 

4



 

 

and has not engaged in any Detrimental Activity.  In the event a Participant has engaged in any Detrimental Activity prior to, or during the twelve months after, any exercise of the Option, such exercise may be rescinded by the Committee within two years thereafter.  In the event of any such rescission, the Participant shall pay to the Company the amount of any gain realized as a result of the rescinded exercise, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required, and the Company shall be entitled to set-off against the amount of any such gain any amount owed to the Participant by the Company and/or Subsidiary.

 

9.  Heirs and Successors .  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns, and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business.  If any rights exercisable by the Participant or benefits deliverable to the Participant under this Agreement have not been exercised or delivered, respectively, at the time of the Participant’s death, such rights shall be exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary, and such benefits shall be delivered to the Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan.  The “Designated Beneficiary” shall be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant in a writing filed with the Committee in such form and at such time as the Committee shall require.  If a deceased Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to the Participant shall be exercised by or distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Participant.  If a deceased Participant designates a beneficiary and the Designated Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before the Designated Beneficiary’s exercise of all rights under this Agreement or before the complete distribution of benefits to the Designated Beneficiary under this Agreement, then any rights that would have been exercisable by the Designated Beneficiary shall be exercised by the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary, and any benefits distributable to the Designated Beneficiary shall be distributed to the legal representative of the estate of the Designated Beneficiary.

 

10.  Administration .  The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan.  Any interpretation of this Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to this Agreement is final and binding on all persons.  The Committee shall have the authority to obtain such information from the Participant (including tax return information) as it determines may be necessary to confirm that the Participant is in compliance with the requirements applicable to Cause or Detrimental Activity, and if the Participant fails to provide such information, the Committee may conclude that the Participant is not in compliance with such requirements.

 

11.  Plan Governs .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which may be obtained by the Participant from the office of the Secretary of the Company; and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.

 

 

5



 

12.  Not an Employment Contract .  The Option will not confer on the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor will it interfere in any way with any right the Company or any Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate or modify the terms of such Participant’s employment or other service at any time.

 

13.  Notices .  Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first class mail.  Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailing but in no event later than the date of actual receipt.  Notices shall be directed, if to the Participant, at the Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office.

 

14.  Fractional Shares .  In lieu of issuing a fraction of a share upon any exercise of the Option, resulting from an adjustment of the Option pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, the Company will be entitled to pay to the Participant an amount equal to the fair market value of such fractional share.

 

15.  No Rights As Shareholder .  The Participant shall not have any rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares subject to the Option, until a stock certificate has been duly issued following exercise of the Option as provided herein.

 

16.  Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and may otherwise be amended by written agreement of the Participant and the Company without the consent of any other person.

 

17.  Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, words and phrases shall be defined as follows:

 

(a)                                   Cause .  The term “Cause” shall mean (i) the rendering of services for any organization or engaging directly or indirectly in any business which is or becomes competitive with the Company or the Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, AMBAC Financial Group Inc., Berkshire Hathaway Financial Guaranty, CIFG Group, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, Financial Security Assurance Inc., MBIA, Inc., Radian Group Inc. and Security Capital Assurance Ltd.), or which organization or business, or the rendering of services to such organization or business, is or becomes otherwise prejudicial to or in conflict with the interests of the Company or the Subsidiaries; (ii) the disclosure to anyone outside the Company or the Subsidiaries, or the use in other than the Company’s or the Subsidiaries’ business, without prior written authorization from the Company or the Subsidiaries, of any confidential information or material, relating to the business of the Company or the Subsidiaries, acquired by the Participant either during or after employment with the Company or the Subsidiaries; (iii) a violation of any rules, policies, procedures or guidelines of the Company or the Subsidiaries, including but not limited to the Company’s Code of Conduct, Policy on Trading in Assured Guaranty Ltd. Securities, Management Stock Ownership Guidelines and other business conduct guidelines; (iv) any attempt directly or indirectly to induce any employee of the Company to be employed or perform services elsewhere or any attempt directly or indirectly to solicit the

 

 

6



 

trade or business of any current or prospective customer, supplier or partner of the Company; (v) the Participant being convicted of, or entering a guilty plea with respect to, a crime, whether or not connected with the Company; or (vi) any other conduct or act determined to be injurious, detrimental or prejudicial to any interest of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Change in Control .  The term “Change in Control” shall be defined as set forth in the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Date of Termination .  A Participant’s “Date of Termination” means, with respect to an employee, the date on which the Participant’s employment with the Company and Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, and with respect to a Director, the date immediately following the last day on which the Participant serves as a Director; provided that a Date of Termination shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a Participant’s transfer of employment between the Company and a Subsidiary or between two Subsidiaries; further provided that a Date of Termination shall not be deemed to occur by reason of a Participant’s cessation of service as a Director if immediately following such cessation of service the Participant becomes or continues to be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, nor by reason of a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary if immediately following such termination of employment the Participant becomes or continues to be a Director; and further provided that a Participant’s employment shall not be considered terminated while the Participant is on a leave of absence from the Company or a Subsidiary approved by the Participant’s employer.

 

(d)                                  Detrimental Activity .  The term “Detrimental Activity” shall mean the occurrence of actions as set forth under the definition of “Cause” above.

 

(e)                                   Director .  The term “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of Assured Guaranty Ltd., who may or may not be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

(f)                                     Disability .  The Participant shall be considered to have a “Disability” during the period in which the Participant is unable, by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment, to engage in any substantial gainful activity, which condition, in the opinion of a physician selected by the Committee, is expected to have a duration of not less than 120 days.

 

(g)                                  Retirement .  “Retirement” of a Participant will be determined in accordance with the following:

 

(i)  Retirement shall mean the occurrence of a Participant’s Date of Termination with the consent of the Participant’s employer after the Participant has completed five years of service and attained age 55.

 

(ii)  For purposes of defining “Retirement,” years of service shall be determined in accordance with rules which may be established by the Committee, and shall take into account service with the Company and the Subsidiaries.  If, on or before the date of the initial public offering of stock of the Company, the Participant was employed by the

 

 

 

7



 

Company or its Subsidiaries, years of service shall also include service with ACE Limited and its subsidiaries occurring prior to such initial public offering.

 

(iii)  Notwithstanding that the Participant’s Date of Termination satisfies the requirements of paragraph (i) above, the Participant will not be considered to have retired (or have terminated by reason of Retirement) with respect to any unexercised portion of the Option if the Committee determines that the Participant has provided significant commercial or business services to any one or more persons or entities on or before the Option exercise, regardless of whether such entity is owned or controlled by the Participant; provided that the Participant may devote reasonable time to the supervision of his personal investments, and activities involving professional, charitable, community, educational, religious and similar types of organizations, speaking engagements, membership on the boards of directors of other organizations, and similar types of activities, to the extent that the Committee, in its discretion, determines that such activities are consistent with the Participant’s Retirement.

 

(iv)  At the request of the Committee, and as a condition of exercising the Option, the Participant shall be required to provide a listing of the activities engaged in by the Participant following the Participant’s Date of Termination and prior to such exercise and such other information that the Committee determines may be necessary from time to time to establish whether the Participant has acted in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of paragraph (iii).  Such listing and information shall be provided promptly by the Participant, but in no event more than 10 days after written request is delivered to the Participant.

 

(v)  At the request of the Participant, the Committee shall determine whether a proposed activity of the Participant will be consistent with the requirements of paragraph (iii).  Such request shall be accompanied by a description of the proposed activities, and the Participant shall provide such additional information as the Committee may determine is necessary to make the determination.  Such a determination shall be made promptly, but in no event more than 30 days after the written request, together with any additional information requested of the Participant, is delivered to the Committee.

 

(vi)  If, prior to the exercise of the Option with respect to a portion of the Covered Shares (including the exercise with respect to all the Covered Shares), the Participant engages in one or more activities that the Committee determines to be inconsistent with Retirement, as set forth in paragraph (iii) above, the right to exercise the Option with respect to a portion of the Covered Shares (including the exercise with respect to all the Covered Shares) as of or after the date the Participant first engages in such activities may be canceled by the Committee.  If, after the Option has been exercised with respect to all or any portion of the Covered Shares, the Committee determines that the Participant engaged in activities prior to such exercise that are inconsistent with Retirement, as set forth in paragraph (iii) above, such exercise may be rescinded by the Committee within two years after the exercise.  In the event of any such rescission, the Participant shall pay to the Company the amount of any gain realized as a result of the rescinded exercise, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required by the Committee, and the Company shall be entitled to set-off against the amount of any such gain any amount

 

 

8



 

owed to the Participant by the Company and/or Subsidiary.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is recited that the cancellation of the right to exercise the Option shall include cancellation of the right to vest in the Option.

 

(h)                                  Plan Definitions .  Except where the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term, or phrase used in the Plan is similarly used in this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant has executed the Agreement, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the Grant Date.

 

Agreed Upon:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

 

Participant:

 

 

 

9




Exhibit 10.68

 

INVESTMENT AGREEMENT

 

INVESTMENT AGREEMENT , dated as of February 28, 2008 (this “Agreement”), between Assured Guaranty Ltd., a Bermuda company (the “Company”), and WLR Recovery Fund IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Investor”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to issue and sell to the Investor $250,000,000 of its common shares, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Shares”), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, the Investor proposes to grant to the Company an option to cause the Investor to purchase from time to time additional Common Shares with an aggregate purchase price of $750,000,000, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I


PURCHASE OF INITIAL SHARES

 

1.1           Purchase and Sale of Initial Shares .  On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Investor will purchase from the Company, and the Company will issue and sell to the Investor or cause Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. (“AGUS”) to sell, a number of Common Shares (the “Initial Shares”) equal to the quotient of $250,000,000 (the “Initial Investment”) divided by the Initial Price (defined below).  The “Initial Price” will be 97% of the average of (A) $22.43 and (B) the average of the closing prices of a Common Share on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on February 29, 2008 and March 3, 2008.  The Initial Price will in no event be less than $21.76.  For example, if the closing price of a Common Share on February 29, 2008 were $26.00 and the closing price of a Common Share on March 3, 2008 were $24.00, the Initial Price would be calculated as follows:  ($22.43 + (($26+$24)/2))/2 = $23.715 and the Initial Price would be $23.004 (i.e, 97% of $23.715).

 

1.2           Initial Closing .  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 1.4 of this Agreement, the closing of the purchase of the Initial Shares (the “Initial Closing”) shall occur as promptly as practicable but in no event later than the third business day after the satisfaction or waiver (by the party entitled to grant such waiver) of the conditions set forth in Section 1.4 of this Agreement to the Initial Closing (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Initial Closing, but subject to fulfillment of those conditions), at the offices of Mayer Brown LLP located at 1675 Broadway, New York, New York 10019 or such other location as agreed by the parties. The date of the Initial Closing is referred to as the “Initial Closing Date.”

 

1.3           Initial Closing Deliveries .  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the Initial Closing in Section 1.4, at the Initial Closing, the Company will deliver to the Investor (A) certificates representing the Initial Shares (and, if any Initial Shares are to be sold by by

 



 

AGUS, share transfer documents in proper form) against (B) payment therefor by wire transfer of immediately available United States funds to a bank account designated by the Company for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000,000.

 

1.4           Conditions to Initial Closing .  (a)      The respective obligations of each of the Investor and the Company to consummate the Initial Closing are subject to the fulfillment or written waiver by the Investor and the Company prior to the Initial Closing of the following conditions:

 

(i)            all approvals and authorizations of, filings and registrations with, and notifications to, or expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period, under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the “HSR Act”) or competition or merger control laws of other jurisdictions (collectively, “Competition Approvals”), required to consummate the Initial Closing shall have been obtained or made and shall be in full force and effect;

 

(ii)           no provision of any applicable law or regulation and no judgment, injunction, order or decree shall prohibit the Initial Closing or shall prohibit or restrict the Investor from owning or voting any Securities (as defined below) and no lawsuit has been commenced by a governmental or regulatory federal, state, local or foreign authority, agency, court, commission or other entity, including a stock exchange and other self-regulatory organization (collectively, “Governmental Entities”) seeking to effect any of the foregoing;

 

(iii)          all insurance regulatory approvals required to consummate the Closing (the “Insurance Regulatory Approvals”) shall have been obtained or made and shall be in full force and effect, or the Investor and the Company shall have entered into mutually agreed alternative arrangements (such as the delivery of Securities into a voting trust) permitting the Initial Closing to occur pending receipt of Insurance Regulatory Approvals; and

 

(iv)          the Common Shares to be issued in the Initial Closing pursuant to this Agreement shall have been authorized for listing on the NYSE or such other market on which the Common Shares are then listed or quoted, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

(b)           The obligation of the Investor to consummate the Initial Closing is also subject to the fulfillment or written waiver by the Investor prior to the Initial Closing of the following conditions:

 

(i)            the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement shall have been true and correct on the date of this Agreement and as of the Initial Closing Date, as though made on and as of the Initial Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties are specifically made as of a particular date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such date), except where the failure to be true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” set

 

2



 

forth therein), individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect (as defined below); and the Investor shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Company to such effect;

 

(ii)           the Company shall have performed in all material respects all covenants, agreements and obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement on or prior to the Initial Closing Date; and the Investor shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Company to such effect;

 

(iii)          Mr. Wilbur Ross shall have been irrevocably appointed, effective immediately after the Company’s 2008 annual general meeting, as a director of the Company for a term expiring at the Company’s 2009 annual general meeting.

 

(iv)          the subsidiaries of the Company identified below having the following financial strength ratings, with a minimum of a stable outlook:

 

 

 

Moody’s

 

S&P

 

Fitch

Assured Guaranty Corp.

 

Aaa

 

AAA

 

AAA

Assured Guaranty Re Ltd.

 

Aa2

 

AA

 

AA

 

(v)           since the date of this Agreement, no “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) shall have acquired, or announced its intention to acquire, “beneficial ownership” (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the Company’s Common Shares (determined on a fully diluted basis) (a “Change of Control”); and

 

(vi)          certification by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer that since the Company’s most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or Annual Report on Form 10-K there has not occurred a material adverse change in the credit quality of the Company’s insurance and reinsurance financial guarantee portfolio or investment portfolio.

 

(c)           The obligation of the Company to consummate the Initial Closing is also subject to the fulfillment or written waiver by the Company prior to the Initial Closing of the following conditions:

 

(i)            the representations and warranties of the Investor set forth in this Agreement shall have been true and correct on the date of this Agreement and as of the Initial Closing Date as though made on and as of the Initial Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties are specifically made as of a particular date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such date), except where the failure to be true and correct (without

 

3



 

giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” set forth therein), individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Investor to such effect; and

 

(ii)           the Investor shall have performed in all material respects all covenants, agreements and obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement on or prior to the Initial Closing Date; and the Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Investor to such effect.

 

1.5           Designations of Investors .  Prior to the Initial Closing, WL Ross & Co. LLC (“WLR”) may designate by written notice to the Company one of the entities listed on Exhibit A hereto (the “WLR Funds”) to act as the Investor for purposes of the Initial Closing.  Such notice will state the portion of the Initial Shares to be purchased at the Initial Closing by each such WLR Fund.  To the extent one or more WLR Funds is designated as the Investor for purposes of the Intial Closing, all references to the “Investor” shall include such Funds.  Any such designation shall not relieve WLR Recovery Fund IV, L.P. of its obligations hereunder.

 

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE OF SUBSEQUENT SHARES

 

2.1           Option to Sell Subsequent Shares .  On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Investor hereby grants the Company the option to cause the Investor to purchase from the Company or AGUS from time to time, a number of Common Shares (the “Subsequent Shares” and, together with the Initial Shares, the “Securities”) having an aggregate purchase price up to $750,000,000.  The number of Common Shares to be purchased pursuant to any Drawdown Notice (as defined below) shall be equal to the quotient of (A) the aggregate dollar amount specified in such Drawdown Notice (a “Subsequent Investment”) divided by (B) 97% of the volume weighted average price of a Common Share on the NYSE for the fifteen (15) NYSE trading days prior to any Drawdown Notice (such 15-day period is referred to herein as the “Pricing Period” and will include the date of the Drawdown Notice if notice is provided after the close of trading on the NYSE) (97% of such average being referred to herein as the “Drawdown Price”).  Until and subject to receipt of the Shareholder Approval (as defined below), notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of Common Shares with respect to which a Drawdown Notice may be delivered, taken together with the Initial Shares, any Subsequent Shares theretofore issued, any Reset Shares (as defined below) theretofore issued and any Pre-Emptive Shares (as defined below) theretofore issued, may not exceed the number of Common Shares that may be issued without approval of the Company’s shareholders pursuant to Rule 312.03(c) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual.  In the event the Company would otherwise be required under Section 5.5(a) to offer to sell Pre-Emptive Shares to the Investor but for Section 5.5(e), the option in this Section 2.1 shall terminate.

 

2.2           Drawdown Notices .  The option granted hereunder may be exercised at any time and from time to time upon written notice (each a “Drawdown Notice”) by the Company to the Investor, which notice may be given at any time up to and including the one year anniversary of the

 

4



 

Initial Closing (the “Drawdown Notice Period”); provided that the Drawdown Price is (i) not greater than 17.5% above the Initial Price, or (ii) not less than 17.5% below the Initial Price.  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the volume weighted average price of a Common Share used in calculating the Drawdown Price will be measured independently with respect to each Drawdown Notice and shall be irrespective of the fact that the volume weighted average price of the Common Shares may have exceeded these limitations at any point during the Drawdown Notice Period.  Each Drawdown Notice shall set forth (i) the aggregate dollar amount, which shall not be less than $50 million, as to which the Company is exercising the option, (ii) the Subsequent Closing Date (as defined below), if determinable at the time of the Drawdown Notice which may be after the expiration of the Drawdown Notice Period and which shall not, in any event, be earlier than the Initial Closing Date and (iii) a representation by the Company that (A) during the applicable Pricing Period and for the two NYSE trading days prior thereto there was no material non-public information regarding the Company and (B) during the applicable Pricing Period the Company had not repurchased any Common Shares (except pursuant to employee benefit plans of the Company) .

 

2.3           Subsequent Closings .  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 2.5 of this Agreement, each closing of the purchase of Subsequent Shares (each, a “Subsequent Closing”) shall occur as promptly as practicable but in no event later than the third business day after satisfaction or waiver (by the party entitled to grant such waiver) of the conditions set forth in Section 2.5 of this Agreement to each Subsequent Initial Closing (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Initial Closing, but subject to fulfillment of those conditions), at the offices of Mayer Brown LLP located at 1675 Broadway, New York, New York 10019 or such other location as agreed by the parties.  The date of a Subsequent Closing is referred to as a “Subsequent Closing Date.”

 

2.4           Subsequent Closing Deliveries .  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to a Subsequent Closing in Section 2.5, at each Subsequent Closing, the Company will deliver to the Investor (A) certificates representing the Subsequent Shares to be delivered in respect of such Subsequent Closing (and, if any Subsequent Shares are to be sold by by AGUS, share transfer documents in proper form) against (B) payment therefor by wire transfer of immediately available United States funds to a bank account designated by the Company of the aggregate purchase price set forth in the related Drawdown Notice.

 

2.5           Conditions to Subsequent Closings .  (a)         The respective obligations of each of the Investor and the Company to consummate a Subsequent Closing are subject to the fulfillment or written waiver by the Investor and the Company prior to such Subsequent Closing of the following conditions:

 

(i)            all approvals and authorizations of, filings and registrations with, and notifications to, or expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period, under the HSR Act or competition or merger control laws of other jurisdictions, required to consummate such Subsequent Closing shall have been obtained or made and shall be in full force and effect;

 

(ii)           no provision of any applicable law or regulation and no judgment, injunction, order or decree shall prohibit such Subsequent Closing or shall prohibit

 

5



 

or restrict the Investor from owning or voting any Securities and no lawsuit has been commenced by a Governmental Entity seeking to effect any of the foregoing;

 

(iii)          all Insurance Regulatory Approvals shall have been obtained or made and shall be in full force and effect, or the Investor and the Company shall have entered into mutually agreed alternative arrangements (such as the delivery of Securities into a voting trust) permitting such Subsequent Closing to occur pending receipt of Insurance Regulatory Approvals; and

 

(iv)          the Common Shares to be issued in such Subsequent Closing pursuant to this Agreement and any Reset Shares, following the approval of the shareholders pursuant to Section 4.2 (“Shareholder Approval”), if required in connection with such Subsequent Closing, shall have been authorized for listing on the NYSE or such other market on which the Common Shares are then listed or quoted, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

(b)           The obligation of the Investor to consummate a Subsequent Closing is also subject to the fulfillment or written waiver prior to such Subsequent Closing of each of the following conditions:

 

(i)            the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement shall have been true and correct on the date of the Drawdown Notice and as of the Subsequent Closing Date, as though made on and as of the Subsequent Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties are specifically made as of a particular date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such date), except where the failure to be true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” set forth therein), individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; and the Investor shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Company to such effect;

 

(ii)           the Company shall have performed in all material respects all covenants, agreements and obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement on or prior to the Subsequent Closing Date; and the Investor shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Company to such effect;

 

(iii)          the Registration Statement (as defined below) shall have become effective under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect under the Securities Act and no proceedings for that purpose shall have be pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated or threatened by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”);

 

6



 

(iv)          the subsidiaries of the Company identified below having the following financial strength ratings, with a minimum of a stable outlook:

 

 

 

Moody’s

 

S&P

 

Fitch

Assured Guaranty Corp.

 

Aaa

 

AAA

 

AAA

Assured Guaranty Re Ltd.

 

Aa2

 

AA

 

AA

 

(v)           since the date of this Agreement, a Change of Control shall not have occurred; and

 

(vi)          certification by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer that since the Company’s most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or Annual Report on Form 10-K there has not occurred a material adverse change in the credit quality of the Company’s insurance and reinsurance financial guarantee portfolio or investment portfolio.

 

(c)           The obligation of the Company to consummate a Subsequent Closing is also subject to the fulfillment or written waiver by the Company prior to such Subsequent Closing of the following conditions:

 

(i)            the representations and warranties of the Investor set forth in this Agreement shall have been true and correct on the date of the Drawdown Notice and as of the Subsequent Closing Date as though made on and as of the Subsequent Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties are specifically made as of a particular date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such date); and the Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Investor to such effect; and

 

(ii)           the Investor shall have performed in all material respects all covenants, agreements and obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement on or prior to the Subsequent Closing Date; and the Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Investor to such effect.

 

2.6           Designations of Investors .  Prior to each Subsequent Closing, WLR may designate by written notice to the Company one or more WLR Funds to act as the Investor for purposes of such Subsequent Closing.  Such notice will state the portion of the Subsequent Shares to be purchased at such Subsequent Closing by each such WLR Fund.  To the extent one or more WLR Funds is designated as the Investor for purposes of a Susequent Closing, all references to the “Investor” shall include such Funds.  Any such designation shall not relieve WLR Recovery Fund IV, L.P. of its obligations hereunder.

 

7



 

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

3.1           Disclosure .

 

(a)           “Material Adverse Effect” means, with respect to the Company, any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, individually or in the aggregate (1) is or would reasonably be expected to be material and adverse to the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (2) would or would reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or otherwise materially threaten or materially impede the consummation of the Initial Closing (or, if being measured following the Initial Closing, a Subsequent Closing) and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  “Material Adverse Effect” means, with respect to the Investor, any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, would or would reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of the Investor to perform its obligations under this Agreement or otherwise materially threaten or materially impede the consummation of the Initial Closing (or, if being measured following the Initial Closing, a Subsequent Closing) and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b)           “Previously Disclosed” means information publicly disclosed by the Company in the Commission Reports (as defined below) filed by it with, or furnished to, the Commission and publicly available prior to the date hereof (excluding any risk factor disclosures contained in such documents under the heading “Risk Factors” and any disclosure of risks included in any “forward-looking statements” disclaimer or other statements that are similarly non-specific and are predictive or forward-looking in nature).

 

3.2           Representation and Warranties of the Company .  Except as Previously Disclosed, the Company represents and warrants to the Investor as follows:

 

(a)           The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as an exempted company in good standing under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, with corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as currently conducted and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction.

 

(b)           Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as currently conducted and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction.

 

(c)           The authorized share capital of the Company consists of 500,000,000 Common Shares, of which 80,106,317 were outstanding as of February 15, 2008. As of December 31, 2007, there are outstanding options (each, a “Company Stock Option”) to purchase an aggregate of 3,703,231 Common Shares under benefit plans of the Company

 

8



 

existing on the date hereof (the “Benefit Plans”).  All of the outstanding Common Shares of the Company have been, and all of the securities to be issued hereunder will be, upon issuance hereunder, duly and validly authorized and issued and are, or will be upon issuance, fully paid and non-assessable. Except (1) as Previously Disclosed or (2) under or pursuant to the Benefit Plans, as of the date of this Agreement there are no outstanding options, warrants or other rights obligating the Company or any subsidiary to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of, or to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any shares of the Company or any such subsidiary.

 

(d)           The Company has the corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”). Subject to receipt of the Competition Approvals, Insurance Regulatory Approvals and the Shareholder Approval, this Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganizations or similar laws affecting creditors generally or by general equitable principles (whether applied in equity or at law). Except with respect to the shareholder approval referred to in Section 4.2, no shareholder vote of the Company is required to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(e)           Neither the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor compliance by the Company with any of the provisions thereof, will (i) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration of, or result in the creation of, any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary under any of the material terms, conditions or provisions of (A) its certificate of incorporation, memorandum of association or bye-laws or similar organizational documents or (B) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which the Company or any subsidiary or any of the properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary may be subject, or (ii) subject to compliance with the statutes and regulations referred to in paragraph (f) below, violate any statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, ruling, order, writ, injunction or decree applicable to the Company or any subsidiary or any of their respective properties or assets except in the case of clauses (i)(B) and (ii) for such violations, conflicts and breaches as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

 

(f)            Other than Competition Approvals, Insurance Regulatory Approvals and the Shareholder Approval, and the securities or blue sky laws of the various states, no material notice to, filing with, exemption or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity, nor expiration nor termination of any statutory

 

9



 

waiting periods, is necessary for the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(g)           As of the date of this Agreement, the Company knows of no reason why any regulatory approvals and, to the extent necessary, any other approvals, authorizations, filings, registrations, and notices required or otherwise a condition to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement cannot, or should not, be obtained.

 

(h)           (i)            The financial statements, together with the related notes and schedules, of the Company included in the Commission Reports (defined below) comply as to form in all material respects with all applicable accounting requirements and the published rules and regulations of the Commission and all other applicable rules and regulations with respect thereto.  Such financial statements, together with the related notes and schedules, have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except (i) as may be otherwise indicated in such financial statements or the notes thereto or (ii) in the case of unaudited interim statements, to the extent they may not include footnotes or may be condensed or summary statements), and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments).

 

(ii)           The audited balance sheets of Assured Guaranty Corp. as of the latest fiscal year end and the related statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and their respective annual statements for the fiscal year then most recently ended (the “Insurance Subsidiary Annual Statements”), as filed with the Maryland Insurance Administration, have been prepared in accordance with SAP (as defined below) applied on a consistent basis and present fairly in all material respects their respective statutory financial conditions as of such date and the results of their respective operations and cash flows for the year then ended. As used herein, “SAP” means the accounting procedures and practices prescribed or permitted from time to time by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners and adopted, permitted or promulgated by the Maryland Insurance Administration and applied in a consistent manner throughout the periods involved.

 

(i)            Since December 31, 2004, the Company timely has filed all reports, proxy statements and other information required to be filed by it pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act (the “Commission Reports”).  The Commission Reports, when filed, declared effective, or mailed, as applicable, did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made in it, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and complied as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no outstanding comments from the Commission with respect to any Commission Report.

 

10



 

(j)            The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September 30, 2007, and there have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting since such time and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting.  The Company has implemented the “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) required in order for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company to engage in the review and evaluation process mandated by the Exchange Act, and is in compliance with such disclosure controls and procedures.  Except as set forth in the Commission Reports, there is and has been no failure on the part of the Company, or to its knowledge after due inquiry, any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”).  Each of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company (or each former Chief Executive Officer of the Company and each former Chief Financial Officer of the Company, as applicable) has made all certifications required by Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act with respect to all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed by it with the SEC.

 

(k)           Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained since September 30, 2007 any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as Previously Disclosed; and, since September 30, 2007, there has not been any material decrease in the share capital or capital stock, as the case may be, or material increase in long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, financial condition, shareholders’ equity, or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, other than as Previously Disclosed, other than as a result of (A) changes, after the date of this Agreement, in generally accepted accounting principles, (B) changes, after the date of this Agreement, in laws of general applicability or (C) general changes in the economy or the industries in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate (other than changes in the home equity line of credit and “closed-end second” markets), in each case to the extent that such circumstances, events, changes, developments or effects described in the foregoing clauses (A) through (C) do not have a disproportionate effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (relative to other industry participants) (a “Material Adverse Change”); provided that a Material Adverse Change shall not be deemed to have occurred as a result of (i) after-tax losses of not greater than $100,000,000 on the Company’s home equity line of credit and “closed-end second” exposures or (ii) the effects of mark-to-market adjustments on the Company’s credit default swap contracts.

 

11


 

(l)            Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its Memorandum of Association or Bye-laws or comparable organizational documents or (ii) in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound.  The business of the Company and its subsidiaries has been and is being conducted in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign governmental laws, rules, regulations and ordinances, except as Previously Disclosed and except for such non-compliance which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(m)          Each of the Company and its subsidiaries possesses all consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates, or permits issued by any regulatory agencies or bodies (collectively, “Permits”) which are necessary to conduct the business now conducted by it, except where the failure to possess such Permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; all of such Permits are valid and in full force and effect, except where the invalidity of such Permits or the failure to be in full force and effect would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no pending, or to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or investigation against or involving the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Company does not know of any reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, that individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to lead to the revocation, modification, termination, suspension or any other material impairment of the rights of the holder of any such Permit, except for such revocation, modification, termination, suspension or other material impairment that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(n)           Except as Previously Disclosed, each of the Company and its insurance subsidiaries is duly registered, licensed or admitted as an insurer or reinsurer or as an insurance holding company, as the case may be, under applicable insurance holding company statutes or other insurance laws (including laws that relate to companies that control insurance companies) and the rules, regulations and interpretations of the insurance regulatory authorities thereunder (collectively, “Insurance Laws”) in each jurisdiction where it is required to be so licensed or admitted to conduct its business as presently conducted, except where the failure to be so registered, licensed or admitted would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as Previously Disclosed, each of the Company and its insurance subsidiaries has all other necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, certificates, permits, registrations and qualifications of and from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all insurance regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses as presently conducted, and all of the foregoing are in full force and effect, except where the failure to have such authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, certificates, permits, registrations or qualifications, the failure to make such declarations and filings, or the failure to be in full force and effect would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise Previously Disclosed, none of the Company nor any of its insurance subsidiaries has received any notification

 

 

12



 

from any insurance regulatory authority to the effect that any additional authorization, approval, order, consent, certificate, permit, registration or qualification is needed to be obtained by either the Company or any of its insurance subsidiaries to conduct its business as currently conducted, except where the failure to have such additional authorization, approval, order, consent, certificate, permit, registration or qualification would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise Previously Disclosed, no insurance regulatory authority has issued to the Company or any subsidiary any order impairing, restricting or prohibiting (A) the payment of dividends by any of the Company’s subsidiaries, (B) the making of a distribution on any subsidiary’s share capital or from any subsidiary’s contributed surplus, (C) the repayment to the Company of any loans or advances to any of its subsidiaries from the Company, (D) the repayment to the Company of any loans or advances to any of its subsidiaries from the Company, or (E) the transfer of any of the Company’s subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company. Each of the Company, Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., Assured Guaranty Re Ltd., Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company, Assured Guaranty Corp. and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. maintains its books and records in accordance with all applicable Insurance Laws, except where the failure to so maintain its books and records would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(o)           Each of the Company, Assured Guaranty Corp., Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. has received from the Bermuda Minister of Finance an assurance under The Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act, 1966 of Bermuda to the effect that, in the event of there being enacted in Bermuda any legislation imposing tax computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax of the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to the Company, Assured Guaranty Corp., Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. or Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. or any of their operations or their shares, debentures or other obligations, until 28 March 2016 (subject to certain provisos expressed in such assurance), and the Company has not received any notification to the effect (and is not otherwise aware) that such assurances may be revoked or otherwise not honored by the Bermuda government.

 

(p)           The Company does not believe that (1) either the Company or any of its subsidiaries currently should be, or upon the sale of the Securities herein contemplated should be, (A) treated as a “passive foreign investment company” as defined in Section 1297(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), (B) characterized as a “personal holding company” as defined in Section 542 of the Code, (C) except for Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., AG Financial Products Inc., Assured Guaranty Corp., Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc., Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., AG Intermediary Inc. and Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company, considered to be engaged in a trade or business within the United States for purposes of Section 864(b) of the Code or (D) except for Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. , Assured Guaranty (UK) Services Ltd. and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., characterized as resident, managed or controlled or carrying on a trade through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom or (2) any U.S. person who owns shares of the Company directly or indirectly through foreign

 

 

13



 

entities should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or by attribution pursuant to Section 958(b) of the Code) 10 percent or more of the total voting power of the Company or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty as to whether the Investor or any of its affiliates would be treated as owning (directly, indirectly or by attribution pursuant to Section 958(b) of the Code) 10 percent or more of the total voting power of the Company or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries.

 

(q)           Except as Previously Disclosed, Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. intends to operate in a manner that is intended to ensure that either (i) the related person insurance income of such company does not equal or exceed 20% of such company’s gross insurance income for any taxable year in the foreseeable future or (ii) at all times during each taxable year for the foreseeable future less than 20% of the voting power and less than 20% of the value of the shares of Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. is owned (directly or indirectly) by persons who are (directly or indirectly) insured (each, an “insured”) under any policy of insurance or reinsurance issued by Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. or related persons to any such insured.

 

(r)            Other than as Previously Disclosed, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others.

 

(s)           The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities, will not be required to register as an “investment company” under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(t)            There are no currency exchange control laws or withholding taxes, in each case of Bermuda, that would be applicable to (1) the payment of dividends on the Securities by the Company (other than as may apply to residents of Bermuda for Bermuda exchange control purposes) or (2) the payment of dividends, interest or principal by any of the Company’s subsidiaries to such subsidiary’s parent company. The Bermuda Monetary Authority has designated the Company, Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. are collectively referred to as the “Bermuda Subsidiaries”) as non-resident for exchange control purposes. Each of the Company and the Bermuda Subsidiaries are “exempted companies” under Bermuda law and have not (A) acquired and do not hold any land for its business in Bermuda, other than that held by way of lease or tenancy for terms of not more than 50 years, without the express authorization of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, (B) acquired and do not hold land by way of lease or tenancy which is acquired for its business and held for terms of not more than 21 years in order to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees, without the express authorization of the Minister of Finance of Bermuda, (C) taken mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure an amount in excess of $50,000, without the consent of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, (D) 

 

 

14



 

acquired any bonds or debentures secured by any land in Bermuda, except bonds or debentures issued by the government of Bermuda or a public authority of Bermuda, or (E) conducted their business in a manner that is prohibited for “exempted companies” under Bermuda law. None of the Company or any of the Bermuda Subsidiaries has received notification from the Bermuda Monetary Authority or any other Bermuda governmental authority of proceedings relating to the modification or revocation of its designation as non-resident for exchange control purposes, its permission to issue and transfer the Securities, or its status as an “exempted company” under Bermuda law.

 

(u)           Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries , acting in such capacities, has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a material violation by such persons of the FCPA (as defined below), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA in any material respect, and the Company, its subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA in all material respects and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.  “FCPA” means the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

(v)           The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(w)          Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will not knowingly directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or knowingly lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds, to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

 

15



 

(x)            Neither the Company nor any person acting on its behalf has taken any action (including any offering of any securities of the Company under circumstances which would require the integration of such offering with the offering of any of the Securities to be issued pursuant to this Agreement under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder) which might subject the offering, issuance or sale of any of such Securities to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

(y)           Except for Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, neither the Company nor any subsidiary nor any of their respective officers, directors or employees has employed any broker or finder or incurred any liability for any financial advisory fees, brokerage fees, commissions or finder’s fees, and no broker or finder has acted directly or indirectly for the Company or any subsidiary, in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

3.3           Representations and Warranties of the Investor .  Except as Previously Disclosed, the Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)           The Investor is a limited partnership duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions where its ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of its business requires it to be so qualified and failure to be so qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Investor and has power and authority to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

 

(b)           The Investor has the partnership power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Investor and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Investor and no further approval or authorization by any of the managers, members or partners of the Investor is required.  Subject to such approvals of Governmental Entities as may be required by statute or regulation, this Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Investor enforceable against the Investor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganizations or similar laws affecting creditors generally or by general equitable principles (whether applied in equity or at law).

 

(c)           Neither the execution, delivery and performance by the Investor of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor compliance by it with any of the provisions thereof, will (i) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration of, or result in the creation of, any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the Investor under any of the material terms, conditions or provisions of (A) its organizational document or (B) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which the

 

 

16



 

Investor is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which any of the Investor or any of their properties or assets may be subject, or (ii) subject to compliance with the statutes and regulations referred to in the next paragraph, violate any statute, rule or regulation or, to the knowledge of the Investor, any judgment, ruling, order, writ, injunction or decree applicable to the Investor or any of their respective properties or assets except in the case of clauses (i)(B) and (ii) for such violations, conflicts and breaches as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Investor.

 

(d)           Other than Competition Approvals and Insurance Regulatory Approvals, and the securities or blue sky laws of the various states, no material notice to, filing with, exemption or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity, nor expiration nor termination of any statutory waiting period is necessary for the consummation by the Investor of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(e)           The Investor acknowledges that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act or under any state securities laws. The Investor (1) are acquiring the Securities pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act solely for investment with no present intention to distribute any of the Securities to any person, (2) will not sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Securities, except in compliance with the registration requirements or exemption provisions of the Securities Act and any other applicable securities laws, (3) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and in investments of this type that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Securities and of making an informed investment decision and (4) are each “accredited investors” (as that term is defined by Rule 501 of the Securities Act).

 

(f)            The Investor will have available funds necessary to consummate the Initial Closing and any Subsequent Closing on the terms and conditions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(g)           As of the date of this Agreement, the Investor knows of no reason why any regulatory approvals and, to the extent necessary, any other approvals, authorizations, filings, registrations, and notices required or otherwise a condition to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement cannot, or should not, be obtained.

 

(h)           Neither the Investor nor its affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors or employees has employed any broker or finder or incurred any liability for any financial advisory fees, brokerage fees, commissions or finder’s fees, and no broker or finder has acted directly or indirectly for the WLR Parties, in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS

 

4.1           Filings; Other Actions .  Each of the Investor and the Company will cooperate and consult with the other and use its reasonable best efforts to prepare and file all necessary

 

17



 

documentation, to effect all necessary applications, notices, petitions, filings and other documents, and to obtain all necessary permits, consents, orders, approvals and authorizations of, or any exemption by, all third parties and Governmental Entities, and expiration or termination of any applicable waiting periods, necessary or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to perform covenants contemplated by this Agreement.  Each party shall execute and deliver both before and after the Initial Closing or Subsequent Closing, as the case may be, such further certificates, agreements and other documents and take such other actions as the other party may reasonably request to consummate or implement such transactions or to evidence such events or matters.  In particular, the Investor and the Company will each use its reasonable best efforts to promptly obtain or submit, as the case may be, the approvals and authorizations of, filings and registrations with, and notifications to, or expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period, under the HSR Act or competition or merger control laws of other jurisdictions, all notices to and, to the extent required by any Governmental Entity or by applicable law or regulation, consents, approvals or exemptions from the Governmental Entity, including the Insurance Regulatory Approvals and any post-closing regulatory approvals for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, (1) prior to the Initial Closing, any approvals or expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act or competition or merger control laws of other jurisdictions and Insurance Regulatory Approvals (other than post-closing regulatory approvals) or other approvals required prior to the Initial Closing, and (2) after the Initial Closing, the post-closing regulatory approvals.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, neither Investor nor its affiliates shall be obligated to make, or offer to make any divestiture of, or otherwise limit Investor’s or its affiliates’ freedom of action with respect to, Investor’s or its affiliates’ other assets or businesses presently owned or hereafter acquired.  Each of the Investor and the Company will have the right to review in advance, and to the extent practicable each will consult with the other, in each case subject to applicable laws relating to the exchange of information, with respect to all the information relating to the other party, and any of their respective subsidiaries, which appears in any filing made with, or written materials submitted to, any third party or any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In exercising the foregoing right, each of the parties hereto agrees to act reasonably and as promptly as practicable. Each party hereto agrees to keep the other party apprised of the status of matters relating to completion of the transactions contemplated hereby.  The Investor and the Company shall promptly furnish each other with copies of written communications received by them or their subsidiaries from, or delivered by any of the foregoing to, any Governmental Entity in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than in respect of information filed or otherwise submitted confidentially to any such Governmental Entity.

 

4.2           Shareholder Approval .  At the 2008 annual general meeting of the Company’s shareholders, unless this Agreement has been terminated pursuant to Section 7.1, the Company shall include a proposal to obtain the approvals necessary to permit the issuance of the Subsequent Shares, the Reset Shares and the Pre-Emptive Shares, which meeting shall be the next annual meeting of the Company for the purpose of obtaining such approval.  The Board of Directors shall unanimously recommend to the Company’s shareholders that such shareholders approve the actions referenced above.  In connection with such meeting, the Company shall promptly prepare (and the Investor will reasonably cooperate with the Company to prepare) and file with the Commission a preliminary proxy statement, shall use reasonable best efforts to solicit proxies for such shareholder approval and shall use reasonable best efforts to respond to any comments of the

 

18



 

Commission or its staff and to cause a definitive proxy statement related to such shareholders’ meeting to be mailed to the Company’s shareholders.  The Company shall notify the Investor promptly of the receipt of any comments from the Commission or its staff and of any request by the Commission or its staff for amendments or supplements to such proxy statement or for additional information and will supply the Investor with copies of all correspondence between the Company or any of its representatives, on the one hand, and the Commission or its staff, on the other hand, with respect to such proxy statement.  If at any time prior to such shareholders’ meeting there shall occur any event that is required to be set forth in an amendment or supplement to the proxy statement, the Company shall as promptly as practicable prepare and mail to its shareholders such an amendment or supplement.  Each of the Investor and the Company agrees promptly to correct any information provided by it or on its behalf for use in the proxy statement if and to the extent that such information shall have become false or misleading in any material respect, and the Company shall as promptly as practicable prepare and mail to its shareholders an amendment or supplement to correct such information to the extent required by applicable laws and regulations.  The Company shall consult with the Investor prior to mailing any proxy statement, or any amendment or supplement thereto, to which the Investor reasonably objects.  The Board of Directors’ recommendation described in this Section 4.2 shall be included in the proxy statement filed in connection with obtaining such shareholder approval.  In the event that the shareholder approvals referred to above are not obtained at the 2008 annual general meeting, the Company shall be under no obligation to include a proposal to approve such issuance at any subsequent meeting, as long as the Company has complied with this Section 4.2.

 

4.3           Additional Information .  Each party agrees, upon request, to furnish the other party with all information concerning itself, its subsidiaries, directors, officers and shareholders and such other matters as may be reasonably necessary in connection with the proxy statement in connection with such shareholders meeting and any other statement, filing, notice or application made by or on behalf of such other party or any of its subsidiaries to any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE V

 

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

5.1           Voting Agreement .

 

(a)           The Investor acknowledges and agrees that all of the Securities purchased by it hereunder are “Controlled Shares” within the meaning of the Company’s Bye-Laws.  The Investor further acknowledges and agrees that the voting rights with respect to the Securities and any other Controlled Shares owned by the Investor shall be reduced so that the voting rights with respect to all such Controlled Shares will constitute less than 9.5% of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares of the Company.  The Company’s Board of Directors shall apply the principles set forth in Bye-Laws 49-53 of the Company’s Bye-laws in making the adjustment described in this Section 5.1. For the avoidance of doubt, in applying the provisions of this Section 5.1 and Bye-Laws 49-53, a share may carry a fraction of a vote.

 

 

19



 

(b)           The Investor agrees to provide such information as the Company’s Board of Directors may reasonably request for the purpose of making the adjustments required under paragraph (a) above.

 

(c)           The Investor agrees to vote all Common Shares of the Company over which the Investor has voting control with respect to all matters, including without limitation the election and removal of directors, voted on by the shareholders of the Company (whether at a regular or special meeting or pursuant to a written consent), solely in proportion with the votes cast by all holders of voting securities of the Company on any matter put before them.

 

5.2           Standstill Agreement .   (a) The Investor agrees that until the later of (i) the date on which the Investor and its affiliates beneficially own (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) Common Shares in an amount less than 10% of the Initial Shares and (ii) the date six months after any designee of the Investor ceases to be a director of the Company, without the prior written approval of the Company, the Investor will not, directly or indirectly, through its Affiliates or associates or any other persons, or in concert with any person:

 

(i)            acquire, offer to acquire, or agree to acquire, directly or indirectly, by purchase or otherwise, any voting securities or direct or indirect rights to acquire any voting securities of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or of any successor to or person in control of the Company, or any assets of the Company or any subsidiary or division thereof or of any such successor or controlling person;

 

(ii)           make, or in any way participate, directly or indirectly, in any “solicitation” of “proxies” to vote (as such terms are used in the rules of the Commission), or seek to advise or influence any person or entity with respect to the voting of any voting securities of the Company;

 

(iii)          make any public announcement with respect to, or submit a proposal for, or offer of (with or without conditions) any extraordinary transaction involving the Company or any of its securities or assets;

 

(iv)          form, join or in any way participate in a “group” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act in connection with any of the foregoing; or

 

(v)           publicly request the Company or any of its officers or directors, directly or indirectly, to amend or waive any provision of this Section 5.2.

 

(b)           The provisions of Section 5.2(a)(i) will not prohibit activities conducted in accordance with applicable securities law by or on behalf of Affiliates of the Investor which are (i) registered investment companies registered under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or registered investment advisors registered under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, as amended, and (ii) not acting at the direction, directly or indirectly, or in coordination with the Investor or WLR.

 

(c)           If a third party announces an intent to seek to acquire more than 50% of the voting securities of the Company and the Company has publicly announced that its Board

 

20



 

of Directors supports or does not oppose such effort, the restrictions set forth in Sections 5.2(a)(iii) and 5.2(a)(v) will automatically terminate.

 

5.3           Transfer Restrictions .

(a)           Investor agrees that it will not sell, transfer or hedge, directly or indirectly, its investment in the Company at any time at which it has material non-public information regarding the Company.

 

(b)           Except as otherwise permitted in this Agreement or with the written consent of the Company, the Investor will not Transfer any of the Securities acquired hereunder other than (i) in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act or (ii) pursuant to the Registration Statement in open market transactions or otherwise where the Investor reasonably believes that any transferee would not own more than 4.9% of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding after the sale, transfer or disposition.

 

(c)           As of the date hereof, Investor does not intend to sell, transfer or hedge, directly or indirectly, Securities purchased hereunder within one year after the Initial Investment.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding paragraph (b) above, the Investor shall be permitted to Transfer any portion or all of its Securities at any time under the following circumstances:

 

(i)            Transfers to any Affiliate under common control with Investor’s ultimate parent entity, but only if the transferee agrees in writing for the benefit of the Company to be bound by the terms of this Agreement (any such transferee shall be included in the term “Investor”); and

 

(ii)           Transfers pursuant to a merger, tender offer or exchange offer or other business combination, acquisition of assets or similar transaction or change of control involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries; provided that such transaction has been approved by the Board of Directors.

 

(e)           The restrictions on Transfers in Section 5.3 (b) will terminate should any of the following events occur:

 

(i)            receipt of the written consent of the Company releasing the Investor from the restrictions in Section 5.3(b);

 

(ii)           the Company materially breaches any of its covenants set forth in this Agreement; or

 

(iii)          the Company executes definitive documentation for a transaction that will result in or has resulted in a Change in Control or (B) the Board of Directors approves, recommends or accepts or there is shareholder approval of a transaction that in any case upon consummation will result in a Change in Control, or a Change in Control has been consummated.

 

 

21



 

(f)            For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained herein shall prohibit the transfer by Investor of Common Shares in compliance with applicable law to a limited partner or comparable passive investor in Investor that receives Common Shares pursuant to a normal course distribution (including a winding up) pursuant to the constituent documents of Investor; subject to any such limited partner or passive investor that would receive Common Shares representing more than 4.9% of the Common Shares then outstanding has agreed in writing to be bound by the provisions of Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3.

 

5.4           Reset Rights .

(a)           In the event the Company completes the sale, on or before the date which is six months after the Initial Closing Date or any Subsequent Closing Date, in one or a series of related transactions, of Common Shares (or securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, Common Shares) (“Additional Shares”) resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of $100 million or more (calculated on a cumulative basis over such six-month period) at a purchase, conversion or reference price per share (the “Reset Price”) less than the Initial Price, in the case of the Initial Shares, or less than the Drawdown Price, in the case of any Subsequent Shares, in each case adjusted as appropriate to reflect any intervening stock splits, stock dividends or comparable events, then the Company shall offer to sell to the Investor additional Common Shares (“Reset Shares”), which shall be deemed to be fully paid and non-assessable upon issuance, in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the number of Initial Shares or Subsequent Shares that would have been issued to the Investor at the Initial Closing or such Subsequent Closing had such Reset Price been used to determine the number of Initial Shares or Subsequent Shares to be issued at such Initial Closing or Subsequent Closing, as the case may be, minus (ii) the number of Initial Shares or Subsequent Shares, as the case may be, actually issued.  The purchase price per Reset Share shall be equal to the par value of such Reset Share.

 

(b)           In the case of a sale of securities for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so exchangeable), the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such fair value as determined by the Board of Directors shall not exceed the aggregate market price of the securities being offered as of the date the Board of Directors authorizes the offering of such securities.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of Reset Shares deliverable by the Company at any time pursuant to the foregoing paragraph shall be limited to the maximum number of Common Shares that may be issued without approval of the Company’s shareholders pursuant to Rule 312.03(c) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual taking into account the Initial Shares, any Subsequent Shares theretofore issued, any other Reset Shares theretofore issued and any Pre-Emptive Shares theretofore issued.

 

(d)           In the event the Company would otherwise be required under paragraph (a) above to offer to sell Reset Shares to the Investor but for paragraph (c) above (the Reset

 

 

22



 

Shares not offered are referred to as “Excess Reset Shares”), the Company shall pay to the Investors entitled to the Excess Reset Shares an amount in cash per Excess Reset Share equal to the closing price of a Common Share on the NYSE on the closing of the issuance of the related Additional Shares.  Any such amount shall be payable within two NYSE trading days  of the closing of the issuance of the related Additional Shares.

 

5.5           Preemptive Right .

(a)           In the event the Company completes the sale, other than sales pursuant to any stock option, stock purchase or similar employee benefit plan approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, (a “Pre-Emptive Sale”) on or before the date which is one year after the Initial Closing Date or any Subsequent Closing Date in one or a series of related transactions Additional Shares resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of $100,000,000 or more, the Company shall deliver to the Investor an offer (the “Offer”) to issue and sell to the Investor a number of Common Shares (the “Pre-Emptive Shares”) such that the Investor may maintain its relative Common Share ownership position in the Company, on a fully diluted basis.  The Offer shall state that the Company offers to issue and sell to the Investor the Pre-Emptive Shares and shall specify their number and terms (including purchase price, which shall be equal to the weighted average price in the Pre-Emptive Sale(s)).  The Offer shall remain open and irrevocable for a period of 30 days (the “Pre-Emptive Period”) from the date of its delivery.  For purposes of this Section 5.5, “relative Common Share ownership position” will be calculated as to all WLR Funds holding Securities in the aggregate and WLR will be entitled to allocate by written notice to the Company the aggregate preemptive rights of the Investor among the WLR Funds.

 

(b)           The Investor may accept the Offer by delivering to the Company a notice (the “Purchase Notice”) within the Pre-Emptive Period.  The Purchase Notice shall state the number (the “Pre-Emptive Number”) of Pre-Emptive Shares the Investor desires to purchase.

 

(c)           The issuance of any Pre-Emptive Shares shall be made on a business day, as designated by the Company, not less than 10 and not more than 30 days after expiration of the Pre-Emptive Period on terms and conditions consistent with this Section.

 

(d)           In the case of a sale of securities for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so exchangeable), the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such fair value as determined by the Board of Directors shall not exceed the aggregate market price of the securities being offered as of the date the Board of Directors authorizes the offering of such securities.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of Pre-Emptive Shares deliverable by the Company at any time pursuant to the foregoing paragraph shall be limited to the maximum number of Common Shares that may be issued without approval of the Company’s shareholders pursuant to Rule 312.03(c) of the NYSE Listed Company

 

23


 

 

 

Manual taking into account the Initial Shares, any Subsequent Shares theretofore issued, any other Reset Shares theretofore issued and any Pre-Emptive Shares theretofore issued.

 

(f)            The rights set forth in this Section 5.4 may not be assigned or transferred by the Investor.

 

5.6          Governance Matters .   (a)   With respect to each of the Company’s annual general meetings beginning in 2009, as long as the Investor beneficially owns Securities acquired hereunder with an initial aggregate purchase price of $250,000,000 or more, the Company’s nominating committee will nominate, and the Company’s board of directors will recommend to the Company’s shareholders, the election of Mr. Ross or, if Mr. Ross is no longer actively involved in the day-to-day operations of the Investor, a designee of the Investor reasonably acceptable to the Company’s nominating committee.

 

(b)           Mr. Ross (including any successor nominees) (the “Board Representative”) shall, subject to applicable law, be the Company’s and the Company’s Nominating and Governance Committee’s nominee to serve on the Company’s board of directors, the Company shall use all reasonable best efforts to have such person elected as a director of the Company and the Company shall solicit proxies for such person to the same extent as it does for any of its other nominees to the board of directors.

 

(c)           If the Investor no longer beneficially owns Securities acquired hereunder with an initial aggregate purchase price of $250,000,000 or more , the Investor will have no further rights under this Section 5.6.

 

5.7          Legend .  (a)  The Investor agrees that all certificates or other instruments representing the Securities subject to this Agreement will bear a legend substantially to the following effect:

 

“(i)  THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT.

 

(ii)  THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO TRANSFER AND OTHER RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTMENT AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF FEBRUARY · , 2008, COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE ISSUER.”

 

(b)           Upon request of the Investor, upon receipt by the Company of an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such legend is no longer required under the Securities Act or applicable state laws, as the case may be, the Company shall promptly cause clause (i) of the legend to be removed from any certificate for any Securities to be so Transferred and clause (ii) of the legend shall be removed upon the expiration of such transfer and other restrictions set forth in this Agreement. The Investor

 

 

24



 

acknowledges that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act or under any state securities laws and agrees that it will not sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Securities, except in compliance with the registration requirements or exemption provisions of the Securities Act and any other applicable securities laws.

 

5.8          Exchange Listing . The Company shall promptly use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Common Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement to be approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance, as promptly as practicable, and in any event before the applicable Closing or date of issuance.

 

5.9          Expenses . Each of the parties will bear and pay all of the costs and expenses incurred by it or on its behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, provided that the Company will pay all HSR Act filing fees incurred to comply with this Agreement.  The Company agrees that the Board Representative, if any, shall be entitled to the same rights, privileges and compensation as the other members of the Company’s Board of Directors, including with respect to reimbursement for Board of Directors participation and related expenses.

 

ARTICLE VI

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

6.1          Registration on Form S-3 .  The Company will agree to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (the “Registration Statement”) within 90 days of the Initial Closing covering the resale of the Initial Shares pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.  The Registration Statement shall be amended from time to time to add any Subsequent Shares, Reset Shares or Pre-Emptive Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement promptly after such issuance.  Upon filing the Registration Statement, the Company will keep such Registration Statement effective with the Commission at all times and any Registration Statement shall be re-filed upon its expiration, and shall cooperate in any shelf take-down by amending or supplementing the prospectus related to such Registration Statement as may be requested by the Investor or as otherwise required, until the Investor no longer holds Registrable Securities (as defined below); provided that the Investor shall not be permitted to sell under such “shelf” registration statement during such times as the trading window is not open for Company senior management in accordance with the Company’s policies. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any Registration Statement.

 

6.2          Registrable Securities .  For purposes of this Agreement, “Registrable Securities” means (i) all Initial Shares, Subsequent Shares, Reset Shares and Pre-Emptive Shares and (ii) any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities referred to in the foregoing clause by way of share dividend or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation or other reorganization. As to any particular securities constituting Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when (w) they have been effectively registered or qualified for sale by a prospectus filed under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with

 

25



 

the Registration Statement covering therein, (x) they have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145 or other exemption from registration under the Securities Act, (y) they have been acquired by the Company or (z) they are able to be sold by the Investor without restriction as to volume or manner of sale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act and the Investor holds no more than 3% of the applicable class outstanding. In addition, for purposes of this Agreement, “Registration Statement” means the prospectus and other documents filed with the Commission to effect a registration under the Securities Act.

 

6.3          Underwritten Offerings .  If the Investor intends that the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement shall be distributed by means of an underwritten offering, the Investor will so advise the Company.  In such event, the lead underwriter to administer the offering will be chosen by the Investor subject to the prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, of the Company.

 

6.4          Registration Procedures .  In connection with the registration referred to in Section 6.1, Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a)           prepare and file with the Commission the Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities, make all required filings with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and thereafter use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as reasonably practicable, provided that before filing a Registration Statement or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will furnish to the Investor copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to review of the Investor;

 

(b)           prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective continuously until the earlier of (i) the date that the securities covered by such Registration Statement cease to constitute Registrable Securities or (ii) when all of the securities covered by such Registration Statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement (but in any event not before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act);

 

(c)           furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities such number of copies, without charge, of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, including each preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, any other prospectus (including any prospectus filed under Rule 424, Rule 430A or Rule 430B under the Securities Act and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as such term is defined under Rule 433 promulgated under the Securities Act), all exhibits and other documents filed therewith and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request including in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

 

(d)           register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or reasonably advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities

 

 

 

26



 

owned by such seller ( provided that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subsection, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

 

(e)           notify each seller of such Registrable Securities at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the discovery of the happening of any event as a result of which, the prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, and, as soon as reasonably practicable, prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made;

 

(f)            notify each seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement (i) when such Registration Statement or the prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed and, with respect to such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or to amend or to supplement such prospectus or for additional information, and (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes;

 

(g)           cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or, if no similar securities issued by the Company are then listed on any securities exchange, use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on the NYSE or such other market on which the Common Shares are then listed or quoted, subject to official notice of issuance;

 

(h)           provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

 

(i)            enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements and, subject to Section 6.9, lock-up agreements in customary form, and including provisions with respect to indemnification and contribution in customary form) and take all such other customary actions as the Investor, the participating transferees or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, making members of management and executives of the Company available to participate in “road shows,” similar sales events and other marketing activities; provided that the Company shall not be required to make members of management and executives of the Company so available for more than five consecutive days or more than 10 days in any 365 day period);

 

 

27



 

(j)            make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities and its counsel, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and documents relating to the business of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement, provided that it shall be a condition to such inspection and receipt of such information that the inspecting person (i) enter into a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and (ii) agree to minimize the disruption to the Company’s business in connection with the foregoing;

 

(k)           timely provide to its security holders earnings statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(l)            in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or ceasing trading of any securities included in such Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction, use every reasonable effort to promptly obtain the withdrawal of such order;

 

(m)          obtain one or more comfort letters, addressed to the underwriters, if any, dated the effective date of any underwriting agreement and the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement for such offering, signed by the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters as such underwriters shall reasonably request; and

 

(n)           provide legal opinions of the Company’s counsel, addressed to the underwriters, if any, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, with respect to the Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto as the underwriter shall reasonably request in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature.

 

6.5          Provision of Information .  As a condition to registering Registrable Securities, the Company may require the Investor holding Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish the Company with such information regarding such person and pertinent to the disclosure requirements relating to the registration and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

 

6.6          Registration Expenses .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all expenses incidental to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, word processing, duplicating and printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and counsel (limited to one law firm) for the holders of the securities registered and all independent certified public accountants and other persons retained by the Company (all such expenses, “Registration Expenses”), will be borne by

 

 

28



 

the Company.  The Company will, in any event, pay its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expenses of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.  The holders of the securities so registered shall pay all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities hereunder, the fees and expenses of counsel beyond the one law firm paid for by the Company and any other Registration Expenses required by law to be paid by a selling holder pro rata on the basis of the amount of proceeds from the sale of their shares so registered.

 

6.7          Participation Conditions .  (a)            The Investor may not participate in any registration hereunder that is underwritten unless such person (i) agrees to sell its Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Investor (including pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the managing underwriter(s), provided that no such person will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities that such person has requested the Company to include in any registration), (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and (iii) cooperates with the Company’s reasonable requests in connection with such registration or qualification (it being understood that the Company’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder, which failure is caused by such person’s failure to cooperate with such reasonable requests, will not constitute a breach by the Company of this Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liability of the Investor or any transferee participating in such an underwritten registration shall be limited to an amount equal to the amount of gross proceeds attributable to the sale of such person’s Registrable Securities.

 

(b)           Each person that is participating in any registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 6.4(e), such person will forthwith discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement until such person receives copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by such Section 6.4(e). In the event the Company gives any such notice, the applicable time period mentioned in Section 6.4(b) during which a Registration Statement is to remain effective will be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to this Section 6.7(b) to and including the date when each seller of a Registrable Security covered by such Registration Statement will have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 6.4(e).

 

6.8          Rule 144.   (a)        The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to timely file all reports and other documents required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of the Investor or any transferee, make publicly available such information as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144), and will use reasonable best efforts to take such further action as the Investor or any transferee may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such person to sell shares of Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144. Upon the request of the Investor or any transferee, the

 

 

29



 

Company will deliver to such person a written statement as to whether it has complied with such information requirements.

 

(b)           The Company will not issue new certificates for shares of Registrable Securities without a legend restricting further transfer unless (i) such shares have been sold to the public pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act or Rule 144, or (ii) (x) otherwise permitted under the Securities Act, (y) the holder of such shares shall have delivered to the Company an opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to such effect, and (z) the holder of such shares expressly requests the issuance of such certificates in writing.

 

6.9          Holdback .   In consideration for the Company agreeing to its obligations under this Agreement, the Investor (and any transferee) agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities (whether or not such person is participating in such registration) upon the request of the Company and the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, not to effect (other than pursuant to such registration) any public sale or distribution of Registrable Securities, including, any sale pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A, or make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities, any other equity securities of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity securities of the Company without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, during the Holdback Period (as defined below).  With respect to any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities covered by a registration pursuant to Section 6.1, the Company further agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution, or to file any Registration Statement covering any, of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, (other than with respect to awards pursuant to employee benefit plans and issuances of Common Shares upon exercise of any such awards) during the Holdback Period with respect to such underwritten offering, if required by the managing underwriter; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the obligations under this Section 6.9 shall not apply during any twelve-month period for more than an aggregate of 90 days. “Holdback Period” means, with respect to any registered offering covered by this Agreement, (1) ninety days after and during the ten days before, the effective date of the related Registration Statement or, in the case of a takedown from a shelf registration statement, ninety days after the date of the prospectus supplement filed with the Commission in connection with such takedown and during such prior period (not to exceed ten days) as the Company has given reasonable written notice to the holder of Registrable Securities or (2) such shorter period as the Investor, the Company and the underwriter of such offering, if any, shall agree.

 

ARTICLE VII

TERMINATION

 

7.1          Termination . This Agreement shall be terminated (a) if the Initial Closing shall not have occurred prior to the date six months from the date of this Agreement, by either the Company or the Investor, (b) by mutual agreement of the Company and the Investor, (c) if any Governmental Entity shall have issued a nonappealable final judgment, injunction, order or decree that shall prohibit the Initial Closing or shall prohibit or restrict the Investor or its Affiliates from

 

 

30



 

owning or voting any Securities, (d) by the Company upon a breach of or failure to perform in any material respect (which breach or failure cannot be or has not been cured within 30 days after giving of notice to the Investor of such breach or failure) any covenant on the part of the Investor set forth in this Agreement, such that the closing conditions set forth in this Agreement would not be satisfied if such breach or failure existed or were continuing on the Initial Closing, as the case may be, (e) by the Investor upon a breach of or failure to perform in any material respect (which breach or failure cannot be or has not been cured within 30 days after giving of notice to the Investor of such breach or failure) any covenant on the part of the Company set forth in this Agreement, such that the closing conditions set forth in this Agreement would not be satisfied if such breach or failure existed or were continuing on the Initial Closing, as the case may be, or (f) prior to the Initial Closing, by the Investor, if the Company shall, or agree to, execute definitive documentation that will result in or have resulted in a Change in Control, resolve to pursue a transaction through its Board of Directors that is contemplated by the Board of Directors to result in a Change in Control or have its Board of Directors approve, recommend or accept or enter into a transaction requiring approval by the Company’s shareholders of a transaction that in any case upon consummation will result in a Change in Control, or otherwise permit a Change in Control to be consummated.

 

7.2          Effects of Termination . In the event of any termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 7.1, this Agreement (other than Section 5.9 (except in the event of termination pursuant to Section 7.1(d) or 7.1(e)) and Article VIII, which shall remain in full force and effect) shall forthwith become wholly void and of no further force and effect; provided that, notwithstanding Section 5.9, nothing herein shall relieve any party from liability for willful breach of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1          Survival . Each of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall survive the Initial Closing but only for a period of 1 year following the Initial Closing Date or, if a Subsequent Closing occurs, the last Subsequent Closing, and thereafter shall expire and have no further force and effect; provided that the representations and warranties in Sections 3.2(a), 3.2(b), 3.2(c), 3.2(d), 3.3(a) and 3.3(b) shall survive for the duration of any statutes of limitations applicable thereto.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all covenants and agreements contained herein shall survive for the duration of any statutes of limitations applicable thereto or until, by their respective terms, they are no longer operative.

 

8.2          Amendment . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be effective with respect to any party unless made in writing and signed by an officer of a duly authorized representative of such party.

 

8.3          Waivers . The conditions to each party’s obligation to consummate the Initial Closing or a Subsequent Closing, as the case may be, are for the sole benefit of such party and may be waived by such party in whole or in part to the extent permitted by applicable law. No waiver of any party to this Agreement will be effective unless it is in a writing signed by a duly authorized

 

 

 

31



 

officer of the waiving party that makes express reference to the provision or provisions subject to such waiver.

 

8.4          Counterparts and Facsimile . For the convenience of the parties hereto, this Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts will together constitute the same agreement. Executed signature pages to this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile and such facsimiles will be deemed as sufficient as if actual signature pages had been delivered.

 

8.5          Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State. The parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York for any actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

8.6          WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

8.7          Notices . Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any party to the other must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally or by telecopy or facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, (b) on the first business day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service, or (c) on the third business day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice.

 

(a)     If to the Investor:

WL Ross & Co. LLC

1166 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York  10036
Attention:  Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.

Facsimile:

 

      with a copy to (which copy alone shall not constitute notice):

 

 

Jones Day

 

 

222 East 41 st Street

 

 

New York, New York 10017

 

 

Attention:

Robert A. Profusek

 

 

 

John K. Kane

 

 

Facsimile: (212) 755-7306

 

 

(b)     If to the Company:

 

 

32



 

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

30 Woodbourne Street

Hamilton. HM 08 Bermuda.

Attn:  James M. Michener, Esq.

Facsimile: (441) 296-1083

 

with a copy to (which copy alone shall not constitute notice):

 

Mayer Brown LLP

71 South Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois  60606

Attention: Edward S. Best, Esq.

Facsimile: (312) 701-7711

 

8.8          Entire Agreement, Etc . This Agreement and the confidentiality letter, dated as of February 14, 2008, between the Company and the Investor, constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, between the parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof; and this Agreement will not be assignable by operation of law or otherwise (any attempted assignment in contravention hereof being null and void); provided, however, that each WLR Fund that purchases Securities hereunder will be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement as it relates to such Securities upon such WLR Fund’s written assumption of the corresponding obligations hereunder.  This Agreement will be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assignees of the parties hereto.

 

8.9          Other Definitions . Wherever required by the context of this Agreement, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders and vice versa, and references to any agreement, document or instrument shall be deemed to refer to such agreement, document or instrument as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

When used herein:

 

(a)           the term “ subsidiary ” means those corporations, banks, savings banks, associations and other persons of which such person owns or controls 51% or more of the outstanding equity securities either directly or through an unbroken chain of entities as to each of which 51% or more of the outstanding equity securities is owned directly or indirectly by its parent; provided, however, that there shall not be included any such entity to the extent that the equity securities of such entity were acquired in satisfaction of a debt previously contracted in good faith or are owned or controlled in a bona fide fiduciary capacity;

 

(b)           the term “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such other person; provided that with respect to the Company, Affiliate shall not include ACE Limited or any of its subsidiaries.  For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) when used with

 

 

 

33



 

respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to cause the direction of management or policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities by contract or otherwise;

 

(c)           the word “ or ” is not exclusive;

 

(d)           the words “ including ,” “ includes ,” “ included ” and “ include ” are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and

 

(e)           the terms “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, paragraph or subdivision;

 

(f)            “ business day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day which shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close;

 

(g)           “ person ” has the meaning given to it in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act; and

 

(h)           all article, section, paragraph or clause references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

8.10        Captions . The article, section, paragraph and clause captions herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and will not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

8.11        Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person (including, the officers and directors of the Investor and the Company) or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, will remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon a suitable and equitable substitute provision to effect the original intent of the parties.

 

8.12        No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing contained in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any person or entity other than the parties hereto, any benefit right or remedies.

 

8.13        Time of Essence . Time is of the essence in the performance of each and every term of this Agreement.

 

8.14        Public Announcements . Subject to each party’s disclosure obligations imposed by law or regulation, each of the parties hereto will cooperate with each other in the development and distribution of all news releases and other public information disclosures with respect to this

 

 

 

34



 

Agreement and any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and no party hereto will make any such news release or public disclosure without first consulting with the other party hereto and receiving its consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and each party shall coordinate with the other with respect to any such news release or public disclosure.

 

 

35



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers of the parties hereto as of the date first herein above written.

 

 

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ JAMES M. MICHENER

 

 

Name:

James M. Michener

 

 

Title:

General Counsel and Secretary

 

 

WLR RECOVERY FUND IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

WLR Recovery Associates IV LLC,
        its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

WL Ross Group, L.P., its managing member

 

 

 

 

By:

El Vedado, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ WILBUR L. ROSS, JR.

 

 

Name:

Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

36



 

WLR Funds

 

WLR Recovery Fund III, L.P.

WLR/GS Master Co-Investment, L.P.

WLR IV Parallel ESC, L.P.

Any other investment fund managed by WLR.

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 21.1


Subsidiaries of the Registrant
(All subsidiaries are wholly-owned)

Name
  Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Assured Guaranty Re Ltd.    Bermuda
  Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc.    Delaware
    Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd.    Bermuda
      Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company   New York
      AG Intermediary Inc.    New York
Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc.    Delaware
  AG Financial Products Inc.    Delaware
  Assured Guaranty (UK) Services Ltd.    England
  Assured Guaranty Corp.    Maryland
    Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd.    England
    Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd.    England
Cedar Personnel Ltd.    Bermuda



QuickLinks

Subsidiaries of the Registrant (All subsidiaries are wholly-owned)

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (no. 333-125382 and no. 333-125383) and on Form S-8 (no. 333-122326 and no. 333-115893) of Assured Guaranty Ltd. of our reports dated February 28, 2008 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedules and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K .

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, NY

February 29, 2008

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 31.1


Assured Guaranty Ltd.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Dominic J. Frederico, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Assured Guaranty Ltd.

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a -15(e) and 15d—15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 
   
   
    By:   /s/ DOMINIC J. FREDERICO
Dominic J. Frederico
President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: February 28, 2008




QuickLinks

Assured Guaranty Ltd. CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 31.2


Assured Guaranty Ltd.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Robert B. Mills, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Assured Guaranty Ltd.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a -15(e) and 15d—15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

    By: /s/   ROBERT B. MILLS       
Robert B. Mills
Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 28, 2008




QuickLinks

Assured Guaranty Ltd. CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 32.1


CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2007, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), Dominic J. Frederico, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of his knowledge:


/s/   DOMINIC J. FREDERICO       
Name:  Dominic J. Frederico
Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer
Date:    February 28, 2008
 



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 32.2


CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2007, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), Robert B. Mills, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of his knowledge:



/s/  
ROBERT B. MILLS       
Name:  Robert B. Mills
Title:    Chief Financial Officer
Date:    February 28, 2008

 



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 99.1

 

Assured Guaranty Corp.

Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 


 

Assured Guaranty Corp.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

 

 

Page(s)

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

1

 

 

Financial Statements

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

2

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income

3

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholder’s Equity

4

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

5

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

6–43

 



 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of Assured Guaranty Corp.:

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, of shareholder’s equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Assured Guaranty Corp. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

February 28, 2008

 

1



 

Assured Guaranty Corp.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share and share amounts)

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities, at fair value (amortized cost: $1,270,392 in 2007 and $1,159,822 in 2006)

 

$

1,311,278

 

$

1,202,417

 

Short-term investments, at cost which approximates fair value

 

44,040

 

47,279

 

Total investments

 

1,355,318

 

1,249,696

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

1,785

 

1,458

 

Accrued investment income

 

16,586

 

15,100

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

78,910

 

70,307

 

Prepaid reinsurance premiums

 

101,758

 

73,875

 

Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses

 

21,137

 

8,826

 

Premiums receivable

 

48,217

 

29,705

 

Goodwill

 

85,417

 

85,417

 

Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments

 

14,969

 

38,781

 

Deferred tax asset

 

132,622

 

 

Other assets

 

15,739

 

14,390

 

Total assets

 

$

1,872,458

 

$

1,587,555

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholder’s equity

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Unearned premium reserves

 

$

363,921

 

$

266,800

 

Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

74,472

 

65,388

 

Profit commissions payable

 

3,628

 

3,683

 

Reinsurance balances payable

 

17,100

 

25,668

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

40,201

 

Current income taxes payable

 

2,134

 

13,203

 

Funds held by Company under reinsurance contracts

 

5,300

 

5,537

 

Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments

 

488,885

 

5,862

 

Liability for tax basis step-up adjustment

 

9,893

 

14,990

 

Other liabilities

 

39,930

 

28,895

 

Total liabilities

 

1,005,263

 

470,227

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholder’s equity

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock ($1,000 liquidation preference, 200,004 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding in 2007 and 2006)

 

 

 

Common stock ($720 par value, 500,000 shares authorized; 20,834 issued and outstanding in 2007 and 2006)

 

15,000

 

15,000

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

380,359

 

380,176

 

Retained earnings

 

443,292

 

692,760

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

28,544

 

29,392

 

Total shareholder’s equity

 

867,195

 

1,117,328

 

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity

 

$

1,872,458

 

$

1,587,555

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

2



 

Assured Guaranty Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross written premiums

 

$

246,788

 

$

190,558

 

$

108,201

 

Ceded premiums

 

(69,190

)

(69,938

)

(15,681

)

Net written premiums

 

177,598

 

120,620

 

92,520

 

(Increase) decrease in net unearned premium reserves

 

(69,238

)

(23,466

)

11,636

 

Net earned premiums

 

108,360

 

97,154

 

104,156

 

Net investment income

 

63,150

 

55,320

 

51,283

 

Net realized investment (losses) gains

 

(478

)

(1,175

)

733

 

Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments

 

(506,835

)

4,105

 

(631

)

Other income

 

484

 

393

 

 

Total revenues

 

(335,319

)

155,797

 

155,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss adjustment (recoveries) expenses

 

(14,163

)

6,849

 

(1,374

)

Profit commission expense

 

112

 

(416

)

715

 

Acquisition costs

 

10,316

 

16,619

 

27,082

 

Other operating expenses

 

46,712

 

38,585

 

32,686

 

Interest expense

 

111

 

 

 

Other expense

 

2,623

 

2,547

 

3,731

 

Total expenses

 

45,711

 

64,184

 

62,840

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

 

(381,030

)

91,613

 

92,701

 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

26,036

 

16,094

 

19,096

 

Deferred

 

(172,213

)

4,810

 

2,665

 

Total (benefit) provision for income taxes

 

(146,177

)

20,904

 

21,761

 

Net (loss) income

 

(234,853

)

70,709

 

70,940

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding losses on fixed maturity securities arising during the year

 

(1,345

)

(2,779

)

(12,031

)

Reclassification adjustment for realized losses (gains) included in net income

 

311

 

764

 

(476

)

Change in net unrealized gains on fixed maturity securities

 

(1,034

)

(2,015

)

(12,507

)

Change in cumulative translation adjustment

 

186

 

2,384

 

(1,170

)

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes

 

(848

)

369

 

(13,677

)

Comprehensive (loss) income

 

$

(235,701

)

$

71,078

 

$

57,263

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

3



 

Assured Guaranty Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholder’s Equity

For the years December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

 

 

Preferred 
Stock

 

Common 
Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in 
Capital

 

Unearned 
Stock Grant 
Compensation

 

Retained 
Earnings

 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income

 

Total 
Shareholder’s 
Equity

 

Balance, December 31, 2004

 

$

 

$

15,000

 

$

386,403

 

$

(5,845

)

$

569,222

 

$

42,700

 

$

1,007,480

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

70,940

 

 

70,940

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

(4,313

)

 

(4,313

)

Tax benefit for stock options exercised

 

 

 

4,064

 

 

 

 

4,064

 

Unearned stock grant compensation, net

 

 

 

 

(601

)

 

 

(601

)

Transaction with subsidiary under common control

 

 

 

(10,461

)

 

 

 

(10,461

)

Change in cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,170

)

(1,170

)

Unrealized loss on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of $(6,734)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,507

)

(12,507

)

Balance, December 31, 2005

 

$

 

$

15,000

 

$

380,006

 

$

(6,446

)

$

635,849

 

$

29,023

 

$

1,053,432

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

70,709

 

 

70,709

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

(13,798

)

 

(13,798

)

Tax benefit for stock options exercised

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

 

170

 

Reclassification due to adoption of FAS 123R

 

 

 

 

6,446

 

 

 

6,446

 

Change in cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,384

 

2,384

 

Unrealized loss on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of $(968)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,015

)

(2,015

)

Balance, December 31, 2006

 

$

 

$

15,000

 

$

380,176

 

$

 

$

692,760

 

$

29,392

 

$

1,117,328

 

Cumulative effect of FIN 48 adoption

 

 

 

 

 

(2,490

)

 

(2,490

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

(234,853

)

 

(234,853

)

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

(12,125

)

 

(12,125

)

Tax benefit for stock options exercised

 

 

 

183

 

 

 

 

183

 

Change in cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

186

 

186

 

Unrealized loss on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of $(675)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,034

)

(1,034

)

Balance, December 31, 2007

 

$

 

$

15,000

 

$

380,359

 

$

 

$

443,292

 

$

28,544

 

$

867,195

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

4



 

Assured Guaranty Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(234,853

)

$

70,709

 

$

70,940

 

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash operating expenses

 

11,938

 

9,447

 

3,363

 

Net amortization of premium on fixed maturity securities

 

1,327

 

3,182

 

5,387

 

(Benefit) provision for deferred income taxes

 

(172,213

)

4,810

 

2,665

 

Net realized investment losses (gains)

 

478

 

1,175

 

(733

)

Change in unrealized losses (gains) on derivative financial instruments

 

506,835

 

(4,105

)

631

 

Change in deferred acquisition costs

 

(8,603

)

3,498

 

5,734

 

Change in accrued investment income

 

(1,486

)

(1,441

)

888

 

Change in premiums receivable

 

(18,512

)

(6,011

)

25,174

 

Change in prepaid reinsurance premiums

 

(27,883

)

(46,592

)

22,370

 

Change in unearned premium reserves

 

97,121

 

70,365

 

(72,603

)

Change in reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net

 

(10,794

)

21,801

 

(72,724

)

Change in profit commissions payable

 

(55

)

(554

)

56

 

Change in funds held by Company under reinsurance contracts

 

(237

)

2,281

 

(2,573

)

Change in current income taxes

 

(10,854

)

8,876

 

(9,935

)

Tax benefit for stock options exercised

 

(183

)

(170

)

4,064

 

Change in liability for tax basis step-up adjustment

 

(5,097

)

(226

)

(746

)

Other

 

(6,550

)

25,377

 

13,459

 

Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

 

120,379

 

162,422

 

(4,583

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

(373,699

)

(508,381

)

(349,778

)

Sales

 

256,066

 

341,348

 

344,207

 

Maturities

 

6,180

 

7,064

 

5,675

 

Sales of short-term investments, net

 

3,284

 

11,542

 

7,193

 

Net cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(108,169

)

(148,427

)

7,297

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(12,125

)

(13,794

)

(4,313

)

Tax benefit for stock options exercised

 

183

 

170

 

 

Net cash flows used in financing activities

 

(11,942

)

(13,624

)

(4,313

)

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

59

 

136

 

(216

)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

327

 

507

 

(1,815

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

1,458

 

951

 

2,766

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

1,785

 

$

1,458

 

$

951

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplementary cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

36,922

 

$

4,467

 

$

24,559

 

Interest paid

 

$

111

 

$

 

$

 

Non-cash investing activities: FSA Transaction

 

$

 

$

 

$

99,967

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

5



 

Assured Guaranty Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

1.                             Organization and Business

 

Assured Guaranty Corp. (the “Company”) is a Maryland domiciled company, which commenced operations in January 1988 and provides insurance and reinsurance of investment grade financial guaranty exposures, including municipal and nonmunicipal reinsurance and credit default swap (“CDS”) transactions. On April 28, 2004, subsidiaries of ACE Limited (“ACE”), a holding company incorporated with limited liability under Cayman Islands Companies Law, completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of 49,000,000 of their 75,000,000 common shares of their wholly-owned subsidiary and parent of the Company, Assured Guaranty Ltd. (“Assured Guaranty”). Assured Guaranty’s common shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AGO”. This offering raised approximately $840.1 million in net proceeds, all of which went to the selling shareholders. As a result of the IPO, the Company implemented a new underwriting strategy. As part of this strategy, the Company has exited certain lines of business, including trade credit reinsurance.

 

The Company has financial strength ratings of AAA, AAA and Aaa as of December 31, 2007 from Standard & Poor’s Inc., a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), Fitch Ratings, and Moody’s Investors Service, respectively, and is licensed in 52 jurisdictions. In December 2006, Assured Value Insurance Company (“AVIC”), a Maryland domiciled insurance company and former subsidiary of the Company, merged into Assured Guaranty Corp. The Company owns 100% of Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. (“AG (UK)”), a company organized under the laws of the United Kingdom.

 

Financial guaranty insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due. Financial guaranty insurance may be issued to the holders of the insured obligations at the time of issuance of those obligations, or may be issued in the secondary market to holders of public bonds and structured securities. A loss event occurs upon existing or anticipated credit deterioration, while a payment under a policy occurs when the insured obligation defaults. This requires the Company to pay the required principal and interest when due in accordance with the underlying contract. The principal types of obligations covered by the Company’s financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty assumed reinsurance businesses are structured finance obligations and public finance obligations. Because both businesses involve similar risks, the Company analyzes and monitors its financial guaranty direct portfolio and financial guaranty assumed reinsurance portfolio on a unified process and procedure basis.

 

Certain of the Company’s financial guaranty insurance contracts include derivatives. A derivative is a financial instrument whose characteristics and value depend upon the characteristics and value of an underlying security. Derivatives are discussed in more detail in Note 4.

 

The Company’s financial results include three principal business segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance and other. These segments are further discussed in Note 20.

 

2.                             Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, AG (UK), after elimination of inter-company accounts and transactions. Certain items in the prior years’ consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which requires management to make estimates and assumptions

 

6



 

that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. (See Notes 4 and 10 for discussion of significant estimates of derivatives and losses.)

 

Premium Revenue Recognition

 

Premiums are received either upfront or in installments. Upfront premiums are earned in proportion to the expiration of the amount at risk. Each installment premium is earned ratably over its installment period, generally one year or less. Premium earnings under both the upfront and installment revenue recognition methods are based upon and are in proportion to the principal amount guaranteed and therefore result in higher premium earnings during periods where guaranteed principal is higher. For insured bonds for which the par value outstanding is declining during the insurance period, upfront premium earnings are greater in the earlier periods thus matching revenue recognition with the underlying risk. The premiums are allocated in accordance with the principal amortization schedule of the related bond issue and are earned ratably over the amortization period. When an insured issue is retired early, is called by the issuer, or is in substance paid in advance through a refunding accomplished by placing U.S. Government securities in escrow, the remaining unearned premium reserves are earned at that time. Unearned premium reserves represent the portion of premiums written that is applicable to the unexpired amount at risk of insured bonds.

 

In the Company’s reinsurance businesses, the Company estimates the ultimate written and earned premiums to be received from a ceding company at the end of each quarter and the end of each year because some of the Company’s ceding companies report premium data anywhere from 30 to 90 days after the end of the relevant period. Written premiums reported in the Company’s statement of operations are based upon reports received from ceding companies supplemented by the Company’s own estimates of premium for which ceding company reports have not yet been received. Differences between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which the actual amounts are determined. 

 

Investments

 

The Company accounts for its investments in fixed maturity securities in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“FAS”) No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“FAS 115”). Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, all investments in fixed maturity securities were designated as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income. The fair values of all the Company’s investments are calculated from independent market valuations. The fair values of the Company’s U.S. Treasury securities are primarily determined based upon broker dealer quotes obtained from several independent active market makers.  The fair values of the Company’s portfolio other than U.S. Treasury securities are determined primarily using matrix-pricing models.  The matrix-pricing models incorporate factors such as tranche type, collateral coupons, average life, payment speeds, and spreads, in order to calculate the fair values of specific securities owned by the Company.

 

The amortized cost of fixed maturity securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts computed using the effective interest method. That amortization or accretion is included in net investment income. For mortgage-backed securities, and any other holdings for which there is prepayment risk, prepayment assumptions are evaluated and revised as necessary. Any necessary adjustments required due to the resulting change in effective yields and maturities are recognized in current income.

 

Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are determined using the specific identification method. Unrealized gains and losses on investments, net of applicable deferred income taxes, are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholder’s equity. The Company has a formal review process for all securities in its investment portfolio, including a review for impairment losses. Factors considered when assessing impairment include:

 

·                   a decline in the market value of a security by 20% or more below amortized cost for a continuous period of at least six months;

 

·                   a decline in the market value of a security for a continuous period of 12 months;

 

7



 

·                  recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by rating agencies;

 

·                   the financial condition of the applicable issuer;

 

·                   whether scheduled interest payments are past due; and

 

·                   whether the Company has the ability and intent to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for anticipated recoveries in fair value.

 

If the Company believes a decline in the value of a particular investment is temporary, the decline is recorded as an unrealized loss on the balance sheet in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholder’s equity. If the Company believes the decline is “other than temporary,” the Company will write down the carrying value of the investment and record a realized loss in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. The Company’s assessment of a decline in value includes management’s current assessment of the factors noted above. The Company also seeks advice from its outside investment managers. If the Company’s assessment changes in the future, the Company may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

 

Short-term investments are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value. Short-term investments are those with original maturities of greater than three months but less than one year from date of purchase.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company classifies demand deposits as cash. Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

 

Deferred Acquisition Costs

 

Acquisition costs incurred, other than those associated with credit derivative products, that vary with and are directly related to the production of new business are deferred and amortized in relation to net earned premiums. Costs that are deferred and amortized include direct and indirect expenses such as commissions, brokerage expenses and costs of underwriting and marketing personnel. The Company’s management uses judgment in determining what types of costs should be deferred, as well as the amount of these costs that should be deferred. The Company periodically conducts a study to determine the amount of operating costs that vary with, and are directly related to, the acquisition of new business and therefore qualify for deferral. Ceding commissions received on premiums ceded to other reinsurers reduce acquisition costs. Anticipated losses, loss adjustment expenses and the remaining costs of servicing the insured or reinsured business are considered in determining the recoverability of acquisition costs. Acquisition costs associated with credit derivative products are expensed as incurred. When an insured issue is retired early, is called by the issuer, or is in substance paid in advance through a refunding accomplished by placing U.S. Government securities in escrow as discussed above in the Premium Revenue Recognition section, the related deferred acquisition cost is expensed at that time.

 

Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

 

Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses for non-derivative transactions in the Company’s financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty assumed reinsurance business include case reserves and portfolio reserves. See Note 4. Derivatives, for more information on the Company’s derivative transactions. Case reserves are established when there is significant credit deterioration on specific insured obligations and the obligations are in default or default is probable, not necessarily upon non-payment of principal or interest by an insured. Case reserves represent the present value of expected future loss payments and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”), net of estimated recoveries, but before considering ceded reinsurance. This reserving method is different from case reserves established by traditional property and casualty insurance companies, which establish case reserves upon notification of a claim and establish incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) reserves for the difference between actuarially estimated ultimate losses and recorded case reserves. Financial guaranty insurance and assumed reinsurance case reserves and related salvage and

 

8



 

subrogation, if any, are discounted the taxable equivalent yield on the Company’s investment portfolio, which is approximately 6%, in all periods presented. When the Company becomes entitled to the underlying collateral of an insured credit under salvage and subrogation rights as a result of a claim payment, it records salvage and subrogation as an asset, based on the expected level of recovery. Such amounts are included in the Company’s balance sheet within “Other assets.”

 

The Company records portfolio reserves in its financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty assumed reinsurance business. Portfolio reserves are established with respect to the portion of the Company’s business for which case reserves have not been established.

 

Portfolio reserves are not established based on a specific event, rather they are calculated by aggregating the portfolio reserve calculated for each individual transaction. Individual transaction reserves are calculated on a quarterly basis by multiplying the par in-force by the product of the ultimate loss and earning factors without regard to discounting. The ultimate loss factor is defined as the frequency of loss multiplied by the severity of loss, where the frequency is defined as the probability of default for each individual issue. The earning factor is inception to date earned premium divided by the estimated ultimate written premium for each transaction. The probability of default is estimated from rating agency data and is based on the transaction’s credit rating, industry sector and time until maturity. The severity is defined as the complement of recovery/salvage rates gathered by the rating agencies of defaulting issues and is based on the industry sector.

 

Portfolio reserves are recorded gross of reinsurance. The Company has not ceded any amounts under these reinsurance contracts, as the Company’s recorded portfolio reserves have not exceeded the Company’s contractual retentions, required by said contracts.

 

The Company records an incurred loss that is reflected in the statement of operations upon the establishment of portfolio reserves. When the Company initially records a case reserve, the Company reclassifies the corresponding portfolio reserve already recorded for that credit within the balance sheet. The difference between the initially recorded case reserve and the reclassified portfolio reserve is recorded as a charge in the Company’s statement of operations. Any subsequent change in portfolio reserves or the initial case reserves are recorded quarterly as a charge or credit in the Company’s statement of operations in the period such estimates change. Due to the inherent uncertainties of estimating loss and LAE reserves, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and the differences may be material.

 

The Company also records IBNR reserves for its other segment. IBNR is an estimate of losses for which the insured event has occurred but the claim has not yet been reported to the Company. In establishing IBNR, the Company uses traditional actuarial methods to estimate the reporting lag of such claims based on historical experience, claim reviews and information reported by ceding companies. The other segment represents lines of business that the Company exited or sold prior to the IPO.

 

FAS No. 60, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises” (“FAS 60”) is the authoritative guidance for an insurance enterprise. FAS 60 prescribes differing reserving methodologies depending on whether a contract fits within its definition of a short-duration contract or a long-duration contract. Financial guaranty contracts have elements of long-duration insurance contracts in that they are irrevocable and extend over a period that may exceed 30 years or more, but for regulatory purposes are reported as property and liability insurance, which are normally considered short-duration contracts. The short-duration and long-duration classifications have different methods of accounting for premium revenue and contract liability recognition. Additionally, the accounting for deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”) could be different under the two methods.

 

The Company believes the guidance of FAS 60 does not expressly address the distinctive characteristics of financial guaranty insurance, so the Company also applies the analogous guidance of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 85-20, “Recognition of Fees for Guaranteeing a Loan” (“EITF 85-20”), which provides guidance relating to the recognition of fees for guaranteeing a loan, which has similarities to financial guaranty insurance contracts. Under the guidance in EITF 85-20, the guarantor should assess the probability of loss on an ongoing basis to determine if a liability should be recognized under FAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“FAS 5”). FAS 5

 

9



 

requires that a loss be recognized where it is probable that one or more future events will occur confirming that a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

 

The Company is aware that there are certain differences regarding the measurement of portfolio loss liabilities among companies in the financial guaranty industry.   In January and February 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) staff had discussions concerning these differences with a number of industry participants. Based on these discussions, in June 2005, the FASB staff decided additional guidance is necessary regarding financial guaranty contracts. On April 18, 2007, the FASB issued an exposure draft “Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts-an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 60” (“Exposure Draft”). This Exposure Draft would clarify how FAS 60 applies to financial guarantee insurance contracts, including the methodology to be used to account for premium revenue and claim liabilities. The scope of this Exposure Draft is limited to financial guarantee insurance (and reinsurance) contracts issued by insurance enterprises included within the scope of FAS 60. While certain provisions of the Exposure Draft are still being analyzed, management believes that the cumulative effect of initially applying the Exposure Draft, particularly with respect to revenue recognition and claims liability, could be material to the Company’s financial statements. A final Exposure Draft is expected to be issued by the end of the first quarter 2008, with an anticipated effective date of January 1, 2009. Until a final pronouncement is issued, the Company intends to continue to apply its existing policy with respect to premium revenue and the establishment of both case and portfolio reserves.

 

Profit Commissions

 

Under the terms of certain of the Company’s reinsurance contracts, the Company is obligated to pay the ceding company at predetermined future dates a contingent commission based upon a specified percentage of the net underwriting profits. The Company’s liability for the present value of expected future payments is shown on the balance sheet under the caption, “Profit commissions payable”. There was no unamortized discount on this liability as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.

 

Reinsurance

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company assumes and retrocedes business with other insurance and reinsurance companies. These agreements provide greater diversification of business and may minimize the net potential loss from large risks. Retrocessional contracts do not relieve the Company of its obligation to the reinsured. Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses includes balances due from reinsurance companies for paid and unpaid losses and LAE that will be recovered from reinsurers, based on contracts in force, and is presented net of any provision for estimated uncollectible reinsurance. Any change in the provision for uncollectible reinsurance is included in loss and loss adjustment expenses. Prepaid reinsurance premiums represent the portion of premiums ceded to reinsurers relating to the unexpired terms of the reinsurance contracts in force.

 

Certain of the Company’s assumed and ceded reinsurance contracts are funds held arrangements. In a funds held arrangement, the ceding company retains the premiums instead of paying them to the reinsurer and losses are offset against these funds in an experience account. Because the reinsurer is not in receipt of the funds, the reinsurer earns interest on the experience account balance at a predetermined credited rate of interest. The Company generally earns interest at fixed rates of between 4% and 6% on its assumed funds held arrangements and generally pays interest at fixed rates of between 4% and 6% on its ceded funds held arrangements. The interest earned or credited on funds held arrangements is included in net investment income. In addition, interest on funds held arrangements will continue to be earned or credited until the experience account is fully depleted, which can extend many years beyond the expiration of the coverage period.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill of $94.6 million arose from ACE’s acquisition of Capital Re Corporation, the Company’s former name, as of December 31, 1999 and was being amortized over a period of twenty-five years. On January 1, 2002, the Company ceased amortizing goodwill as part of its adoption of FAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“FAS 142”).

 

10



 

Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at least annually in accordance with FAS 142. No such impairment was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

The following table details goodwill by segment as of December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

2007

 

2006

 

Financial guaranty direct

 

$

14,748

 

$

14,748

 

Financial guaranty reinsurance

 

70,669

 

70,669

 

Other

 

 

 

Total

 

$

85,417

 

$

85,417

 

 

Income Taxes

 

Assured Guaranty Corp. is subject to U.S. income tax. In accordance with FAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”, deferred income taxes are provided for with respect to the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Such temporary differences relate principally to deferred acquisition costs, reserves for losses and LAE, unearned premium reserves, unrealized gains and losses on investments, unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments and statutory contingency reserve.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for its share-based employee compensation plans under the measurement and recognition provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”) and related Interpretations, as permitted by FAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“FAS 123”). During the year ended December 31, 2005 the Company recorded no share-based employee compensation expense for options granted under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) as all options granted under that plan had exercise prices equal to the fair market value of Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s common stock on the date of grant. Also, during the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company recorded no compensation expense in connection with the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Stock Purchase Plan”) as the purchase price of the stock was not less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value of Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s common stock at the beginning of each offering period or at the end of each purchase period. In accordance with FAS 123 and FAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure” (“FAS 148”) the Company disclosed its net income in the notes to consolidated financial statements as if the Company had applied the fair value-based method in measuring compensation expense for its share-based incentive programs.

 

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of FAS No. 123 (revised), “Share-Based Payment” (“FAS 123R”) using the modified prospective transition method. Under that transition method, compensation expense includes: (a) compensation expense for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of FAS 123, and (b) compensation expense for all share-based payments granted on or after January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of FAS 123R. See Note 18 for further discussion regarding the methodology utilized in recognizing share-based compensation expense.

 

Variable Interest Entities and Special Purpose Entities

 

The Company provides financial guarantees with respect to debt obligations of special purpose entities, including variable interest entities (“VIEs”). The Company’s variable interest exists through this financial guaranty insurance or credit derivative contract. The transaction structure generally provides certain financial protections to the Company. This financial protection can take several forms, the most common are over-collateralization, first loss protection (or subordination) and excess spread. In the case of over-collateralization (i.e., the principal amount of the

 

11


 

securitized assets exceeds the principal amount of the structured finance obligations guaranteed by the Company), the structure allows defaults of the securitized assets before a default is experienced on the structured finance obligation guaranteed by the Company. In the case of first loss, the financial guaranty insurance policy only covers a senior layer of losses of multiple obligations issued by special purpose entities, including VIEs. The first loss exposure with respect to the assets is either retained by the seller or sold off in the form of equity or mezzanine debt to other investors. In the case of excess spread, the financial assets contributed to special purpose entities, including VIEs, generate interest cash flows that are in excess of the interest payments on the debt issued by the special purpose entity. Such excess spread is typically distributed through the transaction’s cash flow waterfall and may be used to create additional credit enhancement, applied to redeem debt issued by the special purpose entity (thereby creating additional over-collateralization), or distributed to equity or other investors in the transaction.

 

There are two different accounting frameworks applicable to special purpose entities (“SPE”); the qualifying SPE (“QSPE”) framework under FAS 140; and the VIE framework under Financial Interpretation (“FIN”) 46R “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”. The applicable framework depends on the nature of the entity and the Company’s relation to that entity. The QSPE framework is applicable when an entity transfers (sells) financial assets to a SPE meeting certain criteria as defined in FAS 140. These criteria are designed to ensure that the activities of the entity are essentially predetermined in their entirety at the inception of the vehicle; decision making is limited and restricted to certain events, and that the transferor of the financial assets cannot exercise control over the entity and the assets therein. Entities meeting these criteria are not consolidated by the transferor or other counterparty, as long as the entity does not have the unilateral ability to liquidate or to cause it to no longer meet the QSPE criteria. SPEs meeting all of FAS 140’s criteria for a QSPE are not within the scope of FIN 46 and as such, need not be assessed for consolidation. When the SPE does not meet the QSPE criteria, consolidation is assessed pursuant to FIN 46R. Under FIN 46R, a VIE is defined as an entity that is not assessed for consolidation by determining which party maintains a controlling financial interest. As such, a VIE (i) lacks enough equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, (ii) its equity owners lack the right to make significant decisions affecting the entity’s operations, and (iii) its equity owners do not have an obligation to absorb or the right to receive the entity’s losses or returns. FIN 46R requires a variable interest holder (e.g., an investor in the entity or a financial guarantor) to consolidate that VIE if that holder will absorb a majority of the expected losses of the VIE, receive a majority of the residual returns of the VIE, or both. The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by first performing a qualitative analysis of the VIE that includes, among other factors, its capital structure, contractual terms, which variable interests create or absorb variability, related party relationships and the design of the VIE. When qualitative analysis is not conclusive the Company performs a quantitative analysis. To date the results of the qualitative and quantitative analyses have indicated that the Company does not have a majority of the variability and as a result these VIEs are not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.

 

Qualifying Special Purpose Entities:

 

During 2006, the Company issued a financial guaranty on financial assets that were transferred into a special purpose entity for which the business purpose of that entity was to provide a financial guarantee client with funding for their debt obligation. This entity met the characteristics of a QSPE in accordance with FAS 140. QSPEs are not subject to the requirements of FIN 46R and accordingly are not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements. QSPEs are legal entities that are demonstrably distinct from the Company, and neither the Company, nor its affiliates or its agents can unilaterally dissolve the QSPE. The QSPE’s permitted activities are contractually limited to purchasing assets, issuing notes to fund such purchases, and related administrative services. Pursuant to the terms of the Company’s insurance policy, insurance premiums are paid to the Company by the QSPE and are earned in a manner consistent with other insurance policies, over the risk period. Any losses incurred would be included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

 

There were no such transactions during 2007 or 2005.

 

3.          Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“FAS 157”). FAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FAS 157 applies to other accounting pronouncements that require

 

12



 

or permit fair value measurements, since the FASB had previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measure. Accordingly, FAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. FAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We have adopted FAS 157 effective January 1, 2008. FAS 157 is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities” (“FAS 159”). FAS 159 allows entities to voluntarily choose, at specified election dates, to measure many financial assets and financial liabilities (as well as certain nonfinancial instruments that are similar to financial instruments) at fair value (the “fair value option”). The election is made on an instrument-by-instrument basis and is irrevocable. If the fair value option is elected for an instrument, FAS 159 specifies that all subsequent changes in fair value for that instrument shall be reported in the Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income. FAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. We adopted FAS 159 effective January 1, 2008. We did not apply the fair value option to any eligible items on our adoption date.

 

In April 2007, the FASB Staff issued FASB Staff Position No. FIN 39-1, “Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39” (“FSP FIN 39-1”), which permits companies to offset cash collateral receivables or payables with net derivative positions under certain circumstances. FSP FIN 39-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted. FSP FIN 39-1 will not affect the Company’s results of operations or financial position, though it may affect the balance sheet classification of certain assets and liabilities.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 141 (revised), “Business Combinations” (“FAS 141R”).  FAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree.  FAS 141R also provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired in the business combination and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statement to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination.  FAS 141R is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim statements within those fiscal years.   Early adoption is not permitted.  Since FAS 141R applies prospectively to business combinations whose acquisition date is subsequent to the statement’s adoption, FAS 141R is not expected to have an impact on our current results of operations or financial position.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements - an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“FAS 160”).  FAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary.  FAS 160 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim statements within those fiscal years.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, FAS 160 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

4.          Derivatives

 

Certain products (principally credit protection oriented) issued by the Company have been deemed to meet the definition of a derivative under FAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“FAS 133”), FAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“FAS 149”) and FAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments” (“FAS 155”). These products consist primarily of credit derivatives. In addition, the Company issued a few index-based derivative financial instruments prior to 2004. FAS 133, FAS 149 and FAS 155, which the Company adopted on January 1, 2007, establish accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives), and for hedging activities. FAS 133 and FAS 149 require that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and measure those instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as a fair value, cash flow or foreign currency hedge. FAS 155 requires companies to recognize freestanding or embedded derivatives relating to beneficial interests in securitized financial instruments. This recognition was not required prior to January 1, 2007. The accounting for changes

 

13



 

in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. The Company had no derivatives that were designated as hedges during 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

The Company uses derivative instruments primarily to offer credit protection to others. The Company records these transactions at fair value. Where available, the Company uses market prices to determine the fair value of these credit derivatives. If market prices are not available, the fair value is estimated using a combination of observable market data and valuation models that specifically relate to each type of credit protection. Market conditions at December 31, 2007 were such that market prices were generally not available. Where market prices were not available, the Company used a combination of observable market data and valuation models, using various market indexes, to estimate the fair value of its credit derivatives. These models are primarily developed internally based on market conventions for similar transactions. Management considers the non–standard terms of its credit derivative contracts in determining the fair value of these contracts. These terms differ from credit derivatives sold by companies outside of the financial guaranty industry. The non–standard terms include the absence of collateral support agreements or immediate settlement provisions, relatively high attachment points and the fact that the Company does not typically exit derivatives it sells for credit protection purposes, except under specific circumstances such as exiting a line of business. Because of these terms and conditions, the fair value of the Company’s credit derivatives may not reflect the same prices observed in an actively traded market of credit default swaps that do not contain terms and conditions similar to those observed in the financial guaranty market. These models and the related assumptions are continuously reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based upon improvements in modeling techniques and availability of more timely market information.

 

Valuation models include the use of management estimates and current market information. Management is also required to make assumptions on how the fair value of derivative instruments is affected by current market conditions. Management considers factors such as current prices charged for similar agreements, performance of underlying assets, life of the instrument, and the extent of CDS exposure the Company ceded under reinsurance agreements, and the nature and extent of activity in the financial guaranty credit derivative marketplace. The assumptions that management uses to determine its fair value may change in the future due to market conditions. Due to the inherent uncertainties of the assumptions used in the valuation models to determine the fair value of these derivative products, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and the differences may be material.

 

The Company records premiums received from the issuance of derivative instruments in gross written premiums and establishes unearned premium reserves and loss reserves. These loss reserves represent the Company’s best estimate of the probable losses expected under these contracts and are calculated in the same manner as the Company’s financial guaranty business. See Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies, Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, for more information. Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are computed as the difference between fair value and the total of the unearned premium reserves, losses and LAE reserve, premiums receivable, prepaid reinsurance premiums and reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses. Changes in unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Cumulative unrealized gains are reflected as assets in the Company’s balance sheets. Unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in the fair value of derivatives occur because of changes in interest rates, credit spreads, recovery rates, the credit ratings of the referenced entities and other market factors. The Company generally holds derivative contracts to maturity. However, in certain circumstances such as for risk management purposes or as a result of a decision to exit a line of business, the Company may decide to terminate a derivative contract prior to maturity. The unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments will amortize to zero as the exposure approaches its maturity date, unless there is a payment default on the exposure. In the event that the Company terminates a derivative contract prior to maturity as a result of a decision to exit a line of business or for risk management purposes, the unrealized gain or loss will be realized through premiums earned and losses incurred. Changes in the fair value of the Company’s derivative contracts do not reflect actual claims or credit losses, and have no impact on the Company’s claims-paying resources, rating agency capital or regulatory capital positions.

 

The Company recorded a pretax net unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments of $506.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a pretax net unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments of $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and a pretax net unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. For the year ended 2007, approximately 45% of the Company’s unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments is due to a decline in the market value of high yield and investment grade corporate collateralized loan obligation transactions, with the balance generated by lower market values principally in the residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities markets. With considerable volatility continuing in the market, the fair value adjustment amount will fluctuate significantly in future periods.

 

In general, the Company structures derivative transactions such that the method for making loss payments is similar to that for financial guaranty policies and only occurs as losses are realized on the underlying reference obligation. Nonetheless, credit derivative transactions are governed by International Swaps and Derivatives

 

14



 

Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) documentation and may operate differently from financial guaranty policies. For example, our control rights with respect to a reference obligation under a credit derivative may be more limited than when we issue a financial guaranty policy. In addition, while our exposure under credit derivatives, like our exposure under financial guaranty policies, have been generally for as long as the reference obligation remains outstanding, unlike financial guaranty policies, a credit derivative may be terminated for a breach of the ISDA documentation or other specific events. In some older credit derivative transactions, one such specified event is the failure of the Company to maintain specified financial strength ratings ranging from BBB- to AA-. If a credit derivative is terminated we could be required to make a mark-to-market payment as determined under the ISDA documentation. For example, if the Company’s rating were downgraded to A, under market conditions at December 31, 2007, if the counterparties exercised their right to terminate their credit derivatives, the Company would have been required to make mark-to-market payments of approximately $70 million. As of December 31, 2007 the Company had pre-IPO transactions with approximately $1.7 billion of par subject to collateral posting due to changes in market value. Currently no collateral posting is required or anticipated for these transactions. Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are a function of changes in the estimated fair value of the Company’s credit derivative contracts. If credit spreads of the underlying obligations change, the fair value of the related credit derivative changes. Market liquidity could also impact valuations of the underlying obligations. As such, the Company experiences mark-to-market gains or losses.

 

The total notional amount of insured CDS exposure outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and included in the Company’s financial guaranty exposure was $53.0 billion and $35.0 billion, respectively. The following table summarizes the estimated change in fair values on the net balance of the Company’s net structured credit default swap derivative positions assuming immediate parallel shifts in credit spreads at December 31, 2007:

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Spreads

 

Estimated Net
Fair Value (Pre-Tax
)

 

Estimated Pre-Tax
Change in Gain / (Loss)

 

December 31, 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

100% widening in spreads

 

$

(1,173.9

)

$

(691.7

)

50% widening in spreads

 

(826.6

)

(344.4

)

25% widening in spreads

 

(652.8

)

(170.6

)

10% widening in spreads

 

(552.5

)

(70.3

)

Base Scenario

 

(482.2

)

 

10% narrowing in spreads

 

(417.7

)

64.5

 

25% narrowing in spreads

 

(316.8

)

165.4

 

50% narrowing in spreads

 

(152.8

)

329.4

 

 

The impact of changes in credit spreads will vary based upon the volume, tenor, interest rates, and other market conditions at the time these fair values are determined. In addition, since each transaction has unique collateral and structure terms, the underlying change in fair value of each transaction may vary considerably. During 2007, the Company incurred net mark-to-market losses on credit derivative contracts of $(515.2) million, pre-tax, related to high yield and investment grade corporate collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), as well as residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities exposures. The unrealized loss on derivatives resulted largely from the decline in fixed income security market prices resulting from higher credit spreads, primarily in the third and fourth quarters of 2007, due to the recent lack of liquidity in the High Yield CDO and CLO market as well as continuing market concerns over the most recent vintages of subprime residential mortgage-backed securities, rather than from credit rating downgrades, delinquencies or defaults on securities guaranteed by the Company.

 

In 2007 the Company also recorded a fair value gain of $8.3 million, pre-tax, related to Assured Guaranty Corp.’s committed capital securities. See Note 17. Credit Facilities.

 

15



 

The following table summarizes activities related to derivative financial instruments (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Balance sheets as of December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums receivable

 

$

28,797

 

$

16,153

 

$

13,687

 

Prepaid reinsurance premiums

 

4,447

 

1,773

 

900

 

Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses

 

659

 

211

 

2,323

 

Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments

 

14,969

 

38,781

 

38,052

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unearned premium reserves

 

15,643

 

8,568

 

6,694

 

Reserves for losses and LAE

 

4,061

 

2,408

 

5,600

 

Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments

 

488,885

 

5,862

 

9,238

 

Net (liability) asset—fair value of derivative financial instruments

 

$

(459,717

)

$

40,080

 

$

33,430

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statements of operations for the years ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net written premiums

 

$

57,723

 

$

43,826

 

$

39,173

 

Net earned premiums

 

53,322

 

42,825

 

39,618

 

Loss and loss adjustment (expenses) recoveries incurred

 

(1,212

)

1,294

 

6,839

 

Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments

 

(506,835

)

4,105

 

(631

)

Total impact of derivative financial instruments

 

$

(454,725

)

$

48,224

 

$

45,826

 

 

5.          Statutory Accounting Practices

 

These consolidated financial statements are prepared on a GAAP basis, which differs in certain respects from accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the insurance regulatory authorities, including the Maryland Insurance Department.

 

The Company’s U.S. domiciled insurance companies prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) and their respective Insurance Departments. Prescribed statutory accounting practices are set forth in the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual. There are no permitted accounting practices on a statutory basis. The combined capital and statutory surplus of the Company’s U.S. domiciled insurance companies was $399.6 million and $286.0 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The statutory combined net income of the Company’s U.S. domiciled insurance companies was $71.6 million, $64.3 million and $101.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

16



 

6.          Insurance in Force

 

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, net financial guaranty par in force, including insured CDS, was approximately $94.1 billion and $68.4 billion, respectively. The portfolio was broadly diversified by payment source, geographic location and maturity schedule, with no single risk representing more than 1.2% and 1.6% of the total net par in force as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

The composition of net par in force by bond type was as follows:

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(in billions of U.S. dollars)

 

U.S. public finance:

 

 

 

 

 

General obligation

 

$

4.9

 

$

4.3

 

Tax-backed

 

3.5

 

3.2

 

Municipal utilities

 

3.5

 

3.9

 

Healthcare

 

3.3

 

2.8

 

Transportation

 

3.1

 

2.9

 

Investor-owned utilities

 

0.9

 

0.9

 

Higher education

 

0.8

 

0.7

 

Housing

 

0.3

 

0.3

 

Other public finance

 

0.8

 

0.9

 

Total U.S. public finance

 

21.1

 

20.0

 

U.S. structured finance:

 

 

 

 

 

Pooled corporate obligations

 

25.8

 

17.9

 

Prime mortgage-backed and home equity

 

8.0

 

2.6

 

Subprime mortgage-backed and home equity

 

5.4

 

4.6

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

4.6

 

4.4

 

Consumer receivables

 

4.0

 

1.6

 

Commercial receivables

 

2.1

 

0.9

 

Structured credit

 

0.9

 

0.9

 

Insurance securitizations

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

Other structured finance

 

0.6

 

1.1

 

Total U.S. structured finance

 

51.7

 

34.1

 

International:

 

 

 

 

 

Pooled corporate obligations

 

6.0

 

2.3

 

Infrastructure and pooled infrastructure

 

4.8

 

3.8

 

Mortgage-backed and home equity

 

4.7

 

2.9

 

Regulated utilities

 

1.9

 

1.3

 

Commercial receivables

 

1.1

 

0.7

 

Public finance

 

0.8

 

0.8

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

0.7

 

0.9

 

Future flow

 

0.5

 

0.5

 

Insurance securitizations

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

Structured credit

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

Consumer receivables(1)

 

 

0.1

 

Other international structured finance

 

0.5

 

0.5

 

Total international

 

21.3

 

14.2

 

Total exposures(2)

 

$

94.1

 

$

68.4

 

 


(1)           The Company had $5 million net par outstanding as of December 31, 2007.

(2)           Totals may not add due to rounding.

 

17



 

Maturities for U.S. public finance obligations range from 1 to 42 years, with a weighted average life of 15 years. U.S. structured finance transactions have legal maturities that range from 1 to 40 years with a weighted average life of 7 years. International finance transactions have legal maturities that range from 1 to 55 years with a weighted average life of 9 years. CDS transactions are included in all structured finance categories and tax-backed and investor-owned utilities categories in public finance.

 

The portfolio contained exposures in each of the 50 states and abroad. The distribution of net financial guaranty par outstanding by geographic location is set forth in the following table:

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2007

 

As of December 31, 2006

 

 

 

Net par 
outstanding

 

% of Net par 
outstanding

 

Net par 
outstanding

 

% of Net 
par outstanding

 

 

 

(in billions of U.S. dollars)

 

Domestic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

California

 

$

3.4

 

3.6

%

$

3.1

 

4.5

%

New York

 

1.8

 

1.9

%

1.9

 

2.7

%

Illinois

 

1.3

 

1.4

%

1.4

 

2.0

%

Florida

 

1.1

 

1.2

%

1.2

 

1.8

%

Massachusetts

 

1.1

 

1.2

%

1.2

 

1.7

%

Puerto Rico

 

1.1

 

1.2

%

0.6

 

0.9

%

Texas

 

1.0

 

1.0

%

1.1

 

1.5

%

Pennsylvania

 

0.9

 

0.9

%

0.9

 

1.4

%

New Jersey

 

0.8

 

0.9

%

0.7

 

1.0

%

South Carolina

 

0.7

 

0.8

%

0.5

 

0.7

%

Other states

 

7.9

 

8.4

%

7.4

 

11.1

%

Mortgage and structured (multiple states)

 

51.7

 

55.0

%

34.1

 

49.9

%

Total domestic exposures

 

72.8

 

77.4

%

54.1

 

79.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

11.3

 

12.0

%

8.9

 

13.0

%

Germany

 

3.1

 

3.3

%

2.1

 

3.1

%

Australia

 

1.0

 

1.0

%

0.3

 

0.5

%

Turkey

 

0.4

 

0.4

%

0.3

 

0.5

%

Ireland

 

0.2

 

0.3

%

0.1

 

0.2

%

Other

 

5.4

 

5.7

%

2.6

 

3.5

%

Total international exposures

 

21.3

 

22.6

%

14.2

 

20.8

%

Total exposures(1)

 

$

94.1

 

100.0

%

$

68.4

 

100.0

%

 


(1)           Totals may not add due to rounding.

 

18



 

The following table sets forth the net financial guaranty par outstanding by underwriting rating:

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2007

 

As of December 31, 2006

 

Ratings(1)

 

Net par 
outstanding

 

% of Net par 
outstanding

 

Net par 
outstanding

 

% of Net par 
outstanding

 

 

 

(in billions of U.S. dollars)

 

Super senior

 

$

26.8

 

28.5

%

$

12.4

 

18.2

%

AAA

 

33.3

 

35.3

%

26.2

 

38.3

%

AA

 

8.9

 

9.4

%

8.4

 

12.3

%

A

 

15.1

 

16.1

%

13.4

 

19.5

%

BBB

 

8.8

 

9.3

%

7.1

 

10.4

%

Below investment grade

 

1.2

 

1.3

%

0.9

 

1.3

%

Total exposures(2)

 

$

94.1

 

100.0

%

$

68.4

 

100.0

%

 


(1)           The Company’s internal rating. The Company’s scale is comparable to that of the nationally recognized rating agencies. The super senior category, which is not generally used by rating agencies, is used by the Company in instances where the Company’s AAA-rated exposure has additional credit enhancement due to either (1) the existence of another security rated AAA that is subordinated to the Company’s exposure or (2) the Company’s exposure benefits from a different form of credit enhancement that would pay any claims first in the event that any of the exposures incurs a loss, and such credit enhancement, in management’s opinion, causes the Company’s attachment point to be materially above the AAA attachment point.

(2)           Totals may not add due to rounding.

 

As part of its financial guaranty business, the Company enters into CDS transactions whereby one party pays a periodic fee in fixed basis points on a notional amount in return for a contingent payment by the other party in the event one or more defined credit events occurs with respect to one or more third party referenced securities or loans. A credit event may be a nonpayment event such as a failure to pay, bankruptcy, or restructuring, as negotiated by the parties to the CDS transaction. The total notional amount of insured CDS exposure outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and included in the Company’s financial guaranty exposure was $53.0 billion and $35.0 billion, respectively.

 

7.          Premiums Earned from Refunded and Called Bonds

 

Net earned premiums include $9.8 million, $7.0 million and $8.5 million for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to refunded and called bonds, which reflect the unscheduled pre-payment or refundings of underlying municipal bonds. 2007 included $1.4 million of public finance refundings in the financial guaranty direct segment and $8.4 million of refundings in the financial guaranty reinsurance segment. There were no unscheduled refundings in the financial guaranty direct segment 2006 and 2005. The unscheduled refundings included in net earned premiums for 2006 and 2005 related to financial guaranty reinsurance segment. These unscheduled refundings are sensitive to market interest rates.

 

19



 

8.          Investments

 

The following summarizes the Company’s aggregate investment portfolio as of December 31, 2007:

 

 

 

Amortized 
Cost

 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains

 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses

 

Estimated 
Fair Value

 

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

Fixed maturity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government and agencies

 

$

36,487

 

$

1,688

 

$

 

$

38,175

 

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

 

932,929

 

36,930

 

(2,372

)

967,487

 

Corporate securities

 

35,727

 

962

 

(441

)

36,248

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

161,076

 

2,646

 

(558

)

163,164

 

Asset-backed securities

 

27,808

 

186

 

(15

)

27,979

 

Foreign government securities

 

68,615

 

1,664

 

 

70,279

 

Preferred stock

 

7,750

 

196

 

 

7,946

 

Total fixed maturity securities

 

1,270,392

 

44,272

 

(3,386

)

1,311,278

 

Short-term investments

 

44,040

 

 

 

44,040

 

Total investments

 

$

1,314,432

 

$

44,272

 

$

(3,386

)

$

1,355,318

 

 

The following summarizes the Company’s aggregate investment portfolio as of December 31, 2006:

 

 

 

Amortized 
Cost

 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains

 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses

 

Estimated 
Fair Value

 

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

Fixed maturity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government and agencies

 

$

33,890

 

$

194

 

$

(23

)

$

34,061

 

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

 

833,650

 

42,229

 

(534

)

875,345

 

Corporate securities

 

41,289

 

988

 

(187

)

42,090

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

167,635

 

1,579

 

(1,311

)

167,903

 

Asset-backed securities

 

39,893

 

98

 

(164

)

39,827

 

Foreign government securities

 

43,465

 

3

 

(277

)

43,191

 

Preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

 

1,159,822

 

45,091

 

(2,496

)

1,202,417

 

Short-term investments

 

47,279

 

 

 

47,279

 

Total investments

 

$

1,207,101

 

$

45,091

 

$

(2,496

)

$

1,249,696

 

 

 

Approximately 12% and 13% of the Company’s total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, was composed of mortgage-backed securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations and commercial mortgage-backed securities. As of both December 31, 2007 and 2006, the weighted average credit quality of the Company’s entire investment portfolio was AA+. The Company’s portfolio is comprised primarily of high-quality, liquid instruments. We continue to receive sufficient information to value our investments and have not had to modify our approach due to the current market conditions.

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2007, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

20



 

 

 

Amortized 
Cost

 

Estimated 
Fair Value

 

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

Due within one year

 

$

 

$

 

Due after one year through five years

 

113,660

 

116,711

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

261,421

 

273,243

 

Due after ten years

 

726,485

 

750,214

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

161,076

 

163,164

 

Preferred stock

 

7,750

 

7,946

 

Total

 

$

1,270,392

 

$

1,311,278

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities were $256.1 million, $341.3 million and $344.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

Net realized investment gains (losses) consisted of the following:

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

Gains

 

$

456

 

$

1,647

 

$

3,040

 

Losses

 

(934

)

(2,822

)

(2,307

)

Other than temporary impairments

 

 

 

 

Net realized investment (losses) gains

 

$

(478

)

$

(1,175

)

$

733

 

 

The change in net unrealized gains (losses) of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities consists of:

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

Fixed maturity securities

 

$

(1,709

)

$

(2,983

)

$

(19,241

)

Less: Deferred income tax benefit

 

(675

)

(968

)

(6,734

)

Change in net unrealized losses on fixed maturity securities

 

$

(1,034

)

$

(2,015

)

$

(12,507

)

 

21



 

The following tables summarize, for all securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized loss by length of time the amounts have continuously been in an unrealized loss position.

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2007

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair 
value

 

Unrealized 
loss

 

Fair 
value

 

Unrealized 
loss

 

Fair 
value

 

Unrealized 
loss

 

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

U.S. government and agencies

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

 

167,335

 

(2,202

)

5,219

 

(170

)

172,554

 

(2,372

)

Corporate securities

 

8,725

 

(441

)

 

 

8,725

 

(441

)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

11,011

 

(9

)

33,842

 

(549

)

44,853

 

(558

)

Asset-backed securities

 

 

 

5,993

 

(15

)

5,993

 

(15

)

Foreign government securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

187,071

 

$

(2,652

)

$

45,054

 

$

(734

)

$

232,125

 

$

(3,386

)

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2006

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair 
value

 

Unrealized 
loss

 

Fair 
value

 

Unrealized 
loss

 

Fair 
value

 

Unrealized 
loss

 

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

U.S. government and agencies

 

$

1,179

 

$

(7

)

$

1,756

 

$

(16

)

$

2,935

 

$

(23

)

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

 

76,319

 

(380

)

10,811

 

(154

)

87,130

 

(534

)

Corporate securities

 

5,574

 

(5

)

7,475

 

(182

)

13,049

 

(187

)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

20,919

 

(124

)

42,324

 

(1,187

)

63,243

 

(1,311

)

Asset-backed securities

 

9,333

 

(13

)

12,267

 

(151

)

21,600

 

(164

)

Foreign government securities

 

37,491

 

(207

)

2,516

 

(70

)

40,007

 

(277

)

Preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

150,815

 

$

(736

)

$

77,149

 

$

(1,760

)

$

227,964

 

$

(2,496

)

 

The above balances include 69 and 78 fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company has considered factors such as sector credit ratings and industry analyst reports in evaluating the above securities for impairment. The Company has concluded that these securities are not other than temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, since it has the ability and intent to hold these securities until they recover their value or until maturity.

 

22



 

Net investment income is derived from the following sources:

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

Income from fixed maturity securities

 

$

62,222

 

$

52,226

 

$

51,269

 

Income from short-term investments

 

2,165

 

4,240

 

1,306

 

Gross investment income

 

64,387

 

56,466

 

52,575

 

Less: investment expenses

 

(1,237

)

(1,146

)

(1,292

)

Net investment income

 

$

63,150

 

$

55,320

 

$

51,283

 

 

Under agreements with its cedants and in accordance with statutory requirements, the Company maintains fixed maturity securities in trust accounts of $18.1 million and $17.4 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, for the benefit of reinsured companies and for the protection of policyholders, generally in states in which the Company or its subsidiaries, as applicable, are not licensed or accredited.

 

The Company is not exposed to significant concentrations of credit risk within its investment portfolio.

 

No material investments of the Company were non-income producing for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

23



 

9.          Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the reserves for losses and LAE:

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

Balance as of January 1

 

$

65,388

 

$

70,693

 

$

128,102

 

Less reinsurance recoverable

 

(8,826

)

(11,410

)

(36,379

)

Net balance as of January 1

 

56,562

 

59,283

 

91,723

 

Transfers to case reserves from portfolio reserves

 

1,531

 

9

 

14,398

 

Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses pertaining to case and IBNR reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current year

 

639

 

5,314

 

10,436

 

Prior years

 

(15,103

)

(350

)

5,706

 

 

 

(14,464

4,964

 

16,142

 

Transfers to case reserves from portfolio reserves

 

(1,531

)

(9

)

(14,398

)

Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses pertaining to portfolio reserves

 

301

 

1,885

 

(17,516

)

Total incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)

 

(14,163

)

6,849

 

(1,374

)

Loss and loss adjustment expenses (paid) and recovered pertaining to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current year

 

(194

)

 

(44

)

Prior years

 

12,165

 

(9,631

)

(16,146

)

Total loss and loss adjustment expenses recovered (paid)

 

11,971

 

(9,631

)

(16,190

)

Change in salvage recoverable

 

(1,001

)

42

 

(2,497

)

Novation of FSA financial guaranty business to AG Re

 

 

 

(8,540

)

Foreign exchange (gain) loss on reserves

 

(34

)

19

 

(3,839

)

Net balance as of December 31

 

53,335

 

56,562

 

59,283

 

Plus reinsurance recoverable

 

21,137

 

8,826

 

11,410

 

Balance as of December 31

 

$

74,472

 

$

65,388

 

$

70,693

 

 

The difference between the portfolio reserve transferred to case reserves and the ultimate case reserve recorded is included in current year incurred amounts.

 

The financial guaranty case basis reserves have been discounted using a rate of 6% in 2007, 2006 and 2005, resulting in a discount of $0.6 million, $5.6 million and $6.9 million, respectively.

 

The favorable prior year development in 2007 of $15.1 million is primarily due to $17.7 million of loss recoveries and increase in salvage reserves for aircraft-related transactions, reported to us by our cedants. This was offset by unfavorable prior year development related to two subprime residential mortgage-backed and home equity transactions.

 

The favorable prior year development for 2006 is primarily related to a recovery of a prior year payment on a collateralized bond obligation.

 

The unfavorable prior year development in 2005 of $5.7 million is primarily related to changes in credit quality and from continued runoff from maturing CDO exposures, as well as management updating its loss reserving

 

24



 

data, as part of the Company’s normal portfolio reserve process, to include the most current rating agency default studies.

 

10.        U.S. Subprime Mortgage-Backed and Home Equity (“HELOC”) Exposures

 

The Company insures various types of Residential Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (“RMBS”). Such transactions may include obligations backed by closed-end first mortgage loans and closed- and open-end second mortgage loans or home equity loans on one-to-four family residential properties, including condominiums and cooperative apartments. An RMBS transaction where the underlying collateral is comprised of revolving home equity lines of credit (“HELOC”) is generally referred to as a HELOC transaction. In general, the collateral supporting HELOC securitizations are second lien loans made to prime borrowers. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had net par outstanding of $1.1 billion related to HELOC securitizations, of which $1.0 billion are transactions with Countrywide. Countrywide’s HELOC servicer ratings were recently downgraded by Moody’s Investor Services from SQ1 to SQ1- (“strong”) and by Fitch from RPS1 to RPS1- (“fully acceptable”) and placed on watch negative by Standard & Poors. As of December 31, 2007, the Company has recorded portfolio reserves of $17.6 million and case reserves of $2.5 million for its HELOC exposures. Based on the evidence available at December 31, 2007 the Company does not believe loss related to its direct Countrywide HELOCs is probable and, therefore, has not recorded a case reserve. The performance of our HELOC exposures deteriorated during 2007 and transactions, particularly those originated in the period from 2005 through 2007, continue to perform below our original underwriting expectations. The ultimate performance of these transactions will depend on many factors, such as the level and timing of loan defaults, interest proceeds generated by the securitized loans, repayment speeds and changes in home prices, as well as the levels of credit support built into each transaction. Other factors also may have a material impact upon the ultimate performance of each transaction, including the ability of the seller and servicer to fulfill all of their contractual obligations including its obligation to fund future draws on lines of credit. The variables affecting transaction performance are interrelated, difficult to predict and subject to considerable volatility. Consequently, the range of potential outcomes is wide and subject to significant uncertainty. Based on currently available information, the Company believes the possible range of case loss is $0–$55 million after–tax. If actual results differ materially from any of our assumptions, the losses incurred could be material to our operating results and financial position. The Company continues to update its evaluation of these exposures as new information becomes available.

 

Another type of RMBS transaction is generally referred to as “Subprime RMBS”. The collateral supporting such transactions is comprised of first-lien residential mortgage loans made to subprime borrowers. A “subprime borrower” is one considered to be a higher risk credit based on credit scores or other risk characteristics. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had net par outstanding of $5.4 billion related to Subprime RMBS securitizations. Of that amount, $5.0 billion is from transactions issued in the period from 2005 through 2007 and written in our direct financial guaranty segment. The majority of the Company’s Subprime RMBS exposure is rated triple-A by all major rating agencies, and by the Company, at December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had portfolio reserves of $2.8 million and case reserves of $5.1 million related to its $5.4 billion U.S. Subprime RMBS exposure, of which $2.1 million were portfolio reserves related to its $5.0 billion exposure in the direct financial guaranty segment for transactions issued from 2005 through 2007.

 

The problems affecting the subprime mortgage market have been widely reported, with rising delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures negatively impacting the performance of Subprime RMBS transactions. Those concerns relate primarily to Subprime RMBS issued in the period from 2005 through 2007. The $5.0 billion exposure that the Company has to such transactions in its direct financial guaranty segment benefits from various structural protections, including credit enhancement that on average currently equals approximately 39.4% of the remaining principal balance of the transactions. The ultimate performance of these transactions remains highly uncertain and may be subject to considerable volatility due to the influence of many factors, including the level and timing of loan defaults, changes in housing prices and other variables. The Company’s current estimate of loss reserves related to its Subprime RMBS exposures represent management’s best estimate of loss based on the current information, however, actual results may differ materially from current. The Company will continue to monitor the performance of its Subprime RMBS exposures and will adjust the risk ratings of those transactions based on actual performance and management’s estimates of future performance.

 

25


 

11.                      Income Taxes

 

Prior to the IPO in April 2004, the Company and AVIC have historically filed U.S. income tax returns in the consolidated U.S. tax return of its former shareholder. For periods after April 2004, AGC and AVIC (prior to its merger in December 2006 into AGC) file a consolidated federal income tax return with its shareholder, Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. (“AGUS”) and its other subsidiaries, AG Financial Products Inc. (“AGFP”) and AFP Transferor Inc. (for the period ended May 18, 2005). Each company, as a member of its respective consolidated tax return group, has paid its proportionate share of the consolidated federal tax burden for its group as if each company filed on a separate return basis with current period credit for net losses.

 

The following table provides the Company’s income tax (benefit) provision and effective tax rates:

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

Current tax expense

 

$

26,036

 

$

16,094

 

$

19,096

 

Deferred tax (benefit) expense

 

(172,213

)

4,810

 

2,665

 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

 

$

(146,177

)

$

20,904

 

$

21,761

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

38.4

%

22.8

%

23.5

%

 

Reconciliation from the tax provision calculated at the federal statutory rate of 35% in 2007, 2006 and 2005 to the total tax is as follows:

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

Expected tax provision at statutory rates in taxable jurisdictions

 

$

(133,361

)

$

32,065

 

$

32,445

 

Tax-exempt interest

 

(12,699

)

(11,074

)

(10,996

)

Provision to filed adjustment

 

232

 

133

 

441

 

Other

 

(349

)

(220

)

(129

)

Total provision for income taxes

 

$

(146,177

)

$

20,904

 

$

21,761

 

 

26



 

The deferred income tax asset (liability) reflects the tax effect of the following temporary differences:

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(in thousands of
U.S. dollars)

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments

 

$

165,871

 

$

 

Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

13,361

 

13,364

 

Tax and loss bonds

 

18,857

 

12,833

 

Tax basis step-up

 

9,148

 

10,639

 

Other

 

5,705

 

2,318

 

Total deferred income tax assets

 

212,942

 

39,154

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments

 

 

10,854

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

40,878

 

31,978

 

Unearned premium reserves

 

7,649

 

10,140

 

Contingency reserves

 

17,697

 

11,674

 

Unrealized appreciation on investments

 

14,096

 

14,709

 

Total deferred income tax liabilities

 

80,320

 

79,355

 

Net deferred income tax asset (liability)

 

$

132,622

 

$

(40,201

)

 

Taxation of Subsidiary

 

Assured Guaranty Corp. (“AGC”) and its U.K. subsidiary are subject to income taxes imposed by U.S. and U.K. authorities and file applicable tax returns.

 

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has completed audits of AGC’s federal tax returns for taxable years through 2001.  The IRS is currently reviewing tax years 2002 through the date of the IPO.  The Company is indemnified by ACE for any potential tax liability associated with the tax examination as it relates to years prior to the IPO. In addition, tax years 2005 and 2006 remain open.

 

Adoption of FIN 48

 

The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes-an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), on January 1, 2007.  As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, the Company recorded a liability for unrecognized tax benefits and reduced retained earnings by $2.5 million.  The total liability for unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2007 was $2.5 million.  This entire amount, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

 

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.  As of the date of adoption, the Company has accrued $0.9 million in interest and penalties.

 

There has been no change in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits since the adoption through December 31, 2007 and the entire balance is included in other liabilities on the balance sheet. The Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that this amount will change significantly in the next twelve months.

 

Liability For Tax Basis Step-Up Adjustment

 

In connection with the IPO, the Company and ACE Financial Services Inc. (“AFS”), a subsidiary of ACE, entered into a tax allocation agreement, whereby the Company and AFS made a “Section 338 (h)(10)” election that has

 

27



 

the effect of increasing the tax basis of certain affected subsidiaries’ tangible and intangible assets to fair value.  Future tax benefits that the Company derives from the election will be payable to AFS when realized by the Company.

 

As a result of the election, the Company has adjusted its net deferred tax liability, to reflect the new tax basis of the Company’s affected assets.  The additional basis is expected to result in increased future income tax deductions and, accordingly, may reduce income taxes otherwise payable by the Company.  Any tax benefit realized by the Company will be paid to AFS.   Such tax benefits will generally be calculated by comparing the Company’s actual taxes to the taxes that would have been owed had the increase in basis not occurred.  After a 15 year period, to the extent there remains an unrealized tax benefit, the Company and AFS will negotiate a settlement of the unrealized benefit based on the expected realization at that time.

 

The Company initially recorded a $49.0 million reduction of its existing deferred tax liability, based on an estimate of the ultimate resolution of the Section 338(h)(10) election.  Under the tax allocation agreement, the Company estimated that, as of the IPO date, it was obligated to pay $20.9 million to AFS and accordingly established this amount as a liability. The initial difference, which is attributable to the change in the tax basis of certain liabilities for which there is no associated step-up in the tax basis of its assets and no amounts due to AFS, resulted in an increase to additional paid-in capital of $28.1 million.  The Company has paid ACE and correspondingly reduced its liability by $5.1 million and $0.2 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

28



 

12.                      Analysis Of Premiums Written, Premiums Earned And Loss And Loss Adjustment Expenses

 

To limit its exposure on assumed risks, the Company entered into certain proportional and non-proportional retrocessional agreements with other insurance companies, primarily subsidiaries of ACE, to cede a portion of the risk underwritten by the Company, prior to the IPO. In addition, the Company enters into reinsurance agreements with non-affiliated companies to limit its exposure to risk on an on-going basis.

 

In the event that any or all of the reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, the Company would be liable for such defaulted amounts.  Direct, assumed, and ceded amounts were as follows:

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

Premiums Written

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

$

234,775

 

$

171,473

 

$

73,515

 

Assumed

 

12,013

 

19,085

 

34,686

 

Ceded

 

(69,190

)

(69,938

)

(15,681

)

Net

 

$

177,598

 

$

120,620

 

$

92,520

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums Earned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

$

115,222

 

$

72,745

 

$

52,405

 

Assumed

 

34,492

 

48,015

 

73,414

 

Ceded

 

(41,354

)

(23,606

)

(21,663

)

Net

 

$

108,360

 

$

97,154

 

$

104,156

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss adjustment expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

$

30,777

 

$

(892

)

$

(6,704

)

Assumed

 

(32,145

)

7,631

 

(4,908

)

Ceded

 

(12,795

)

110

 

10,238

 

Net

 

$

(14,163

)

$

6,849

 

$

(1,374

)

 

Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses and LAE as of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 were $21.1 million and $8.8 million, respectively. Of these amounts, $5.3 million and $6.3 million, respectively, relate to reinsurance agreements with ACE and $15.8 million and $2.5 million, respectively, relate to reinsurance agreements with Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. (“AG Re”), a subsidiary of Assured Guaranty Ltd. and an affiliate of the Company.

 

Agreement with Financial Security Assurance Inc.

 

During 2005, the Company and AG Re entered into a reinsurance agreement with Financial Security Assurance Inc. (“FSA”) pursuant to which substantially all of FSA’s financial guaranty risks previously ceded to the Company (the “Ceded Business”) were assumed by AG Re.  This agreement was effective as of January 1, 2005 and is consistent with Assured Guaranty’s IPO strategy of the Company ceasing to write new reinsurance business and transferring its existing reinsurance business to AG Re to optimize capital utilization. In connection with the transaction, the Company transferred liabilities of $169.0 million, consisting primarily of unearned premium reserves.  This transaction caused 2005 net income to decrease by $4.0 million.  FSA has released the Company from all liabilities with respect to the Ceded Business.  AG Re has assumed substantially all of the Company’s liabilities with respect to the Ceded Business. FSA may receive a profit commission on the Ceded Business based on its future performance.

 

29



 

13.                      Insurance Regulations

 

The Company is a Maryland domiciled insurance company. Under Maryland’s 1993 revised insurance law, the amount of surplus available for distribution as dividends is subject to certain statutory provisions, which generally prohibit the payment of dividends in any twelve-month period in an aggregate amount exceeding the lesser of 10% of surplus or net investment income (at the preceding December 31) without prior approval of the Maryland Commissioner of Insurance.  The amount available for distribution from the Company during 2008 with notice to, but without prior approval of, the Maryland Commissioner of Insurance under the Maryland insurance law is approximately $40.0 million. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company declared and paid $12.1 million, $13.8 million and $4.3 million, respectively, in dividends to AGUS. Under Maryland insurance regulations, the Company is required at all times to maintain a minimum surplus of $750,000.

 

14.                      Related Party Transactions

 

Expense Sharing Agreements

 

During the time the Company was a subsidiary of ACE, it was party to a number of service agreements with subsidiaries of ACE under which either the Company provided services to subsidiaries of ACE, or they provided services to the Company.   Since the IPO, many of these service agreements have been terminated.

 

During 2006 and 2005, ACE provided certain general and administrative services to the Company. Those services primarily included information technology related services and tax consulting and preparation services. Expenses included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements related to these services were $0.2 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.  Effective January 1, 2007 all expense sharing agreements with ACE have been terminated.

 

Reinsurance Agreements

 

The Company cedes business to affiliated entities under certain reinsurance agreements.  Amounts deducted from the premiums, losses and commissions in 2007, 2006 and 2005 for reinsurance ceded to affiliates are reflected in the table below.

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Ceded Activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Written premiums

 

$

53,728

 

$

67,647

 

$

(2,521

)

Earned premiums

 

36,083

 

21,260

 

19,003

 

Losses and LAE incurred

 

13,330

 

(685

)

(1,044

)

Ceding commissions income earned

 

9,999

 

5,784

 

2,007

 

Unearned premium reserves

 

87,943

 

70,297

 

23,910

 

Unpaid losses and LAE

 

15,718

 

2,483

 

3,168

 

Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments

 

(133,122

)

2,777

 

2,781

 

 

30



 

The Company also writes business with affiliated entities under insurance and reinsurance agreements.  The approximate amounts included in premiums, losses and commissions in 2007, 2006 and 2005 for business assumed from affiliates are reflected in the table below.

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Gross Activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Written premiums

 

$

71,013

 

$

50,063

 

$

43,929

 

Earned premiums

 

63,924

 

48,245

 

44,668

 

Losses and LAE incurred

 

6

 

(263

)

(4,855

)

Commissions incurred

 

22

 

55

 

169

 

Unearned premium reserves

 

16,500

 

(197

)

(2,015

)

Unpaid losses and LAE

 

 

(6,871

)

(6,821

)

 

15.                      Commitments and Contingencies

 

The Company is party to various lease agreements. As of December 31, 2007, future minimum rental payments under the terms of these operating leases for office space are $2.3 million in 2008, $0.9 million in 2009, $0.4 million for the years 2010, 2011 and 2012, and $1.5 million thereafter . These payments are subject to escalations in building operating costs and real estate taxes. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was approximately $2.0 million, $1.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

 

Lawsuits arise in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. It is the opinion of the Company’s management, based upon the information available, that the expected outcome of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity, although an adverse resolution of a number of these items could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or liquidity in a particular quarter or fiscal year.

 

In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries assert claims in legal proceedings against third parties to recover losses paid in prior periods. The amounts, if any, the Company will recover in these proceedings are uncertain, although recoveries in any one or more of these proceedings during any quarter or fiscal year could be material to the Company’s results of operations in that particular quarter or fiscal year.

 

In April 2005, the Company received a Notice of Order to Preserve (“Order”) from the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance, State of Georgia (“Commissioner”).  The Order was directed to “ACE Limited, and all affiliates” and requires the preservation of documents and other items related to “finite insurance” and a broad group of other insurance and reinsurance agreements.  Also in April 2005, the Company, and numerous other insurers, received a subpoena from the Commissioner related to the “initial phase” of the Commissioner’s investigation into “finite-risk” transactions.  The subpoena requested information on the Company’s assumed and ceded reinsurance contracts in force during 2004.  The Company provided the required information in response to the subpoena in January 2006 and has not been asked by the Commissioner for any further information.

 

The Company is party to reinsurance agreements with most of the major monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies. The Company’s facultative and treaty agreements are generally subject to termination (i) upon written notice (ranging from 90 to 120 days) prior to the specified deadline for renewal, (ii) at the option of the primary insurer if the Company fails to maintain certain financial, regulatory and rating agency criteria which are equivalent to or more stringent than those the Company is otherwise required to maintain for its own compliance with state mandated insurance laws and to maintain a specified financial strength rating for the particular insurance subsidiary or (iii) upon certain changes of control of the Company. Upon termination under the conditions set forth in (ii) and (iii) above, the Company may be required (under some of its reinsurance agreements) to return to the primary insurer all statutory unearned premiums, less ceding commissions, attributable to reinsurance ceded pursuant to such agreements after which the Company would be released from liability with respect to the ceded business . Upon the occurrence of the conditions set forth in (ii) above, whether or not an agreement is terminated, the Company may be

 

31



 

required to obtain a letter of credit or alternative form of security to collateralize its obligation to perform under such agreement or it may be obligated to increase the level of ceding commission paid.

 

16.                      Concentrations

 

The Company’s client base includes all of the major monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies, many banks and several European insurance and reinsurance companies. These cessions contain an insignificant amount of CDS contracts. Of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2007, 28.3% came from AGFP, an affiliate of the Company. Of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2006, 24.5% came from AGFP.  Of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2005, 34.4% and 13.5% came from AGFP and Municipal Bond Investors Assurance Company, respectively. No other client represented more than 10% of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

17.                      Credit Facilities

 

2006 Credit Facility

 

On November 6, 2006, Assured Guaranty Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a $300.0 million five-year unsecured revolving credit facility (the “2006 credit facility”) with a syndicate of banks.  Under the 2006 credit facility, each of the Company, AG (UK), AG Re, AGRO and Assured Guaranty Ltd. are entitled to request the banks to make loans to such borrower or to request that letters of credit be issued for the account of such borrower.

 

Of the $300.0 million available to be borrowed, no more than $100.0 million may be borrowed by Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re or AGRO, individually or in the aggregate, and no more than $20.0 million may be borrowed by AG (UK).  The stated amount of all outstanding letters of credit and the amount of all unpaid drawings in respect of all letters of credit cannot, in the aggregate, exceed $100.0 million.

 

The 2006 credit facility also provides that Assured Guaranty Ltd. may request that the commitment of the banks be increased an additional $100.0 million up to a maximum aggregate amount of $400.0 million.  Any such incremental commitment increase is subject to certain conditions provided in the agreement and must be for at least $25.0 million.

 

The proceeds of the loans and letters of credit are to be used for the working capital and other general corporate purposes of the borrowers and to support reinsurance transactions.

 

At the closing of the 2006 credit facility, (i) the Company guaranteed the obligations of AG (UK) under such facility, (ii) Assured Guaranty Ltd. guaranteed the obligations of AG Re and AGRO under such facility and agreed that, if the Company Consolidated Assets (as defined in the related credit agreement) of the Company and its subsidiaries were to fall below $1.2 billion, it would, within 15 days, guarantee the obligations of the Company and AG (UK) under such facility, (iii) Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. guaranteed the obligations of Assured Guaranty Ltd., AG Re and AGRO under such facility and (iv) Each of AG Re and AGRO guarantees the other as well as Assured Guaranty Ltd.

 

The 2006 credit facility’s financial covenants require that Assured Guaranty Ltd. (a) maintain a minimum net worth of seventy-five percent (75%) of the Consolidated Net Worth of Assured Guaranty Ltd. as of the most recent fiscal quarter of Assured Guaranty Ltd. prior to November 6, 2006 and (b) maintain a maximum debt-to-capital ratio of 30%.  In addition, the 2006 credit facility requires that the Company maintain qualified statutory capital of at least 75% of its statutory capital as of the fiscal quarter prior to November 6, 2006.  Furthermore, the 2006 credit facility contains restrictions on Assured Guaranty Ltd. and its subsidiaries, including, among other things, in respect of their ability to incur debt, permit liens, become liable in respect of guaranties, make loans or investments, pay dividends or make distributions, dissolve or become party to a merger, consolidation or acquisition, dispose of assets or enter into affiliate transactions.  Most of these restrictions are subject to certain minimum thresholds and exceptions.  The 2006 credit facility has customary events of default, including (subject to certain materiality thresholds and grace periods) payment default, failure to comply with covenants, material inaccuracy of representation or warranty, bankruptcy or insolvency

 

32



 

proceedings, change of control and cross-default to other debt agreements.  A default by one borrower will give rise to a right of the lenders to terminate the facility and accelerate all amounts then outstanding. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, Assured Guaranty was in compliance with all of those financial covenants.

 

As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings under this facility.

 

The 2006 credit facility replaced a $300.0 million three-year credit facility. No Letters of Credit were outstanding as of December 31, 2007. Letters of Credit for a total aggregate stated amount of approximately $19.6 million remained outstanding as of December 31, 2006.

 

Non-Recourse Credit Facility

 

The Company was party to a non-recourse credit facility with a syndicate of banks which provided up to $175.0 million specifically designed to provide rating agency-qualified capital to further support the Company’s claims paying resources. As of December 31, 2006, no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings under the life of this facility.

 

The Company’s failure to comply with certain covenants under the Company’s credit facilities could, subject to grace periods in the case of certain covenants, have resulted in an event of default.  This could have required the Company to repay any outstanding borrowings in an accelerated manner.

 

This credit facility was terminated on July 31, 2007.

 

Committed Capital Securities

 

On April 8, 2005, the Company entered into four separate agreements with four different unaffiliated custodial trusts pursuant to which the Company may, at its option, cause each of the custodial trusts to purchase up to $50.0 million of perpetual preferred stock of the Company.  The custodial trusts were created as a vehicle for providing capital support to the Company by allowing the Company to obtain immediate access to new capital at its sole discretion at any time through the exercise of the put option.  If the put options were exercised, the Company would receive $200.0 million in return for the issuance of its own perpetual preferred stock, the proceeds of which may be used for any purpose including the payment of claims.  The put options were not exercised during 2007, 2006 or 2005.  Initially, all of the CCS Securities were issued to a special purpose pass-through trust (the “Pass-Through Trust”).  The Pass-Through Trust is a newly created statutory trust organized under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act formed for the purposes of (i) issuing $200,000,000 of Pass-Through Trust Securities to qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) investing the proceeds from the sale of the Pass-Through Trust Securities in, and holding, the CCS Securities issued by the Custodial Trusts and (iii) entering into related agreements.  Neither the Pass-Through Trust nor the Custodial Trusts are consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.

 

Income distributions on the Pass-Through Trust Securities will be equal to an annualized rate of One-Month LIBOR plus 110 basis points for all periods ending on or prior to April 8, 2008, and thereafter distributions will be determined pursuant to a remarketing process (the “Flexed Rate Period”) or pursuant to an auction process (the “Auction Rate Mode”). If the remarketing process fails and the auction process fails, the annualized rate will be One-Month LIBOR plus 250 basis points. Distributions on the CCS Securities and dividends on the AGC Preferred Stock will be determined pursuant to the same process.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company has incurred $2.6 million, $2.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively of put option premiums which are an on-going expense. The 2005 expense also included $2.0 million of one-time investment banking fees associated with the committed capital securities. These expenses are presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income under other expense. The CCS securities have a fair value of $8.3 million and a change in fair value during 2007 of $8.3 million which are recorded in the statement of financial position and statement of operations, respectively, and fair value of $0 at December 31, 2006 or 2005.

 

33



 

18.                      Employee Benefit Plans

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

Accounting for Share-Based Compensation

 

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted FAS 123R, which replaces FAS 123 and supersedes APB 25. FAS 123R requires all share-based compensation transactions with employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period based on their relative fair values.

 

Prior to the adoption of FAS 123R, the Company followed the guidance of APB 25 and did not record share-based compensation expense related to employee stock options in the statement of operations, since for all grants the exercise price was equal to the market value of the common stock on the grant date.

 

The Company elected to use the modified prospective transition method for implementing FAS 123R. Under this transition method, compensation expense includes:  (a) compensation expense for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of, January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of FAS 123, and (b) compensation expense for all share-based payments granted on or after January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of FAS 123R. Because the Company elected to use the modified prospective transition method, results for prior periods have not been restated and new awards are valued and accounted for prospectively upon adoption.

 

The employees of the Company participate in Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s share-based compensation plans. Effective January 1, 2006, upon adoption of FAS 123R, the Company began recording share-based compensation for the cost of stock options, restricted stock and the Company sponsored employee stock purchase plan. Also, the Company began recording the cost associated with accelerated vesting of retirement-eligible employees.

 

Share-based compensation expense in 2007 and 2006 was $8.0 million ($5.2 million after tax) and $5.9 million ($3.8 million after tax), respectively.  Included in 2007 and 2006 expense were $2.1 million and $1.0 million, respectively, related to accelerated vesting for stock award grants to retirement-eligible employees. FAS 123R requires these awards to be expensed over the period through the date the employee first becomes eligible to retire and is no longer required to provide service to earn part or all of the award, regardless of the employee’s intent of retirement. Share-based compensation expense in 2005 was $1.3 million ($0.9 million after tax). The amount of share-based compensation capitalized in 2007, 2006 and 2005 as DAC was $2.4 million, $2.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

 

The following table presents pre-DAC and pre-tax, share-based compensation cost by share-based type:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Share-Based Employee Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring amortization

 

$

5,705

 

$

4,756

 

$

2,206

 

Accelerated amortization for retirement eligible employees

 

1,472

 

685

 

 

Subtotal

 

7,177

 

5,441

 

2,206

 

Stock Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring amortization

 

2,385

 

2,332

 

 

Accelerated amortization for retirement eligible employees

 

665

 

304

 

 

Subtotal

 

3,050

 

2,636

 

 

ESPP

 

122

 

99

 

 

Total Share-Based Employee Cost

 

$

10,349

 

$

8,176

 

$

2,206

 

 

34



 

The following table outlines the Company’s net income for the year ended December 31, 2005, had the compensation expense been determined in accordance with the fair value method recommended in FAS 123.

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

2005

 

Net income as reported

 

$

70,940

 

Add: Stock-based compensation expense due to accelerated vesting of ACE awards included in reported net income, net of income tax

 

 

Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income, net of income tax

 

1,490

 

Deduct: Compensation expense, net of income tax

 

(2,676

)

Pro forma net income (1)

 

$

69,754

 

 


(1) Excludes share-based compensation capitalized as DAC.

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

As of April 27, 2004, Assured Guaranty Ltd. adopted the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”). The Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, and full value awards that are based on Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s common shares. The number of common shares that may be delivered under the Incentive Plan may not exceed 7,500,000. As of December 31, 2007, 1,664,268 common shares were available for grant under the Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan is described more fully in Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

35



 

Stock Options

 

Nonqualified or incentive stock options may be granted to employees of the Company. Stock options are generally granted once a year with exercise prices equal to the closing price on the date of grant. To date, Assured Guaranty Ltd. has only issued nonqualified stock options.  All stock options granted to employees vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period and expire 10 years from the date of grant. None of Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s options have a performance or market condition.  Following is a summary of Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s options issued and outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 

 

 

Year of
Expiration

 

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

 

Options for
Common
Shares

 

Balance as of December 31, 2004

 

 

 

$

17.88

 

1,794,400

 

Options granted

 

2015

 

$

18.42

 

788,767

 

Options exercised

 

 

 

$

18.00

 

(4,136

)

Options forfeited

 

 

 

$

17.77

 

(121,729

)

Balance as of December 31, 2005

 

 

 

$

18.05

 

2,457,302

 

Options granted

 

2016

 

$

25.49

 

797,067

 

Options exercised

 

 

 

$

17.96

 

(141,715

)

Options forfeited

 

 

 

$

20.73

 

(102,494

)

Balance as of December 31, 2006

 

 

 

$

19.92

 

3,010,160

 

Options granted

 

2017

 

$

26.74

 

862,667

 

Options exercised

 

 

 

$

19.10

 

(78,651

)

Options forfeited

 

 

 

$

23.96

 

(90,945

)

Balance as of December 31, 2007

 

 

 

$

21.44

 

3,703,231

 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2005

 

 

 

$

17.89

 

582,701

 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2006

 

 

 

$

18.00

 

1,272,211

 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2007

 

 

 

$

18.85

 

2,186,761

 

 

As of December 31, 2007, the Company’s proportionate share of the aggregate intrinsic value and weighted-average remaining contractual term of options outstanding were $7.9 million and 7.6 years, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, the Company’s proportionate share of the aggregate intrinsic value and weighted-average remaining contractual term of options exercisable were $6.9 million and 6.8 years, respectively.

 

36



 

The Company recorded $3.1 million ($2.0 million after tax) in share-based compensation related to stock options during the year ended December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2007 the total unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding nonvested stock options was $3.0 million, which will be adjusted in the future for the difference between estimated and actual forfeitures. The Company expects to recognize that expense over the weighted-average remaining service period of 1.4 years.

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s options granted were $6.83, $6.71 and $4.63 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The fair value of options issued is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Dividend yield

 

0.6

%

0.5

%

0.7

%

Expected volatility

 

19.03

%

20.43

%

20.80

%

Risk free interest rate

 

4.7

%

4.6

%

4.1

%

Expected life

 

5 years

 

5 years

 

5 years

 

Forfeiture rate

 

6.0

%

6.0

%

6.0

%

 

These assumptions were based on the following:

 

·                   The expected dividend yield is based on the current expected annual dividend and share price on the grant date,

 

·                   Expected volatility is estimated at the date of grant based on the historical share price volatility, calculated on a daily basis,

 

·                   The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term to the granted stock options,

 

·                   The expected life is based on the average expected term of Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s guideline companies, which are defined as similar entities, since the Company has insufficient expected life data,

 

·                   The forfeiture rate is based on the rate used by Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s guideline companies, since the Company has insufficient forfeiture data. Estimated forfeitures will be reassessed at each grant vesting date and may change based on new facts and circumstances.

 

For options granted before January 1, 2006, the Company amortizes the fair value on an accelerated basis. For options granted on or after January 1, 2006, the Company amortizes the fair value on a straight-line basis. All options are amortized over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods, with the exception of retirement-eligible employees.  For retirement-eligible employees, options are amortized over the period through the date the employee first becomes eligible to retire and is no longer required to provide service to earn part or all of the award. The Company may elect to use different assumptions under the Black-Scholes option valuation model in the future, which could materially affect the Company’s net income.

 

The total intrinsic value of Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s options exercised by the Company’s employees during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $16,000, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, $1.1 million and $0.5 million, respectively, was received from the exercise of stock options and $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, related tax benefit was recorded and included in the financing section in the statement of cash flows. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company received $0.1 million from the exercise of stock options and recorded $4.1 million in benefits for tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation expense, which were reported and included in the operating section in the statement of cash flows. In order to satisfy stock option exercises, Assured Guaranty Ltd. will either issue new shares or reissue shares held at AGUS due to the repurchase of 5,692,599 of the Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s common shares from ACE Bermuda.

 

37



 

Restricted Stock Awards

 

Under Assured Guaranty’s Incentive Plan 487,437, 460,083, and 402,747 restricted common shares were awarded during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These shares vest at various dates through 2011.

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd. has granted restricted stock awards to employees of the Company. Restricted stock awards generally vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period.   Restricted stock awards are amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods, with the exception of retirement-eligible employees, discussed above. Prior to the adoption of FAS 123R, the Company presented restricted stock issuances on the balance sheet in unearned stock grant compensation as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. In accordance with the provisions of FAS 123R, on January 1, 2006, the Company reclassified the balance in unearned stock grant compensation. The following table summarizes Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s restricted stock award activity for the year ended December 31, 2007:

 

Nonvested Shares

 

Number of
Shares

 

Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2006

 

1,138,283

 

$

21.01

 

Granted

 

487,437

 

$

26.76

 

Vested

 

(406,335

)

$

19.76

 

Forfeited

 

(55,711

)

$

23.01

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2007

 

1,163,674

 

$

23.75

 

 

The Company recorded $7.2 million ($4.7 million after tax) in share-based compensation, related to restricted stock awards, during the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

As of December 31, 2007 the total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding nonvested restricted stock awards was $8.7 million, which the Company expects to recognize over the weighted-average remaining service period of 1.9 years. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $3.3 million, $3.2 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

Beginning February 2008, Assured Guaranty Ltd. granted restricted stock units to employees of the Company with the vesting terms similar to those of the restricted common shares.

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

In January 2005, Assured Guaranty Ltd. established the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Stock Purchase Plan”) in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 423. The Stock Purchase Plan was approved by shareholders at the 2005 Annual General Meeting. Participation in the Stock Purchase Plan is available to all eligible employees. Maximum annual purchases by participants are limited to the number of whole shares that can be purchased by an amount equal to 10 percent of the participant’s compensation or, if less, shares having a value of $25,000. Participants may purchase shares at a purchase price equal to 85 percent of the lesser of the fair market value of Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s stock on the first day or the last day of the subscription period. Assured Guaranty Ltd. reserved for issuance and purchases under the Stock Purchase Plan 100,000 shares of its common stock. The Company’s employees purchased Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s shares for aggregate proceeds of $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company recorded $0.1 million ($0.1 million after tax) in share-based compensation under the Stock Purchase Plan during the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

38



 

Defined Contribution Plan

 

The Company maintains savings incentive plans, which are qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. The U.S. savings incentive plan is available to all full-time employees upon hire. Eligible participants may contribute a percentage of their salary subject to a maximum of $15,500 for 2007. Beginning January 1, 2006, the Company amended the U.S. savings incentive plan. The Company matches employee contributions up to 6%, subject to IRS limitations. Any amounts over the IRS limits, are contributed to and matched by the Company into a nonqualified supplemental executive retirement plan. The Company also makes a core contribution of 6% to the qualified plan and the nonqualified supplemental executive retirement plan, regardless of whether the employee contributes to the plan. In addition, employees become fully vested after 1 year of service, as defined in the plan. Plan eligibility is immediate upon hire. Prior to 2006, contributions were matched by the Company at a rate of 100% up to 7% of the participant’s compensation, subject to IRS limitations.  In addition, the Company might contribute an additional profit sharing amount to eligible employees’ savings incentive plan accounts at the discretion of the Board of Directors.  For 2005, the Company made a discretionary contribution equal to 5% of the compensation of eligible participants, which discretionary contribution was made to a U.S. savings incentive plan up to the amount permitted by IRS limits, with amounts in excess of those permitted by the IRS limits contributed to the U.S. nonqualified plan.  Participants generally vested in Company contributions at a rate of 33.3% per year starting with the completion of one year of service.

 

The Company contributed approximately $1.3 million in 2007, $1.6 million in 2006 and $0.9 million in 2005 in nondiscretionary contributions under these plans. Total discretionary expense amounted to approximately $2.4 million in 2007, $2.2 million in 2006 and $0.7 million in 2005.

 

Cash-Based Compensation

 

Performance Retention Plan

 

In February 2006, Assured Guaranty Ltd. established the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan.  The employees of the Company participate in this plan. This plan permits the award of cash based awards to selected employees which vest after four years of continued employment (or earlier, if the employee’s termination occurs as a result of death, disability, or retirement).  Participants receive the designated award in a single lump sum when it vests, except that participants who vest as a result of retirement receive the bonus at the end of the four year period during which the award would have vested had the participant continued in employment.  The value of the award paid is greater than the originally-designated amount only if actual company performance, as measured by an increase in the company’s modified adjusted book value, improves during the four year performance period.  For those participants who vest prior to the end of the four year period as a result of their termination of employment resulting from retirement, death or disability, the value of the award paid is greater than the originally-designated amount only if actual company performance, as measured by an increase in the company’s modified adjusted book value, improves during the period ending on the last day of the calendar quarter prior to the date of the participant’s termination of employment.  Awards under the plan may be treated as nonqualified deferred compensation subject to the rules of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, and the plan was revised to satisfy those rules for the first award granted under the Plan, which occurred in 2007.  The plan was again revised in 2008 to be a sub-plan under our Long-Term Incentive Plan (enabling awards under the plan to be performance-based compensation exempt from the $1 million limit on tax deductible compensation).  The revisions also give Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s Compensation Committee greater flexibility in establishing the terms of performance retention awards, including the ability to establish different performance periods and performance objectives.  The revised plan also retains the provisions necessary to satisfy the requirements that apply to nonqualified deferred compensation.

 

The Compensation Committee determines modified adjusted book value as of any date by the following formula:

 

·                 the book value of Assured Guaranty Ltd., derived by determining shareholders’ equity, plus

·                 the after-tax value of the financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty net unearned premium reserves, less

·                 deferred acquisition costs, plus

 

39



 

·                 the present value of estimated net future installment premiums, as reported in Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s quarterly Financial Supplement, excluding

 

·                   the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income, and

·                   the effects of unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments in accordance with FAS 133.

 

·                 In the event of a corporate transaction involving Assured Guaranty Ltd., including, without limitation, any share dividend, share split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, sale of assets or subsidiaries, combination or exchange of shares, the Compensation Committee may adjust the calculation of Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s modified adjusted book value as the Compensation Committee deems necessary or desirable in order to preserve the benefits or potential benefits of Performance Retention Plan awards.

 

The Company’s compensation expense for 2007 was in the form of performance retention awards and the awards that were made in 2007 vest over a four year period.  The Company recognized approximately $0.1 million of expense for performance retention awards in 2007.

 

19.                      Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of financial instruments are presented in the following table:

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2007

 

As of December 31, 2006

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities

 

$

1,311,278

 

$

1,311,278

 

$

1,202,417

 

$

1,202,417

 

Cash and short-term investments

 

45,825

 

45,825

 

48,737

 

48,737

 

Net asset – fair value of derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

40,080

 

40,080

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unearned premium reserves

 

363,921

 

304,419

 

266,800

 

222,186

 

Net liability – fair value of derivative financial instruments

 

459,717

 

459,717

 

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial guaranty installment premiums

 

 

553,639

 

 

355,626

 

 

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosure for financial instruments.  These determinations were made based on available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies.  Considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop the estimates and therefore, they may not necessarily be indicative of the amount the Company could realize in a current market exchange.

 

Fixed Maturity Securities

 

The fair value for fixed maturity securities shown in Note 8. The fair values of the Company’s U.S. Treasury securities are primarily determined based upon broker dealer quotes obtained from several independent active market makers. The fair values of the Company’s portfolio other than U.S. Treasury securities are determined primarily using matrix-pricing models. The matrix-pricing models incorporate factors such as tranche type, collateral coupons, average life, payment speeds, and spreads, in order to calculate the fair values of specific securities owned by the Company.

 

Cash and Short-Term Investments

 

The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for these instruments is cost, which approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments is discussed in Note 4.

 

40



 

Unearned Premium Reserves

 

The fair value of the Company’s unearned premium reserves is based on the estimated cost of entering into a cession of the entire portfolio with third party reinsurers under current market conditions.  This figure was determined by using the statutory basis unearned premium reserves, net of deferred acquisition costs.

 

Financial Guaranty Installment Premiums

 

The fair value is derived by calculating the present value of the estimated future cash flow stream discounted at 6.0%.

 

20.                      Segment Reporting

 

The Company has three principal business segments: (1) financial guaranty direct, which includes transactions whereby the Company provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that indemnifies the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due, and could take the form of a credit derivative; (2) financial guaranty reinsurance, which includes agreements whereby the Company is a reinsurer and agrees to indemnify a primary insurance company against part or all of the loss which the latter may sustain under a policy it has issued; and (3) other, which includes trade credit reinsurance in which the Company is no longer active and the impact of affiliate reinsurance transactions that were purchased by management for the benefit of all the Company’s reporting segments.

 

The Company does not segregate assets and liabilities at a segment level since management reviews and controls these assets and liabilities on a consolidated basis. The Company allocates operating expenses to each segment based on a comprehensive cost study. During 2006, the Company implemented a new operating expense allocation methodology to more closely allocate expenses to the individual operating segments. This new methodology was based on a comprehensive study and is based on departmental time estimates and headcount. 2005 amounts had been reclassified to show this new methodology on a comparative basis. Management uses underwriting gains and losses as the primary measure of each segment’s financial performance .

 

The following tables summarize the components of underwriting gain (loss) for each reporting segment:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2007

 

 

 

Financial
Guaranty
Direct

 

Financial
Guaranty
Reinsurance

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

 

Gross written premiums

 

$

234.7

 

$

11.7

 

$

0.3

 

$

246.8

 

Net written premiums

 

167.7

 

9.8

 

 

177.6

 

Net earned premiums

 

80.5

 

27.8

 

 

108.4

 

Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)

 

17.4

 

(31.6

)

 

(14.2

)

Profit commission expense

 

 

0.1

 

 

0.1

 

Acquisition costs

 

0.1

 

10.2

 

 

10.3

 

Other operating expenses

 

42.0

 

4.6

 

 

46.7

 

Underwriting gain

 

$

20.9

 

$

44.5

 

$

 

$

65.4

 

 

41



 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

 

 

Financial
Guaranty
Direct

 

Financial
Guaranty
Reinsurance

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

 

Gross written premiums

 

$

175.0

 

$

14.9

 

$

0.7

 

$

190.6

 

Net written premiums

 

106.5

 

14.1

 

 

120.6

 

Net earned premiums

 

57.8

 

39.4

 

 

97.2

 

Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)

 

(0.2

)

7.0

 

 

6.8

 

Profit commission expense

 

 

(0.4

)

 

(0.4

)

Acquisition costs

 

3.2

 

13.4

 

 

16.6

 

Other operating expenses

 

34.9

 

3.7

 

 

38.6

 

Underwriting gain

 

$

19.9

 

$

15.6

 

$

 

$

35.5

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

 

 

Financial
Guaranty
Direct

 

Financial
Guaranty
Reinsurance

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

 

Gross written premiums

 

$

80.0

 

$

25.8

 

$

2.3

 

$

108.2

 

Net written premiums

 

62.5

 

30.1

 

 

92.5

 

Net earned premiums

 

48.2

 

55.9

 

 

104.2

 

Loss and loss adjustment expenses (recoveries)

 

(5.7

)

4.3

 

 

(1.4

)

Profit commission expense

 

 

0.7

 

 

0.7

 

Acquisition costs

 

3.6

 

23.5

 

 

27.1

 

Other operating expenses

 

29.9

 

2.8

 

 

32.7

 

Underwriting gain

 

$

20.4

 

$

24.6

 

$

 

$

45.1

 

 

The following is a reconciliation of total underwriting gain to income before provision for income taxes for the years ended:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

 

Total underwriting gain

 

$

65.4

 

$

35.5

 

$

45.1

 

Net investment income

 

63.2

 

55.3

 

51.3

 

Net realized investment (losses) gains

 

(0.5

)

(1.2

)

0.7

 

Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments

 

(506.8

)

4.1

 

(0.6

)

Other income

 

0.5

 

0.4

 

 

Interest expense

 

(0.1

)

 

 

Other expense

 

(2.6

)

(2.5

)

(3.7

)

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

 

$

(381.0

)

$

91.6

 

$

92.7

 

 

42



 

The following table provides the lines of businesses from which each of the Company’s three reporting segments derive their net earned premiums:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

 

Financial guaranty direct:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public finance

 

$

6.5

 

$

3.9

 

$

1.3

 

Structured finance

 

73.9

 

53.9

 

46.9

 

Total

 

80.5

 

57.8

 

48.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial guaranty reinsurance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public finance

 

23.2

 

27.5

 

32.5

 

Structured finance

 

4.6

 

11.9

 

23.4

 

Total

 

27.8

 

39.4

 

55.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade credit reinsurance

 

 

 

 

Total net earned premiums

 

$

108.4

 

$

97.2

 

$

104.2

 

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s gross written premiums by geographic region.  Allocations have been made on the basis of location of risk.

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

 

North America

 

$

161.9

 

65.6

%

$

120.0

 

63.0

%

$

101.7

 

94.0

%

United Kingdom

 

68.9

 

27.9

%

66.5

 

34.9

%

3.4

 

3.1

%

Europe

 

15.2

 

6.2

%

3.0

 

1.6

%

3.0

 

2.8

%

Australia

 

0.7

 

0.3

%

1.0

 

0.5

%

0.3

 

0.3

%

Other

 

0.1

 

 

0.1

 

 

(0.2

)

(0.2

)%

Total

 

$

246.8

 

100.0

%

$

190.6

 

100.0

%

$

108.2

 

100.0

%

 

43